Transcript #141

MuggleCast 141 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com

[Music ends]

Audio: And remember, the Relay for Life is this Friday. If you’d like to make any last minute donations to the American Cancer Society, visit the MuggleCast website and click the link. Thanks.

[Harry Potter theme plays]

Jim Dale: [as Professor McGonagall] “This is Professor McGonagall welcoming you all to MuggleCast hoping you enjoyed – Dobby! Dobby, come here! Here! Dobby!” [as Dobby] “Yes, I’d just like to say how very pleased I am to introduce MuggleCast to all of you! Thank you! Thank you!”

[Show music begins]

Micah: Because we’re taking a trip back to Episode 35, this is MuggleCast Episode 141 for April 14, 2008.

[Show music continues]

Andrew: Guys, do you like treasure?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I love treasure. I actually got some treasure mailed to my house today.

Laura: Cool, wow, really?

Matt: Cool. Well, how come you get all the stuff sent to you?

Andrew: Because I’m the host.

Laura: Yeah, Matt. That’s kind of an unfair standard, isn’t it?

Andrew: Well, it’s also…

Matt: It is kind of.

Andrew: Wait, wait, wait. Laura gets all the stuff mailed to the P.O. Box, so…

Matt: Yeah, but she has to send it all to you because everything apparently is under your name.

Andrew: Um, sorry.

Laura: Yeah, that is true.

Andrew: Sorry, guys. Sorry I’m that awesome. But anyway, HP Fan Trips sent me this big box because it has some, you know – if you’ve been checking MuggleNet – HP Fan Trips in association with Alivan’s is doing the HP Quest, and people involved in the HP Quest are coming to MuggleNet today looking for the next clue and I have the clue in this treasure box! Can you hear it?

[Andrew shakes box and a rustling noise is heard]

Andrew: Can you hear my treasure box?

[Andrew keeps shaking the box]

Laura: Clearly.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Uh-huh.

Eric: So what are you doing with it, Andrew?

Andrew: I was…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: …petting it. It was shaking it, I don’t know. That’s magic.

Eric: It’s got nargles in it.

Andrew: We’re going to try to figure out the riddle in this treasure box, and we got a lot coming up on the show today. We have a big show. So let’s get right into it. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m – I’m – I’m Matthew Britton.

[Show music continues]


News: Equus on Broadway


Andrew: Big news week, buddy?

Micah: Overall, not really. It’s been pretty quiet.

Andrew: I don’t know, man. I like the news this week. I always get worried that we’re not going to enough news to talk about for the show, but then we always have a few things. First and foremost Dan Radcliffe coming to Broadway with Equus. We already knew this, but the dates are now confirmed.

Andrew: September 5 is when previews start and, Micah, you told me you’re going to be first in line?

Micah: Oh, yeah. Yeah, absolutely.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Micah: You can bet that I will be not the first person online to go and get a ticket to get to this.

Andrew: No, but seriously, will you go?

Micah: I don’t know.

Andrew: You’re in the New York City area.

Micah: I don’t know. I might go if we get a group together.

Eric: Micah, there’s goats. Oh, no that’s horses. Never mind, sorry.

Andrew: Oh, yeah.

Matt: Well, Andrew, you’re the only one out of our group who’s actually seen the play.

Andrew: Yeah, and would I see it again? Is that what you were going to ask?

Matt: Yeah, I was going to until you cut me off.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, okay. I’m going to be in California by that time, but yeah, I would see it again. It’s a good play. It’s a good play and not just for the obvious reasons, but it’s a good play.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: What are the obvious reasons?

Eric: What are those obvious reasons, Andrew?

Andrew: Well, I mean Dan’s naked. Who doesn’t want to see Dan’s naked – Dan being naked? I’m just kidding.

Laura: Sure you are.

Andrew: Laura, will you go see it?

Laura: Yeah!

Andrew: Since you’ll be in Baltimore?

Laura: Oh yeah. I think I’ll definitely go see it. I mean who wants to turn down a trip to New York City, anyway? So use it as an excuse to go up there and hang out with some cool Potter people.

Matt: Yeah, of course.

Andrew: I’m just a little concerned, still, about this, because I feel like the American fan girls are going to take it out of control. I feel like the audiences are going to be filled half-way up with these Dan Radcliffe fangirls…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …that are just going to scream at the sight of him naked. I hate to bring up the whole naked thing again, but I just think it’s going to be a problem.

Matt: Well, Dan’s even said in a recent interview on the Half-Blood Prince set – he said that the English audience, the fan base is a lot different than the American fan base.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because the Americans are more louder and more in-your-face…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …with how much they’re…

Eric: Do you want to say less mature?

Matt: Well, I don’t want to say less mature, because they’re really not. They just tend to be a little more, I guess, extreme.

Eric: Okay.

Matt: Is that a better, fair opinion?

Eric: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. That’s good. It reminds me of that Billy Joel song. [sings] “I go to extremes.” You know?

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t know.

Matt: I agree with you, Andrew. I think that maybe – well, does our country really have the same type of interest in theater as in, we’ll say, the U.K. interest?

Andrew: I think there’s more interest in the U.S. I mean Broadway’s huge.

Laura: Yeah. Huge.

Eric: Yeah. There’s more interest in the U.S. I think it depends on what type of play it is – you know, Equus – but I think it will catch. I think it will be very, very popular, not just because of Dan and Richard Griffiths. I think it will be…

Matt: Well, it’s going to be on a bigger scale, too. They’re doing it on Broadway. Andrew, when you saw it, was it on a smaller scale, or was it also in a huge theater?

Andrew: I think it’s going to be the same size theater. I – probably would have been a good thing to look into, but it was in the Broadway’s – or, sorry…

Eric: The West End.

Andrew: …London’s West End, right.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Which is the equivalent to New York City’s Broadway.

Eric: It is. It is pretty much the equivalent. It’s not – if Equus was coming sort of off-Broadway, that sort of thing, you know, that would be really weird.

Andrew: Then it would be smaller.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Definitely. Dan Radcliffe probably wouldn’t…

Eric: But it would definitely be on Broadway. Yeah.

Andrew: The other thing is, this starts in September, and it’s running for twenty-two weeks until February, so the other question is, how will this affect Dan’s Half-Blood Prince promotions, you know?

Eric: Because that runs right over the premiere, doesn’t it?

Andrew: Yes.

Laura: Yeah, it does.

Andrew: The premiere’s in November, the movie release is in November.

Laura: Well, I have a feeling they’ll probably take some sort of break around the holidays anyhow.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: It wouldn’t make sense if they were running shows right up to the premiere. I’m sure that part of his contract is that he’s going to need time off around November whatever-it-is when the movie comes out so that he’ll have adequate time to promote it, go to the premiere, and meet all of his screaming fans. I guess he’s going to get a double dose of that this fall.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. Well, I’m sure they discussed this when he did – when they described the – negotiated contracts and stuff.

Eric: I’m sure it’s already figured out. All the dates of every event that he’s going to need to be at, every day he’s going to miss. Didn’t you say, I mean, they do have understudies and things, so I think the show itself might keep running, and it just might be the sort of thing where for one or two performances overnight one night Dan’s in London or something, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Promoting the film.


News: A Chance to Read Beedle the Bard


Andrew: Yeah, you’re probably right. Anyway, moving on to other news, Amazon is offering a chance for you to read Beedle the Bard. They’re giving away one lucky opportunity for someone – they’ll pay for someone’s trip out to London and have like a two-night stay right there in London, and then you get a chance to read the book.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Is this cool or what?

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Is anyone going to try entering?

Eric: Yeah, absolutely.

Matt: Yeah, why not?

Eric: I want to. I had something to say. I wanted to tell the listeners that they’ll have me to compete with. My one hundred word submission is going to be submitted soon, and the listeners out there will be competing with me for this wonderful opportunity. I am going to enter, and everyone else, I will see you in London.

Matt: So basically, you guys have a pretty good chance of winning.

Andrew: Yeah.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Because my writing skills are not near as good as my speaking skills.

Andrew: Right.

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Andrew: So the contest is running from now until – jeez, when does it end, Eric? You’re looking at the rules. April 22.

Eric: Okay. Yes, the day before my birthday.

Andrew: Woo!

Eric: My twentieth birthday. I’m not going to be a teenager anymore.

Micah: Deal with it.

[Everyone laughs]


News: Stephenie Meyer talks Harry Potter


Andrew: And lastly, one final thing we’re going to talk about today – a couple people might complain, but who cares? – Twilight author Stephenie Meyers talked about Harry Potter recently in an interview with MTV, and – I love her for this, I love her for this quote – she – the interviewer asked her, “So do you compare it to Harry Potter?” She says, “The interesting thing about the comparison is that I think you can compare my fans to her fans more easily than me to her. I do think that we both have people who are just really, really enthusiastic, and will come miles to see you and be involved, and everyone – everybody really cares about our characters. But the Harry Potter and Twilight stories are just so different.” That is so true!

Laura: It really is.

Matt: It really is, yeah.

Andrew: The stories are different, yes, the fans are the same because they’re the same exact people. I mean…

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Laura: Yeah, exactly.

Andrew: Yeah, and I’m almost surprised she didn’t – I would think she knows that. I mean she must know that. But it’s really interesting.

Matt: She owes – she does owe a lot of her fan base to the Harry Potter series.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Do you think – do you think she owes it, though, or what? Like, how’s that, how’s that work? Do you think there are Twilight fans that are…

Matt: Well, I don’t think she owes, but…

Eric: …Harry Potter fans?

Matt: …she must know that a good portion of her audience is, you know, from the Harry Potter fan-base.

Andrew: And are reading because of Harry Potter…

Matt: Exactly.

Andrew: …to begin with, and…

Eric: Well, yeah.

Andrew: …looking for new fantasy novels after Harry Potter, so…

Eric: That’s true, I think a lot of authors these days would probably have to credit J.K.R. with just the amount of readers they have.

Andrew: Mhm. And so yeah. Just a great interview with – great little interview with Stephenie. Thought I’d bring that up. I got excited because it’s an opportunity for me to post my set report from the Twilight set on MuggleNet.com.

Eric: Yeah, I saw you plug that.

Andrew: Of course.

Eric: That was – that was pretty cool.

Andrew: I was waiting for the opportunity, and boom, there it is. There it is. So let’s move into some announcements now before we get into MuggleMail.

Eric: Andrew, quick!

Andrew: What?

Eric: There was just something that Spanish – the Mexican girl who got to go see the set.

Andrew: Oh yeah.

Eric: Did you want to mention that? Because that’s news. That’s…

Andrew: Yeah, but I didn’t know if there was anything worth discussing in there.

Eric: Oh.

Matt: Not really.

Eric: Well, she talked about The Burrow and stuff that, you know, that I didn’t know that was going to be in the movie at all, but – we don’t have to mention that.


Announcement: No Spring Break Tour


Andrew: First announcement we have today; regrettably we’re going to call off the spring break tour idea because right now we have to save money for the summer, and also we just can’t get two good venues down, and in a short enough amount of time and – there – you know, there’s finals coming up and stuff like that. So it was just really hard to schedule. We shouldn’t have brought it up to people, but, you know, just so you guys know we were trying. You know, we’ll always keep working on stuff, but sorry, everyone.

Matt: Yeah. We didn’t really intend for it to be as difficult as it was.

Eric: We tried all the bookstores and everything and there was a bit of a negotiation error there, but it wasn’t our fault.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: It’s just – it’s just a slow time to actually get a gig anywhere, especially in our fan base at the moment.


Andrew Found a Clue!


Andrew: Right. So guys, before we get to the other announcements I want to talk about this HP Quest thing. Now, like I said, the treasure – treasure box came in just today, and I took some time opening it up, and it came with this little note, and I want you guys to play along with me, because we have to help people get the riddle for the next clue. So it came with this note. It said, “Thanks so much for having MuggleNet participate in the HP Quest. Here is your clue to use on your podcast Thursday. The box contains a book. The book contains a clue. To get in the box, you must read the Tribune and figure out what key will work.” So there’s this little Tribune newsletter, and it has this whole thing – I’m not going to read the whole thing, but – this little paragraph that you guys – now, I already figured it out and opened it up, but I want you guys to see if you can figure out the riddle. It says – this is the hint about which key to use to open up the treasure chest. I got – I got, like seven keys and I had to figure out which one to use. It said, “All I can say is that the key that fits this lock features a perfect number, which is to say that the number of letters is takes to spell this number are exactly the same as the number itself.” So if I got keys one through seven, which key would I use?

Eric: Four.

Andrew: Four. Yes. [laughs]

Laura: Hm. [laughs] Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: They made it easy for me, because they were like, “We know you’re busy!” So – okay I opened it up, and in here is this box – and this is completely by coincidence, they don’t know we have this little running thing with Lucky Charms because of Jamie’s love for Lucky Charms – Anyway, the box – the book is called Magical Charms 101. I opened it up – it says here, “I am sending you some Lucky Charms as well as another favorite cereal of mine. Always remember to think inside the box. Happy Questing, Wilson.” Which is one of the wizards involved with this quest. [rustling sound] So I’m opening it up, here. I’ll put a picture on the MuggleCast.com. And in here is a little Cocoa Krispies box surrounded by a ton of Lucky Charms. I’m just going to eat some now.

Eric: What does it all mean? [laughs]

Andrew: [eating cereal] I don’t know what it all means! You guys got to help me!

Eric: Help you eat it? [laughs]

Andrew: Well, if you were here – these are good actually. So this is a riddle for the next quest, and this is an online quest where people have to look online, so – Oh my gosh! Wait. I found another clue! I found another clue!

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: This is like “Blue’s Clues.” Hold on.

Laura: Oh, Jesus.

Andrew: I can’t even open it.

Eric: Know what you need? Andrew, now you need your handy dandy notebook.

Andrew: I’m going to do this. I’m doing this quick. Oh, wait, I got it. I got it, guys. I may – okay, so here’s your next clue inside the Cocoa Kripsies box. “I am made from life, but I am flat as the blade of a knife. I’m used by leaders. I am lobed…? – loved by readers. I can cause and end wars, and I can easily be yours. What am I?” Sorry, it’s hard to read because of the font. I’ll read it one more time and then everyone playing can figure it out, then we’ll move on. “I am made from life, but I am flat as the blade of a knife. I’m used by leaders, and I’m loved by readers. I can cause and end wars, and I can easily be yours. What am I?” A bookmark?

Matt: I was going to say a bookmark, but…

Eric: Huh.

Laura: Hmm.

Andrew: I don’t know. Something. Anyway, we’ll post the riddle on MuggleCast.com if you’re involved in the HP Quest, and for more information just go to HPFanTrips.com, and they have a link right there to the HP Quest. So that was awesome. That was cool. Now I’ve got this treasure box, and a wand, and a little Hogwarts thing.

Eric: That’s HP Fan Trips that’s doing this HP Quest, sounds really cool.

Andrew: Yeah, they’re doing a great job…

Eric: They’re really into it, and it’s really good stuff.

Andrew: Yeah. Very fun stuff. So, hey, Matt, do you have an update on the MuggleCast create your own segment contest?

Matt: Yeah, we’re doing really good. We’ve actually gotten a few entries already.

Andrew: Oh, cool. Okay, and you can go onto MuggleCast.com to get more information about it. Don’t forget it’s sponsored by Alivan’s who are creators of some great Harry Potter products, and of course they’re also sponsoring this HP Fan Trips HP Quest. They make a lot of cool stuff. Wands – I think this treasure chest came from them too, but the wand definitely came from them, so again visit MuggleCast.com for our contest link. Right?

Matt: Yeah!


Transcript Update


Andrew: [laughs] Micah, do you have an update about the transcripts?

Micah: Sure, man. Things are going well. They’re actually done with, so thanks, everybody, who sent in applications. I know by the end of – Margaret who was nice enough to go through all those applications, there were over hundred, so people responded really quickly to – I don’t know if I’d call it a contest, right? It’s just more of a…

Eric: Well, a request.

Micah: …an application that was put out there. A request, yeah. So Margaret went through all of them, she hired ten people, and we’re all set to go. So thanks to everybody who sent it in. And you never know when down the line we’re going to be looking for more people, so just keep your ears open and thanks to Margaret for doing a great job.

Andrew: Cool. Yeah, Margaret’s been doing a great job, and thanks to all the MuggleCast transcribers for tirelessly transcribing the show week to week.


Announcement: MuggleCast Live


Andrew: And one final announcement, and then we’ll move into MuggleMail. Just want to say that the next live show, MuggleCast Live, live on the Internet, will be with the release of the teaser trailer, and, Matt, when is that supposed to be coming out?

Matt: They say it’s supposed to come out on the premiere of Warner Brother’s new film, Speed Racer.

Andrew: So presumably it’ll play at the beginning.

Matt: Presumably, yeah. It’ll probably be leaked online by that time anyway.

Andrew: And usually it’s released online first if not immediately after.

Matt: And that movie’s supposed to be released on May 9, I think it is.

Andrew: Right, so if we do get to see the teaser trailer on May 9, hopefully online so then everybody doesn’t have to go see Speed Racer. I’m going to go see it because John Goodman’s in it. He’s the man.

Eric: So is Matthew Fox.

Andrew: Yeah, so…

Matt: So is Susan Sarandon. So is the Wachowski brothers too.

Andrew: So mark your calendars, May 9, MuggleCast Live. If not May 9, May 10. Basically whenever the teaser trailer comes out, and we assume it’ll be May 9. That’s our best bet right now. So let’s move onto Muggle Mail.


Muggle Mail: James Joyce


Eric: This is from Amanda, age 22, of Redbank, New Jersey. Subject is
James Joyce.

“In Episode 140, during the discussion of James Joyce’s “Finnegan’s Wake,” Eric referred to Joyce as a Briton. Just thought that you guys should know that Joyce is not a British author, but an Irish one. And although he spent most of his life – uh, his adult life – as an ex-patriot his books are firmly rooted in Ireland, Dublin especially. Also, “Finnegan’s Wake” was Joyce’s fourth major work published in 1939, not his second. Just wanted to make sure that people get the correct information about a very important author because I think it’s very important to recognize the huge impact that Irish authors have had on literature. Have a great week, guys.”

Thank you, Amanda, for this, because I didn’t know that, and thank you very much for clarifying.

Andrew: You should always Wikipedia what you are going to talk about before you talk about it.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yes, you do. Wikipedia is like – well, Wikipedia is a nice source, but it’s not really one hundred percent accurate either.

Eric: All the same, Amanda wrote in. She said she wants to really demonstrate the impact that Irish authors have had. I really respect that. I think that’s cool.


Muggle Mail: “Stairway to Heaven” in Harry Potter


Micah: Next e-mail comes from Lance, 16, of Florida. He said:

“After ‘Deathly Hallows: Part II’ is released it just might be the most epic thing ever if one of you guys, or someone you hire or assign, should take the final battle or some type of battle of Hogwarts montage and mix it with ‘Stairway to Heaven’…”

Andrew: Oh, yeah!

Micah: “…as suggested by Make the Music Connection in Episode 140, and upload it to YouTube. I hope you guys take the suggestion to heart, and if you do, I look forward to seeing it, though I know I’ll have to wait a few years. At the very least please take a moment on the show to mention this to give other fans ideas if you don’t feel like doing it yourself. Love the show, and keep up the good work.”

That’s actually a pretty cool idea, and I’m sure somebody, if not one of us, will go ahead and do it.

Andrew: I’ll make it. I don’t care.

Matt: Are you sure?

Andrew: I love that. [laughs] I love putting stuff to music.

Eric: I mean it was a great idea. I mean I love all those things on YouTube where they, you know, edit movies into montages with songs and stuff.

Andrew: Yeah. Right.

Eric: It’s all done good. I’m sure somebody’ll do it, I mean, especially if we make it into like a listener challenge maybe?

Andrew: Maybe, but I don’t know if it should. I don’t know if the show’s going to be around with listener challenges at that point.

[Eric laughs]

Micah: Or YouTube, for that matter, but I’m sure there will be something around.

Andrew: Oh, YouTube will be around. Come on.

Eric: YouTube’s going down.


Muggle Mail: Release Date of Deathly Hallows


Andrew: The next e-mail comes from Dominique, 15, of Florida. She writes:

“Hey MuggleCasters. I was thinking back over older MuggleCast episodes when I remembered that there was a somewhat heated debate over whether the ‘Deathly Hallows’ release date was too soon or not. Some of you said that you thought that a 2007 release was great, and others thought it was too soon and wanted a 2008 release. I just wanted to know whether or not now, since we’ve read the final book, you think that you would have preferred the book to be out in 2008, or do you feel that Jo wrote the book to your satisfaction and needed no more writing? Thanks. Love the show.”

First, I want to say that if – gosh – if the book hadn’t come out over this summer, I don’t know what we’d be talking about right now.

[Eric laughs]

Laura: Oh I know. It would’ve been awful!

Andrew: How much more could we talk about Half Blood Prince?

Everyone: Yeah.

Eric: That is a fair question. I can’t imagine the sort of summer 2007 if Dealthy Hallows hadn’t happened. I mean we would’ve had Movie 5 and all, but if it weren’t for Book 7 coming out then, I really don’t know. It’s so hard to think of it now that it is a past event, what would it have been like if the book hadn’t been released then. So…

Laura: Yeah. And I will completely step up to the plate and say that I was one of those nay-sayers who originally was like, “Oh no, the book won’t come out in 2007. It has to come out in 2008.” Just because when we’d been to the readings at Carnegie Hall. Or no, not Carnegie Hall. I’m getting my readings mixed up. Radio City, yeah! When we were there, she said that she had just started or she wasn’t very far into it. Either that or some kind of article had just come out saying that she was halfway through, and she debunked it, and I was just like, “Okay, if she is not even halfway through, there’s no way we are looking at a release for next summer.” But I was wrong, and I was really satisfied with the book.

Micah: I was somebody who thought that it was going to be released later on in the year. I thought that were were going to see a November type release or, what was it, October? October 31st, I think, was my big prediction. But…

Andrew: You had a really good theory about that too.

Micah: Yeah, but what ended up happening, I think, was probably for the best, because all the books were released more or less in the summer time, anyway, so it kind of kept with the tradition, and I don’t think the summer would’ve been quite as good as it was if you didn’t have both the movie and the book being released around the same time.

Laura: It really was the perfect summer. We had so much fun.

Andrew: At the same time, thought, I mean, 2008 is going to be a boring summer in terms of Harry Potter. [laughs]

Eric: We’ve got two Harry Potter conferences, and – oh right, the movie only comes out in November.


Muggle Mail: Elder Wand


Laura: Our last e-mail comes from Dylan, 34, of Montana. He says:

“I was just listening to Episode 140, where you were discussing the transfer of the Elder Wand’s allegiance from Dumbledore to Draco to Harry. First, I don’t think you were clear about the value of the Elder Wand’s allegiance, which is that it makes the Wand much more powerful and effective. The best example of this is that it acts for Voldemort like any other wand with no special abilities, but Harry is able to use it to fix his wand, which everybody thought was impossible. Secondly, you seemed to think that Dumbledore planned to have Draco disarm him so that the master of the Elder Wand would not go to Snape who was vulnerable to Voldemort. This seems silly to me for two reasons. For one thing, at this point Voldemort is planning to have Draco die as a punishment for Lucius failing to get the prophecy at the Ministry. There was a much bigger chance that Voldemort would kill Draco than he would kill Snape. But more importantly, Dumbledore admitted at King’s Cross that his real plan was to die undefeated so that the Elder Wand’s allegiance would never transfer from him, making its dangerous power unreachable. Harry says something like, ‘But that part didn’t work out like you wanted,’ and Dumbledore agrees. Although it is not clear at the time, Harry is referring to Draco’s disarming Dumbledore and unknowingly gaining the Elder Wand’s allegiance. I think that Dumbledore, injured and drained from his experience at the lake, had to use all his power to keep Harry safe and couldn’t simultaneously stop Draco from disarming him.”

Matt: Well, it just goes to show that not every single thing that happens happened as planned. Not everything was planned out.

Eric: Even for Dumbledore.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Which is – which is really a good sort of – a good thing to bring up.

Micah: This was the point that I made last week, saying that I thought Dumbledore – maybe, clearly didn’t plan it out this way, but once he got to the point where he was on the top of the tower, it was almost as if he knew that it was over. And so it may have sort of been a plan that he had in his mind at that point in time because – I mean, the points that Dylan brings up are good points. It disproves what I was saying last week based on the fact that Dumbledore wanted to die without having the Wand’s allegiance transfer to another person. He wanted to die undefeated, which makes perfect sense because then the Wand could never be used again.

Matt: Okay, Dumbledore’s initial plan was that he wasn’t defeated, but once Draco came and disarmed him, he then knew that – that the Elder Wand was Draco’s, right? Is that what – is that what he was trying to say? Dylan?

Micah: What he’s trying to say is that my point last week that Dumbledore planned out this whole thing, that it would be better for Draco to have the power transferred to him as opposed to letting Snape come and killing him is complete B.S., because Dumbledore wanted to die without the Wand transferring power to anybody else, based on his statement that he made in King’s Cross, but…

Matt: Yeah, but…

Micah: …he may have not planned it that way, but once he got into that situation and he knew that he was going to die, I just – to me, it would be something that Dumbledore would’ve thought through. “Hey, wouldn’t it be far better to have Draco have this power unbeknownst to him as opposed to somebody like Snape who is extremely vulnerable to Voldemort?” And I understand the point that Draco was probably going to be killed by Voldemort anyway because he didn’t think that he could approach Dumbledore and be successful, so it’s just a really weird situation. That’s all I’m going to say.

Matt: Yeah. Do you think he realized, though, that Draco had the Elder Wand as soon as he disarmed him?

Andrew: Probably. I mean…

Laura: Yeah, I mean…

Andrew: …it would seem stupid for Dumbledore not to know.

Micah: Well, yeah, I mean, the allegiance itself would have been transferred, right? I mean…

Matt: Yeah, at that point…

Andrew: Oh, that’s true, yeah.

Matt: …the allegiance to the Elder Wand was now Draco’s.

Micah: Yeah, my point last week is that he wouldn’t possibly want Snape to have that allegiance carried with him because Snape was going to kill him no matter what. That was the plan. And so he wouldn’t want that to be given to Snape because Snape was such an easy target, as we saw, for Voldemort to take that supposed allegiance from him like he does when they’re in the Shrieking Shack. He – I mean, Dumbledore’s a smart guy and it goes back to the whole tower thing we were talking about last week. If he wanted to get out of that situation, he probably could have. There – he’s far more powerful, even in a weakened state…

Andrew: Of course he could!

Matt: Oh, yeah!

Micah: …than any of those guys that are up on that tower with the exception of Snape. So…

Eric: Right, but Dumbledore does admit to Harry in the end at King’s Cross that he hadn’t originally planned for Draco to steal the Wand.

Micah: Right. He didn’t originally plan it, but that’s what ended up happening, and it ended up working out for the best.

Eric: Okay, yeah.

Micah: In the end.

Eric: You’re saying that with hindsight that it would be better for Snape not to have the allegiance, which is what ended up getting him killed anyway. Right? Yeah.

Micah: Exactly. Because then the power would have transferred over to Voldemort, you’d have a huge…

Eric: It’s certainly very fortunate.

Micah: …problem on your hands. And Dylan brings up good points. That was just a theory that I threw out there last week.

Andrew: Okay. Well, I’m glad we cleared it up a little more. Or you did.

Micah: I tried.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 26, “Gringotts”


Andrew: All right, so let’s get right into Chapter-by-Chapter this week.

Matt: Sweet.

Andrew: As we do every week. This week we’re going to talk about Chapter 26, “Gringott’s.” Lots of interesting stuff going on here.

Eric: Good stuff. Fast-paced chapter.

Andrew: Definitely an interesting chapter for the movie. A lot of work on…

Micah: CGI, right?

Andrew: Yes, exactly. I was just going to say the designers are going to have a hell of a time coming up with some of this stuff.

Eric: This was one of the chapters that, while reading it, it was just one of those things where you want to see in the movie. I mean, don’t you think that Helena Bonham Carter is going to have fun doing all this – playing Hermione and all that? With the trio? I think it’s going to be…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: Okay! Plot summary for chapter twenty-six, “Gringotts” is: The trio and Griphook leave Shell Cottage and go to Diagon Alley where they break into Gringotts with Hermione disguised as Bellatrix Lestrange. Amid much suspicion they make their way down to Bellatrix’s vault and, once inside it, encounter many problems as the goblins have been alerted to their presence. Rushing as fast as they can to find the Horcrux in the vault, they succeed and escape at lightning speed on the back of a dragon, formerly tethered underneath London in Gringotts’ fiery depths.


Hermione Plays Bellatrix


Andrew: So, as Eric just said, the plan is to break into Gringotts with Hermione posing as Bellatrix under the Polyjuice Potion. Hermione’s complaining about having to carry Bellatrix’s wand, and this is just another part of the book where, like I’ve said before, there’s a little reflection on the past seven books, and in this case it was – not exactly in the books, but it was Bellatrix’s wand having killed Neville’s parents and then having also killed Sirius, so…

Matt: It was a good moment for Harry to keep to himself, too, because it would have blown up in his face had he said something about that.

Eric: Yeah. This was something I hadn’t thought about until J.K. Rowling mentioned it – that Bellatrix’s wand is the exact wand that tortured the Longbottoms. You know…

Andrew: It must be hard to hold and, you know, like Harry said, he wanted to snap it.

Eric: Yeah. That was really good. It also talked a little bit about wand allegiance again, because Hermione said, “This wand doesn’t really work for me,” and Harry was tempted to remind her about the blackthorn wand, which she would always tell him, “Well, just practice, Harry, just practice,” and Harry was all, “No! It’s not the same! Ugh!”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And he thought she was finally understanding but he held it back. He kept it to himself and, overall, that was just kind of – next thing they know, Bellatrix Lestrange is walking across the lawn. That freaked me out. I mean, did that freak you guys out at all? That hit me just like the Longbottom wand thing. It was just – we knew that she was going to…

Andrew: I think it would freak me out when you actually see it in the movie.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Like the book, it’s like sort of coming in expected, but yeah, the movie – that’s going to be creepy as hell.

Eric: Yeah. Even if they mention it – which they do in the book. They’re like, “Oh, Polyjuice. Going to go as Bellatrix Lestrange…” – but just to say that Bellatrix is walking across the lawn is like really kind of creepy. She doesn’t belong there. Shell Cottage is peaceful, Dobby’s grave is weathering nicely. It’s all serene, and Bellatrix comes out.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s very contrasting.

Matt: Well, I’m just excited to see Helena Bonham Carter just look like Hermione, sort of. You know, with the little like surprised expression – moving her eyebrows every two seconds.

Eric: Yeah, exactly. Bellatrix…

[Laura laughs]

Eric: Helena is going to have a heck of a fun time doing that, I think.

Andrew: Emma’s going to have to give Helena some…

Matt: Pointers.

Andrew: …lessons, yeah. “Here’s how I act in every single scene of every single Potter film.”

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: “Just do it the same way I do. Just watch…”

Eric: Do you really think it’s that easy, Andrew? That she acts the same way in all the Harry Potter scenes?

Andrew: Yeah! I think it is pretty easy. She acts the same way…

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: …and it’s annoying! But anyway, Harry talks about missing Sea Cottage, the peacefulness of the beautiful sea.

Matt: Yeah, or even just the safetyness, you know, of living in a cottage, you know, with such hospitality for that long.

Eric: I feel kind of bad for Bill at this moment, you know, because he kind of knows what they’re doing, but Bill and Fleur have just totally put these guys up, and they’re not allowed to tell anybody about the quest and that – you know why, but it just kind of – it’s one of those things that you really appreciate. You’re like, “Thanks, Bill,” you know, “I really appreciate this, Bill.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Sort of things.

MuggleCast 141 Transcript (continued)


Pacing of Movie 7


Laura: Yeah. You know what I wonder just from reading this chapter, is how they’re going to pace the seventh movie, just because, towards the beginning of it, it states that they’ve been at Shell Cottage for several weeks.

Andrew: That’s definitely going to be cut, don’t you think?

Laura: Yeah. Oh, I’m sure, but they have to illustrate that this is a long going journey and they’re spending weeks wandering around the countryside pitching a tent, and then they stay at Bill and Fleur’s for quite a long time, too. They can’t just have them go there for five minutes, you know? It wouldn’t make sense.

Andrew: So maybe it would be another classic David Yates montage.

Laura: Yeah!

Matt: Well, it could probably also just be like a long fade transition. You know, kind of like, instead of just a cut from like the morning, it kind of just goes slowly into a black fade and then fades back into the next scene.

Eric: Yeah. Well, I mean, that’s the thing about these movie technique guys. They’re so good at that. Like, I mean, if you remember, even back in Movie 1, you know, transferring from winter to spring…

Andrew: I was actually just going to say that, yeah.

Eric: …is really well done…

Laura: Yeah, that was actually really well done.

Eric: …and it was sort of – I mean, even that just, you know, I mean, I have full confidence because they’ve sort of had to work with a lot of these time variations in the Harry Potter books because different things happen at different stages throughout the year, you know.

Andrew: Didn’t – in Prisoner of Azkaban, don’t like all of the leaves fall off of the Whomping Willow all of a sudden?

Eric: Yeah, they grow back.

Matt: I think Prisoner of Azkaban did the best of the transitions, definitely.

Laura: Yeah, I – oh my god. I love Alfonso Cuaron.

Eric: There were some good ones, especially with the Whomping Willow. That was really sort of a key – that was really well spotted, I think, in that movie to use the Whomping Willow.


Helena Bonham Carter


Andrew: Now, Matt, you brought up something that I hadn’t remembered actually. A little quote from Helena.

Matt: During last summer Helena Bonham Carter was interviewed about how she got approached for the role, and she said she was kind of hesitant with playing the role of Bellatrix Lestrange, because it was a relatively small role. But I guess later on she said that J.K. Rowling messaged her telling her that she actually has a bigger role in Book 7 and that Movie 5 was just – how did she say it – was, “a bite of a carrot.”

Eric: A bite of a carrot compared to the real…

Matt: Yeah exactly, to the entire thing. So, do you think that this is one of those scenes where – this and I think the Battle at Hogwarts is the two big scenes that is in this for Bellatrix Lestrange.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: In Malfoy Manor when she’s interrogating Hermione.

Andrew: I think in Order of the Phoenix the character comparison was good because she’s basically Voldemort’s sidekick. She just plays off that little sidekick role. In this, I think – I mean yeah.

Matt: This is the scene where she’s really in the front row.

Andrew: Yeah, this is a really big scene. Yeah, it’s important.

Eric: It’s interesting too, because considering Bellatrix was just in the previous scene interrogating Hermione using the Cruciatus Curse, you know, I think it’s going to be really effective. Because, you know, Bellatrix was just causing Hermione so much pain, for then for Hermione go and come out on the yard and say, “She tasted disgusting, worse then Gurdyroots.”…

Matt: Right.

Eric: …is going to be so fun for the actors to do it.

Matt: It’s just a whole different other side of this character we’re going to see. And so I’m really excited to see Helena Bonham Carter do it because she’s really a great actress.


Disguising Harry


Eric: So, back to the chapter. They’re about to depart for, what, Diagon Alley, and Hermione does this thing where she mixes up Ron’s face and he makes some kind of joke about he doesn’t like the beard too long or something like that, and Harry and Griphook are under the Cloak. Now one of the points I wanted to bring up here was that, even though this is Harry Potter, and they’re going into Gringotts, and they’ve got a plan, and they’ve been planning it for weeks, sometimes plans go wrong. Sometimes things happen, and do you guys think that just as a sort of precaution they should have also transformed Harry just a little bit? Just in case something would need to happen and Harry would need to leave the Invisibility Cloak, he would be looking exactly like himself, which is not a good idea in a public place. I always thought Hermione should’ve performed a spell on him too, just as a precaution, even if he stayed under the cloak.

Matt: I don’t really know, because who would they transform him into and what kind of excuse would they have when he suddenly just comes out of nowhere?

Eric: What I’m suggesting – why not have Ron under the Invisibility Cloak and Harry out as someone else too? I mean if you’re going to actually have a plan to have a sidekick…

Matt: But I think only Griphook would agree to hold onto Harry because he does not want to touch Ron because Ron and him argue all the time.

Laura: Yeah, and they needed some way to conceal him anyway, because it would’ve looked really weird if they were being accompanied by Griphook, you know?

Eric: But even when they’re as far as down as the vault, anyone who looks can now see Harry Potter. But then again by that point…

Laura: Yeah, but he Imperiused the other two.

Matt: Yeah, he’s the one has most of the wand power other then Hermione.

Eric: Yeah, you’re right.

Matt: Ron can’t do any of the stuff that – and also he wouldn’t take orders from Griphook when he told him, “You must act now. You must do this now,” or something.

Andrew: But also, as you were setting that up, Eric, I was thinking, has there ever been a situation where the Invisibility Cloak fails them? Because I’m thinking maybe they just trust the Invisibility Cloak, because if they’ve never run into a problem with it – I mean yeah, they should still…

Laura: Well, the only problem they ever had was, I think – gosh…

Eric: Harry lost it in the Astronomy Tower.

Laura: It was in the third book when someone stepped on it and it came down…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …and revealed his head or something like that. That would be the only issue because – yeah, because it’s a tangible object and it can be removed.

Matt: I also – It was in Goblet of Fire. I don’t think it’s really a problem but it’s when he was Mad-Eye Moody. Oh yeah, that too! When Mad-Eye Moody saw him, or the Mad-Eye Moody impostor saw him through the Cloak.

Eric: There’s that other scene in PoA where he leaves it on the Astronomy Tower because he gets caught or something. Do you guys remember that?

Laura: No that was the first book.

Matt: I think that was Sorcerer’s Stone. That was Sorcerer’s Stone.

Eric: When they’re taking Norbert off in the book, I guess. And then he leaves it there but it magically comes back to him and stuff. So there’s something…

Micah: Snape was aware of it, too. I remember him talking about it at some point in the series as well.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: I just don’t think it could be a trust thing with the Cloak. I mean, you know.

Eric: Just to clarify, though, I didn’t mean anything would go wrong with the Cloak. I mean if anything went wrong and – I just think if the Cloak fell off, it was pulled off…

Andrew: Right. So that would be something going wrong with the Cloak, though. [laughs]

Eric: Yeah, you’re right, you’re right. I saw that falling apart as I was…

Andrew: Wait, I do agree. You know, why not have an extra – why not screw up Harry’s face, too?

Eric: Just for fun. But, to be fair, at the point…

Micah: Griphook is still there, though.

Eric: Yeah, and at the point when they get down to the vaults, they pass that water, that puddle, that erased all their concealment. So they look like themselves anyway by the time they get down to the vault, which they did successfully.

Matt: And really, even if they did change his face or not, if he was exposed, they would be in the same situation.

Eric: Okay. Well, that’s cool.


Trip to Diagon Alley


Andrew: Let’s keep moving on with this. So within Diagon Alley – we’re still going to stay outside Gringotts for now. Upon entering Diagon Alley, Harry’s – his own face is all over the streets with posters reminiscent of what we saw in Prisoner of Azkaban with Sirius: “Have You Seen This Wizard?” Now, Eric, this is in the books, too, right? Because in your notes you put Gary Oldman, but I mean, it was in the books, too. Weren’t there signs…

Laura: Oh yeah, there were.

Eric: Yeah, all over Hogsmeade and stuff. I don’t know if it said, “Have You Seen This Wizard?” but it said pretty much that.

Matt: Yeah, it’s a wanted poster.

Eric: Yeah, wanted posters, you know, as they come. [laughs] But I had remembered because my movie theatre got a bunch of those – got a whole big stand, you know, “Have You Seen This Wizard?” Wasn’t there also like a countdown to Prisoner of Azkaban – it was one of their main, I think, display pieces. One of the standees that Warner Brothers sent out was a Sirius Black wanted poster, so I thought of that immediately when I was reading this about Undesirable Number One and the Harry poster thing. They’d have fun with that. But…

Andrew: Harry mentions here that his eleventh birthday was the most wonderful one in his life, which was so sweet.

Laura: Yeah, it really was.

Eric: Yeah. He recalled going into Gringotts for the first time and the whole trip to Hagrid. Just thinking about that, like, to have this kind of reflection where your eleventh birthday was the most wonderful – it’s bittersweet, because here he is, he’s seventeen and he’s contemplating death. And so in his first seventeen years of life, the eleventh birthday, when he found out he was a wizard, when he escaped the evil Dursleys, before he knew what evil even was, and it was just – it was really good to hear him say that. That was like, wow, he’s come so far.

Matt: I think it’s also a good parallel to when Hagrid was telling him about Gringotts. When he was saying, “you’d be a fool to try and break in to one of these,” and here he is, seven years later, doing the exact same thing.

Andrew: Foreshadowing. There we go.

Eric: Yep, absolutely. It’s kind of a – it was really cool.

Andrew: Then, while they enter Gringotts, there’s these new things called the Prohibidy – Probidy – Prorabidy…

Eric: P-p-p-probity probe.

Andrew: P-p-p-p Quote Quiz. No.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Probity Probe. So there’s this new security and they just – they check to make sure you have no – what was it again? – you have no charms or spells on you?

Laura: Yeah, concealments or anything.

Andrew: Concealments, that was it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: No surprises.

Laura: It reminds me of TSA, when you’re at the airport.

Andrew: [laughs] It is the TSA, yeah.

Eric: It is like TSA, really, and Harry has some well-armed – sorry, well-aimed – spells here, but it’s exactly like TSA with the little metal detector thing or whatever it is.

Matt: It’s a good thing they didn’t have a MacBook Air with them, huh?

Andrew: Wuh-hooo! Current news.

Eric: Well, it wouldn’t have worked because of all that magic in Diagon Alley.

Andrew: For anyone who doesn’t know, MacBook Airs were recently under scrutiny because they didn’t look like a normal laptop, so the TSA had to look at the new ones and be like, okay, these aren’t bombs.

Laura: That happened to my dad once with an iPod. Like, he was going through and his iPod didn’t have headphones on it…

Andrew: Oh, brother.

Laura: And they were like, “Don’t these normally come with headphones?” And my dad was like, “Are you freaking kidding me?” Like, seriously.

Andrew: So they sneakily get pass the GSA – the Gringotts Security Administration…

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Andrew: …and they get down into the vault. Well, they’re going through there, and, Eric, what do they pass through like you mentioned earlier?

Eric: Oh my god, they pass down this weird, sort of, I don’t know if it’s a puddle on the tracks…

Andrew: It’s a waterfall. Was it a waterfall?

Eric: Was it a waterfall?

Matt: It’s a waterfall, yeah.

Eric: Oh, cool. One of those nice little waterfalls, which is probably pouring sulfur or something because they’re down underneath the ground with stalactites and stalagmites. Anyway, washes away all their magical enchantment, all their concealments…sigh…and so they all look like themselves again. And Hermione’s disguise – I mean, Hermione’s disguise as Bellatrix worked so far, but then again, I mean, it was kind of iffy coming down.


Faulty Plans


Micah: Well, let’s talk about that for a minute.

Eric: I forgot to mention that they get stopped…

Micah: I want to talk about…

Eric: …in Diagon Alley by what – this other Death Eater guy.

Micah: Right. They do, and this is kind of something that was not well through through again. And I go back to the Ministry situation that existed way back in the early chapters of this book. But it’s pretty clear that something happened at Malfoy Manor. Bellatrix would certainly have alerted Gringotts, most likely, to the fact that her wand was stolen, and that there’s other sorts of people out there that might be interested in getting into her vault. So to me this seems like a pretty stupid idea. I understand they had to do it because it advanced the story, it advanced the plot, but again, not well thought through.

Eric: No.

Andrew: They do have to get the Horcruxes, and it is made known that – they do say that they’re suspicious. Harry knows that they’re suspicious, right?

Eric: Well, see, Harry seems to make all the right decisions here. Hermione, however, does not. I mean a bit like Micah was saying, especially considered the weeks that they planned this thing, a lot of the things Hermione does and a lot of her confusion – you know, for instance, it takes her so long to sort of get over the fact that she has her wand, you know, sort of thing, and Harry’s trying to whisper stuff in her ears from beneath the Invisibility Cloak. You know, for how much they planned it, it just – I think Hermione really messes it up for them. I think…

Matt: Well, you got to give Hermione a little bit of sympathy. I mean, she is playing the woman who tortured her for like an hour.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: No, you got to, and it’s not exactly a good thing if you make a good Bellatrix Lestrange, you know what I’m saying. It’s not necessarily the biggest compliment if you play her accurately, but…

Matt: Whether she played it off well or not, though, they’re going to be screwed. It’s pretty much obvious that they’re not going to get very far. I think they all knew that. Harry even said it to himself earlier on in the chapter, that he had to keep telling himself this was a good plan, even though he knew in the back of his head it was going to fall apart. But they really had no choice, and the fact – they even said it. Harry said that they had to move as quickly as possible because Bellatrix is still really…

[Someone yells in the background]

Matt: Oh, sorry. Bellatrix is really paranoid about her vault in question.

Eric: It’s true, yeah.

Laura: I think they knew going into it that the whole thing was going to fall around – you know, behind – fall down behind them, but I think it was just a matter of being quick and achieving the goal as quickly as possible and getting out. Because there was no possible way they were going to get in there, steal the cup, and then get out without anyone knowing.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: It just wasn’t going to happen.

Eric: Well, there is an opposite to that too, which is what kind of happened. They did make it down to the vaults, and I am so happy for them, but by the time they did, all the alarms had been set off, and people were really suspicious. So they didn’t have much time. They made it, they made it.


The Waterfall


Andrew: I have one more question about this waterfall. When they go through it, Griphook yells, “The Thief’s Downfall.” Is this what this system is called? Because it’s in all caps, and I just don’t…

Matt: I think that’s the name of it.

Andrew: It is the name of it?

Matt: The Thief’s Downfall, like a waterfall, the Thief’s Downfall.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: Well, if it’s down, it shouldn’t have feathers in it.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: That was a fabric joke, sorry.

Micah: Couldn’t he have been referring to Harry? I mean – or is that…

Andrew: Well, yeah, that’s what I thought…

Micah: Yeah, I mean, I guess I agree.

Andrew: I thought, it’s in all caps, and it’s referred to twice.

Eric: It was kind of like too, with the…

Matt: Maybe it’s like part of the…

[Eric and Matt overlap each other speaking]

Eric: Like that’s kind of the whole thing they have going, is that they named – it’s kind of like Cutter’s Treasure and Deadman’s Curve. It’s one of those things that Griphook likes to name on the way there. I think it was the actual name of the waterfall.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I think it was too.

Micah: But the question surrounding this, though, is Griphook didn’t say anything about this.

Eric: We get the point that…

Micah: That’s the issue.

Eric: I mean, we get the kind of idea that, although Griphook was like never letting the trio out of his sight and they were always planning for this, it seems to me that he left out this whole thing about the waterfall.

Micah: Well, maybe that’s why he screamed it out like that. He’s like, “Oh, I forgot about Thief’s Downfall, here we go.”

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: I don’t think he forgot, though. I think it’s part of that distrust that he had going. I mean, if you – I mean, later in the chapter, they’re like, okay, Griphook never expected wizards to play fair and actually give him the sword. So when he dives for it when they’re in the vault, it’s just – Harry’s just like, you know, “Oh heck.” So I mean…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: …do you really think he forgot?

Laura: Yeah, I agree with Eric. I don’t think he forgot.

Andrew: No.

Laura: At all.

Andrew: It was probably part of his plan to reveal their identities, so once he got the sword back, he would leave, and then the trio was caught, and then Griphook wouldn’t have to deal with them. And he knew. If the trio got caught, then he knew he would get his sword back.

Eric: Yeah. It’s just…

Andrew: Unless they released the dragon but that’s not going to happen.

Eric: It’s just one of those things you want to slap Griphook around for but, you know, I’m sure people would get upset if they heard me say that, so…

Micah: So you don’t think he was just away for so long? I mean I understand he’s worked there for how many ever years, so he clearly knows about this waterfall. But, I mean, couldn’t it have been something that slipped his mind up to that point where he was just…

Eric: I doubt it.

Andrew: No.

Eric: It seems to be one of the only…

Laura: Mmm, I don’t think so.

Matt: I think, probably – I mean they did make a truce, so he probably has to keep his word to that point, but he doesn’t necessarily have to keep all of the details of that truce in. Like, he’ll lead them to the vault but he doesn’t have to necessarily…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: …get them there safely.

Eric: As safely as they would hope. Which is just like Harry, you know, saying he’ll give Griphook the sword of Gryffindor when he’s planning on giving it to him eventually, you know, that sort of thing. So just one of those things.

Andrew: And then Bill also gave that warning at the end of the…

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: …last chapter that they don’t trust humans. I think that’s just foreshadowing and that’s just, I mean, it shouldn’t be a surprise to anyone that all of a sudden Griphook just conveniently forgets this.

[Eric laughs]

Matt: I’m sure – I mean, Harry kind of has it in the back of his mind too, but he just doesn’t have any other choice.

Eric: Yeah. He’s kind of like, “Oh great, waterfall.”

Andrew: Yeah…

Laura: I mean…

Eric: All magical concealment.

Laura: I mean he has no other way of getting down there, so…

Andrew: Yeah.


The Dragon


Matt: So we get to the dragon that…

Eric: Well, they’ve passed the dragon.

Matt: I don’t know. Well, no they get – don’t they come to it? Isn’t the dragon guarding one of the vaults?

Eric: Yeah, it’s the most…

Laura: Yeah, they see it.

Eric: ….ancient four or five vaults or something.

Andrew: Yeah, and they have to start ringing the clankers to get past it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean…

Matt: This is – but, okay, I just want to say something about this dragon. Did anybody, when they read the first book, know that you were going to see a dragon in Gringotts?

Andrew: No.

Laura: Well…

Matt: Did anyone see the foreshadowing?

Laura: Do you remember…

Matt: Because I did.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: I thought we were going to go back to Gringotts and we were going to see this actual dragon being guarded by stuff.

Eric: Because Harry sees…

Laura: Yeah. I remember, actually, when the – I guess it was the deluxe cover art came out and it showed the dragon, everybody – we were all speculating about what kind it was, or whatever, and we did talk about seeing that spurt of fire in the first book when they were down there and I don’t know if Harry said something specifically about expecting to see a dragon, I don’t know. But the foreshadowing was definitely there and I think it’s just another example of how good she was at…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: …setting this up, because…

Matt: Because this whole part right here, I – actually, I’ll admit something. When you guys were doing Chapter-by-Chapter, when you talked about the Gringotts chapter, that was during the whole Deathly Hallows speculation, and that’s when I thought that – because I always thought that we were going to go into and see a dragon. So I thought that maybe a Horcrux would be in Gringotts so you could see the dragon.

Andrew: Matt, we should have had you on the show like a hundred episodes ago.

Matt: I just – I didn’t want to be on it. You guys didn’t interest me.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: But you listened anyway and became a transcriber.

Eric: This whole dragon thing, they’ve – we talked about – we’ve just talked about the foreshadowing. Now, do you guys think it was cool to figure out what exactly the Gringotts goblins do to keep this dragon down there? They’ve kind of enslaved it. It’s tethered to the ground and they have these clankers that they ring, you know, to sort of instill fear in it because, I guess when they usually ring those things, they start whipping it or using swords against it is what the book said.

Andrew: I had a hard time this whole scene because, like, the vision I always got with Gringotts, especially if you go deeper and deeper into it, is that it’s going to get smaller and smaller and there’s no room for a giant dragon to be…

Eric: It’s a big cavern though, I mean…

Laura: I always imagined it got bigger.

Andrew: Really?

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Andrew, have you ever seen the movie The Core with Hillary Swank? They go down…

Andrew: No.

Laura: Oh, god.

Matt: Oh, god.

Eric: …and there’s like all these caverns and normally I wouldn’t mention this movie. I’m losing fans. There’s like a little counter I keep of how many fans I’m losing and it’s going – it’s skyrocketing or doing the opposite right now. But in The Core there’s all these, sort of, open caverns underneath the Earth filled with diamonds and stuff. I’m sure that’s probably accurate.

Andrew: Hmm.

Eric: In the catacombs of France. [laughs]


In the Vault


Andrew: But, back to the Gringotts core, they go in – I mean what are we going to talk about? Inside the vault there’s the skull with the crown still on it and someone can explain this whole thing. Eric, what did you want to talk about with this?

Eric: With the vault, they’re in the vault, they finally get in the vault, which is interesting because Griphook’s in there with them, I think he is, and…

Matt: Both goblins are in there.

Eric: Yeah. Wait, both goblins?

Matt: Yeah, they are.

Eric: Oh, the Imperiused one as well. Yeah, it’s kind of weird. It feels kind of crowded to begin with and on top of all of that, everyone knows they’re there. So, basically all of the charms, all of the enchantments, all of these sort of things to prevent exactly this sort of thing, have been enacted. It’s really like a rush, sort of thing, to the finish. Just to get out there. The whole rest of this chapter – once they get into that vault – the rest of this chapter – I mean the whole chapter goes by fast. But the rest of this chapter is like a page to the finish, you know.

Matt: Yeah. So let’s talk about how the enchantment on the treasure is. Do you guys think this was a clever thing? The whole if you touch it it burns you and then it like…

Laura: Oh, definitely.

Matt: …copies itself by twenty.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: I liked it a lot. I mean…

Micah: It seems like it’s almost some mythological reference or biblical reference. I can’t remember where but…

Eric: Hmm.

Micah: But doesn’t it seem like something that has been done before?

Laura: Hmm.

Matt: Well, this really – I don’t know about the whole coping itself thing – but this whole scene kind of reminds me of The Hobbit from J.R.R. Tolkien.

Andrew: Why’s that?

Matt: Has any of you read that? Because I’m…

Laura: Well, I read it in like sixth grade, but…

Matt: Well, the dragon – I forgot – the evil dragon though is guarding the treasure and…

Laura: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: And….I don’t know. [laughs] I haven’t read it since the sixth grade either.

Eric: Micah, you were saying about the Greek mythology, do you remember the Hydra, which also makes an appearance in Hercules movie? [laughs] The Hydra’s the dragon that, you know, once you cut off his head it grows two more or three more or something. So was that what you were possibly thinking of?

Micah: No. I’m thinking about something where you touch it and it multiplies, and it’s almost suffocating in the same sense that this stuff was.

Eric: Oh, because this was really sticky stuff. This whole burning, scalding sort of thing.

Andrew: I sort of just think back to like, Willy Wonka…

Eric: Kind of. Kind of, actually.

Andrew: …when they start floating. I don’t know. If they get closer to the fan they’re exploding. That’s the only thing I could think of. I don’t know, maybe someone will e-mail in with an idea for that.

Eric: Yeah. People were really good with that when I had – I forget what I’d done. But people were really helpful. So…

Matt: Okay, so, basically, they find out that if you touch anything in the vault it burns your skin and it multiplies into like twenty.

Eric: Another thing Griphook could’ve prepared them with.

Matt: Well, maybe Griphook didn’t know. He doesn’t know everything about each vault.

Eric: Yes, he does.

Matt: You’re sure he does?

Eric: I’d like to think so. Maybe. Because, I mean, he was spot on with everything else. He remembered that he…

Matt: Well, he’s also the one who got burnt himself. I think if he cares about himself at all he would probably have prepare himself with what would happen.

Eric: Hmm, that’s a fair point.

Matt: So…

Eric: That’s a fair point.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Do we know if he got burned accidentally or what?

Matt: No, he was buried.

Laura: I don’t remember.

Matt: Harry remembers seeing both goblins getting buried by the burning jewels.

Andrew: Didn’t in the book – doesn’t it say he could only see long white fingers?

Matt: Yeah, he could only see long skinny fingers or something.

Eric: Creepy.

Matt: So, basically, they find the – Helga Hufflepuff’s cup and so Harry tries to use the sword to grab it because they find out that the sword is the only thing that can touch the treasure without setting off the charm. Hermione uses levicorpus on Harry. Levicorpus is not very easy to manipulate, and Harry keeps running into things. Everything starts to multiply out of control. So they’re starting to get buried by the treasure and finally – this is the part where I get confused. Because this was very hard to follow.

Andrew: This is confusing.

Matt: I’m really excited to see what actually this scene looks like in the film because I had to read it a few times just to kind of get what really happened.

Eric: Yeah. Totally agree with you there.

Matt: Who has the sword? Harry still has the sword in his hand, right?

Eric: Well, Griphook had the sword actually. I mean Griphook was like reaching for it, he dove for it or something. Somehow Harry got it and he was trying to use to grab the cup. Hermione…

Matt: People are diving…

Eric: Hermione like – yeah. People are diving, stuff is burning, and meanwhile the whole thing is rising. You know?

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: With fake treasure and real treasure and everything is burning, scalding. Harry said that, you know, the heat inside the chamber totally intensified because all the stuff was like burning up. And in the middle of it all, Hermione uses Levicorpus on Harry. All of the sudden he’s thrown up by his ankle. He’s hanging by his ankle but, you know, it turns out it to be the thing that does it, I guess. Because now he’s so high in the air he can reach the cup or whatever but it’s just…

Andrew: And that’s where Harry loses his sword.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Harry loses his sword but he grabs the cup. He has the cup…

Eric: Grabs the cup…

Matt: …but then he looks for the sword and the sword is missing. All of the sudden they’re being pulled out of the vault and surrounded by a bunch of menacing goblins with daggers and stuff.

Andrew: But then it also says there it was Griphook who had seen it and Griphook who launched. “And in that instant Harry knew that the goblin never expected them to keep their word.”

Eric: Exactly.

Andrew: That’s when Griphook takes it.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: So there you go.

Micah: Huh. I thought Griphook flipped the cup up to Harry.

Matt: Yeah, he did, I remember that too. He did.

Micah: So that was kind of his show of solidarity, I guess.

Matt: Yeah, so it’s like, “Here you go, you’re not going to keep it for very long, but that’s what he agreed on.”

Eric: So did Griphook really pull through?

Matt: Well, he – well, he wanted the sword, so he didn’t want the treasure because he doesn’t want to be considered a thief if he gets caught with the cup in his hand.

Eric: Right. According to him, the sword is his entitlement as a goblin.

Matt: Because – yeah. And basically when he has the sword in his hand. Sorry.

Laura: He also figures that, I mean, they’re just about to get caught anyway, so, it doesn’t really matter.

Eric: [unintelligible] I didn’t catch that.

Matt: What I found was pretty shady was Griphook ran into the big mob of goblins, and they accepted him without question. With the sword in hand.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Micah: Well, I mean, if somebody came running at me with a sword and I had a dagger I probably would accept them too.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: No, but the other thing is, well, don’t you think they trust Griphook?

Eric: I think it’s an inherence…

Laura: Well, yeah, especially since he just brought back a relic that they…

Matt: And also he’s jumping and screaming and pointing to the trio – thieves – going “Thieves! Thieves!”

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. And he’s just joining the rest of them like he’s supposed to be there, so, yeah, totally. Good play by Griphook.


Escaping the Goblins


Eric: [laughs] Absolutely. So Harry – so wrapping it up – wrapping up the chapter, the trio has to escape, and how do they get away from the goblins? I actually forget this little bit.

Matt: They run on the…

Andrew: They run.

Matt: …dragon. Harry runs on the dragon. No, he uses…

Eric: But how far is the dragon? Does he blind them first? Doesn’t he…

Matt: Oh yeah. The use a few stupefy

Eric: Spells?

Matt: …curses. Yeah, spells. They use stupefy on a few of the goblins, and then they start to charge on them, the ones who didn’t get affected by the spell. And then they all start to run, and Harry comes up to the dragon and uses relatio, the…

Eric: On his…

Matt: Cuffs. On the cuffs of the dragon.

Eric: Shakles.

Matt: And then he yells for Harry and Hermione to get on, and they climb onto the dragon and…how do they describe the scales on the dragon, guys?

Eric: Hard as steel, I think. It was – they…

Andrew: Yeah, you got the impression that they could break through Gringotts Bank.

Eric: [laughs] Yeah, and Harry’s like, “Oh, what a good tool.” And the other thing is the dragon didn’t even feel them climb on, and also at first – I mean being kept down in this darkness, the dragon is actually like more or less blind, kind of. Like it’s relying on its other senses sort of thing. So it doesn’t actually realize exactly what’s happening; it knows when it hears the sound of the clankers that it’s got to, you know, be sort of subdued, but it doesn’t realize that it’s unshackled for a little bit of time, for that key time when the trio climbs on. And then as soon as it does realize it, you know, just totally finds its way out through the marble floor of the lobby.

Andrew: Now, I mean this is all cool and interesting and stuff, but they’re going to have to change Gringotts from what it looked like…

Eric: How?

Andrew: …in Movie 1. At least the exterior. Because they don’t have the big doors from what I’m remembering correctly from the movie.

Matt: Well, they may. You just saw the stairs up to it, you didn’t see them go through the door.

Eric: Yeah, it’s true.

Laura: Yeah. Well, what they did was they showed one shot of the entire exterior, from what I remember. And they made it very tall and very narrow, I believe.

Andrew: Yeah, I do remember that. Yeah. Yeah. I mean it will be interesting. They probably will change some things, so…

Eric: It still will be really fun to see.

Andrew: Yeah, it will be. So that’s that. I mean that’s the chapter. It’s all about – it’s all about Gringotts. It’s really cool, ’cause, you know, you get to see an old part of the Harry Potter story reappear and do something crazy. All right, well that does it for Chapter-by-Chapter this week, but first…


Quote Quiz


[Audio for Quote Quiz plays]

Andrew: Ah, yes. “Imposters!? What imposters!? I thought Gringotts had ways of revealing imposters! Who were they?” And that’s Quote Quiz for this week.

Matt: Does your thing for Quote Quiz – does it really have that, “Ah, yes”? Is that part of the sound?

Andrew: No, that’s me.

Matt: Oh, because you say it almost every single time, so I’m thinking, “Oh my god, does it really have that?”

Andrew: Yeah, because I’m thinking, “Ah, Quote Quiz.”

MuggleCast 141 Transcript (continued)


The Sorting Hat


Andrew: All right, so we’re going to try out another segment that we kicked off a couple weeks ago. Matt, it’s called The Sorting Hat?

Matt: It’s now called The Sorting Hat, yeah.

Andrew: What is this segment?

Matt: Okay, since you and Eric were not on the time we did this, I’m going to tell you.

Eric: What’s The Sorting Hat?

Matt: Well, okay. It’s a segment, and basically it’s – we take probably a celebrity or public figure and we sort them into a House at Hogwarts and discuss why.

Andrew: Let’s do the first two here to warm us up and then Eric and I will say what House we’re in. [laughs] So first one Matt has here: Stephenie Meyers. Meyer, sorry.

Matt: Stephenie Meyer!

Andrew: Stephenie Meyer.

Eric: [laughs] Hallows Andrew, Hallows.

Andrew: Stephenie Meyer. I don’t think we know enough about her.

Matt: No we don’t, but since she was on the news, and she’s been on relatively in the public right now, I just think it’s just something…

Andrew: What House do you think she would be in?

Matt: …we should talk about. I think she’d be in Hufflepuff.

Laura: Yeah, me too.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess so.

Matt: Just based on the interview that she did – that we just talked about, in the beginning when she talks about how her – I mean how great J.K. Rowling is, and she just seems really modest. And I think modesty is very prominent in Hufflepuff.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: I agree.

Andrew: All right, so, what House I would be in? I hate to be so generic, but I have to say Gryffindor. I mean, I lead this podcast, I must be a Gryffindor. I’m courageous, and I’m a leader, and I’m just like awesome, just like Harry. Do you guys think I belong there?

Micah: I think your ego would put you in Slytherin.

Matt: I know! Jeez, that’s what I was just about to say. You’re kind of a…

[Eric, Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: And before a lot of people e-mail, I have to admit that I pretend that I have a big ego on the show just to be funny. It’s not real, so if you look at it that way, I may not be – people hopefully don’t think I’m as arrogant…

Micah: And I – yeah, I said that jokingly.

Matt: Yeah, I know. It was just a joke, Andrew.

Andrew: Yeah I know, but a lot of people will e-mail and be like, “Andrew’s got a big head.” No I don’t, I just act like that on the show to be funny.

Eric: Yeah, and the whole thing is – I mean you’re right, you do lead the show, you lead the podcast, you’ve done some very consistent work with that, and I think I would go along with your sorting.

Matt: I think so too.

Andrew: So how about you, Eric? Who – what…

Eric: I like to hide behind the robes I’ve had for four years, and I’m just going to say Gryffindor.

Andrew: Well, that’s fair. If you bought the robes already you don’t want to buy new ones.

Eric: Exactly, so I’m going to have to bet – no, I think that would be, like you know, would I be a Revenclaw? Would I be a Hufflepuff? Would I be a Slytherin? You know, consider the alternatives. Maybe I’d be a Hufflepuff. But I’d like to think that I would, you know, really sort of deal with things. If something came my way, and I had to deal with it, I would want to be brave and courageous. So, I don’t know, what do you guys think? You guys have known me for the past 145 episodes. What are we doing here? What House am I in?

Andrew: I agree. I agree with the Gryffindor.

Laura: I think you’d be mad at me if I told you.

Eric: No, no, Laura…

Laura: I honestly – I don’t know, I would have to say Hufflepuff and, okay, don’t hit me.

Eric: No, I’m not upset at all. In fact, I’m happy that you said that. That took bravery, Laura, you’re clearly a Gryffindor for telling me that I would be a Hufflepuff.

Laura: Well, thank you.

Andrew: All right.

Eric: So do you still think I’m going to be a puff? Now, Laura, that I complimented you?

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Oh, okay [laughs]. No I mean, why? Or, can’t we get into that?

Laura: I don’t know, it’s just – I don’t know. I just can’t place it. It’s just, when I think of you, I think of that, so…

Matt: I kind of have to agree. And you know what, it’s not a bad thing. I mean I don’t really know all the aspects, it’s just, for some reason, I always thought that you looked better with yellow and black.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: Yeah, maybe that’s it. Maybe it’s because you’re blonde, Eric.

Eric: You’re right, you’re actually probably right. I don’t know, maybe that’s what I’ll do then. I’ll try on some Hufflepuff robes and see if I can maybe, I don’t know, switch them out or something. I might be coming – I might be becoming, I might be becoming a puff, I don’t know.

Andrew: So, there’s Sorting Hat. If you have any ideas for Sorting Hat, people who to sort now that we all said each other. I mean, of course, a couple other co-hosts haven’t said it yet. But if you have ideas for people who we should sort – don’t send in George Bush, Barrack Obama, Hilary Clinton, we’ve already gotten that, multiple times. Maybe we’ll do it down the road, but not right now.

Matt: Mhm.

Laura: And all you’ll get are obnoxious comments, especially about George Bush.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, it’s not the sort of thing that can be done.

Laura: We don’t want to upset any Bush fans who might listen to this show.

Eric: Can’t be done tastefully.


Voicemails


Andrew: Anyway, we also got some voicemails this week. So, let’s take the first one now.


Voicemail: Voldemort’s Soul


[Audio]: Hi, this is Lisa, 27, from Charlotte, North Carolina. I was thinking about the whole, “There are worse things than death” statement. And, yes, obviously, there are worse things, and of course, naturally, in the world of Harry Potter, my brain kind of went towards the Dementors and the soul sucking that they do. Voldemort, you know – I don’t believe that he ever really thought about what terrors might await him when the Dementors took his soul, as you know, our souls are kind of what feed our passion, and yeah, Voldemort’s passions were very disturbing, but he still had a soul to fuel them. He disregarded most of it, but the fact remains that there was still a shred of it in there. So then I was thinking a little bit deeper, and I was wondering, do you guys think that somebody as morally decrepit as Voldemort would be an empty shell if the Dementors sucked out their soul, or would they just be far more evil? Tell me what you think. Pickles!

Laura: Well, isn’t the whole point that they suck happiness out of the air? And I don’t think Voldemort really had any happiness, or any good memories.

Matt: He’s not a very happy person.

Andrew: So…

Eric: He’s still a happy person. It’s like mirth and greed and sort of evil. You know, he’s happy where others fail. I think Voldemort was happy. If Voldemort were to encounter a Dementor, you know, the bad things he would see would be Harry defeating him. And the good things sucked out of him would be – his Patronus would have to be made out of people doing evil acts. I think Voldemort can still be happy.

Matt: I think it really depends on what defines happy for the Dementors.

Eric: What defines happy especially for Patronus…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …making sake. She’s actually asking, because Voldemort has so little of a soul in his body or whatever, would a Dementor’s kiss kill him, would it do what it needed to do, or would he just be like this walking empty shell with absolutely no soul? Could he still survive, especially if he still has his Horcruxes?

Micah: Yeah, but see, when I think of the fact that you’re talking about positive emotions – you know, happiness and good memories, I think it’s got to be more along the lines of attacking somebody who actually can sense the difference between right and wrong. And as far as Voldemort’s concerned, it goes back to what Laura was saying. I don’t think that he has enough in him in terms of positive emotions to…

Matt: Form a patronus.

Micah:[unintelligible] a soul being sucked out of him. I think he’s – he would almost fall in line with the Dementors. I mean he’s so decrepit an individual that his soul split into seven pieces – what is there for a Dementor to actually go after?

Eric: That’s a really good point.

Laura: I agree.

Matt: There’s really not much for a Dementor to feed off.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: All right. Do you guys hear that sound? What is that? What is that, Micah?

Micah: What?

Matt: The sound of a dog? Is that the sound of a dog on the T.V.!?

Andrew: It’s another voicemail!


Voicemail: Modifying a Memory vs. Oblivate


[Audio]: Hey MuggleCast, this is Erin. I’m 12 years old from Massachusetts, and I’m calling about last week’s Chapter-by-Chapter. You were talking about how Hermione said she had never done a Memory Charm before, but she had modified her parents’ memories. Jo cleared that up. She said that modifying a memory and Obliviate are two separate terms. Just clearing that up. Love the show, keep it up! Bye!

Andrew: That’s actually not from last week’s Chapter-by-Chapter. That’s a really old voicemail. But I don’t think we ever cleared that up.

Laura: That’s good.

Matt: I don’t even remember us talking about that.

Laura: Yeah, it’s been a while.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s been a while.

Laura: Well anyway, thank you for clearing that up.

Eric: It’s good to know.


Problem with Voicemails


Andrew: Yeah, so there were only two voicemails this week, and that’s because of a problem. There’s something going on with our MuggleCast hotline. People can’t call it right now and I have to take it into Skype and hopefully they’ll fix it, but sorry about that. But I thought we could get to a couple voicemails anyway.


New Segment: This Week in MuggleCast


Andrew: Micah, you wanted to try a new segment this week. What is this?

Micah: This is “This Week in MuggleCast.” It’s a look back – we’re almost three years old now, I know that’s kind of hard to believe, but…

Andrew: Ugh.

Micah: … we can go back in time now, we can play a segment from this week in MuggleCast, and we can go all the way back to Episode 35 on April 16, 2006.

Laura: Oh my god.

Eric: You’re going to actually play a clip?

Micah: Yeah, we’re going to play a clip!

Eric: Like I mean now.

Micah: There’s one clip we’re going to play. But we’re going to play it and then we’re all going to say, “Hey, that was great. I remember that,” and go on.

Andrew: Wait, what? Wait, what did you just say?

Eric: So we don’t actually know what clip we’re going to play?

Laura: Well, just pretend.

Eric: Then we can’t comment on it.

Andrew: Wait, wait, hold on. What if we all start going [makes time travel noise]… Maybe we can go back in time.

Matt: Like in Wayne’s World?

Andrew: Let’s try it.

[Everyone makes time travel noise]

[Clip from Episode 35 Plays]

Andrew: Before we go anywhere else, first let’s check in with Micah Tan for the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories.

[NBC Breaking News music plays]

Micah: [present] Was this that show?

Micah: [back to Episode 35] From studio 1A…

Laura: Whoa, whoa, whoa, Micah, what are you doing?

Micah: Huh?

Laura: This is MuggleCast! Not The Today Show.

Micah: Oh, that’s right. Starting this Wednesday the National…

[Present time, everyone laughs]

[Everyone makes time travel noise]

Andrew: We did it!

Laura: Oh my god, I forgot about that.

Micah: Wow.

Eric: Micah, you always do something really cool with your news. I really love some of the early, early, early Micah segments.

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: I love that. It was so – I hate to say it, but it was kind of corny.

Micah: It was really corny. I don’t know what kind of corny.

Laura: So much of what we do is corny, okay?

Eric: I miss that ingenuity. Not that we don’t have ingenuity now but I miss that particular thing.

Micah: So that was all the way back?

Andrew: That was Episode – yeah, unlike you, Micah, I actually went and got prepared for the segment because I knew you weren’t doing it, so…

Micah: Yep.

Andrew: [laughs] No, no, no, no. But this was Micah’s idea for a segment, so…

Matt: Awww.

Andrew: So yeah, I think it’s kind of fun to do. So that was – like Micah said, that was two years ago. Jeez.

Micah: Which episode was it? Was that actually thirty-five, or was that…

Andrew: Yeah, that was actually it, man. I went back, I downloaded the episode, and I thought that was a funny bit. I thought we could just pick funny bits instead of, you know…

Micah: I mean, some of the things we’re talking about back then is ridiculous. [laughs]

Andrew: I know.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: [mocking an older episode] “Do you guys think the actors are going to be in all seven Harry Potter movies? I mean, I don’t know…”

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: “…they could be too old or something.”

[Eric laughs]

Micah: Something about Ben looking like a swan.

Andrew and Eric: Uh…

Micah: I’m reading the show notes.

Matt: Oh! I remember that. When you guys were talking about what you guys look like, and…

Eric: Like, what would be our Animagus?

Andrew: Did Ben say he looked like a swan or something?

Matt: Ben accused Laura of looking like a dog.

Andrew: [laughs] Oh.

Laura: Oh. I remember that.

Eric: Yeah, Laura will remember an insult…

Laura: Oh, man. Those were back in the days when he and I would just like be at each others’ throats [laughs] during the whole time. Do you remember that?

Matt: And you accused Ben of being a sloth.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Laura: Yeah, yeah! I remember that.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Gosh, all the memories…

Laura: Well, you know. The truth hurts.

Andrew: Funny.

Matt: It’s kind of scary how I remember that.


Andrew’s HUH!? E-mail of the Week


Andrew: Here’s another segment we haven’t done in awhile: It’s Andrew’s HUH?!…

Eric: Re-do that.

Andrew: …E-mail of the Week. Andrew’s HUH?! E-mail of the Week. Comes from Janine, twenty-three – “Wait, no, I am twenty-four, I think.” – Location: Two haystacks from Dayton, Ohio.

“I just wanted to write in to say I really enjoy the show. I do not listen on a regular basis, but whenever I remember people suck and I do not want to talk to my friends, I load my iPod with your episodes and spend days listening to your ideas, thoughts, and randomness. I sometimes get too into it and start trying to butt in on the conversation. Then I remember this is a pre-recorded Podcast. And iPods don’t talk back – dot dot dot – “yet.”

Eric: Yet.

Andrew: “I do not have anything negative to say, except I think someone should get Andrew – someone should get Andrew some friends.” [fakes hurt and sniffles] “He has too much time on his hands. After listening to Episode 134, I noticed he enjoys his sound effects just a”… [sniffles] …”tad too much. Also, please tell Micah he has the sexiest voice. I would pay him to read my dictionary. Thank you all for the work you do and have a Potterlicious day.” Well, Janine, I don’t know what to tell you.

Eric: Why don’t you play some sound effects?

Andrew: Are you guys my friends, though?

Laura: You know…

Andrew: I don’t know what sound effects.

Laura: …I think you kind of shattered his self-esteem there, Janine.

Andrew: I mean, it’s hurtful when somebody accuses me…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: …of playing three sound clips in an entire show.

Laura: Well, I mean, at least you have something to talk to your therapist about. So…

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: Yeah, man.

Laura: …that’s always good.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Eric: This is the opposite of Chicken Soup. This is kind of like…this is kind of like…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: What? I can’t hear you over my sound effects. [plays Quote Quiz sound effect]

Eric: This is kind of like pea soup or something very unpleasant that’s just, you know, sad.

[Andrew plays Quote Quiz sound effect repetitively]

Eric: All right. That said, though, all the…

Laura: Hey, Andrew.

Matt: Stop it. Stop it!

Andrew: Sorry.

Matt: Gosh. You just enjoy your sound effects just a tad too much.

Eric: You can be better than this, Andrew. You can rise up.

Andrew: Okay.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: You can rise up above the comments…

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: …and that discrimination. That said, Micah, do you accept payment to read people’s dictionaries?

Micah: [laughs] Well, sure. I mean, I may have a future career there, you know? So, why not?

Andrew: Micah, could you open a dictionary right now and read an entry?

Matt: [gasps] Micah, you should do Audiobooks!

Micah: Uh. Yeah.

Andrew: We should do a new segment on the show: Micah’s Dictionary Word of the Day.

Micah: I should…

Andrew: Micah’s Word of the Day.

Micah: I should talk to Jim Dale about that. Maybe he’ll help me out.

Andrew: There you go.

Micah: I don’t know if I have it – uh, yeah I do. Do you really want me to get a dictionary?

Eric: Yes. Actually get a dictionary, seriously…

Andrew: Pick one real quick. Real quick.

Micah: How about: Marist: A member of the Roman Catholic Society of Mary founded by Jean-Claude Coleen in France in 1816 and devoted to education.

Eric: Does it say… [laughs]

Andrew: This was Micah’s Word of the Day! Sponsored by: Webster’s! All right, to wrap things up today…


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


[Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul Audio plays]

Andrew: Mmmm….

Eric: Okay, Chicken Soup from Katie K., 16, of Wisconsin. She says:

“Dear all you wonderful MuggleCasters. I just want to start off by saying that all of you do a wonderful job and keep up the great work. This past fall, my sister found out she was pregnant. Because of her pregnancy and some complications along the way, she ended up having to drop out of college and move back home. On February 13th, she gave birth to a healthy baby boy named Quinn, who also has a very healthy pair of lungs. His room was right next to mine and his crib is directly next to my bed through the wall. He wakes up a few times through the night in full scream, which also wakes me up. It seemed like I tried just about everything to fall back asleep, until one night, I decided to give listening to MuggleCast a try, and it worked! Now instead of just laying there for an hour listening to the rebel yell of a baby…”

Matt: Huh.

Eric: “…I get to fall asleep to the sound of all your wonderful voices. Thank you for helping me get the beauty sleep I strive. Love, Katie K.”

Andrew: That’s very sweet.

Laura: Awww.

Eric: We have the best for Quinn.

Andrew: Thank you, Kate – Katie.


MuggleCast Forums


Andrew: Let’s – actually, before we wrap things up, I have one last e-mail to read. It’s from Emily W., 16, of Dayton, Ohio. She writes:

“Hey, I just had a quick question because on Episode 139, you read a MuggleMail from Kylie – I think it was – from Dayton, Ohio. And I was wondering if there was any way for you to get me their e-mail or something, because I don’t know anyone in Dayton, Ohio who listens to MuggleCast. Seriously, Dayton is like…”

[Show music begins]

Andrew:

“…the most boring place ever and I’ve never met another person who listens. I don’t have an accessible Facebook or anything like that, but maybe, if you can get the chance, you could send her an e-mail or something like that. Please let me know if you can. MuggleCast was my first podcast and, so, I also wanted to say thanks for your hard work on this awesome podcast.”

Well, Emily, I think this is a good opportunity to promote the forums at MuggleCastFan.Net/Forums. Because there – I suggest people – if you want to start meeting people in your area, maybe a new thread – maybe a new category can come in the forums where people can MuggleCast meet-ups or something in their local towns, you know? So, visit MuggleCastFan.Net/Forums for a place to do that.

Eric: Start datin’ in Dayton, Ohio!

Andrew: Yeah. Have a date in Dayton!

[Eric and Matt laugh]


Contact Information


Andrew: So, Laura. If people want to send us some gold, where would they mail that? Micah’s been doing this for the past few weeks, so it’s okay if you’re a little rusty.

Laura: Oh, okay. It’s:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming Georgia
30028

Andrew: We’re going to skip the MuggleCast hotline information this week because the voicemail is down and I don’t want to encourage people to call for no reason. But you can also write in using our handy feedback form on
MuggleCast.com. Just click on “Contact” at the top and you’ll see a handy feedback form there. You can also contact any one of us at our first names at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Don’t forget, MuggleCast.com also has a variety of community outlets including: the MySpace, the Facebook, the YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and the aforementioned fanlisting and forums.

You can also Digg the show at Digg.com and vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley. We are reigning supreme this month at Podcast Alley once again! So thank you, everyone, for voting for us.


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you. Once again, I am Andrew Sims.

Eric: I am Scull comma Eric.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Tom.

Andrew: Apologies to J.K. Rowling but we are out of time. We’ll see everyone next week for Episode 142. Buh-bye!

Laura: Bye!

Micah: Bye!

[Show music ends]


Bloopers


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum’s in the MuggleCast news center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. ‘Allo, Micah!

[No one speaks]

Andrew: All right, thanks, Micah.

Micah: You’re welcome.

Andrew: Let me try that again so my voice doesn’t crack.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: I think you should leave it like that.

Andrew: No. That’s – no, I don’t want to…

Matt: Geez, you’re eighteen now. Come on, Andrew.

Transcript #140

MuggleCast 140 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Show music begins]

Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the Internet’s leading provider of spoken word entertainment. Get a free audio book download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast today for details.

[Harry Potter theme plays]

Jim Dale: [As Professor McGonagall] This is Professor McGonagall welcoming you all to MuggleCast hoping you all enjoyed – Dobby! Dobby, come here! Here! Dobby! [As Dobby] Yes, I’d just like to say how very pleased I am to introduce MuggleCast to all of you! Thank you! Thank you!

[Show music begins]

Micah: Because you have to admit last week some of you got punk’d, this is MuggleCast Episode 140 for April 5th, 2008.

[Show music continues]

Andrew: All right, well I think we fooled a lot of people last week with the April Fool’s joke. April Fool’s, everyone.

[Matt and Andrew laugh]

Andrew: You see, here’s the other thing. Then once I leave the show, which is very tragic for some people – they can’t stand not having The Andrew Sims on the show…

Jamie: I thought it was fun, Matt, didn’t you?

Matt: Yeah, I had a blast. I thought it was perfect.

Jamie: Me too. I thought it was an amazing show.

Micah: Yeah, Jamie. I agree. Yeah.

Andrew: All you guys do is you make fun of me. Why do I get made fun of every time I leave?

Jamie: Because you’re our glorious leader.

Andrew: It turns into a mock Andrew fest.

Matt: That’s what everyone does when the boss is out of the office. Everyone makes fun of him.

Jamie: Yeah. See? Imitation is the highest form of flattery, Andrew. Don’t you know that?

Matt: Yeah, and dang man, if that wasn’t a huge flattering compliment, too.

Jamie: It was.

Andrew: Yeah. Right, but our April Fool’s joke scared a lot of people. We got a lot of e-mails from people saying, “Oh, my gosh. No, no you can’t do this! You can’t do this! Stop!” And then some people really enjoyed – really welcomed the idea. They said, “You know what? This could work.”

Matt: A lot of people prided themselves for calling on it, too, which I thought was pretty funny. Well, I mean everyone knew it was a joke and so they kept e-mailing, “Haha! You guys didn’t fool me. I knew.”

Andrew: Right, right.

Matt: I thought that was… [laughs]

Andrew: What annoyed me was some people were like, “I’m 100% sure this is a joke.” You’re not a 100% sure.

Eric: Then why would they be e-mailing us?

Andrew: Right. I didn’t understand that.

Eric: To tell us that, you know…

Andrew: Anyway, we have a big show to get to. We’re going to hit up a couple of chapters in Chapter-by-Chapter and things. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Jamie: I’m Jamie Lawrence.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

[Show music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum’s in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right. Thanks, Andrew. The London Times reported earlier this week that “writing by Anthony Horowitz, Philip Pullman and J. K. Rowling will appear in The Birthday Book to be published by The Prince’s Foundation for Children & the Arts to mark the Prince of Wales’ 60th birthday.” We’ll let you know as soon as we have more information.

The Ministry of Magic released a statement earlier this week condemning the acts of ex-Minister for Magic Cornelius Fudge. Mr. Fudge initially had a tracker placed on him after it was found he was moving massive amounts of galleons from a high-security vault in Gringotts to a private account in the Cayman Islands. It has been discovered that Mr. Fudge used the money to pay for “special services” he received in both the Leaky Cauldron and the Three Broomsticks from a wild band of Veelas. While the representatives from Azkaban did not allow comment from the ex-politician, former aide to the Minister Percival Weasley had this to say: “Oh, I thought he just liked getting out of the Ministry from time to time.” Fudge is best known for his stupidity in not believing in the return of Lord Voldemort.

Earlier this year, J.K. Rowling was awarded by University College Dublin with the James Joyce award. On accepting the award, Jo spoke to hundreds of fans and a full transcript is available on Mugglenet.com. In it she talks about how Snape and Dumbledore were the two most important characters in the series aside from the trio.

And after years of tending to Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, everyone’s favorite half-giant is making a name for himself on television. Are You Smarter Than Rubeus Hagrid? airs every Wednesday night at 9 p.m. eastern on FOX. Host Jeff Foxworthy said the show is a great success and is nearing the viewership of hit reality TV show American Idol. While the contestants tend to outwit Hagrid on the Question and Answer section, the hands-on portion of the show, where they are asked to tame a Blast-Ended Skrewt, usually show that Rubeus ain’t as dumb as he looks.

And finally, the younger brother of world-renowned wizard Albus Dumbledore was arrested earlier this week outside the Hog’s Head for his involvement in an underground illegal goat trafficking ring. Madam Rosmerta noticed an alarming number of goats walking limply around Hogsmeade one afternoon and decided to alert the Ministry. It was later discovered that the goats who failed to show Aberforth considerable attention were fated to enter an outside pen, which served as a holding area until they were taken underground at night and had various charms performed on them. The Ministry seized what looked to be plans for an underground goat fighting league. A rather irritated Aberforth said it was his way of showing them “tough love,” and the animals spoke to him in a way humans never could.

That’s all the news for this April 5th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.

Andrew: All right, thanks, Micah.

Micah: All right. You’re welcome, man.

Andrew: So, besides the, like, ten April Fool’s posts, dude, that you came up with – you came up with most of those. A round of applause for Micah Tannenbaum.

[Everyone claps and whistles]

Eric: Micah Tan. Micah Tan the Anchorman.

Micah: What were you going to say, Jamie?

Jamie: I was going to say you have a fascination with goats that comes over and above the normal…

[Micah laughs]

Jamie: …fascination with goats that most people have.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jamie: Is there a reason for this? A small something that happened as a child, perhaps?

Micah: No comment.

Jamie: Okay.

Eric: Micah was raised by goats.


News Discussion: Intercollegiate Quidditch


Andrew: All right, so one of the stories to talk about tonight. MTVU did a story on intercollegiate Quidditch, and what it is, is these colleges versus each other playing Quidditch on the ground. They all have a broom, they’re all holding onto the broom. They have to pretend like they’re sitting on it, and they’re running around the field, and it’s been getting a lot of press lately. It was on CBS Morning News, of course MTVU had a really good spot on it. What do you guys think of this? Did you see the reports on this, and do you think it could be like a growing trend? Because like MTVU did a story of Princeton versus – what was the other school?

Micah: I know Middlebury started it all.

Andrew: Yeah, that was it. Princeton versus Middlebury.

Eric: That’s really cool.

Jamie: It’s not going to take off, though.

Andrew: Is this a growing trend? Is this going to going to be the next… [laughs]

Jamie: It’s not going to take off, though.

Eric: No, it’s not…

Andrew: You don’t think so?

Eric: …going to take off unless they get jet-propelled brooms.

Micah: Awww….

Jamie: Well, yeah, I was going to say, when – surely levitation is going to happen in the future. It’s just going to be a technology that we haven’t discovered yet, and when it does, there’s going to be some Harry Potter fan who’s a professor of aviation or something at some leading university…

Eric: Developing the anti-gravitational broom.

Jamie: …and he’s going to put it into broomsticks and stuff, yeah. And then we’ll see it, but it just seems like a fake rip-off at the moment, doing it on the ground.

Eric: Oh, no, no, no, no. Not at all. Have you ever played land Quidditch?

Jamie: No.

Eric: It’s fun.

Jamie: I’m not likely to, either.

Eric: It’s – you know, Jamie, I mean, I was – we met up when I was on Harry Potter Fan Trips, but the very next day I think we went to Royal Navy College in Greenwich, and Beyond Boundaries Travel running the trip had gotten the USA Team Handball Association to literally write rules for ground Quidditch.

Jamie: That is pretty cool. That is pretty cool.

Eric: Yeah, and so they had guys who actually, you know, who actually run these sports come up with the size-distance of the hoops, all sorts of things, and we developed land Quidditch for Harry Potter fan trips. And, you know, we played water Quidditch at Lumos. You guys remember that?

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: That was pretty fun, wasn’t it?

Andrew: But the question is – yeah, it was fun.

Eric: So, I mean, I don’t know if it’s catching, but land Quidditch happens to be a very fun sport to play.

Andrew: But – so the thing is, could this be – I just want to know if this is going to be a growing thing.

Micah: Yes. I think it will.

Andrew: Because all of a sudden there’s all this press for it. Yes, Micah? Talk, Micah. Tell me, Micah.

Micah: Here’s the reason why: you already have at least eight schools that have picked this thing up, because it said that Middlebury was traveling to eight different schools during their spring break. So one would assume that more than eight schools are doing it, and I think it will probably become, at least at first, more of a club sport. A lot of schools will start to gather the funds necessary to have these teams travel. I mean I don’t know kind of behind the scenes how they raised money to go from one place to the other, but one would think that over time it’s going to grow, it’s going to catch on if people continue to do it. And…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So people will be fundraising to get their team to go to – and there will be like the – well, Micah, you work for arena football, don’t you? I mean, will there be like, arena Quidditch? Do you think?

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Oh, come on. No. [laughs]

Eric: I mean this is – it’s a fair question.

Andrew: I – okay, I think WB would have something to say about that.

Eric: Arena land Quidditch. I think seriously – I think Jo should secure the rights to USA team handball, or whoever wants to run an arena Quidditch.

Jamie: [laughs] There’s no way that’s going to take off in a million years!

Eric: Well, you know it’s going to happen because all the school children – what do you want to be when you grow up? I want to be an athlete.

Jamie: I want to be an astronaut! I want to be an astronaut! I want to be a firefighter! I want to be all the things that my grandfather wanted to be.

Andrew: I want to be a policeman.

Eric: Be a land Quidditch player! Because they’re – that’s the only – it’ll be the only sport without drugs involved.

Micah: ESPN, though, did an article, I think we posted on MuggleNet maybe about a year or so ago, on Quidditch, so I don’t see why. I mean, look, I can list a number of things on ESPN that you could say, “why do they have this on their programming?” I mean, darts, bowling, you know. You were talking about a handball league, Eric, earlier, there’s like a world kickball association, a world dodge ball association.

Eric: Oh, lacrosse.

Micah: Well, lacrosse is a little bit higher up, I think. But, you know…

Andrew: It is.

Micah: You just think about all these things that nobody would actually consider to be sports twenty years ago, and now they’ve just come on strong, and it’s…

Eric: Like Olympic level crunching.

Andrew: I think that’s – you know, you have a good point.

Micah: If you take the game and change it to be a little bit more…

Jamie: T.V. worthy.

Micah: Yeah, in the sense that you don’t have some guy running around the field with, you know, a snitch attached to him.

Andrew: A snitch hanging off his butt.

Micah: Or whatever the case may be.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: If you just make it a little bit more engaging for people and, you know, kind of change the rules around a little bit, it won’t be classical Quidditch as we know it from the Harry Potter series, but it’ll be a form of it. I mean, I’m sure that eventually, you know, it’ll take off.

Andrew: This is bringing out audiences. If you look on the MTV report, there were big crowds coming out. I mean, it’s a good sell, you know. “Oh, come watch us play Quidditch, it’s in Harry Potter, guys!”

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: “Come watch us play!” So.

Eric: It’s definitely got the press.


News Discussion: J.K. Rowling Receives James Joyce Award


Andrew: Moving on to some other news, J.K. Rowling won a James Joyce award back, I guess, what was this Micah, like last week or something? Or last month?

Micah: Well, now it would be last month, yeah.

Matt: Recently.

Andrew: Yeah. Recently. [laughs] Fair point. The transcript from her acceptance was released, and she had a couple of interesting things to say about the books. A couple of them I thought we could talk about. For one, she said she’d like to go back and tighten up Order of the Phoenix. Tighten that big thing up. I don’t know.

Jamie: It ceases to be Order of the Phoenix when she changes it, like – do you know what I mean? It’d have to be Order of the Phoenix Part II.

Eric: Yeah, it really does.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jamie: You can’t just – I mean, obviously, it’s up to her, but I just don’t think that you can go back and add to it or take stuff away, because then it’s just version two, version 2.1, you know, it’s not how she originally wrote Harry Potter.

Andrew: Right, right.

Eric: I’m with you there, Jamie.

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t understand that because I thought the thing used to be that she didn’t like Goblet of Fire, she always wishes she went back to re-write Goblet of Fire.

Eric: Yeah, because she was rushed. She felt rushed on that.

Jamie: She said that about all of them, though. Or like, most of them.

Andrew: Right, yeah. And then she said she felt rushed for Order of the Phoenix, too. So…

Eric: Oh, no she didn’t, she took her time on Order of the Phoenix. Oh, but do you mean now she said that she felt rushed?

Andrew: No, but she did. She just said, in this interview, she said that she felt pressure and a bit rushed. So she wants to go back and edit and tighten it up.

Eric: That’s sort of strange, really. But…

Andrew: It is surprising. It goes back on what she’s said in the past.

Eric: All I know is that the first three books had all come out, you know, a year apart or whatever, and then Book 4 did the same except, you know, after that she said never again, and they made the first two movies before another book came out, ’cause Book 4 was significantly longer and she had to do it in the same amount of time. So…

Andrew: Micah, you’ll appreciate this, one other thing she said was one of the big challenges was not being able to apparate in and out of Hogwarts, and she said, “I was quite proud of Aberforth, again the tunnel. I like Aberforth and his goat.”

Eric: I was…

Andrew: Do you like Aberforth and his goat, Micah?

Micah: [laughs] You know, I think this is just further proof of the connection that exists between me and J.K. Rowling.

Jamie: It’s true.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: [laughs] Why? ‘Cause you bug her, and then she makes updates, and you also like jokes?

Jamie: That’s pretty much it, yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: And she goes out of her way to, you know, support goats and the goat cause, and Micah’s sort of…yeah.

Jamie: On the subject of – sorry.

Micah: Goats?

Jamie: No, no. Well, no, I was going to say on James Joyce, have any of you tried to read his second book, Finnegan’s Wake? Well, not – it’s counted as a huge and important piece of English literature, but if you read the first page – I can link you guys to it – it’s insane. It’s absolutely insane. It’s impossible to read. So, yeah…

[Eric laughs]

Jamie: …try and read it, it’s just – I don’t know how it can be classed as great English literature. Perhaps I’m just not up to scratch on this, but I don’t know.

Eric: Well, you know the Britons did a lot with time period. A lot of the dialect, and uh…

Matt: Will you stop saying [pronounces “Bri-tawns”], Eric? You’re making…

Jamie: You sound like you’re talking about Matt’s family.

Matt: Yeah. [laughs]

[Micah laughs]

Eric: No. Dude, I’m talking about…

Jamie: [pronounces correctly “Bri-tins”] Britons.

Eric: …the British people of yesteryear.

Matt: [pronounces correctly] Britons.

Eric: Oh, the Britons, but then it sounds like…

Jamie: British people.

Eric: …that I’m saying A-I-N-S, but okay. The British people. All I’m saying is that literature that was written four hundred years ago is significantly different. I mean, if you look at, even – even more recently, even Charles Dickens would write with the language of the day, right?

Jamie: No, no…

Eric: Is that correct?

Jamie: …but, seriously, read this page. It’s insane.

Eric: [laughs] It’s exceptionally.

Jamie: It is very difficult.

Andrew: Yeah, lastly, she also mentioned – she talked more about Dumbledore being gay, but really it was more of the same. You know, just that, “it doesn’t matter that he’s gay, it’s just, you know,” so it was nothing new, really.

[Jamie laughs]

Matt: He’s not a gay character. He’s a character that happens to be gay.

[Jamie laughs]

Andrew: Who happens to be gay. No, that’s exactly right. I mean that’s what everyone says…

Jamie: It’s a great way of putting it.

Andrew: …including Jo. Yeah.

Eric: So, why are you guys laughing? Seriously?

Matt: Because I’m just so awesome in that way, Eric. I make everyone laugh.

Andrew: But that’s really all that happened in the news this week besides all of our awesome April’s Fools stories. New pictures of Emma Watson, too. You boys likey?

Jamie: Where, where, where, where?

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: [imitates Jamie] “Where, where, where, where?”

Eric: I wonder if Ben’s seen this. This is a nice new picture.

Andrew: New press pictures. Yeah, it seems kind of random, and Emma even said it was a Warner Brothers shoot, so everyone was like “Oh, new photos of Hermione,” but it’s Emma.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: She looks great.

Jamie: Does she?

Eric: Well, when does her film come out? Ballet Shoes? When does that…

Andrew: That’s been out.

Eric: Is that out?

Andrew: Hasn’t that been out, Eric or Matt?

Matt: Yeah, it’s been out.

Andrew: Yeah. Thought so. Yeah, so uh…

Eric: God, I missed…

Andrew: …some stunning new pictures of Miss Watson.

[Jamie laughs]

Micah: Only wearing ballet shoes?

Andrew: Whoa!

Eric: No.

[Eric and Jamie laugh]

Andrew: This is – see, we get e-mails. This is why we get e-mails. [in a high pitched voice] “You guys are so immature…

[Eric and Micah laugh]

Andrew: …why don’t you guys grow up and be like Pottercast?”

Micah: No, dude, I’m just perverted. That’s the bottom line, you know? There’s no which way about it.

Eric: Yeah, I saw that picture of you and the goats in only ballet shoes, Micah. [laughs]

Jamie: What? Micah or the goats wearing…

Andrew: Guys, you’re being immature, guys. Come on. You’re not allowed to have fun.

Matt: Well, these photo shoots from Warner Brothers have to be something besides Harry Potter, because they only shot Emma Watson.

Jamie: It’s true. It’s true.

Andrew: That is true. That is true.


Announcement: Vote for MuggleCast


Andrew: That’s it for news this week. Let’s move onto some announcements. Hey, it’s a new month, so vote for us at Podcast Alley. Just go to PodcastAlley.com, click on MuggleCast, and place your vote for us. We reigned supreme last month, and this month we’re not doing so good. We’re at the number five spot right now, so…

Matt: Oh, shoot. I haven’t voted yet.

Micah: I’ll go vote right now.

Andrew: Oh, well get voting.

Jamie: Oh well, that’s going to make all the difference, Matthew. [laughs]

Andrew: Hey, every vote counts!

Matt: Thanks for your sarcasm, Jamie.

Andrew: So vote for us this month. It is MuggleCast Mapril, which means you do have to vote for us. Any month beginning with an M we have to win, so of course we won March. Thank you, seriously, thank you, everyone, who did vote for us last month, put us in the number one spot.

Eric: Thank you.

Andrew: It’s just a fun little thing to do on the side.

Matt: Yeah. No, it was really nice. I liked it.


Announcement: Amazon Unspun


Andrew: Thanks. Yeah, me too. Thanks for your support, and vote for us this week, or this month, because it is MuggleCast Mapril. Also, I’m sort of experimenting with this new thing on MuggleCast.com right now. I posted about it on April 2. Amazon does this thing called Amazon Unspun, and, basically, you make a poll topic and then people submit their answers, and then people can either vote for answers from fellow listeners or they can make their own answer. So I did one called Discussion for MuggleCast, and people are currently adding ideas for segments or discussion topics for the show. I thought it’d be a good way to get the listeners involved, so if you guys just check that out over at MuggleCast.com. There’s a link to the Unspun page. Right now the number one thing being voted on is for us to finish Chapter-by-Chapter. Of course we are going to finish that.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: And then number two is to go back to old shows and see what predictions were correct and what were way off.

Eric: Oh.

Andrew: It’s a good idea, but…

Jamie: [laughs] That won’t be fun.

Andrew: Yeah, but it would take a lot of work going back.

Eric: “Last year on MuggleCast.”

Andrew: Number three is movie commentary, which we would love to do eventually.

Matt: I’m really, really excited to do that. I really – that would…

Jamie: That would be fun. That would be fun.

Andrew: We just need to get everyone together, I think. I don’t know. And so there are some other ideas there. There’s 56 items now and over 1200 votes, and 109 people participating, so definitely check that out if you want to help contribute and give us some ideas for the show.

Matt: Yeah.


Announcement: Hiring Transcribers


Micah: I have just one announcement this week concerning the transcripts. I know some of you have noticed that I have been getting a little bit behind,because I have been having a lot of work to do, and part of the way that we’re going to try and fix that is by hiring some more people, so we want to give everybody out there, the listeners, the opportunity to send their applications in, and you can do that by sending an e-mail over to mugglecastnews at gmail dot com. And one thing that we’re going to stipulate this time is that you have some sort of English studies background, that you are familiar with grammar and spelling and all that fun stuff, because that plays a huge role in doing the transcripts every week. And the other thing that’s important to remember is that you have the time, commitment to be able to do this. It’s probably going to take a couple hours out of your schedule each week to do a couple minutes of the show, so it’s really important that people have the time and dedication to put in as well as have a good understanding of the show itself, who the hosts are, as well as the series, considering that a lot of the terms and phrases that get used are directly from the books. So that’s really all I have to say about that. We will get back to people as quickly as possible, probably within a week and have people starting as soon as Episode 141 or 142. So the people that we’ve had so far have been doing a great job, it’s just I’ve taken a while because of work to get around to editing and to posting the final transcript up online, but we do need some more people, probably about between five and ten, and we do look forward to all the applications that do get sent in. And again those can go to mugglecastnews at gmail dot com.


Announcement: Create Your Own MuggleCast Segment Returns


Matt: And actually also I have an announcement as well. Mugglecast is bringing back an old segment, guys, back from way back, from 2006 actually called Create Your Own MuggleCast Segment. For those of you who are unfamiliar with it, it’s a contest where you will be able to make your very own MuggleCast segment, and it will be aired on, where else, but MuggleCast. So here’s what you do: you plan your segment, you gather your content, you assign your hosts – you know, you get your friends together and all that – and you record the show, and you then edit it all together. So pretty much you do everything, and then you send it to us. The segment can be no longer than seven minutes, and the topic must relate to Harry Potter books, movies, fan culture or anything else related to Harry Potter. So, you know, sorry, guys, but no Twilight stuff. The segments will be judged on creativity of the topic, the presentation and host personalities. The deadline for your segment must be turned in no later than April 20 at 11:59 PM Eastern Standard Time. The winners will be announced on April 22 or whenever the show will be up on that weekend. So here is what you win: the third place winners receive a fifteen dollar gift certificate courtesy of Alivan’s. The second place winner, you get a twenty-five dollar gift certificate. And the big prize, first place, you get a fifty dollar gift certificate. Each gift certificate can be used for anything Alivan’s has to offer including hand-made magic wands, robes, house sweaters, ties, etc., etc. And of course the top three winners will also have their segments aired on an episode of the show. Oh, one more thing to add: please, guys, compress it to an mp3 format of high quality. You can either e-mail your file as an attachment or send a link to mcsegment at gmail dot com. All of this will be posted on the website as well, so if you didn’t get everything I just said, don’t worry about it, and if you have any questions, please e-mail them to me at
matt at staff dot mugglenet dot com! So, yeah, good luck to all of you that enter.


Announcement: Twilight Set Report


Andrew: Moving along, one thing that was not an April Fools’ joke last week was that I went to the set of Twilight, and my set report is now online on garth…[laughs]…on GarthHorizons.com.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: DarkHorizons.com! I’ll put a link on MuggleCast.com because I know we’ve been converting a lot of you guys – I mean not converting – but we’ve been getting a lot of you guys into the Twilight books.

Jamie: Oh, I love Twilight.

Andrew: Jamie, you are not getting into it?

Jamie: I haven’t read it, so I am prejudging it completely.

Matt: No, he’s still a hater, man. Last week he was hating on me for doing it. “Oh no, Matt! Why would you do Twilight?”

Andrew: I know.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I think you would like it, Jamie. I really think you would like it.

Jamie: But – but, it’s – but isn’t it just the same thing being done again?

Andrew: No, it’s different! It’s different and if you read my report, you’d see that Robert Pattinson even thinks it’s different.

Eric: Because the vampires have Porsches.

Jamie: They’ve got Porsches? Yeah, but isn’t that like Blade, when the like…

Eric: [laughs] It’s like Blade

Jamie: Well, it is like Blade.

Eric: Except he had weird things going on with his mom.

Jamie: He did have weird things going on with her, but, Matt, do the thing. Do the annoying thing about it.

Matt: What? Oh! [fangirl voice] “Oh my god, Edward Cullen is my ‘shipper for life. I have such a crush on fictional characters. Edward Cullen is my lover.”

Jamie: Sirius is fine, Sirius is fine. Edward Cullen, though?

Matt: Well, yeah, I guess. [laughs] You haven’t read the books, Jamie, so you can’t have a good opinion on this.

Jamie: No, it’s true, it’s true. I will read them, actually. It’s bad to prejudge. It’s bad to prejudge.

Eric: Okay, okay, so, Andrew, we know Robert Pattinson. Who else is in the movie that we might know? Do you know?

Andrew: No one really. It’s really, like, a cheap film. No, I’m kidding. [laughs]

Eric: Oh, okay. That’s cool though. Lots of fresh faces.

Andrew: Yeah, there’s a lot of fresh faces. And I have to say it really is a good portrayal of the books, and they’re really serious about making sure that it reflects the books well.

Eric: Yeah, like Eragon. I heard that about Eragon.

Andrew: Unlike Harry Potter and Eragon. No, but they are really careful and when I was there, even the author Stephenie Meyers was there on set, and she’s been there the whole week just observing. She’s really into the idea of her book being converted into a movie. Kristen Stewart is playing the main character, Bella Swan. Then, of course, Robert Pattinson, that hottie in Goblet of Fire.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: He’s playing Edward Cullen.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: And Order of the Phoenix, Andrew. You know he was in Order of the Phoenix, right?

Andrew: Yeah, but, you know, those were those recycled scenes. It really is a great cast. I mean they’re not well-known actors, but…

Matt: I love Kristen Stewart. She’s a really good actress.

Andrew: What else has she been in, Matt, for anyone who doesn’t know?

Matt: She was in the Panic Room with Jodie Foster.

Eric: Oh my god, she was the daughter!

Matt: Yeah.

Jamie: She was!

Matt: [mocking Eric] You’re so right!

Eric: I am so seeing this movie now. Now that I’ve made that connection.

Matt: She was in Jumper, she was in The Messengers, she was…

Andrew: Into the Wild.

Matt: Catch That Kid, I think it was.

Andrew: I’m not going to draw on this because this is obviously a Harry Potter podcast, but I want to find a way to – ’cause I know there’s – I’m going to start my own Twilight podcast. That’s what I’m going to do.

Jamie: Andrew, it’s not difficult. Just talk about it. Stop making it a big deal.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Yeah, yeah, exactly, I mean…

Andrew: All right, fine, fine, if you guys will give me permission. Twilight is going to be a really good film and I had a lot of fun on set. They were actually – they were in Portland, Oregon – actually, Oregon, where the film actually takes place. They actually are even going to Forks, Washington, where it actually takes place.

Eric: That’s pretty crazy.

Andrew: I mean, you know, you look at Harry Potter, they don’t actually go to Hogwarts. But this film…

Jamie: Well, that would be a bit hard.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Actually goes – what? What? I don’t see the problem. This film goes to where the book actually takes place, which is really cool. Jamie, let me ask you something.

Jamie: Yup. [laughs]

Andrew: You’re going to run off and you’re probably going to go spend money on Twilight, right?

Jamie: [laughs] No, I’m going to steal it.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: No, no, no. Come on.

Matt: Just go with it, Jamie.

Andrew: Just go with it.

Jamie: Okay, yes. I am going to buy it.

Andrew: What if I told you you could get it for free on Audible.com? What if I told you that?

Jamie: That is an offer.

Andrew: You can’t refuse! Because today’s podcast is brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider in spoken word entertainment. Audible has over 35,000 titles to choose from to be downloaded and played back anywhere, just like MuggleCast, just as easily. Log on to AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast to get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Again, go to AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast for your free Audible book. Free audiobook – sorry! [laughs] Not Audible book.

Jamie: But then I won’t be able to think how dreamy Edward Cullen’s voice is in my head. I have to hear someone else saying it and that just spoils the magic.

Matt: No, it’s really great because I’ve actually listened to it and it’s actually a woman who does the audiobook, and so it’s pretty much like Bella talking inside her head…

Jamie: Oh.

Matt: Because it’s from Bella’s point of view, so you’re like hearing Bella’s reasons why she loves Edward Cullen so much.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: So you’re like inside Bella’s head, Jamie.

Andrew: Actually, I do have to say the free deal from MuggleCast gets you a credit towards Twilight because the Twilight book is actually two credits. You get one with this deal through MuggleCast. So you’re halfway there. Over 35,000 other titles to choose from for free.

Matt: Hey!

MuggleCast 140 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Pettigrew’s Hand and the Elder Wand


Andrew: Anyway, let’s move on to Muggle Mail now. Who wants to take the first Muggle Mail for today?

Matt: Our first Muggle Mail comes from Wendy Henequin, 40, of Nashville, TN and she writes: “I found your discussion of the sudden suicidal attack of Peter Pettrigrew’s hand very interesting. And I agree with the idea that Voldemort had programmed the hand to attack Pettigrew should he prove disloyal. No one, however, mentioned the vital piece of information that confirms this theory. At the end of “Goblet of Fire,” when Voldemort creates the hand, he says, ‘Pettrigrew, may your loyalty never waver again.'”

Eric: Ooooh….

Matt: Yeah. This is serious stuff!

“Strangely enough, the disloyalty is only slight. Pettigrew’s hand only loosens a little, just enough for Harry to jerk away and this action may not be a disloyalty at all. Since Voldemort had specifically ordered that no one must kill Harry but Voldemort himself, Pettigrew must be thinking something disloyal. Also, about Draco Malfoy’s wand, someone, not sure who, said that Draco had the Elder Wand, which Harry takes from him, but in the next chapter Ollivander identifies the wand in question as Draco Malfoy’s hawthorn, not Elder Wand, and Voldemort takes the Elder Wand from Dumbledore’s tomb later. Love the show! Keep it up, and when you finish Chapter-by-Chapter for “Deathly Hallows” go back to Book 1 and start from there. Chapter-by-Chapter’s my favorite segment!”

Eric: Okay. We already did Chapter-by-Chapter for Book 1.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Didn’t we?

Andrew: Yes, we did!

Micah: Well, I wanted to clarify something I guess that – sorry – Wendy brought up, and you guys can correct me if I’m wrong on this, but I was pretty sure that the Elder Wand is not a wand. It’s more of a concept, or it’s more of an intangible thing so the power itself is transferred from one wand to the other.

Eric: No. No, no, no. I’m pretty sure it’s actually a wand.

Andrew: Yeah, because…

Matt: I think it’s more of a position…

Andrew: …Voldemort actually pulls it out of Dumbledore’s…

Eric: It’s a wand, but it’s kind of like an – it’s kind of like an unfaithful lover. You can have the wand, but is it really yours?

Micah: Because I was under the impression, okay, that the power of the Elder Wand transferred from Dumbledore to Draco the night that Draco disarmed him on the tower.

Andrew: No.

Eric: We’re talking about ownership, though. We’re talking about two separate things…

Micah: No, but that’s not what we were talking about on the last show.

Matt: No. The Elder Wand does not belong to any specific person.

Micah: Right.

Matt: It’s when it’s – it’s kind of like a link to an all-power or something. It’s like a…

Micah: It transfers power…

Jamie: It’s like the one ring! Who’s in control of it?

Matt: Yeah! Whoever has – it can be transferred whoever wins it.

Jamie: It bends its will to the master.

Matt: Yeah. No – the master holds it, but he doesn’t own the power. It’s the wand that holds the power.

Jamie: Yeah, but the wand chooses who it works for, though.

Matt: Well, yeah, that also. Well, what Wendy says is Ollivander identifies the wand in question as Draco’s wand, not the Elder Wand, but didn’t Ollivander say there’s really no real way you can tell if it’s an Elder Wand or not?

Micah: See, here’s my thing, though. If you go back to when Voldemort kills Snape, he kills Snape because he thinks that Snape is in possession of the Elder Wand.

Jamie: No. He thinks he’s in possession of its allegiance. He thinks he…

Matt: Yeah, exactly!

Micah: Yeah, right. Sorry. That’s what I meant.

Eric: This is how a wand and a wizard connect. An initial attraction – this is according to Ollivander, okay? There’s an initial attraction and then a mutual quest for experience – the wand learning from the wizard and the wizard from the wand. It isn’t necessary to kill the previous owner, Harry checked, for a wand to change allegiance, but Ollivander suspects that the desire for the Elder Wand naturally causes its former owners to be killed in the process. So, once again, I mean, it’s not that you have to kill an owner to win the wand’s allegiance. That’s typically what kind of happens, but the wand’s allegiance and actually having the wand in your position are two completely different things.

Micah: Okay. Yeah. And I think that that’s where the confusion came in, because last show I was talking and I should have used the word “allegiance.” You’re right, Jamie. The allegiance was with Harry in the end. That’s why when he disarms…

Eric: It was with Draco.

Micah: Well, no. It goes from Dumbledore to Draco to Harry, and that’s what happened in this past chapter that we discussed. At Malfoy Manor, when Harry gets that wand in his possession, or disarms Draco and gets his wand, that’s – he’s now in possession of the Elder Wand’s allegiance, correct?

Eric: No, no, no, of Draco’s wand.

Micah: Right, who took the allegiance from Dumbledore the night he disarmed him on the tower.

Matt: Yes.

Eric: Right, but isn’t – isn’t – right, exactly, but by the end of the book when Harry and Voldemort are dueling on the table in the Great Hall, isn’t the Elder Wand still Draco Malfoy’s servant?

Matt: No.

Eric: Isn’t it still alleged to Draco Malfoy?

Matt: It is not.

Andrew: No.

Matt: Because the wand – the wand is now…

Micah: The wand’s in Harry’s possession.

Matt: Yeah. The wand succumbed to Harry. The wand chose Harry as its master.

Eric: Okay, well it’s still flawed, and we’ll talk about that in Chapter-by-Chapter, but I feel that that is a little bit flawed because, well, we’ll explain, but I think that it’s still flawed.


Muggle Mail: Voldemort’s Name


Andrew: Next e-mail from Daniel, 16, of Scotland:

“I was just listening to Episode 139 where you briefly discuss the taboo on Voldemort’s name. I believe that this taboo was already in use before the Ministry was taken over in the Deathly Hallows. The Ministry itself. Number 1: the Ministry itself could’ve been using the taboo previously, not to locate opposition to Voldemort, such as the Order of the Phoenix, but to uncover possible Death Eaters and allies of Voldemort that would be using his name for a more sinister purpose. Number 2: maybe the Ministry encouraged people to say “You-Know-Who” or “He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named” rather than “Voldemort” in order to find people abusing the taboo, and not just because people were afraid just to say his name. Number 3: I think that if it was an idea created by the Ministry it is extremely ironic that Voldemort uses it more effectively when he’s in control of the Ministry if they were using it against him. I may be talking total skeptical crap but I just wanted to hear what you guys thought about this theory. It might goes on the verge of saying what I was thinking, but I don’t think that it was mentioned, that it may well have been an idea created by the Ministry in order to keep tabs on Death Eaters and not just used by Voldemort to track down his enemies in Book 7.” I think that’s a good idea.

Micah: I disagree.

Matt: I disagree.

Andrew: Oh. Jamie?

Jamie: What I was going to say, his first point – I think if Death Eaters and Voldemort’s allies use his name, especially in front of him, they’re going to get killed by him for disrespecting him. And if they use it away from him, I don’t think they’d do that because they’re probably more scared of him then everyone else is because they have to prove themselves to him on a regular basis, whereas everyone else is just scared of him.

Eric: Exactly.

Matt: Well, Voldemort…

Eric: Well, the thing about the books, I mean, the Death Eaters are all scared of him. They call him the Dark Lord, they won’t use his name.

Micah: Exactly.

Eric: In fact Bellatrix thinks Harry’s a nutjob when he uses his name.

Matt: Well, also Tom Riddle also said, you know, that he wanted to create a name that even the most bravest wizard would fear to say it or something like that.

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: Like he wanted his name to be feared; it’s not that the name was tabooed, it’s just everyone was too afraid to say it.

Eric: Exactly, and if you translate it, it means “Flight From Death,” which is pretty creepy.

Jamie: Yep.

Micah: Yep.

Matt: Yep.

Jamie: Yep.

Matt: Sorry, Andrew.

Andrew: No, I don’t know, I just…

Eric: Last Muggle Mail?

Andrew: No, nevermind.


Psychologist Stereotypes


Eric: Sweet, I’ll get the last one. This is from Megan age 19 of Parkland, Washington. She says:

“Hey there, MuggleCasters. I just wanted to make a couple of comments on the most recent show. As I was listening and you began to talk about psychologists, I started to giggle, but then I started to frown. I am going to be graduating with a Psychology degree and I am saddened by the stereotypes that are placed on psychologists. They are not all like the typical Freudian image with the therapists sitting there while the patient lies on the couch while they blab about their whole life. Just thought I should say something. Also, I really like the idea of making the show a more diverse genre. I love all four series you picked and I look forward to hearing what you come up with. I applaud Laura for being a strong feminist, as I am one myself, and I think Jamie has a sexy voice.”

Andrew: Oh!

Jamie: That’s nice. I think that stereotype’s awesome.

Andrew: It is. You see it all the time in TV and stuff.

Eric: You really do.

Jamie: But I’m sure it’s not true though.

Eric: I’ve heard about another stereotype about psychologists, that they all kind of have issues and that’s why they become psychologists.

Andrew: I’m sure Megan really appreciates that.

Jamie: [laughs] That’s not true, Eric.

Matt: That’s so not true, Eric.

Eric: No, no. I’m just joking. My girlfriend studied adolescent psychopathology and I like to tease her, so it’s really nothing to do with anybody.

Matt: Well, the whole – well, the conversation – well, I think it was Jamie, Micah, and I had about psychologists was basically – we basically just said that psychologists, you know, control the world.

Eric: Hmmm.

Jamie: It’s a compliment.

Andrew: They make a lot of money.

Matt: It’s kind of a stereotype, but it’s kind of not.

Jamie: No, no it’s so true.

Matt: You can’t generalize with all psychologists because a lot of psychologists like to help you, but there’s like so many different kinds of different psychologists. There are.

Jamie: No, but, Matt, I didn’t mean it as a bad thing that they take over the world, I just mean that they’re brilliant because they know how to – like, for example, I saw a TV show advertise it’s name on the TV guide on the TV was breaking into Tesco. Now Tesco is this huge superstore here and, as for being a superstore, it has a huge security system and everything like that. It’s a huge, huge – has huge security budgets and stuff like that, and the actual program was about people cooking for them and bringing products onto their shelves, which apparently is really, really hard to do. But I clicked on it immediately because I thought it was going to be people armed with knives and balaclavas trying to break into it, passed their security systems, and I think that was created by a psychologist, since I think everyone else is going to do exactly the same.

Matt: Well, I definitely love psychologists when they’re involved with big things, because they always see things that a lot of people cannot see, because they think about – because they know about the human brain and how humans think.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: So you definitely need one on your side.

Eric: Yeah.

Jamie: You do definitely, but it’s a great profession.

Micah: I always thought it was psychiatrists that sit on the couch not psychologists. Am I wrong?

Jamie: Well, it’s all – well, I think…

Andrew: Yeah, you’re right.

Jamie: I don’t know.

Matt: Psychiatrists study psychology.

Jamie: No, they don’t, Matt.

Matt: Yeah, they do.

Eric: They study psychiatry.

Jamie: No, they don’t, Matt. Psychiatry’s a…

Matt: Fine.

Jamie: You need a medical degree.


Chapter-by-Chapter


Andrew: All right, well that does it for Muggle Mail this week. We’re going to get into Chapter-by-Chapter now. Chapters 24 and 25. Eric, you want to kick it off? Oh gosh. Oh. I think I’m going to have to leave. I can’t – I don’t want to.

Eric: What?

Andrew: The beginning off this chapter is too sad.

Eric and

Matt: Oh.

Eric: Gosh. You know, actually I…

Matt: You’re such a drama queen.

Eric: I think -I think Micah should read the first point because Micah used to have something with Dobby before he left him for the goat. There was a – there was an old avatar I made for Micah based on something he told, I believe it was, Andrew on one of the earlier episodes that “Andrew was not ready for the Dobster.” That…

Micah: Oh, yeah.

Eric: …Andrew got “pwned by Dobby” in one of the earlier…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: …book discussions.

Micah: Wow. How long ago was that?

Eric: Thirty-four.

Andrew: That’s old school MuggleCast.

Eric: So – yeah, man. So, Micah, why don’t you read the sad news? This is news, guys. This is news. So, Micah.


Chapter 24, “The Wandmaker”


Micah: Well, we all know how the chapter ended from last week, and how it starts off this week. Dobby obviously dies and Harry buries him without using any magic, which, you know, I guess is more of a sign of respect than anything else, and that’s kind of where I’ll leave it. I didn’t actually listen to last week’s show, Andrew. I haven’t had a chance to listen to it yet. Did you put any music in there for him?

Andrew: Sorry, for which character? Dobby?

Micah: Dobby. Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, yeah. He did.

Andrew: He suggested a song. Yeah. Right I did. Yeah.

Jamie: Oh yeah.

Matt: [singing] “I want to…

Andrew: Whatever song you said. What song was it?

Matt: …break free!”

Andrew: Yeah, “I Want to Break Free.” Yeah.

Eric: Love that.

Andrew: Jamie is like, “Oh please. God yes, please.”

Jamie: Yeah, that was exactly what I was like.

Andrew: You know you were.

Jamie: No, I know I was.

[Everyone laughs]


Dobby’s Death


Andrew: So yeah. So Dobby dies. I loved how Harry didn’t use magic to bury him.

Matt: I – yeah. It was almost like he forced to do it. Like he was so angry at the thought of using magic for him that – either because it wasn’t really, you know, deserving. Someone needed to get on their hands and just…

Eric: He deserved someone to really dig the grave. And the thing about it is that – the first point here about Harry burying Dobby is that it makes such a big impact on Griphook. And really does work to serve for Harry’s benefit because Griphook is really – Griphook calls Harry a strange wizard when they talk to him for having that sort of profound respect for Dobby. But Harry is there…

Andrew: Right.

Eric: …digging the grave, and he’s out there so long eventually, I guess, he gets joined by Dean and someone else with a shovel, too.

Matt: Isn’t – is it Ron?

Eric: I think it’s Ron. And then after all of it Harry puts that little stone there and “Here lies Dobby, a free elf.” It’s just – It’s really emotional, and…

Andrew: But this is also a big turning point for Harry because this is when he’s just fed up with it and he realizes that something – something’s got to give.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Basically.

Matt: Well…

Andrew: What were you going to say, Matt?

Matt: Well, what did you guys think about the speech they gave for Dobby for his funeral? Like what Luna said?

Eric: Oh, all Harry could say was, “Good-bye, Dobby.” That was horrible. That was – that was heart wrenching.

Matt: That was really sad. That’s going to be a really hard scene.

Eric: You know what was the saddest thing? I don’t even know of – talking about translation to movie, Matt, they put socks on him. They put socks and shoes on Dobby and Dean conjured him a hat. And they…

Jamie: Awww….

Eric: So Harry closed his eyes and everyone else conjured clothing for him. And gave him clothes and buried him with…

Matt: Well, was it Harry that closed his eyes? I thought it was Luna.

Eric: Oh, maybe it was Luna. One of them gave shoes, though. And socks. And Dean conjured the hat.

Matt: Well, I’m sure they’re going to do that in the film. It’s just it won’t be very relevant to the people who…

Eric: Considering…

Matt: …haven’t read the books.

Eric: Well, considering…

Jamie: Yeah, that’s true.

Eric: …he’s been gone from all the movies, you know, since…

Matt: Uh-huh. Well, he – well, Harry also wraps him in his jacket as a blanket, too, which I thought was really sad.

Eric: So cute.

Jamie: Have you guys…

Matt: It’s kind of like a little baby.

Jamie: Have you guys seen why people put coins over there eyes?

Eric: Well, yeah, that’s to – that’s to give them…

Matt: Yes.

Eric: …money to pass in to the – to give the two cents to the boatman that was Chiron.

Jamie: No, I mean, yeah, Chrion.

Eric: I don’t mean Sharon. [laughs] Chiron. Maybe on the weekend…

Jamie: [laughs] She’s a bit more exciting.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Sharon Chostlemore.

[Everyone laughs]


Grief and Love


Eric: If you want Sharon to take you across the lake. Anyway, Griphook thinks that Harry is very strange. And Griphook – we’ll actually come back to that, what Griphook says. But Harry concludes that he has finally succeeded in shutting Voldemort out of his head, and that it’s actually grief that is his tool for doing so. So Harry kind of figures out ’cause he’s really sad for Dobby, and, currently, Voldemort is at the Malfoy Manor presumably flipping a bitch on all his Death Eaters. And because, I mean, if you think about it, this is probably the angriest that we’ve ever – I mean, not seen Voldemort, obviously, but Harry Potter was there and in serious condition. They had him, and once again they let him go. And Voldemort was so far away, and it’s just one of those things. You expect to see Voldemort the angriest he’s ever been, but you don’t, because Harry’s finally learn to shut him out and he says it’s grief. Dumbledore would’ve said it was love, but it was actually grief. And J.K.R. even confirms here while writing that it was grief for Sirius, not necessarily how much love there was in Harry, but the grief side of love that prevented Voldemort from possessing him at the end of Book/Movie 5.

Andrew: Is it grief or is it just like an extreme distraction? If you have so much grief your mind is completely on something else, like Dobby. So is it that your mind’s just completely distracted? Like, I don’t understand. Is it just something that’s on your mind that’s closing out Voldemort or is it actually grief? Like, I don’t understand how grief would close your mind.

Matt: There has – I think it has to be a sort of emotion or something that’s locked in your head and that creates a block from anyone that tries to go through and open your mind.

Eric: It’s not just a kind of fatigue sort of grief, because if you’re tired, you know, then your defenses are weaker, then Voldemort can penetrate your mind like Harry, you know…

Matt: Well, also, he says, when he’s digging the spade into making the hole, he keeps going – saying the two words over in his mind, “Horcrux” – what was the other word?

Andrew: “Hallows”? So that’s what it is, it’s just something distracting Harry so much that that’s all he can think about.

Eric: Well, no, it’s also the compassion side of it, Andrew. I mean it’s love and grief. When I asked what’s the difference, I mean, because the grief for Dobby is that, you know, it’s a creature that he loved so much in a way. To have him dead and have to be burying him and to be fighting this war, it’s just – it’s very – obviously, it’s very depressing, but I still think compassion still has to do something with it, it’s just not specifically that Harry has a bunch of love in him. It’s the ability to feel for others.

Jamie: And also if you go on the grief article on Wikipeida it gives the processes of grief, the stages of it…

Eric: Oh, I love those things.

Jamie: …and the first one is shock and denial; disbelief. And it says feelings of unreality, depersonalization, withdrawal, and an anesthetizing effect. So I guess his mind wasn’t working like a mind and it has to be working like a mind for Voldemort to come into him, perhaps.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Nice research, Jamie.

Eric: So you guys are saying he’s actually less human in order to block out Voldemort?

Jamie: Oh, no, no, no. That isn’t…

Eric: Well, it’s a dysfunction in his mind. You’re saying it’s more of a…

Matt: Well, he’s not as open. He’s not as open, also. That’s the whole point of penetrating your mind.

Jamie: Yes.

Matt: His mind is set on one thing right now.

Jamie: Exactly.

Eric: So if he were extremely focused on something else, then…

Jamie: Well, no, no. With – this is a complete conjecture, but it’s just perhaps, you know. It’s just a perhaps.

Andrew: So, Matt, like you were saying, Harry’s in there digging that hole saying “Horcruxes” or “Hallows,” and this is why, because he’s trying to – he’s deciding which one to go with and he then decides that – to go with the Horcruxes because that’s the plan that Dumbledore left him with and it must have been for a good reason.

Jamie: Yeah.

Eric: Exactly. He’s choosing whether or not he should talk to Griphook first or Olivander first, because, to be perfectly honest, either one of them could die. They’re kind of weak. They’ve been in a cellar for – well, I mean, Olivander’s been in a cellar for really long. I was worried – when I was reading this chapter the first time – I was worried that in choosing to talk to Griphook first, Olivander would die and we’d not get the satisfaction of all these answers regarding the wand. So I kind of treated it like it was a really sensitive choice. I mean Harry said the time is now. Do I choose to find out more about the Horcruxes or do I learn all I want about, you know, the Elder Wand, one of the Hallows.

Matt: Well this was – because this was definitely a fork in the road for Harry’s journey because he had the two – he had both Olivander and Griphook that could lead him to different roads in this journey. And he chose the one that he initially went on, that Dumbledore gave him to do, which was get the Horcruxes, which means that he had to go to Griphook.


Tangent: Casting


Andrew: Yeah. Just really quick movie mention: I really hope John Hurt comes back to play Olivander.

Matt: I do, too. I was thinking the same thing.

Andrew: And I’m looking at his IMDB, and he’s been in a lot of projects, so I mean he’s still pretty active. And…

Matt: He’s a great actor.

Eric: He has to come back. I mean if they don’t get John Hurt to come back, I mean…seriously.

Andrew: Yeah. It’s just the whole it’s been ten years, or whatever, so…

Eric: Well, that’s the other thing…

Matt: I hope they get Verne Troyer too to play Griphook.

Eric: Well, yeah, exactly. Exactly. They need Vern Troyer to play Griphook and they need John Hurt to play – sorry – Ollivander.

Andrew: And Dan Radcliffe to play Harry Potter.

Jamie: No!

Eric: No, no, no, no! I am just talking about continuity between the films.

[Jamie laughs]

Eric: Yeah, Dan’s too expensive. They’re going to decide to go with lower budget goods.

Matt: Well, since we’re on this chapter, can I just say that – was it hard for you to actually vision Bill Weasley?

Andrew: Yeah. I never really picture him.

Matt: Because you see all the other characters from the movie have already been introduced, so you see kind of the actors in your mind also when you read the books, but…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …Bill is the only one of this whole group that you haven’t seen yet. So it’s almost hard to vision him talking to them.

Eric: Well, the thing of it is, is that his face has been torn off, and it’s got so heavy scarring, and he like only eats blood red meat now. That’s what’s difficult for me. I always had a picture of Bill in my mind ever since Book 4, you know, so it never really interferes not having an actor to go with in the movies, but at the end of Book 6 when he gets, you know, attacked by Fenrir Grayback I just can’t picture that. Same thing with Moody. He was described as having like a wooden, you know, face almost, with the way it was. And it’s just some of the ways J.K.R. describes it is, I just think, difficult for me to really, really picture. Like when she will talk about the scarring extensively I start wondering whether or not my image of Bill is correct.

Matt: Right, right, right. Okay. All right, so where are we now in this chapter? [laughs]


Harry Talks to Griphook


Andrew: Well, he decided to go with the Horcruxes, so he’s going to talk to Griphook.

Eric: Yeah. And…

Andrew: And – Go ahead, Eric.

Eric: So he chooses to talk to Griphook and Griphook calls him a really strange wizard. Apparently, Griphook was watching Harry bury Dobby, so…

Andrew: I thought that was really – I just want to – when he called him a really strange wizard I think that was really interesting. It just really shows you how different Harry is.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: ‘Cause here’s a goblin telling him he’s really strange. I just – that was such a really – honestly, that was a really moving scene when I first read it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know. It meant something.

Eric: ‘Cause it’s almost like respect, but, I mean, Griphook’s a little, you know – Griphook’s not very pleasant, you know, and by the next chapter they’re all really kind of tired of him. But the whole thing is that, you know, he calls him a strange wizard and he kind of goes into this rant or a tangent about how wizards and – or what does he call them? Wand holders? Wand carriers?

Jamie: Wand carriers, yeah.

Eric: Wand carriers, yeah, don’t allow goblins and other magical creatures, non wand carriers, to actually have wands, which could potentially, if they were allowed to have wands, extend their powers that way. They’re kind of debating, and Ron, of course, says a bunch of dumb things about, “Well, you guys can do magic without wands!” and stuff. There’s this whole kind of argument, just racial undertones, and Hermione finally says, “Stop, guys, you know, we don’t want to talk about whose race is more underhanded and violent” and all that stuff. And then, you know, they obviously have to kind of try and get the discussion going.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So I don’t know. Any thoughts on that racial overtone and stuff? ‘Cause we’ve seen it before in the books, but now it’s kind of getting down to the point where if it weren’t for Harry’s being special that, you know, he wouldn’t have had any help and success breaking into Gringotts.

Matt: Well, I also just want to point out that one of the things that he said about Harry was actually pretty sincere. When he talked how – when Harry asked that he needed to get into the vault, and he said that he knows what that poem was. Let me see if I can find it. Yeah. “If you seek beneath our floors, a treasure that was never yours, thief you have been warned. Beware.” And something like that.

Jamie: Finding more than treasure.

Matt: Right, and Harry tells Griphook that he is not trying to steal this for his own personal gain and then Griphook says “If there’s any wizard that would not” – “If he could believe” – Dang it. I can’t do this without reading it so…oh, here it is: “If there was a wizard of whom I would believe that they did not seek personal gain, it would be you, Harry Potter.”

Andrew: Yeah. That’s true.

Matt: Yeah! I just thought that, despite all his – all the past prejudgments on wizards he knows, that Harry Potter is a genuinely good person.

Andrew: Well, I think it’s moving to see a wizard bury a house elf.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew I mean I’m sure he’s never seen that before.

Jamie: Yeah, and…

Micah: You mean instead of cut off their heads and put them on the wall?

Andrew: Right, exactly, yeah.

Jamie: And then there’s like – and there’s obviously the political stuff here that Jo loves so much, you know, about people treating people properly regardless of who they are.

Andrew: No matter who they are!

Matt: Yeah.

Jamie: And also, didn’t Sirius tell Harry that it’s you judge a man on how he treats his inferiors, not his…

Eric: Not his equals.

Jamie: Was it Dumbledore?

Eric: No, no, it was Sirius in Book 4.

Jamie: So he obviously learned something from…

Andrew: Yeah.

Jamie: …Sirius. A lot from him, which is nice.

Eric: Yeah. That was…

Matt: A person’s a person, no matter how small.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: No matter how small. Horton Hears a Who, Dr. Seuss.

[Jamie laughs]

Andrew: I didn’t even think of that.

Micah: Which was very hypocritical, though, when you look at the way he treated Kreacher.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: Well, yeah, yeah, you’re right. But he had a lot of family resentment because his parents were – yeah. But…

Andrew: Anyway…


Ollivander


Eric: Anyway, okay, so what? Harry goes into Ollivander’s and immediately takes out his wand and he says, “Can you fix this? Can it be fixed? Is there anyway you can fix the wand?” And Ollivander looks at it and he’s like, “Yeah, sorry, dude. No. Not going to work. I don’t really…” And Harry’s like, “Aw.” You know, it’s a blow. He kind of figured that his wand could be repaired but now it’s official. His wand is broken. That…

Matt: That he knows of. He doesn’t – He just says out of his knowledge of wandlore it cannot be repaired with that much damage.

Andrew: Yeah, but if Harry goes to Ollivander…

Eric: Well, I mean Ollivander made the wand in the first place.

Matt: Well, no, I’m just saying, you know, there’s hope. The book’s not over yet.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: There’s not hope.

Andrew: No, there’s not hope. It’s all over.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: Ollivander or bust.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Fine, I just hope you’re right at the end of this book.

Eric: He’d better. He’d better. Okay, so, yeah, it’s a little bit weird. Okay, so Ollivander – I mean, he has the discussion with Harry and Harry asks him a bunch of questions and Harry, of course, knows exactly what happened between Ollivander and Voldemort having seen it through Voldemort’s eyes, and that kind of creeps Ollivander out but in the end of it all, Harry isn’t sure whether or not he likes Ollivander. He has the same issue he had with him the first time, which is that when they’re talking about Voldemort getting the Elder Wand, which is now confirmed to exist – Ollivander believes it exists, and that kind of convinces Hermione as well. But, at the end of it all, it seems that Ollivander is as sort of enthralled about Voldemort having the Elder Wand. Such a dark, powerful wizard having such a powerful wand as he is appalled by it, and Harry isn’t sure whether or not he likes him.

Jamie: That just pinpoints the whole Harry being the only person who can vanquish the Dark Lord because he’s the only one who doesn’t think, “Wow, you know, you have to be impressed with this person even if you’re completely repulsed by him.”

Matt: Yeah. Well, like he just said, like, “He Who Must Not Be Named did great things. Terrible things but still great.”

Jamie: Yeah. It, like – yeah, exactly. Harry is the only person who doesn’t…

Matt: Yeah, you may not like the wizard but you respect the things that he did.

Eric: [laughs] But he’s got syle.

Matt: Yes.

Eric: You can’t deny, Voldemort’s got style.

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: So Harry and Ollivander also have like a little conversation about how, you know, wands get taken by or passed over to others by, you know, being defeated or technically – sorry, am I going to far ahead?

Eric: No, no, no. No, it’s good. It’s just – and then he tells Harry that he can use Draco’s wand, but, yeah, you’re doing fine.

Matt: Okay, so – yeah, so basically all they did was just talk about how wands have been passed over and what kind of criteria is there that has to be passed over to each person, and Harry finds out from Ollivander that not – technically, you don’t need to kill anybody to pass over a wand to each person.


Voldemort and the Elder Wand


Eric: Probably the biggest change in Harry is at the end of the chapter. Do you guys know what I’m talking about here? Because it’s a pretty big deal. Harry decides not to act because he sees Voldemort heading to Hogwarts to get the Elder Wand from Dumbledore’s tomb because, lo and behold, Dumbledore had the Elder Wand, and he doesn’t tell anyone, but Voldemort goes and gets the Elder Wand, and Hermione and Ron are all like, “We have to go to Hogwarts, we have to get the Elder Wand.” Blah, blah, blah, and Harry’s like, “Yeah, it’s too late.”

Matt: Yeah. Harry knew in the back of his mind that Dumbledore probably took the Elder Wand, had it. He just wanted to know what the connection was between Grindlewald and how he got it, because I think he knew that Grindlewald had the Elder Wand and Dumbledore took it from him. But he just – I think he wanted it confirmed on how Grindlewald got it, and…

Jamie: And also, it’s the kind of thing that Dumbledore would’ve accounted for before he died and Harry knew that Dumbledore sort of, you know…

Jamie: Power was his weakness, or did he know that by then? He didn’t, did he?

Matt: That power was Dumbledore’s weakness?

Jamie: Yeah, he did – he didn’t…

Matt: Um, no. No, I don’t think he did.

Eric: He hadn’t read that one part of that letter, which had said that he was really power-hungry. That appears later, I believe.

Matt: Yeah, and also…

Jamie: Well, I just think…

Matt: …Dumbledore…

Jamie: Sorry, go.

Matt: Dumbledore confesses it to Harry later on in the book.

Jamie: Yeah. Okay, yeah. But also, even at this stage, Harry wouldn’t think that Dumbledore would just be buried along with this hugely important wand if Voldemort wasn’t supposed to get it somehow.

Matt: Yes, and also if Dumbledore knew that he had the Elder Wand and he was going to get killed, I think – and he knew that Voldemort would have a chance to take it from him…

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, he would’ve hid it better or given it to somebody else.

Andrew: Yeah, hid it better.

Micah: Well, that’s why it all goes back to the tower.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I mean, everything goes back to that night on the tower. That’s why he let Draco disarm him. Do you really think if he was going to prevent what was about to happen that he wouldn’t have used something more powerful? I mean he could’ve easily gotten out of that situation without any trouble.

Jamie: Easily, easily.

Eric: Especially with the Elder Wand. Yeah.

Micah: And that’s why – he knew Snape was going to kill him, and he knew that Snape would be at risk regardless, because if Snape had – If
Dumbledore was still in possession of, say, the Elder Wand’s allegiance at the time, it most likely would’ve transferred over to Snape. Snape would’ve been a liability in the sense that…

Jamie: Yeah.

Micah: …he could’ve been killed by Voldemort, which he was at the end for that very reason. So that’s why I believe that Dumbledore allowed Draco to disarm him.

Matt: Yeah.

Jamie: Yeah, it’s true.

Matt: Yeah, because he was, you know – no one would’ve guessed that Draco would’ve got the Elder Wand.

Jamie: No, exactly.

Micah: Right, and that’s why in that final scene when Harry reveals a fact that Draco’s wand was, in fact, the one who had the allegiance to
the Elder Wand Voldemort kind of just shrugged it off. He didn’t really believe it.

Eric: Yeah. But that’s what happened, isn’t it? We’re meant to believe by the end of the book that when Draco disarmed Dumbledore, the allegiance of the Elder Wand was Draco’s. Is that correct?

Micah: Correct.

Eric: Okay, okay.

Micah: And then when Harry became in possession of Draco’s wand, that allegiance was transferred.

Eric: Anyway, I guess that wraps up Chapter 24, and Chapter 25 is half as long discussion-wise?

Andrew: Yeah. Well, I think so.

Matt: Basically, these two chapters pretty much are the same.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I honestly think that the only reason why there was a separation between the two chapters was because of that last scene with
Voldemort.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: But I think one thing that totally creeped me out at the end of the Chapter 24 was when Voldemort just pulls the wand right out of Dumbledore’s hands.

MuggleCast 140 Transcript (continued)


Tangent: Splitting Movie 7


Matt: Oh, hey! Guys, I’m sorry to say this, but since we’re at the end of this chapter, wouldn’t this be the best part to split the movies?

Andrew: No!

Eric: No!

Matt: Right after Voldemort says…

Eric: It’s late. It’s way too late.

Andrew: It is too late.

Matt: No, but it’s – Argh!

Eric: They can’t show the whole Malfoy Manor scene as part one in the movie.

Andrew: And how is this climactic? This isn’t really, like…

Matt: How? Well, because, you know, Voldemort has a big – Dumbledore’s wand in his hand.

Eric: A big wand or something. [laughs]

Andrew: Well, I guess I could see it ending on Voldemort going into Dumbledore’s grave and picking up the wand. But how gruesome would that – I think getting Michael Gambon…

Eric: Well, yeah, Michael Gambon would have to be in Movie 7 for, you know,
Kings Cross chapter.

Matt: Michael Gambon can play a really good dead guy.

Eric: [laughs] No, that was…

Andrew: I don’t know.

Eric: [laughs] No, that was Richard Harris.

Andrew: Have we ever seen like a dead – Eric, that’s terrible!

Matt: That’s horrible!

Eric: No, I love Richard Harris and I prefer him as the Dumbledore to this date.


Chapter 25, “Shell Cottage”


Andrew: That’s still terrible. Okay, so Chapter 25, “Shell Cottage” – Yeah, okay, like we were saying, it’s basically continuing on from the
previous chapter. Griphook agrees to help them brake into Bellatrix’s vault, which is really kind of a big surprise.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: At least I thought so. It’s a real change for someone who works in Gringotts.

Micah: Yeah. It’s a real shock considering Bellatrix held him hostage for…

Andrew: Okay, well, no. But just the…

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Just the…

Micah: I’m just being…

Eric: Exactly, he has every reason to give it over though.

Micah: …really sarcastic

Eric: He really does have every reason to break in. I mean, that whole “You’re a strange wizard, Harry,” was all leading up to it. You could
tell that he was going to say yes.


Gryffindor’s Sword


Eric: Okay, so, according to Griphook, the sword of Godric Gryffindor was actually Ragnuk the First’s. It was taken by Godric. Was taken by Godric. Hermione doesn’t see a point in arguing whose race is more underhanded and violent, and Bill specifically warns Harry that Goblins see things differently. In fact, the maker, not the purchaser, are, in Goblins’ eyes, rightfully the owners. It says, “If the items were bought from the goblins who made them, they would consider it to be rented. Goblin-made objects passing from wizard to wizard confuses them, and I believe,” says Bill, “that Griphook thinks that the sword ought to have been returned to the goblins once the original purchaser died. They consider our…” – meaning the wizard’s – “…habit from passing objects to wizard to wizard without producing further payment for the goblins little more than theft”. Now, that’s really good characterization of the goblins there. I applaud J.K.R. for that.

Andrew: I thought this was really like – I thought this was really like, “Righteous, man!” Because this is so old school, it feels like. It’s so out-of-date with today’s current society, I guess you could say.

Eric: Yeah, well it’s just the kind of thing. I mean, you know, different cultures and stuff can see things totally differently. And, I mean, this is a whole different race.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s what I mean. So, righteous…

Jamie: Well, it’s pre-money, isn’t it?

Andrew: It is pre-money, yeah.

Jamie: It’s – I mean, it’s – it couldn’t work, I guess, in today’s world. You’d have a lot of trouble trying to fit in with society upholding these views.

Eric: Yeah.

Jamie: But I guess being goblins they can engineer their own society and stuff.

Matt: Well, because they’re different species. I mean, they have their own culture also.

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: So I think they just like to keep their own things to themselves and the fact that they need – you know, they need maybe money for certain kind of things – they would rather rent things because they really do not like the fact of giving their, you know, treasures off to other people.


Goblin Culture


Eric: They’ve got like a tremendous amount of pride. Or not even pride but self-entitlement, I think. And, I mean, they’ve had to fight for it and all that from the wizarding world, but they’ve really got this sort of thing on their own-made objects, you know, the really crafty sort of armor and stuff that they like, they admire. They kind of sort of get off on their own stuff. They get off on their own objects and stuff. Now talking about culture shock, though, Jamie, have you ever had any kind of culture shock? Have you ever offended anybody you didn’t mean to offend by just traveling?

Jamie: I don’t think so.

Andrew: We do it on the show all the time accidentally.

Jamie: Like what, Andrew?

Andrew: I mocked an Indian once, and that wasn’t appreciated.

Matt: It’s actually – the political term is Native American.

Andrew: Native American, sorry.

Eric: Dude, you mocked a Native American? That’s not cool.

Andrew: Well, I did their…never mind.

Eric: Oh you did, right.

Matt: Just don’t even go there.

Andrew: I’m not going to go there.

Eric: So, this whole goblin thing is a bit – you know, but I really like, you know – I didn’t care for the whole Professor Binns lessons about the rebellions and stuff. Not that she got into them, because she didn’t, but, you know, I find this really interesting, I found that very interesting about goblins.

Matt: This is a really good insight on the culture of the goblins without really going too big into detail about it.

Andrew and Eric: Exactly.

Eric: That’s perfect. It’s exactly what you need to sort of advance the plot, or understand them for understanding sake.

Andrew: But then later on we learn even more that Bill goes on to tell – I mean, I’m jumping ahead, but…

Matt: No, it’s good. There’s not really much in-between this.

Andrew: Yeah. Bill does tell Harry that – to be really careful. And that – he says that goblins are – they don’t trust wizards, and they don’t believe that wizards have any respect for goblins, so to be very cautious.

Jamie: But it comes full circle though…

Matt: If definitely does.

Jamie: Harry tried to rip Griphook off, and Griphook rips them off. It’s exactly the same. And also, everyone’s self-interested. Because Griphook, you know, for all his principles about him being loyal to Gringotts and stuff, he still says he’ll break into something – to something that furthers his own ends. And then rips them off. So, it’s – everyone’s self-interested.

Eric: Yeah, you’re completely right, Jamie.

Matt: What I really love about what Bill talks to Harry about, is it’s almost like Bill knows what Harry’s doing.

Eric: Oh he does, he pretty much – he pretty much guesses it exactly. He’s like…

Matt: He know – he knows goblins too well and he knows that there has been a sort of agreement between Harry and Griphook, and he’s telling him, you know, “don’t think – don’t put too much past the goblins, they’re very clever, and if you’re going to – if you think about, you know, betraying them, just think he’s probably thinking the same exact think to you. So, be on your guard.”

Jamie: Well, he worked at Gringotts, didn’t he?

Eric: And that’s why it’s so perfect! That’s why it’s exactly so perfect that they’re in this situation. It’s one of those literary “Ha-Ha!”s that are just so cool. Because…

Matt: Even though there’s a truce… Oh, sorry.

Eric: Yeah, well, I mean, just when Bill was walking up to Harry and, you know, I knew that he was going to say, you know – because I’m like, “didn’t Bill work at Gringotts?” It’s like, yeah. And so he’s been around Goblins, you know, ever since – he said ever since he left Hogwarts. So – and you’re right, he totally knows what Harry’s up to. He’s like, “if you want to, you know – don’t make a deal with goblins, especially if it has treasure involved, because you could get screwed.” So, that was really…

Andrew: Yeah, and then Harry’s… Sorry, go ahead.

Eric: That was really cool. Well, okay, so Harry has to give the – Harry -yeah. I mean, we’re talking about Harry and Griphook and the sword. And their sword is their single weapon against the Horcruxes. ‘Cause they don’t know they’re going to be going down to the Chamber of Secrets and whispering, you know…[laughs]…whispering off handedly something snake-like and actually getting it to open to run in and grab Basilisk fangs. So, they’re really concerned about losing the sword and they got to break in to one of these most ancient chambers and Hermione is – Hermione tries to persuade Harry against it. She doesn’t want him to make the deal. She says, “It could take years to find all the Horcruxes and destroy them.” That’s just an awkward comment ’cause we as the readers know that like, one book, one year. You know? [laughs]

Andrew: That’s not going to happen.

Eric: It’s not going to happen. It’s all going to be conveniently tied up. They’re all going to be in the same place, Hogwarts, in the end. You know, so it’s kind of – it’s kind of an awkward comment. At least you know that J.K.R. tries. And it’s kind of like…yeah.

Matt: Harry just came up with the idea that he was going to tell him that Griphook can get the sword but after he’s finished with it. And Hermione doesn’t like idea because, like you said, “It’s going to take years,” but Harry also tells her that he doesn’t like the idea either, but there’s no other alternative, really, that they can have.

Eric: There really isn’t. It’s a tight situation.

Matt: And Bill just comes across and just tells him, you know, “There’s also a lot more to this then you think, Harry.” So… [sighs]


Harry the Godfather


Andrew: And, of course, also in this chapter, Lupin spreads the news that Tonks had her baby. Awww!

Eric: Tonks had her baby.

Matt: Not only that…

Jamie: Awww…

Matt: …but what does Lupin come across to Harry and ask him to be?

Andrew: [in bad British accent] “Will you be my godfather?”

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: [in same bad accent] “Will you be his godfather?” Well, to late to be…

Jamie: That’s exactly how it is.

Andrew: Lupin’s…

Matt: It’s a really awkward…

[Eric laughs]

Matt: …situation, too, because the last time they saw each other, you know, Lupin slapped him in the face. And Harry…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …was really angry at him

Eric: And Harry was like…

Andrew: Talk about a change of heart.

Eric: …”Bitch!” Seriously.

Matt: “Hey!” “Hey, will you be my godfather?”

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I guess that’s Lupin’s way of making it up to Harry.

Eric: Yeah. Well, maybe.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Eric: Well – oh, I wrote grandfather here. Sorry, no. [laughs] Harry’s not Teddy’s grandfather. [laughs] He’s…

Andrew: All right, well, I think that does it for Chapter-by-Chapter this week.

Eric: Yeah, well, he just makes this comment that he just wants to be as ragged a godfather to Teddy as Sirius was for him.

Jamie: Doesn’t he say reckless?

Eric: Reckless?

Jamie: Doesn’t he say reckless?

Eric: Yeah. Sorry, reckless and ragged. Are they two different things?

Andrew: Well, it’s a different word.

Jamie: I think they’re pretty different.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Jamie: I don’t know.

Eric: I’ll be ragged and you be reckless. How about that, Jamie?

Jamie: That is a – that’s fine. I’ll take that. I think it’s a nice comment, it’s a good comment, because he’s obviously learned from Sirius. He thinks he’s a good person, and he thinks he’s acting well according to Sirius’s wishes. And he doesn’t automatically accept authority. Like Sirius doesn’t either, and it’s, you know, helped Harry. So, I guess it is a good thing over all.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, I agree. I think it was reckless in the sense of just kind of the easy going way that Sirius was. Not reckless in the sense of not having responsibility.

Jamie: No. Yeah. Exactly. Yeah.

Eric: That’s a fun thought. It is a fun thought to see Harry behaving.

Micah: Well, he ends up raising him, so – doesn’t he?

Jamie: Yeah.

Micah: I thought he did.

Matt: Right. Well…

Micah: Oh, that’s right, yeah. Tonks is a…

Jamie: We can’t not know this.

Matt: Okay, Andrew, let’s move on. We’re getting kind of long in this conversation.

Andrew: We are, yeah. Let’s do it!


Quote Quiz


[Audio for Quote Quiz plays]

Eric: Now, Jamie, isn’t it…

Andrew: Jamie, do you like the intro?

[Jamie laughs]

Eric: Isn’t that crap? Isn’t that crap?

Matt: I love it.

Jamie: I do prefer a live rendition, but it’s cool. Live is always better, though.

Andrew: No it’s not. It’s Garage Band. It’s awesome! Whatever. Mikey hated it too.

Jamie: No, just kidding.

Andrew: Anyway, the quote is, “It’s not that, it gets in the way! But I liked my nose a bit shorter. Try and do it the way you did last time.” That’s quote quiz this week.

Jamie: Oh, I know where that is.

Andrew: Don’t spoil it for the people.

Jamie: I don’t. Oh, Oh. Aren’t we supposed to guess it?

Andrew: No.

Eric: It would be much more productive and sense making – it would be far too, you know, sense making, Jamie.

Andrew: It’s just – no. It’s just for people to play at home. But if you want to guess, fine.

Eric: People can play at home, but they don’t win anything.

Jamie: No, no, no. It’s a – okay. Well, can I?

Andrew: Sure, go for it.

Jamie: Okay, well, it’s Ron, but I can’t remember…is it in Book 6?

Andrew: No, no, no, no, no.

[Eric and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Quote Quiz is always…

Matt: It’s in the next chapter.

Andrew: …in the following chapter.

Eric: Oh, man.

Jamie: It’s what?

Andrew: It’s always in the following…

Jamie: Oh okay.

Andrew: …chapter.

Jamie: Oh, sorry. Sorry, I’m a bit rusty.

Andrew: So, Quote Quiz is basically just who says it. That’s the whole…

Jamie: Oh. Ron.

Eric: Is that correct, Andrew?

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, it was. [laughs] So, all right, we’re going to jump right in to everyone’s favorite segment…


Make the Music Connection


[Audio for Make the Music Connection plays]

[Jamie laughs]

Andrew: Jamie liked that one.

[Andrew and Jamie laugh]

Jamie: That’s awesome!

Matt: That was the perfect transition, Andrew, really.

Andrew: Oh, thank you.

Matt: That was awesome.

Andrew: Oh, thanks. All right, Micah, we’ll start with you, since you were bugging for this so much.

[“Bad Medicine” by Bon Jovi begins playing]

Andrew: “Bad Medicine” by Bon Jovi.

Micah: Yep.

Andrew: Make the connection.

Jamie: What’s the song called?

Andrew: “Bad Medicine.”

Jamie: Oh. Polyjuice Potion.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: That’s a good idea.

Eric: That’s a great idea.

Jamie: When – when…

[Song ends]

Matt: Yeah. Wait, whose turn was it?

Andrew: [laughs] Well, it was Micah’s turn.

Jamie: Oh, sorry…

Andrew: That’s okay.

Micah: Oh, well, Jamie got it for me.

Jamie: Can I do this one?

Andrew: Yeah, you got it.

Micah: Yeah, sure, go ahead.

Jamie: Well, no. I was going to say, Polyjuice Potion, when Hermione used it and turned into a cat. That was bad medicine. Or when Lockhart tried to do the spell on Harry and it broke his arm, got his arm out of the – of his – sorry. Broke his bones. Took them out of his arm. That was bad medicine.

Eric: Skelegrow.

Jamie: Yeah, I think it’s Skelegrow.

Micah: So, Lockhart’s love was like bad medicine to Harry? Is that what you’re saying?

Eric: [laughs] Well, no, his spell making…

Jamie: Kind of!

Eric: His spell making.

Micah: Those are the lyrics.

Jamie: Oh, we’re supposed to do the lyrics?

Eric: The lyrics!

Jamie: Again, again…

Andrew: Well, no…

Jamie: …I’m rusty.

Micah: It says, “your love is like bad medicine.”

Andrew: But, honestly, the thing with Make the Music Connection is you can just think of a scene for it to go behind, or, you know, whatever. It’s really open, I think. I don’t know. That’s the way I kind of like having it.

Micah: No, that’s cool.

Andrew: Okay, well, we’re picking some stuff out of my library because we didn’t have time to prep some music, so…

Jamie: So, it’s going to be a Queen song.

Andrew: Well, no.

Jamie: Or a U2 song.

Andrew: Oh boy.

[Jamie and Eric laugh]

Matt: Or Bruce Springsteen.

[“Desire” by U2 begins playing]

Micah: Who’s this one for?

Jamie: No, no, he just says that, Matt.

Andrew: This is for Eric.

[Song plays for a little bit]

Andrew: “Desire” by U2, Eric Scull.

Eric: Ah. This is totally – I’ll tell you exactly when this is. It’s Ron when he accidently eats these sweets that are Romilda Vanes’ love potion.

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: That’s very good.

Eric: He is flipping out! [sings with the song]

Jamie: Very good.

Eric: He is flipping out, and he’s like, “Harry, I love her!” And Harry’s like, “What?” And he’s like, “Romilda Vane!”

Matt: And then he does a strip tease for her.

Eric: And then it all ends in a bad poisonous bezoar fight. Or he ends up poisoned or something. So, it’s a really messed up sort of guitar riff there and that fits Ron. Who does that song, by the way?

Andrew: U2.

Eric: And it’s called “Desire”?

Andrew: U2, yeah.

Eric: Sweet. Got to download that. I mean buy it. Legally.

Andrew: Matt, this is your Make The Music Connection.

[“Pretty Women” from Sweeney Todd begins playing]

Jamie: Oh what a line!

[Some hosts sing along]

Jamie: Leave it on, Andrew. Leave it on.

Andrew: “Pretty Women”

Matt: “Pretty women.”

Andrew: From Sweeney Todd.

Matt: I got this. I got this one. All right. Ready?

Jamie: Go for it.

Andrew: Yeah.

[Eric sings along]

Jamie: Oh stop wasting time, Matt.

Matt: All right! Turn it down!

Andrew: It’s not that loud.

Jamie: You’re trying to get yourself to think of something.

Matt: All right, all right, all right. All right. It’s when Snape and Dumbledore talk about how much Snape loved Lily.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: That’s very good.

[Song ends]

Andrew: Awww!

Eric: “Pretty Women.”

Andrew: So fitting, because…

Eric: Alan Rickman.

Andrew: That was actually Alan Rickman for you…

Jamie: Extra points for that, Matt.

Andrew: For those of you who don’t know, Alan Rickman, he was singing!

[Matt and Jamie sing]

Andrew: I love when they go in harmony. Johnny Depp and Alan Rickman go in harmony.

Eric: And he gets so close to slitting his throat but he doesn’t.

Jamie: That is just a superbly filmed scene.

Matt: Well, it depends on which part of the song. I mean, they do sing it when he kills him. “Benjamin Barker! Benjamin Barker!”

Eric: That is such a good, good movie.

Jamie: Oh, it is so good! [laughs] It’s not even funny.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: All right, Micah, you ready?

Micah: Yep.

Andrew: All right, here’s your Make the Music Connection!

[“Stairway to Heaven” by Led Zeppelin begins playing]

Jamie: Oh, what a song, Andrew.

Andrew: [sings along] All right, come on, Micah, you got this. “Stairway to Heaven.” The greatest song of all time! Where can this fit in a Potter movie. Or a scene.

Micah: [laughs] I could actually see this playing during the Final Battle scene.

Andrew: Me too!

Jamie: That’s good. Yeah.

Micah: Ummm….

Eric: Yeah. Hell yeah.

Matt: Oooh. “Stairway to Heaven.”

[Song ends]

Eric: Final Battle scene.

[Show music starts]

Micah: That’s probably – yeah, that works.

Andrew: Okay.

Micah: That’s where I could see it playing.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s actually what I was thinking.

Matt: Oh, that’d be so cool.

Andrew: God. Why can’t WB secure the rights to that? Oh my God. That’d be amazing.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Yeah. Well, I don’t know if it’s the perfect song.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah, that’s true. [laughs] I would be bouncing up and down my seat. I’d be like, “Kick some ass!” [sighs] Okay, well.

Matt: I will slap you if you do that.

Andrew: That was something.


Contact Information


Andrew: All right, it’s been a long show. We are going to wrap it up for today. We want to remind everyone about our contact information before we let you go. Micah, what’s the P.O. Box? People want to send us some gold.

Micah:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

Andrew: Good. You can also call the MuggleCast hotline. Leave a voicemail question, which we will get back to you soon. If you’re in the United States, you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom, you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re in Australia, you can dial 02-8003-5668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast. [imitating Matt badly] “Just remember, just to keep your question under sixty seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible. You can also e-mail..” [returns to normal voice] Ah, excuse me – the MuggleCast feedback form. Matt, that was my little impression of you. You can also e-mail…

Matt: Oh, that was horrible!

Andrew: …us using the MuggleCast feedback form on MuggleCast.com Or you can contact anyone of us using our first names at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

Matt: [mocking Andrew] “Do I really talk like this?”

Andrew: [using same voice] “Yes.”

Matt: [same voice] “Do I really sound like this?”

Andrew: [laughs] Don’t forget, we also have a variety of community outlets. If you want to get more of MuggleCast, we have the MySpace, the Facebook, the YouTube, the Frappr, the Last.fm, and the fanlistings and forums. Explore them. Check them out on MuggleCast.com.


Show Close


Andrew: That does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Apologies to J.K. Rowling, but we are out of time for this week. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Jamie: I’m Jamie Lawrence.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I am Matthew Britton.

Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening. We’ll see you next week for Episode 141. Buh-bye!

[Show music ends]


Blooper 1


Micah: Well, I can think of a few drugs that can make you think you’re flying.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Whoa!

Jamie: Whoa. That’s brilliant.

Eric: Or maybe, as they accuse Emerson of snorting Floo Powder on the Wall of Shame. Yeah.

Micah: Oh.


Blooper 2


Jamie: Oh, well, that’s going to make all the difference, Matt. For you.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Hey, every vote counts!

Matt: Thanks for your sarcasm, Jamie.

Jamie: No. [laughs] That’s a bad argument, Andrew. Because everyone says it but it’s not true. Every vote does not count.

Matt: Yes, but no one – if everyone feels that way then there will be no votes.

Andrew: Way to promote our voting, Jamie.

Jamie: Again, Matt. That’s such a bad argument.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: Matt…

Eric: Jamie, are you saying that the American triumph-ory in democracy, even capitalism, doesn’t work? Is that what you’re saying?

Jamie: No, no. What I’m pin-pointing is the problem with specific political voting systems that…

Eric: Ah.

Jamie: … over-count certain demographics and certain types of people’s votes. So that one vote from a specific place does not make any difference. For example, I could vote for the liberal democrats here. It would make no difference whatsoever. They will not get into power.

Matt: Your vote does count, Jamie.

Jamie: Or if there’s a huge majority for one.

Matt: Yeah, it does, Jamie!

Jamie: Stop being so optimistic.

Matt: No, stop being so pessimistic.

Eric: Guys, guys, guys. I didn’t say Florida. Did you say Florida? Did anybody say Florida?

Andrew: No. Nobody said Florida.

Matt: We’re talking about Podcast Alley.

Eric: Guys, move on.

Andrew: Okay, let’s move on.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Blooper. Hold for break.

———————–

Transcript #139

MuggleCast 139 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com

[Harry Potter theme starts]

Jim Dale: [as Professor McGonagall] This is Professor McGonagall welcoming you all to MuggleCast hoping you all enjoyed – Dobby! Dobby, come here! Here! Dobby! [as Dobby] Yes, I’d just like to say how very pleased I am to introduce MuggleCast to all of you! Thank you! Thank you!

[Show music begins]

Andrew: Because I’m not on the show this week, so be prepared to fast forward through most of it, this is MuggleCast Episode 139 for March 30th, 2008.

[Show music continues]

Matt: [impersonating Andrew] Wahoo! Welcome, everyone, all you MuggleCast listeners. This is MuggleCast, I am Andrew Sims. Yeah! Yeah! All right! And we got some other hosts on the show, so we’re just going to pop it over. Is there anyone else in here?

Jamie: [impersonating Andrew] Well, yeah.

Laura: Yeah. Hey!

Matt: Hey!

Jamie: There’s more than one Andrew.

Matt: [impersonating Andrew] Yeah, this is Andrew! My personality, cocky self!

Jamie: [laughs] We should have a show where everyone’s Andrew. That would get confusing as hell.

Laura: Yeah, that would. But you know it does sound a lot like him. I guess…

Jamie: I am impressed.

Matt: Oh, thank you.

Laura: I know.

Jamie: Very impressed.

Matt: That’s a huge compliment.

Laura: Matt?

Matt: What?

Jamie: I’m sorry, we thought it was Andrew.

Matt: All of you know, Andrew’s not here, but the ones who are on the show, it’s me. I’m Matthew Britton.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Jamie: It’s me. I’m Jamie Lawrence.

Micah: And I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: Jamie is here, everyone! Finally, after a…

Laura: Yay!

Matt: …seventeen month delay of him being on the show.

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: Was the show going seventeen months ago?

Matt: I don’t – it’s been something like that, hasn’t it?

Laura: Although, if you’ve measured it in blikle years, I’m sure it would have been much longer.

Jamie: It would have been, Laura. It would have been, but Pickle Pack is on its last legs, I believe. I know.

Laura: Yeah, it’s really sad.

Jamie: It’s going to be over very soon. It is very sad. By the way, by the way, the show, when are we ending it? Because it seems like it’s going on for longer than was the original plan. I’ve been out of the loop so much.

Micah: To answer your question…

Matt: Um, I don’t really know.

Micah: …Jamie, I did some calculations, actually. [laughs] The shows been going on for thirty-one months.

Jamie: Thirty-one months.

Laura: Oh my gosh.

Micah: Thirty-one months.

Jamie: That does not sound like a lot at all.

Matt: Well, it’s…

Jamie: Thirty-one months.

Matt: No, it doesn’t. It’s almost three years, though. That is a lot.

Laura: Well, it’s interesting that you bring that up because we do actually have an announcement that we’ll be getting to in a few minutes after Micah does his news…

Jamie: Oh, really?

Laura: …pertaining to the life of the show. So we’re pretty excited about that.

Matt: Oh, yes.

[Show music continues to play]


News


Matt: Now let’s take it over to Micah Tannenbaum in the MuggleCast News Room. After a month of being absent, he is back. So let’s go over to Micah.

Micah: All right, thanks, Andrew. As many of you are well aware, J.K. Rowling and Warner Brothers are involved in an ongoing lawsuit with RDR Books over a companion novels seeking publication by Harry Potter Lexicon owner Steve Vander Ark. The Associated Foreign Press reported earlier this week that Jo is expected to appear in court in New York City next month. A New York federal district court judge ordered earlier this week that the case go to trial beginning April 14 and Rowling’s presence has been requested by RDR Books. RDR lawyer David Hammer was quoted saying, “We asked for her and they said they would provide her. I would say it would be very unlikely that she would not appear.” The witness list must be submitted this week by April the 4th. We will keep you posted as this story continues to develop.

And on Friday the CBS Early Show did a piece on the growing sport of Quidditch on college campuses across the country. As previously reported in USA Today, Quidditch is becoming a very popular sport among college students, and now the school that began it all, Middlebury College, is going on an eight-school tour during their spring break recess. On Friday, Middlebury was at Amherst College in Massachusetts, and that is where the CBS Early Show broadcasted from. To see video from the CBS Early Show, be sure to head over to MuggleNet.com.

The Harry Potter book series has once again won Favorite Book at the 2008 Kids’ Choice Awards. As most of you probably know, Potter has repeatedly won for the award for Favorite Book in past years.

And finally, Nigel Newton, the chief executive of the U.K. Potter publisher, Bloomsbury, will disclose this Tuesday that the phenomenal success of Deathly Hallows was the major factor behind an increase in annual profits from £5.2 million to more than £17 million this past year. A report by the Sunday Herald continues that Newton “will claim that the Potter effect will continue for years ahead as the group dips into cash reserves of more than £40m, built up from past Potter sales, to promote new talent and to make further acquisitions.”

That’s all the news for this March 30th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.

Matt: All right, thank you, Micah. Micah, has this been a good week of news or a slow week?

Jamie: Well, he’s just told you.

[Jamie and Micah laugh]

Matt: Well, yeah, but I wasn’t really listening.


News Discussion: J.K. Rowling Going to Court


Micah: No, it’s all right. It’s all right. I would say when you look at it it hasn’t had a lot of news, but the news stories that we have had have been pretty big. So first off, obviously, J.K. Rowling is reported to appear in court on April 14 here in New York City, and I say “here” because I’m pretty close to New York City. I don’t know if that would apply to Jamie and Laura and you, but it’s – she’s actually supposed to be on this witness list that is being submitted by April 4, and based on this article that was put out, I think it was earlier this week, all things sort of point to her having to show up. And RDR books, who would be the defendant in this case, says that she’s going to be there. I don’t really think that Jo probably wants to have to pick up and travel in the middle of the spring…

Laura: Yeah, it does kind of suck.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …now and have to come all the way to New York just for this trial, but it’s going to be interesting to see how it all plays out.

Jamie: Do you know how people swear an oath on the Bible? She should swear one on a Harry Potter book.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Well, Micah, you and Andrew were thinking about going to the courthouse, right?

Micah: Well, I don’t know if you can actually do that, to be honest. I don’t know if it’s an open trial. I would think that some media would be allowed to attend to cover the trial and, you know, all that kind of stuff. It would be interesting because I would think that also maybe somebody like Jo would want the fansites to cover it and to get a real perspective as to what’s going on.

Jamie: I don’t think it works like that, though. I don’t think it’s like a movie premiere where you can jump up and down and scream and say, “Go Jo!”

Laura: No.

Micah: No, no. I mean just to kind of sit and observe.

Laura: But you know there will be people outside the courthouse doing that, though.

Jamie: Yeah, but that’s not the same as being inside.

Matt: Oh, of course.

Laura: Oh, I know, but it’s really bizarre when you think about it because here there’s this serious trial going on, and all these fans are going to convene and treat it like a premiere or a book reading. It’s just – I find that interesting.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Well, they’ll probably just show up just to show their support for Jo, I would think.

Laura: Yeah, that’s true. That’s true.

Jamie: [laughs] I’d laugh if she wins and then come November, we see the judge in like a walk-on role in Half-Blood Prince or something.

Laura: Yeah. [laughs]

Micah: No Americans, Jamie. No Americans are allowed.

Jamie: In what?

Matt: Oooh.

Jamie: Yeah, but I’m sure she can bend the rules to avoid a lawsuit.

Laura: I don’t think she’s going to have to bend the rules for anything. I think she’s going to win.

Jamie: She will, yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Jamie: She will. It’s done and dusted.


News Discussion: New Picture from Movie 6


Matt: So let’s move on to our next big top news discussion. We got a new Half-Blood Prince pic, official from Warner Brothers.

Laura: Doesn’t it…

Matt: It’s…

[Jamie groans]

Laura: Doesn’t it feel like every time a new movie comes out the first picture we get, or one of the first pictures, is the three of them sitting in front of the fire, looking concerned about something?

Jamie: Yeah, exactly. It is the concerned syndrome.

Laura: It’s the same picture. [laughs]

Matt: But I mean, does it look kind of staged to you? Because to me it looks completely like they took this picture on purpose.

Jamie: Matt, it’s a movie. It’s a movie, of course it’s staged. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah.

[Matt laughs]

Laura: But I mean, you’re saying that it wasn’t actually taken from a scene, you think that they actually…

Jamie: Oh. Sorry.

Laura: …had to do a photo shoot, or something?

Matt: Yeah, I mean, because this kind of reminds me of one of those pictures from Order of the Phoenix when the Trio is in the Hog’s Head, and Harry looks like he’s about to get up, and then so does – I mean Harry’s already standing up, and Ron looks like he’s about to get up, and Hermione’s looking to the side.

Laura: Yeah.

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: Remember that photo I’m talking about? And we don’t really even see that scene in it, but, I don’t know, it just reminds me of the same picture.

Jamie: And also, just to remind you, to say that every time there comes the concern picture, and, you know, and then people draw up conclusions from it, they’re like, “Oh, I think it’s going to be a dark movie full of suspense, just from that concerned picture.”

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Well, there’s like a whole page of comments just about Hermione’s hair.

Laura: You know, who cares?

Matt: It’s this huge issue with every single movie. All the fans have to comment on how Emma’s hair is in the movie.

Jamie: It is exciting, to be honest.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Yeah, have you seen the curls?

Laura: That’s the first thing I think of.

Matt: Well, honestly, I don’t like Hermione’s hair in this because it’s blonde, so I don’t really think she’s really going to be that good of an actress in this book, so I don’t even think – or this movie, so I’m not going to watch it.

Jamie: Cool. Same here.

Matt: All right.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Laura: It’s just – I don’t know. It’s a nice picture, but I just feel like it’s always the same. They always have Hermione holding a newspaper, and it’s, as Andrew would say, the typical Emma Watson concern face. And then Ron always looks somewhat confused.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: And he’s always in the back.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: It’s always Harry and Hermione in the front, and Ron’s always pushed in the back.

Laura: Yeah, that’s always bothered me. Anytime you look at the movie posters Ron is always in the back. What is with that?

Matt: I have no idea.

Laura: Seriously. He’s Harry’s best friend, guys, got to switch it up a little.

Matt: I know, and Ron’s eating walnuts. Who eats walnuts? In a bowl?

Laura: [laughs] Apparently he does that.

Jamie: Come to England then. You’d be surprised.

Matt: I guess so, I’m really not…

Jamie: That’s one of the less weird things we do.

Micah: What’s that? Sorry, I missed it.

Jamie: Eating walnuts.

Micah: Oh.

Jamie: From a bowl.

Micah: [laughs] Oh, you crazy people.

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: We do it during school.

Matt: [laughs] Well, have you guys seen – I mean on the Daily Prophet newspaper, is that Slughorn’s picture in it? Do you guys think? It kind of looks like the actor who plays him.

Laura: I haven’t studied it that closely; I was too busy looking at Emma’s hair.

Matt: I know. Oh my goodness.

Laura: I just can’t get over it.

[Jamie laughs]

Laura: It’s so wonderful.

Micah: Wow. Really?

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Nice input, Micah.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Well, what’s interesting about that, and I actually just looked at the picture right now, is it looks like the word “Ministry” is on the paper. So I was wondering if that could be the new Minister.

Laura: It could be.

Jamie: Or a book. Or a piece of parchment. Oh, sorry.

Micah: It looks like “More Disappointment at Ministry” if you read it.

Matt: Or “disappearances”

Micah: Yeah, “at Ministry,” so…

Laura: Yeah, that would make sense.

Micah: Or it could just be some person that disappeared. Ha.

Matt: Weird. I just have a feeling David Yates is going to do his whole Daily Prophet transitions again in this movie.

[Jamie laughs]

Laura: I thought those were awesome. Did you not like them?

Matt: Oh, I did! No, no, no, I did. Sorry.

Laura: What did everyone else think of those?

Jamie: They – I mean it was a gimmick, but it’s cool. Very cool. You know?

Matt: Mhm.

Jamie: I mean…

Matt: It definitely quickened the pace, at least.

Jamie: Yeah, it did.

Laura: Yeah, I thought it was a good pacing tool, because they could get across a lot of information without having to use up time in the film, I guess. Like stuff that we didn’t necessarily need to see acted out.

Matt: It’s definitely one of the biggest – Order of the Phoenix is the biggest book in the series, correct?

Laura: Mhm.

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: So, yeah, that would explain why there’s so many montages in the movie as well.

Laura: Yeah.


Announcement: MuggleCast is Dominating Podcast Alley


Matt: Let’s move on to some more announcements. Currently, MuggleCast is number one on Podcast Alley.

Laura: Whoo! Yaay!

Matt: Still, this entire month. It’s been MuggleCast March.

Laura: Way to go.

Jamie: Awesome.

Matt: It has.

Laura: We have to come up with some clever term for April, so we can…

Matt: Yeah, Mapril is still not doing it for me.

Laura: Mapril, ehh. Mapril.

Jamie: Isn’t that just adding the letter “M” to the beginning of “April?”

Matt: Yeah. It is.

Jamie: Oh. [laughs]

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: Mapril. And then Mmmmay.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: May, that’s a stretch though, Jamie.

Matt: I don’t think the fans would get that, though. I don’t see the connection.

Jamie: Well, wouldn’t it be M-May? Or is it just Mmmmay?

Matt: Mmmmay.

Laura: [laughs] May.

Matt: Two Ms.

[Jamie and Laura laugh]


Announcement: MuggleCast is Changing


Matt: Let’s move on to one more announcement. The reason why Andrew is not on the show is because Andrew is currently in Oregon. Portland, Oregon to be precise, doing a little on-set visit to the Twilight film. Have you guys heard about this?

Laura: Yeah, yeah. Actually, he was…

Jamie: Boasting about it the other day.

Laura: …he met a few of – yeah! He’s just – he’s very, very excited. I just talked to him a little while ago, and he said that he’s seen – well, Matt, you said he saw all of the – for those of you who read Twilight, the Cullen siblings.

Matt: Yes, he saw all the Cullen family. The Cullen family is the vampire family, if you don’t know from the books.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: And he also talked to Robert Pattinson, whom you all know played Cedric Diggory in the Goblet of Fire film. And…

Jamie: Did some coke with him. [laughs]

[Laura laughs]

Micah: You mean drank some coke, right?

[Jamie laughs]

Laura: Smoke a little weed, you know.

Jamie: Yes.

Matt: Oh, gosh.

Jamie: I drank some coke with him.

Matt: And many of you are probably wondering why he is on the set. Well, this kind of leads into another announcement that we’ve all been talking about and deciding on for quite some time, and we’ve actually decided to – well, since I haven’t been on the show very much, does anyone else want to talk about this? This is a really big announcement.

Jamie: Huge.

Laura: Yeah, yeah sure. So, you know, a lot of people have been writing in for a while that are really, really upset about us ending the show in April or May because, obviously, there’s only so much Harry Potter content we have. But we know that there are actually a lot of fans who love other types of fantasy, you know, genres and other types of books and stuff, so we thought why not expand our show to encompass all those other fandoms? What do you guys think of that? Does that sound good? Yeah? No?

Matt: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. I think it’s an awesome idea.

Jamie: With the new ones coming out as well; we’ve got Twilight, Spiderwick Chronicles

Laura: Yeah.

Jamie: …you know, all that kind of awesome stuff, so…

Laura: Yeah, see we were thinking about Spiderwick, and we haven’t, you know, a hundred percent fit it into how we’re going to schedule the show, but here’s how we’ve got it broken down at this point. We’ve got the new show, the new MuggleCast, as you might call it, broken down into four different segments right now. We’ve got “Totally Twilight,” which is when we’re going to dedicate that time to like a chapter of the Twilight series, also we’re going to go over some movie discussion, obviously Andrew’s at the set right now, so he’ll bring us a full report, and it’ll be excellent. For those of you who are all about Narnia, we’re going to do a thing. Right now it’s called “Welcome to Narnia.” By the way, if you guys have any better suggestions for the names of these segments, please feel free to e-mail them in. We’re always open to suggestion.

Jamie: We are.

Laura: And in that I also mean, there’s all the Narnia movies going on right now, so that’ll be great. We’ll do Chapter-by-Chapter on that as well. And for those of you who are big Lord of the Rings fans, we’re going to have “Journey to Middle Earth,” which will of course cover analysis, and I think we’ll probably talk a lot about the upcoming Hobbit movie.

Matt: Yes.

Laura: So that should be pretty good. And we’ve decided that we will, of course, still have Harry Potter as part of our show.

Jamie: Because we started off as one, so we’re still going to end as one, you know.

Laura: Yeah, exactly.

Matt: Yes, exactly.

Laura: There would be no reason to cut Harry Potter out, and I know that would upset a lot of people too. Don’t you guys think?

Matt: Oh, yeah, especially. I mean they wouldn’t even listen to the show if we didn’t talk about, at least, ten or twenty minutes of Harry Potter.

Jamie: And they’d go around killing people.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Jamie: Serial killing people, so you know, kind of….

Laura: Oh, God. We wouldn’t want to start a mass spree of serial killers.

Jamie: Can’t become responsible for deaths. Yeah.

Matt: MuggleCast kills.

Laura: So I think Andrew came up with this one – sounds like something he’d come up with anyway…

[Jamie laughs]

Laura: We’re going to put all that into a segment called Muggle-MiniCast, which I think he kind of took as a cue from the older shows when we would do the smaller episodes, you know, the twenty-thirty minutes ones.

Matt: Yeah, I remember those, yeah.

Laura: Yeah, so we’re going to combine a lot of that into, maybe, a twenty minute segment. So this is all – we’re hoping to put this into effect next week. Do you guys think…

Jamie: Well, also, you’ve missed out the fifth segment, which we want to do Star Wars, since that’s a huge, huge deal as well. People still like that as well.

Laura: Oh, really?

Matt: Oh, yes, definitely Star Wars. Yeah. We’re thinking about having another mini-segment for other stuff like Star Wars and Spiderwick

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: …because since there’s nothing really coming out right now we’re just going to combine them all just in case there’s a new big news event or something to talk about.

Jamie: But – but on the Star Wars one, we want to call it Force Feedback, but we’re currently in talks with the lawyers at Microsoft because they make a gaming controller called Force Feedback.

Laura: Oh, that’s right.

Matt: Yes. Yeah.

Laura: Oh.

Jamie: Yeah, we just have to talk to them and stuff like that, but hopefully it should be sorted out soon, which is cool.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Hopefully it’s all great, and if you listeners are kind of concerned about if we’re going to keep doing Chapter-by-Chapter, we are going to do it, but we’re just going to kind of condense it into a ten to fifteen minute discussion at the very, very most, because, I mean, this is a lot of stuff to talk about. So everything’s going to be at least twenty minutes long.

Laura: Right. And I mean the way we figured it is that it seemed like a happy medium when you think about putting Chapter-by-Chapter into a smaller segment because you have people who think we either drone on about stuff too long, or you think people who think, you know, people who think we don’t spend enough time. So this way we can just pick out a couple of key things from the chapters and discuss those for seven or eight minutes each, and then it’ll all be good, I think.

Micah: I think it’s absolute crap, to be honest with you. I think you cannot take away from what we’ve been working on for the past three years now and change it over into something else.

[Matt sighs]

Laura: Uh, well…

Matt: Well…

Laura: Sorry, Micah.

Jamie: Well, we’re doing it. [laughs]

Laura: [laughs] Yeah, I mean, this is an executive decision here. I mean…

Matt: Come on, guys.

Micah: So where are Andrew and Ben?

Laura: Well, not – I mean, we all vote…well, Ben doesn’t matter anymore.

[Micah laughs]

Jamie: Kevin made the decision.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: No, really, we really did sit down and talk about this for a long time. I mean, Matt, when did this talk originally start? It seems like it was like February.

Matt: This originally talked after…

[Jamie laughs]

Matt: …the Spiderwick movie came out and everyone was talking about like, “Oh my God, they’re going to do SpiderwickCast.” And, basically, that kind of – whoever really just wrote that to us or brought that to our attention, you pretty much made that decision for us.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Because you’re the ones who brought that into our heads.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: And we started discussing it, and I…

Laura: Yeah. Well, it’s funny because we viewed it as a joke originally. We kind of joked around about SpiderwickCast. But actually, I really think it’s going to be a good idea and I think that when you guys see it in action you’re really, really going to like it.

Jamie: Going to enjoy it, yeah.

Matt: I think it’ll grow on you, Micah.

Micah: No, I don’t think so, man…

Matt: Just have some faith.

Micah: I don’t think I’d continue on with this show if that was the case.

Matt: Ungh, well…I can’t…I can’t fire you, so we’re going to have to talk to Andrew about that.

Micah: Yeah, you definitely will. I’m not putting up with that stuff. It’s absolutely…

Laura: Well, will you…

Micah: …stupid.

Laura: Will you stay on through the end of this episode at least?

Micah: Yeah, maybe, I mean I don’t know. Maybe I’ll just drop out in the middle since you guys aren’t taking this very seriously anymore.

Matt: No, don’t do that. Please?

Laura: No, we really are taking it seriously, Micah.

Matt: Come on.

Laura: Gosh.

Micah: Just unbelievable. You guys have no dedication whatsoever.

Matt: That’s – All right, let’s not get into this.


Muggle Mail: Box Sets


Laura: Yeah, you know what? I’m sick of this. We need to move on. All right? So we are going to move on to some Mugglenet – Muggle Mail.

Matt: Our last Muggle Mail.

Laura: Yeah. Aw. Well, we might still do one or two more Muggle Mails.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: In the spirit of it.

Jamie: Spidermail.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Spiderwebmail.

Jamie: Obi One mail. [laughs] Spiderwebmail.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Okay, Laura, you want to get the first one done?

Laura: Yeah. Sure, The first one comes from Shannon. She says:

“In Episode 138 you guys were talking about box sets and to what extent people bought the books and movies in box sets. I think a very important thing to remember is the people currently reading the books and watching the movies: kids and their parents. By the time the last movies and books come out, the kids who sat with their mommies and daddies to read “Harry Potter” will be growing up. A lot of them will be going off to college, and who will get to keep all the “Harry Potter” books and movies? Mom and dad or the kids? So somebody is going to have to buy them all over again. The same goes for siblings. When there is one set of movies per household, and there are two kids in the family and one moves away, who gets to keep the movies? It happened to me when my older brother, who I shared the series with, moved to Washington D.C. He kept the old set, and I got a brand spanking new box set.” Well, Shannon…

Jamie: That is true.

Laura: …what I did before I left for college was I just ripped all of my DVDs off onto my computer, and then I…

Jamie: That’s cool. Piracy.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Jamie: Good. Awesome.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: We always support that here at MuggleCast.

Jamie: The thing is…

Matt: Of course.

Laura: I didn’t rip Harry Potter though. Don’t worry, Warner Brothers. I wouldn’t do that.

Jamie: Yeah, but to be honest, they own everything, so uh…

Laura: Yeah. [laughs] That’s true.

[Matt laughs]

Jamie: So you can’t really rip a movie and not cause them to lose twelve pounds, but…

[Matt laughs]

Jamie: I don’t want a brand spanking new box set because their new covers, especially here in the U.K., I don’t know if they are new over there, but they have these crappy stars on them. It’s all sort of like New Age and, you know, fantasy-ish, and it’s awful.

Laura: Yeah! They add stuff to the covers that you can’t take off, and it sucks.

Jamie: Yeah. I want an old style Harry Potter book. Old school. Not the new ones.

Matt: Well, they’re doing that with the movie covers too.

Jamie: [groans] What’s wrong with them?

Matt: They have these banners on the original Harry Potter DVDs. It’s like these little Celtic-style bands around the edges of it. It’s – I don’t know. I’m kind of mixed on that too.

Laura: Yeah. I don’t know…

Matt: Why do they have to mess with it? Seriously.

Laura: [sighs] You know, I don’t know. Maybe to grab people’s attention? But the way I think about it, it is not just people who need doubles of it that are going to buy it. I mean there are so many people who are fans of books like Harry Potter, Lord of the Rings, Narnia, and they collect this kind of stuff. There are people who will go out and buy these box sets of books and movies, and they will never open them.

Jamie: It’s true.

Laura: They’ll just have them to sit on a shelf, and there’s nothing wrong with that, there’s nothing wrong with collecting, but that’s mainly why they do it, because there are a lot of collectors out there.

Matt: For a collector’s standpoint, and I agree with that.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Jamie: But everyone’s got it. The box sets with the new books, everyone’s got them, haven’t they?

Laura: No.

Jamie: No, but I mean like it’s not rare. I can understand collectors getting like a first addition Half Blood Prince or whatever, but a box set? It’s a box set for a reason, because there’s nothing special inside.

Matt: But they…

Jamie: I realize that’s a bit cold hearted, but, you know.

Matt: Well, with just Harry Potter books in general, they don’t just sell a box set of the books, they also sell a Hogwarts carrying case with it too. I think that’s what a lot of the fans like to do too is just to buy the extra features that come with it. Which is why like a lot of companies release like two disc ultimate platinum ultimate special edition DVDs…

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: …with an extra bookcase that comes with the DVD or an extra DVD comes with it.

Jamie: Yeah. That’s true.

Matt: So I think definitely the special edition that comes with it.

Jamie: Which is annoying, Matt, because I searched for Family Guy the other day, because I wanted to buy the DVD, because it’s an awesome show, isn’t it?

Matt: Oh, of course.

Jamie: But there are like four million different box sets. And one’s like a hundred dollars and one’s like a hundred and one dollars, and there’s new stuff in each of them. Like one had poker chips, and I was like well, poker chips would be cool, but it’s a bit of a gimmick. I just want Family Guy, but then I thought well, perhaps I should get the poker chips since I’m buying the box set anyway, and what’s another twenty dollars when you’re spending, you know?

Matt: That’s…

Jamie: It caused me a lot of grief.

Matt: …exactly what they’re doing too. That’s their whole intention is for you to think…

Jamie: I know.

Matt: well, it’s only ten more dollars for this.

Jamie: I felt like a guinea pig. Yeah.

Matt: You’re conforming to the man.

Jamie: I know. I just feel like I’m lost now. I’m lost. I just wander this earth.

[Jamie and Matt laugh]

Jamie: I have no idea what my place in this world is.

Laura: You’re just a pawn in the game of life I guess.

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: Since we’re trying to keep Jamie on the show, Jamie why don’t you read the next Muggle Mail?

MuggleCast 139 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Gender Inequality in the Fandom


Jamie: All right. All right. Okay. This is from Graham Henson, 18, from Perth, Australia. Subject: Harry Potter male fans. Which I think should be “male Harry Potter fans.”

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: But Graham says:

“There is quite clearly a gender inequality in the “Harry Potter” fandom. This really doesn’t extend to fantasy in general. “Lord of the Rings” for one. And I certainly think that masculine stereotypes play a role. For one, it isn’t considered manly to read at all for some stupid reason. However, if a man is to read, it should be a manly action book or at least one which is geared toward adults. As the “Harry Potter” series not only is a series of books, it is primarily a series which is marketed towards children, making it twice as bad for males to like. For females on the other hand, it seems that it is socially acceptable for them to like childish things, such as Hello Kitty…” which I haven’t heard of. It sounds crap.

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: “…and the like, which only weirdo nerd losers are allowed to like for some reason. Why? Why? Why can’t we all love Hello Kitty and “Harry Potter” equally? Oh, and the high amount of male podcasters is just due to the image of technology in society. It isn’t okay for girls to be into technology, but they do get “Harry Potter,” it seems. I absolutely love the show, easily the best Potter podcast around. From Graham.” Thank you, Graham.

Micah: Okay.

Laura: So, Matt and Micah, do you guys kind of want to give us a recap because Jamie and I weren’t on last week and I think you guys talked about gender.

Matt: Well, I wasn’t on. Micah, you were the only person who was on last week to discuss this.

Laura: Oh, okay.

Matt: What is this – what is Graham talking about?

Micah: Well, last week on the show I think that one of the voicemail questions, actually, was focusing on the fandom as a whole and why there seem to be more girls who are fans of Harry Potter and fans of the podcast as a whole. And also, with that being said, why are there also more male podcasters as opposed to female podcasters? And I think when you look at it, it kind of flows together and part of what Andrew was saying was look, with the podcast, it’s really a technological thing, and for some reason guys seem to be more into technology and working with all those types of things than girls do.” I’m not saying that that’s the case every single time, but that’s why, you know – we were talking about…

Laura: Clearly not.

Micah: …a lot of us got into it because of that reason. Yeah, we all read Harry Potter, but one of the cool aspects of it was being able to do a podcast, and I brought up the fact that I really joined because it was an online radio show, and I thought it would be, you know, just a great thing to get involved with. And, you know, Andrew kind of said something along the same lines, Mikey as well, and so even though we all love the books, this is kind of the reason why we got into it, because podcasting was just kind of this new cool technological thing, at the time, and still is today. And, you know, kind of the female following, we thought, was because we’re all guys, so…

Laura: Uh…

Matt: Yeah, maybe.

Laura: I don’t think it’s because you’re guys – and no offense, it’s not that I’m saying…

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: …that it’s – I’m not saying that the following is undeserved. I would never say that.

Micah: No, no, but, to be honest with you, Laura, Andrew’s answer, I think, bordered on a little bit more arrogance than the way I put it.

Jamie: [laughs] What did Andrew say?

Micah: I don’t remember his exact words.

Laura: What? He basically said that girls only listen because we’re a bunch of, like, squealy fangirly types and – what? Like, is that basically what he said? Or…

Micah: I don’t know if he put it like that, but – I don’t know. Maybe we should roll his audio from last week.

Matt: I was listening to – I was actually just listening to that part of the episode, and I think it must have been Mikey who said that the reason why, like, more guys like Star Wars and Star Trek and stuff than Harry Potter – honestly, I don’t think you can really compare that with Harry Potter because Harry Potter started as a book, whereas Star Wars and Star Trek started off as a TV show. And, generally, I think as gender goes, the males kind of watch a little more TV than read as in women – females tend to watch – to read a little more.

Micah: And you almost have to do polling on this and see, because…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …it’s like with Star Wars and Star Trek, though, it’s science fiction, and I guess guys are more into science fiction than they are into fantasy, which is kind of what Harry Potter is. So are more girls generally into fantasy books than guys? And, you know, it’s just weird. I mean I don’t know how, you know, Laura’s the only female host.

Jamie: There are so many factors that could explain it.

Laura: Well, there really are.

Micah: What’s that?

Jamie: There are so many factors that explain that, like, you know, a sort of – perhaps – you know how society’s organized nowadays, perhaps males – their time is better suited to, like, watching a specific program that’s set – because, you see, I have this theory that psychologists run the entire world. Like, you know, stuff is put on TV and, I mean, this is kind of conspiracy theorist, but it’s not.

Matt: Yeah. [laughs]

Jamie: No, no, no, Matt, seriously, like stuff is put on TV at certain times, specific times to suit, like, the audience. Like, they put it on – or, like – or, like commercials, you know, like, it’s all designed to go into your unconscious and activate, you know, desires and stuff like that. So I’m sure everything’s done for a reason, kind of.

Laura: Yeah.

Jamie: But, no, yeah. I think it just works out like that.

Laura: Well, and I think there is something to be said for gender interest. And just like you look at – I can’t say this for certain, but a lot of people I know who are fans of Lord of the Rings are male.

Matt: Right.

Laura: And a lot of people I know who are into Harry Potter are female, and one of the common factors I can link there is that the author of the Lord of the Rings was male and the author of Harry Potter is female. And think that there is a distinctive style that men and women have when they write. I think you can definitely tell when you read Harry Potter that the author is a woman.

Matt: Oh, definitely.

Laura: And there’s nothing wrong with that. It’s not to say that that’s a fault. Like, I would be a huge hypocrite to think so. But I just think that there is that distinct difference and, also, I read something a while back talking about how, I guess, Scholastic and Bloomsbury actually had Jo put her name as J.K. Rowling because…

Jamie: Yeah, it’s true.

Laura: …it sounded more like a male name so it would appeal to boys. So there’s a lot to be said for…

Micah: Yeah, I do remember that. They did do that.

Laura: …what different genders are interested in. And, I mean, it’s true with technology, too. I mean there are more men in the technology field than women. I went to join my school’s radio club, and I was the only girl there, and when I went to them and told them I knew how to podcast…

Micah: Must have felt a little bit familiar.

Laura: Yeah! Except they never really gave me any opportunities because I’m – I don’t want to, you know, be judgmental here and make any assumptions – but the only thing I can think of is it’s because I’m a girl, and when I went to them and said, “Hey, I know how to do this stuff. I can help you with the podcast,” they never contacted me, and never contacted me, and I was just like, “fine.”

Jamie: Sue them!

Laura: Screw you people!

Micah: Exactly! There you go. That’s not right.

Jamie: You could make good money, Laura.

Micah: Jamie will be your lawyer.

Jamie: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah. Awesome, awesome…

Micah: He’ll want a cut.

Jamie: [laughs] Yeah. 85 percent.

Matt: [laughs] Nice.

Micah: 85 percent. Then he’ll go up north and defend J.K. Rowling, so…

Jamie: Yeah!

Laura: Yeah! Okay. Cool, cool.

Jamie: I want a serious cut from that.

Micah: You have a budding career in front of you, Jamie. Just come to the U.S. and be a lawyer.

Jamie: Thanks. Okay.

Micah: No degree required.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: [laughs] All right…

Matt: Well, with also the gender issue, I kind of believe that women tend to take the books they read along with them more than the male gender does. You know what I mean? Like, I know my mom and my aunt are part of a book club, and most of all the book clubs I’ve seen are predominantly females. So I think that females – the female gender definitely talks more about the books they read more than the males do.

Micah: Yeah.

Jamie: That’s very true.

Laura: I mean, which again makes you guys, kind of, you know – which shows that you guys break that rule as well. You know, it shows that you break that stereotype, so it’s not just, you know, me being on the show that says not all women are not into technology.

Micah: Well, no, yeah, it’s…

Laura: You guys are doing the same thing.

Micah: What I said before, it’s certainly not the rule, you know. It just seems that, overall, it’s true that guys are probably a little bit more tech savvy than girls are.

Laura: Well, I wouldn’t say that girls don’t have the ability.

Micah: No, no.

Matt: [laughs] Girls have other interests.

Laura: I would say they don’t have the interest.

Micah: Right.

Laura: Sorry, I’m a bit of a feminist.

Micah: No, it’s fine, it’s fine.

Laura: You might have figured this out by now.


Muggle Mail: WWII Parallel


Matt: A bit?! Our next e-mail comes from Kylie, 15, of Daton, Ohio, entitled “Potter Watch Comment.” She writes:

“Hey, MuggleCasters! I wanted to share my initial thoughts about Potter Watch in Chapter 22 of “Deathly Hallows.” When I first read it my very first thought was that it was kind of like the radio news shows from World War II. The trio are pretty much the equivalent of the soldiers that were sent to fight off in Europe and Potter Watch was their glimpse back home to the rest of the wizarding world. I know that World War II connections are obvious and numerous, but those were my thoughts. MuggleCast is the only podcast I listen to and it’s so good. I don’t need any others. I love all those topics and discussions, not to mention the hilarious fun segments (Make the Music Connection is my favorite). Please keep doing such a wonderful job. Best wishes, Kylie.”

Jamie: I love your intonation, Matt. It;s superb. Especially all of the bits that…

Matt: I have to do it or I’m just going to stumble.

Laura: Okay, okay. First of all, can I please just ask – please tell me that nobody sat there and thought that she did it because of the podcasts. [laughs] Please tell me no one said that.

Jamie: She did what?

Laura: Well…

Matt: Well, there’s always a certain resistance to, you know, during a war or something, whether it’s on the radio or if it’s even like an underground newspaper.

Laura: Yeah. That’s what I think it is. I mean it would be – it’s definitely cool to hear it, you know, regardless, because it’s like, “Oh!” We’ve kind of been doing the same thing. So it’s definitely cool, but I’m not 100 percent sure it would be her, you know, acknowledging the show through the book or anything.

Jamie: Yeah, I don’t think it is. It’s a very nice thought, though.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 23, “Malfoy Manor”


Matt: All right, we’re going to move things off to Chapter-by-Chapter of Deathly Hallows. We’re going to move on to this week to just one chapter. It’s Chapter 23, entitled “Malfoy Manor” And where we leave our characters off from the previous chapter, apparently Ron told the trio that the name was taboo – Voldemort. And Harry accidentally let the word slip, and now they are being cornered by at least half a dozen wands at their tent. So now they’re caught.

Laura: Wow.


Voldemort’s Name is Taboo


Jamie: It seems quite a sort of blanket charm to be able to make a word taboo. Like, if that isn’t too difficult a spell then you can make – you know, you can do anything. That implies almost limitless magical ability. Like, other people could do it as well. It’s weird.

Micah: Well, one thing…

Jamie: They must be abusing the system completely.

Micah: One thing I always wondered was if his name was taboo before, because they always refer to him as He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named and all that other stuff. So I just wondered, when he was in power the first time was his name also taboo? Like you couldn’t say it?

Matt: I don’t think so…

Laura: I don’t think so.

Matt: …because I don’t think he had power over the Ministry at that time. Honestly, I think the whole taboo thing wouldn’t have happened unless he had that much control over the wizarding world.

Laura: Yeah, I think that’s what the crucial difference is, is that he had control over the Ministry in the seventh book, and I think He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named is just something that sort of came about from fear. Just like – it’s probably not the best example, but like for instance when you have curse words that people have come up with substitute words for, just because it’s something that people don’t like to say and people don’t like to hear.

Matt: Mhm, exactly.

Matt: Okay, so we start of with the chapter with Harry, Ron, and Hermione kind of – well, they’re in the dark in the tent because Ron used the Deluminator, and Harry sees Hermione pointing her wand at his face and using a swollen charm to blow up his face to unnatural size and unrecognisability. Is that a word?

Jamie: Yeah.

Laura: It is now. Okay, I don’t know. [laughs]

Matt: [laughs] So they’re captured by Fenrir Greyback, who apparently is allowed to wear Death Eater’s robes, but he’s not allowed to have a Death Eater mark because he’s not that great yet.


Greyback


Laura: Yeah. Does anyone find – and I noticed this while I was reading, the numerous times when Fenrir kind of made really disgusting comments about stuff he wanted to do to Hermione.

Jamie: Yeah, he’s a sociopath.

Laura: Yeah.

Jamie: He’s a brilliant character though, he’s an amazing character.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: He really is. And it’s interesting because I was actually just talking about this with a friend of mine a couple of weeks ago, and this friend in particular doesn’t read Harry Potter, and for a long time she’d been under the assumption that it was a children’s book, and I think that this is just another reminder that these books aren’t just meant for kids.

Jamie: It’s true, yeah.

Laura: Kids can read them, but it’s a book that’s meant for everybody. And you look at an issue like this complete objectification of women and then this guy clearly wanting to hurt Hermione.

Micah: Yeah.

Laura: I think it’s just another reminder that this is a very adult book.

Matt: It’s definitely a big reminder to also the children who read this that in a lot of situations when you’re in trouble people won’t give you lenience just because you’re a child.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: They will kill you if they can.

Micah: I was just going to say, it’s not just Hermione; he talks about washing Harry down with some Butterbeer.

Laura: Oh, yeah.

Micah: You know, he’s just a disgusting…

Jamie: Well, he doesn’t want to get indigestion, Micah, be fair.

[Laura laughs]

Micah: Yeah, that’s true. You don’t think – it’s not carbonated? That beer is not carbonated?

Matt: I don’t think [unintelligible] Maalox or something.

Jamie: [laughs] To be honest, I think I’d rather meet Voldemort down a dark alley then Greyback.

Laura: Me too.

Jamie: Because Voldemort, for all his sins, is a principled sociopath, which sounds anti…

Matt: At least you won’t feel anything after he kills you.

Jamie: Yeah, exactly.

Matt: Fenrir you’ll – well, let’s not go into that. I don’t want to talk about that. [laughs]

Jamie: He’s just going to kill you, Voldemort, because he doesn’t care about, you know – his powers, his goal, whereas Greyback, no one knows what his goal is, and ambiguity’s scary.

Matt: Fenrir also wants to scare his victims to the point of trembling.

Jamie: Yeah, exactly, yeah.

Matt: And breaks down. What I really love what J.K. Rowling does with every single – with the previous book, in Half-Blood Prince and in this book, she always mentions that Greyback smells like dirt, sweat and blood.

Jamie: And the tears of small children.

Matt: Oh yes, of course. It’s kind of like telling us what kind of a person he is, or what he does. That’s all in his mind that he’s always running, he’s always in the dirt, dirty and sweaty.

Laura: And killing people.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: I’d say he’s a disgusting human being, but I don’t even know that he’s a human being, to be honest. [laughs]

Matt: You know, I never thought – it never entered my mind that Fenrir Greyback was a wizard. I always saw him as just a werewolf.

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: Until this scene when they mentioned he had a wand in his hand. I don’t know why.

Laura: Yeah, he’s definitely, I think, one of the scarier characters in the books.

Micah: It’s going to be interesting to see him in this movie.

Jamie: Would you bring him home to your parents?

Matt: Not without a bath.

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: Awww, that’s so nice, Matt. Give people a chance, I like that. I like that. I mean he’s only a killer.

Matt: Yeah, I’ll put a muzzle on him first.

Jamie: Exactly, yeah. You can’t prejudge people just because they smell of dirt, sweat, and blood.

Laura: Just because they might kill your family?

Jamie: Yeah! Yeah, Laura. Open – broaden your horizons for God’s sake.


Draco’s Hesitation


Matt: Harry, Ron, and Hermione are taken up to Malfoy Manor to be shown to Voldemort initially. They’re going to Malfoy Manor to be inspected by the Malfoy family, and they are met by Narcissa Malfoy, and Lucius, and Draco. Now what I loved about this scene, especially, when they try to figure out if it’s really Harry or not, is that Draco is so hesitant with saying yes or no of confirming the identity of the trio. Why do you guys think that Draco was so hesitant when saying yes or no? I mean you always – you see him in Hogwarts always trying to get Harry, Ron, and Hermione in trouble, and this is like his biggest, huge moment to really just rat them out, but he doesn’t do it. Necessarily.

Jamie: There’s a difference between, you know, causing trouble for people and having all their blood on your hands. And he would have their blood on his hands completely.

Matt: Definitely.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: His – he knows that his decision basically is their mortality.

Jamie: Yeah, exactly.

Laura: Yeah. I think it’s just another example of – like when he couldn’t kill Dumbledore. Like, yeah, Draco may not necessarily be the world’s best guy, but he’s certainly not a killer. And even if you don’t like somebody – just imagine this – you’ve grown up with somebody through all of your teenage years, like you met them when you were eleven or whatever…

Jamie: Yeah.

Laura: …and then suddenly you’re seventeen years old and they die. Even if you didn’t like them, that is such a huge shock…

Jamie: It is, yeah.

Laura: …because you still grew up with them, and to – I don’t know, I couldn’t – I couldn’t turn somebody in like that. And I don’t think Draco could either.

Matt: Regardless of how – I mean you always have those people in, like, middle school and high school who you always pick a fight with and, you know, kind of like your enemies in school but never to an extent where you would want them dead.

Laura: No.

Jamie: Yeah, exactly.

Matt: That’s just a really bad position that Draco was in.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: I kind of actually have a little bit of sympathy for him in that.

Laura: Yeah, me too, because I feel like the thing about Draco is he just parrots a lot of what the people around him say, and because he’s honestly just such a spoiled rich brat, he’s never actually had to get his hands dirty, and then he discovers what all of that really entails and realizes that’s really not the kind of person he is.


The Malfoys


Matt: Mmhm. Well, and he’s also not really under his father’s protection anymore, either. I mean he always looked up to his dad. He’s not – I don’t really see him as Lucius Malfoy’s son, technically, because he’s not really the kind of person that Lucius is. Lucius just kisses up to whoever he can just to get power.

Laura: Mmhm.

Jamie: Yeah, but also about – sorry, go on.

Matt: No, sorry.

Jamie: Okay, well I was going to say you can also – I mean Lucius and Narcissa display sort of something that I think completely separates them from everyone else in that they’re still parents and they still – however much they kiss up to Voldemort, and everything, they still put Draco above everything else; whereas if you look in – is it the beginning of Half-Blood Prince when – when they go to Snape’s and Bellatrix says how if she had children, she’d, you know, give them up to the Dark Lord?

Matt: Be proud or something…

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: Definitely.

Jamie: Immediately.

Matt: Well, no. Well, at the very end of Deathly Hallows, too, they portrayed their much love for Draco by pretty much betraying Voldemort. Or Narcissa did that, basically.

Jamie: Yeah.


Harry’s Vision


Laura: Mmhm. Yeah, also something that – I mean we should probably just mention that happened a little bit before this – was Harry on the way to Malfoy Manor kept getting visions of Voldemort going to Grindelwald, and basically he was trying to get the Elder Wand out of him. So I mean at this point Harry’s not quite sure what that’s about, but…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Just thought we should mention it, because people – people get kind of bent out of shape when we don’t mention things, even if there’s not much discussion to be had about them.

Matt: Oh, yeah. Well, we can’t just talk every single sentence on the chapter, though, that would just be…

Laura: Oh, oh yeah we can. Didn’t you know that our new segment’s going to be Word-by-Word?

[Micah laughs]


Grindelwald vs. Voldemort: Who is More Evil?


Matt: Oh. I did – I did not know that. Okay. Oh, then that’s all better then. Well, since you were talking about that, I really like that quote that Grindelwald told Voldemort. It was like, “I knew you’d come, but your journey was pointless. I never had it.” Like Grindelwald was waiting for Voldemort to come.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Because he knew what he was after. From the get-go.

Laura: That’s very interesting.

Matt: Mmhm.

Jamie: And Grindelwald just doesn’t seem evil then, he seems like he’s recovered, and I think that solves…

Matt: No. He doesn’t.

Jamie: Huh?

Matt: No, I’m saying – I’m agreeing.

Jamie: Oh, right. Okay. I was just going to say that – it sort of- I think that solves the “who’s the more evil wizard?”, and Voldemort I think is leagues more evil than Grindelwald, because, obviously, he’s capable of redemption, and Jo has pointed out on many occasions that Voldemort is beyond help. Anyone’s help.

Matt: Mmhm. Oh, yeah. Definitely. I never really saw – after reading a little bit of this you can tell that Grindelwald was never really evil. That his whole vision of being evil was mostly due to most of the publicity that the whole – that his whole thing got.

Jamie: Yeah. Yeah.

Laura: I think – I think the thing about Grindelwald is, regardless of whether or not he was evil, he never really got the chance to act on it. So it’s almost like irrelevant, really.

Matt: I think it’s just that – I think Grindelwald’s just mainly just like a link to Dumbledore’s past.

Laura: Definitely.


Bellatrix Freaks Out About the Gryffindor Sword


Matt: Okay, so, we get a little bit into the sword when Bellatrix enters the house. Apparently, just before Bellatrix was about to announce to the Dark Lord to come over to Malfoy Manner, she sees the sword of Gryffindor and she starts to panic to, you know, to a grand scale, because apparently she had – she has, in her mind – the sword is in her vault at Gringotts that apparently Snape had given her to put in her vault. So – although she doesn’t know that that sword is actually the real one and the one in her vault is the fake. But the reason why she’s freaking out so much is because there’s something else in her vault that’s really, really, you know, valuable to Voldemort.

Laura: Well, I think…

Jamie: No, no, no, she’s freaking out because she thinks it’s a Horcrux.

Laura: She thinks that they stole it, yeah.

Jamie: Yeah, she thinks that – yeah.

Laura: She thinks that they took it out of her vault.

Matt: Well, yeah, she thinks that they took the Horcrux out of her vault.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, well, that’s what I meant. Sorry, I didn’t put it right.

Laura: No, that’s okay.

Jamie: You become more articulate, Matt.

Matt: Don’t even start with me, Brit.

[Jamie and Laura laugh]


Ron and Hermione’s Moment


Matt: Basically, Bellatrix gets really pissed off about the sword being stolen and she sends everyone but Hermione down to the cellar with the rest of the prisoners. And what I really loved about this little thing right here was when Ron was screaming out to Bellatrix to take him instead of Hermione, to put him in her place.

Laura: I know! Awww!

Matt: That’s like one of the very first times you ever see him proclaim his love for Hermione. He’s, you know, sacrificing himself for her safety.

Laura: Yeah, I just have to say when I read that, and I’m sure every other girl around the planet was like, “Awww,” because it was…

Matt: I think every single guy was like, “Here we go…”

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: Woah-ahh. Give…

Laura: [laughs] That’s so mean.

[Jamie and Matt laugh]

Jamie: We’re more emotional than that, the male species.

Laura: But it was – the whole scene where Bellatrix tortured Hermione was awful. Not awfully written, but just awful to read.

Matt: Awful to take in.

Laura: Yeah.


In the Cellar


Matt: Yeah. Well, while Ron – okay, Hermione’s getting tortured in the background, but let’s go with Harry and Ron right now. They’re being sent in the cellar where they meet Dean, Luna, and Ollivander and Griphook.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: So, yeah. So, okay, they finally find Luna; they know where her whereabouts are. And they are hearing the screams intermittently that are Hermione’s screams, and Ron is just screaming out Hermione’s name over and over again and – oh, Dobby came! Oh, no, no, no, no, I’m sorry, I’m skipping ahead. Sorry. After they’re hearing Hermione’s screams Harry quickly goes into the pouch that Hagrid gave him and looks into that mirror, and he sees Dumbledore’s eye, and he starts screaming.

Laura: Or what he thinks is Dumbledore’s eye.

Matt: Yeah. Quotes – “Dumbledore’s eye.” And he screams out, “Help us! We’re in the cellar at Malfoy Manor!” And then the eye blinks and runs off, and then a few seconds later Dobby comes.

Jamie: Lucky.

Laura: Yeah. And this ending, of course, we all know what happens at the end of the chapter, which is very sad, but from that point we know that Dobby takes Dean, Luna, and Ollivander?

Matt: Yes.

Laura: That’s right.

Matt: And then he takes them and as – but right before they go, Dean and Luna proclaim their allegiance to Harry, saying they want to help. They don’t want to leave Harry.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Which I thought was really sweet.

Laura: Yeah, they are cool. And I thought that the way that – even though when the trio was separated, the fact that they are still able to work together as a team – I think that’s really cool, because Harry was listening very intently while Ron was going crazy, and he heard Hermione say that the sword was a fake. And so of course he goes to Griphook and says, you have to tell them that this is a fake sword or else we’re doomed. So, you know, that’s what Griphook does and – yeah.

Matt: So after Draco takes Griphook and – to, you know, inspect the sword, they hear Dobby come back again, right? Don’t they? Something keeps…

Laura: No. No, it’s…

Matt: No, they hear a snap. They do hear a snap because that’s what – that’s why they call over Pettigrew to come down and see what the noise was.

Laura: Yeah, maybe they heard the crack of Dobby disapparating.

Matt: Yeah, I think that was it. Well, anyway…

Laura: And they send Wormtail.


Peter Pettrigrew’s Hand


Matt: Pettigrew, Peter Pettigrew, comes down, and Harry and Ron decide to ambush him and tackle him. But there is one incident.

Jamie: This scene was weird as hell. I did not understand this.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: It’s hard to talk about it because I don’t really – I got lost.

Laura: It was one of those scenes that I really had a hard time comprehending what exactly was happening, and I had to read it a couple times tonight. And, essentially, what I got from it was that the hand that Wormtail has – and maybe I should go over what the scene is, just for a refresher – but, essentially, when they ambush him, Wormtail puts his hand around Harry’s throat and Harry says, “Are you really going to do that? You owe me, I saved your life once before.” And what I got out of it is that the hand depended on a certain amount of strength from Wormtail, or at least a certain amount of self-preservation, and the second that Wormtail faltered, because he did, and he knew that Harry was right, the hand turned on him and took him instead.

Matt: Do you think that was Voldemort’s intention? Like that’s – because he knew what kind of person that Peter Pettigrew was, that he would just – since he betrayed the Potters so quickly he was afraid that Pettigrew would do the same thing. So at the moment where he falters his allegiance the hand would kill him?

Laura: Yeah, I would not be surprised at all. That completely sounds like something Voldemort would do.

Jamie: Oh, you think so? That’s very interesting, yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Jamie: That’s very interesting.

Micah: Yeah, I agree with that, Matt. I think that as soon as there was that moment of hesitation in Pettigrew’s mind…

Jamie: It would kill him.

Micah: …that the hand automatically would kill him. Because, who knows, you know, in that situation what’s going on? I mean, obviously, in this case it was – it was dealing with Harry, but, you know, it’s possible that had he done anything else that would be in betrayal of Voldemort, that the hand would just take care of him. And I like Laura’s point, though…

Jamie: It’s very good.

Micah: What you were saying about how he’s just – or was it Matt? That he’s not a reliable person. You know, we’ve seen him sort of go back and forth between sides all along.

Matt: Yeah. No, I mean it’s – it’s definitely – I mean, Voldemort’s not stupid. He – he knew – he used Peter Pettigrew to his advantage because he knew what kind of a person he was. But he also knows how dangerous it is to keep a person like that at your side when they’re so easily persuaded. So I – I also think that’s a good job on Voldemort’s part to keep…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …Peter Pettigrew on his side.

Laura: Yeah, see the thing is…

Matt: Because it’s a really strong hand. So as long as he has it he’s a good ally, but once he starts to betray, that hand will turn on him and kill him.

Jamie: It’s like a…

Matt: It’s obviously not intentional. It was – sorry.

Jamie: Sorry. No, go on. No, no, that’s okay. That’s okay.

Matt: No, it’s okay. I’m – I’m done.

Jamie: Okay, well no, no – I was going to make a stupid reference. Have you guys seen The Neverending Story?

Laura: No.

Jamie: Oh, well, there’s a…

Jamie: Oh, well, this is going to be lost then. But there was a big rock guy built out of rocks who ate rocks, and he had extremely strong hands as well. I don’t know why I thought of that. That’s a weird process.

Laura: [laughs] Okay.


Voldemort the Manipulator


Jamie: No, no, but going back to Harry Potter, I was going to say that when Bellatrix brings Griphook up, and then after he tells her it’s a fake, she slashes another injury in his face. It just goes to show that she’s completely soulless apart from when it comes to Voldemort. So she was terrified when her allegiance to Voldemort was doubted, and then as soon as it was shown that she hadn’t screwed up and she hadn’t lost her – lost the Horcrux, then she was fine and back to normal and hurting people.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. Oh no, I definitely agree with that.

Laura: I think in both cases it goes to show that, you know – and I mean we already know this, but Voldemort is an extremely good manipulator.

Jamie: Yeah.

Laura: You know? Because he knows exactly the right things to say to Bellatrix to keep her, you know, sort of cooing at his side, and then he knows what exactly to give Wormtail to sort of keep his allegiance, but at the same time he draws that fine line by saying, you know, “The second Wormtail turns his back on me, he’s going to die, and I don’t even have to be there for it to happen.”

Micah: Yeah.

Jamie: Yeah.

Micah: I feel it’s that way with a lot of people, though.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: I mean he doesn’t care who dies at his expense, so to speak. You know? It – it doesn’t have to be Wormtail. I mean just in this case it is, but he doesn’t care about anybody just as long as it’s him who ends of prevailing in the end.

Laura: Right.

Matt: Well, I’m sure he has a slight favoritism to Bellatrix, ‘cause we – we noticed that in the very last chapter…

Micah: Yeah. Yeah, you’re right.

Matt: …in the Hogwarts scene, he shows a little concern, but…yeah, I definitely agree with that.


Harry and Ron Try to Save Pettrigrew


Laura: You know what I found really interesting, though, kind of switching to another perspective, is that when the hand starts strangling Wormtail Harry and Ron try to save him.

Micah: It’s their nature.

Laura: And I found – I know, and it’s just interesting because you consider, like, they are such innately good people [laughs] that even though they’re all in danger, their friend is upstairs being tortured, if there is someone in front of them dying, even if that person is a bad person, they still try to save him. And it’s interesting…

Matt: Well, yeah. I think a lot of people could relate to that, too, I mean it’s – someone is killing themselves right in front of their face. Their – your initial reaction would be to try to stop that from happening.

Micah: Yeah, I mean think about all the movies you’ll see, like, in the end the kidnapper or the murderer will try to put the gun up to their head and, you know, essentially kill themselves, and you always have the cops or the people who are there that they’ve tortured for so long, try and jump and save them from doing it. I just think it’s a natural thing that people just try and do. Plus, two life debts are better than one, so…

Laura: [laughs] Yeah, that’s true. That’s true. Good point.


Escaping from the Cellar and the Fight That Follows


Matt: Okay, so after Pettigrew’s death, Harry and Ron run up to the foyer, or whatever place this is taking place at, and there becomes a huge fight between Ron, Hermione, and Harry, and, you know, the Death Eaters, and – which really kind of just splits them apart is the huge chandelier that falls down onto Bellatrix and Hermione. And we find out that’s due to Dobby, who comes in to help them save themselves.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: So you guys want to elaborate a little bit on what happens after that?

Laura: Well, essentially, like you said, there’s a bit of a showdown, you know, and of course – at first Harry and Ron kind of have the upper hand, but then Bellatrix sort of puts a knife to Hermione’s throat and says, you know, “drop ’em or she dies.”

Matt: Right, and that’s when the glass chandelier falls.

Laura: You know what I found interesting about that – and I guess this might be me reading too much into it – but it seems like it would have been in Bellatrix’s character, at least I could see her doing this, that the second Harry and Ron drop their wands that she would have slit Hermione’s throat anyway.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: It just seems like something she would have done. I don’t know, but, you know, of course would have kind of ruined the plot.

Micah: She’s crazy. She’s just nuts, man. She’s like out there with Fenrir Greybeck.

Jamie: [mimicking Micah] She’s nuts, man.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: [laughs] What’s that?

Jamie: [still mimicking Micah] She’s nuts.

Micah: She is, Jamie! I’m serious. She’s nuts, man.

Jamie: Dude.

Micah: She’s out there with Fenrir Greyback, dawg.

Jamie: Dawg, man, dude. I think we should rewrite Harry Potter and…

[Micah laughs]

Jamie: …completely Americanize it.

Matt: Well, if it was us who were writing the Harry Potter series, the trio wouldn’t live past the first book. If it was…

Jamie: Why, because we’re sadistic?

Matt: No, because I just want them dead.

Jamie: Ah, so you’re sadistic?

Matt: [laughs] I’m just kidding.

[Jamie and Matt laugh]

Matt: Yeah, but I do see that that is in Bellatrix’s character to, you know, just to fool them – to trust them – to trust her that she wouldn’t kill.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: Yep.


Dobby’s Death


Matt: So, okay, Dobby comes in to save them and Dobby grabs on to Harry – Dobby grabs on to Harry, who grabs on to Hermione and Ron, and at the very last second Dobby just disapparates with them, and while they’re floating out there’s kind of like a little jolt with Dobby’s hand, right? There’s something that signifies to us…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …that Dobby’s doing something. Like…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …he’s pulling them away or something.

Laura: Well, Harry said that he felt Dobby squeeze his hand, and his arm sort of jerked, and he thought that Dobby was trying to steer the direction in which they were going. I think that was when Bellatrix stabbed him.

Matt: Yeah.

Jamie: Yeah, I think so too.

Matt: Well, she stabbed him – did she stab him or, like, throw her knife at him? Because they weren’t really very close, were they?

Laura: She might…

Jamie: She throws it.

Laura: She stabbed him or threw it.

Jamie: She throws it. She throws it.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, she does something. I always thought she threw the knife at him.

Jamie: No, she does. She does.

[Jamie and Laura laugh]

Laura: She impales him with a knife, whether by stabbing or throwing it.

Jamie: [laughs] No, no, she does! She throws the knife. She definitely throws the knife.

Laura: [laughs] Okay, is it that big of a deal? He still gets stabbed.

Matt: He’s so gung-ho about this. Okay, let’s just go with that.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Matt: So, after she stabs him – after she throws the knife at him, why do you think he was squeezing it? I think the reason why he felt a really big squeeze from Dobby is because Dobby was trying to fight the pain until they were gone. Until they were safely back. Like, he was fighting death while he was out there.

Laura: Yeah. Yeah, I think that works just fine.

Matt: Okay.

Laura: I mean, also, if, you know, I were holding…

Matt: Well, he has a freaking knife in his stomach, too.

Laura: …someone’s hand and someone stabbed me, I think right when they stabbed me, I might jolt a little bit but, you know, that’s just me.

Matt: I think…

Laura: I don’t know how you react when people stab you.

Matt: Ow! Ow! Ow! I would probably do that. Okay, so, that’s pretty much the end of the chapter. No, no, it’s not! It’s not! Sorry.

Laura: [laughs] And then…

Matt: I don’t want to…

Laura: So sad.

Matt: …relive this scene again. That’s why.

Laura: Aw. Well, as we all know, Dobby dies and it’s really, really sad.

Matt: It’s really sad because the last two words that come from Dobby’s mouth is, [whispering] “Haaaaarry Poooootter.”

Laura: Yeah, and I think one of the – the way the chapter ends is so, I thought, really heartbreaking too, because it said something about how his eyes were reflecting the stars that they couldn’t see, and I was just like, “Oh, no!”

Matt: Yeah, his eyes glazed a bit and you could see the reflection of the stars. That was horrible.

Laura: It’s a bloodbath in this book. [laughs]

Micah: It’s probably the worst death in the series for me. What about you guys?

Jamie: No, Sirius, Sirius.

Micah: I knew you were going to say Sirius. Okay, I’m sorry.

Jamie: It’s okay.

Micah: But, what do you guys think? I mean…

Laura: I think it was one of the worst.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: I would have to say.

Matt: It was definitely one of the most emotional scenes in the book. Not in the series, Jamie, in the book.

Jamie: All right. Okay, okay, that’s fine, Matt.

[Micah laughs]

Jamie: That’s fine, Matt.

Matt: Well, I think it’d be a more emotional scene in the book rather than when we see it in the movies because we see Dobby in pretty much every single book after Book 2. But we’ve only seen Dobby in the second movie.

Laura: Yeah, and I mean, do we even know if Dobby’s going to be in the film?

Micah: I would hope so.

Matt: Yeah, I can pretty much – yeah, they’d better.

Micah: They’re splitting it in two and they should probably think about including…

Laura: Yeah, that’s true. That’s true.

Matt: Are we going to have a little musical tribute to Dobby’s death?

Laura: Yeah, but I think we’re going to have to make Andrew come up with that because I don’t have anything.

Matt: Okay, so…

Laura: Give him some work to do since he bailed on us this week…

Jamie: Yeah.

Laura: …to go hang out with Robert Pattinson and Stephanie Meyer. Jerk.

Micah: Oh man.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: But something about being free, I would think. Right?

[“I Want to Break Free” by Queen begins playing]

Matt: Yeah. “I want to break free!”

Laura: “Break free!” [laughs]

Jamie: Oh yeah. Yeah. Oh, god yeah.

[Song continues to play for a while]

MuggleCast 139 Transcript (continued)


Harry Gets the Elder Wand


Micah: There was one more thing, I just didn’t know if we should bring it up. Maybe, maybe not. The Elder Wand. Harry actually gets it in this chapter, doesn’t he?

[Song ends]

Matt: Oh, yes, he does! I forgot to talk about that. Yeah, he steals two wands, doesn’t he? He has two wands in his hand.

Laura: Yeah. Yeah, that’s right.

Matt: It definitely says he grabs Draco’s wand. And little does he know what he has in his hand.

Micah: Ooooo….

[Laura laughs]


New Segment: Houses


Matt: All right, so let’s move on to – let’s move the show along a little bit. So, we’re going to move on to our next segment. It’s relatively new. And Laura and I were talking about this the other day. Laura, do you want to emphasize a little bit on it?

Laura: Yeah, yeah. A while back, you, me, and Andrew were driving through the nothing that is Southern Maryland. We were talking about – you know, on the show we’ve never actually talked about what our Houses are. In all of this time of doing our shows, we’ve never, ever done that. So, we thought, it might be kind of fun to go around and talk about what we think each others’ Houses are. Maybe, eventually, if people like hearing about it, we can talk about other people. Like maybe celebrities, or you guys could send in your thoughts about who you might like to hear us talk about in reference to their House. So, there you go. Let us know what you think of
it.

Micah: So, we’re doing who we think each other would be in? Or who we think…

Matt: I think it would be a little funnier if we guessed who the other person is.

Laura: Yeah, I think so too.

Matt: Instead of just who we think. Because that’s kind of ignorant and, really, who wants to hear what we think about ourselves? It’s funnier if we try to talk about other people.

Micah: Well, I think for the first one we should try and – isn’t that what you were saying, Laura? We’ve never discussed on the show what Houses…

Laura: Yeah, we’ve never talked about us.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: He’s saying like let’s…

Matt: Okay.

Laura: …decide for each other. Micah, I would tell you. We all would tell you what we thought you’d be in.

Micah: All right. Do I get to agree or disagree?

Laura: Yeah. Sure, sure.

Matt: Yeah. You can say who you think. Yeah. All right. So, we’re going to move on to Micah, since we’re talking about him. So, Micah, who do you think – what House you think you should be in?

Micah: I would say, probably, Ravenclaw. What do you guys think of that? Do you agree/disagree? I mean, you guys know me pretty well by now.

Matt: Ummm….

Laura: Well, you know, you’re definitely intelligent and I think that’s…

Jamie: Logical too. So, yeah. Probably Ravenclaw.

Laura: Yeah. Although I have to say, you’re a little bit perverted sometimes. And it seems like most of the perverts are over in Slytherin.

Micah: Yeah. I knew that was coming.

Laura: Yeah, I mean, I don’t know.

Matt: But you’re…

Micah: Wait, wait, who’s perverted in Slytherin?

Laura: They just all make – they’re more likely to make comments about people. You remember on the train in the sixth book where they were talking about how hot Ginny was in the train – all the Slytherins were.

Jamie: But, Laura, all boys talk about that. Come out from under the rock!

Matt: That’s true.

Laura: Yeah, but…

[Micah laughs]

Laura: No, but – I mean – I’m not under a rock, okay? But it just seems like there – never mind. Fine then!

Jamie: No, no, no! It’s fine. Go on, keep going. Keep going.

[Matt laughs]

Matt: Micah, I think you should be in – my reason why you should be in Ravenclaw is probably because a lot of the Ravenclaws tend to be
very hesitant with what they initially say. They think about what they’re going to say before they say it. And since that’s what usually you do, especially on the show, you pretty much wait until you have something logical to say in the show to bring your points. And I think that’s one of the biggest Ravenclaw attributes.

Laura: Think before you leap, basically?

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah. And I don’t know how many Jewish people would be in Slytherin. You know? I don’t know if that would work.

Laura: Oh, yeah, yeah. That may not work out very well.

Jamie: True.

Micah: Can you imagine like – no, I’m not going to say anything.

[Laura laughs]

Micah: That would be crossing boundaries I’ll can get in trouble for.

Matt: Yeah. See, that’s why I couldn’t comment on that because I didn’t want to…

Micah: Could you just hear like – I mean, honestly, I don’t know. Like, “Harvey Waltenberg – Slytherin!”

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: That’s genius, Micah. That’s genius.

Micah: “Paul Rubenstein – Slytherin!”

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Just doesn’t fit, does it?

Matt: Let’s move on to Jamie. Jamie, what House do you think you’re in?

Jamie: Well, I want to be in Gryffindor. I just – to me it’s the only House for me, Gryffindor. I think I put other people before myself.

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: And I’d like to think in the heat of battle I’d sacrifice myself for other people.

Matt: Would you, really?

Jaime. Yeah, no. I seriously would. I seriously believe I would. Obviously, it’s hard to tell because, you know, you aren’t in that situation.
But, honestly, I think I would. And I don’t think I’m stupid, but I don’t think I’m insanely clever. And I don’t think I’m a complete doofus. I don’t think I’d be in Hufflepuff. Sorry, I’ll offend loads of people by saying that. And Slytherin, I think, is just a bit mean, to be honest. So, I want to say…

Matt: Yeah, I can believe that. I can see you as Gryffindor.

Laura: Yeah, me too.

Jamie: Awww!

Laura: That makes sense.

Jamie: Thank you.

Matt: Why don’t you want to be in Hufflepuff?

Jamie: Full of doofuses.

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: No, no. I don’t. I just haven’t particularly felt any draw or affinity towards Hufflepuff like I have for Gryffindor, to be honest. And I like the Gryffindor common room. I think it symbolizes what I like: Chairs by roaring fire, camaraderie, that kind of thing. Unlike the cold, heartless Slytherin dungeon. And… yeah.

Micah: We have fire.

Jamie: What? What, in Slytherin?

Micah: Yeah, we have fire down there.

Matt: Yeah, they have fire.

Jamie: Yeah, but it’s like a crappy one in a stone wall. I don’t know…

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: I want a roaring log fire, and the hum decent chatter…

Micah: But Ravenclaw, too. I think Ravenclaw, I don’t know – Slytherin – I’m just trying to defend them a little bit.

Matt: Let’s move on to Laura now. Laura?

Laura: You know, I’ve never been able – I think I’m just a Muggle, you guys, I don’t know. I’ve never been able to pick which one I thought I would fit into. Maybe that’s lame of me.

Jamie: No, no, no, go on. You have to say one.

Laura: I have – oh my God. I don’t know…

Jamie: You get a free MacBook Air if you say.

Laura: Oh really?

Jamie: Yeah.

Matt: Well, you’re very political, and you’re very…

Jamie: You are very political.

Matt: And you love to read, apparently, and…

Laura: Apparently? Okay.

Jamie: Only erotic fiction, Matt.

Matt: Oh, that’s right. Only fan-fiction.

Jamie: Yeah.

Laura: That’s my favorite. You know, RestrictedSecion.org?

Jamie: Yeah.

Laura: I love that place. That’s where I always go.

[Jamie laughs]

Micah: Is that a real site?

Laura: I actually read that before I read Harry Potter. Yeah, it is. [laughs]

Micah: Wow.

Laura: It’s like NC-17 Harry Potter fan-fiction. It’s so bad.

Matt: Ooo! Link me.

Jamie: Awww…

[Jamie and Matt laugh]

Laura: I don’t know, I just – I guess I always feel like people think about the best aspects of themselves when they place themselves in Houses, so…I don’t know. I feel like I could be really obnoxious and be like, “Well, I read a lot, so I could be a Ravenclaw.” And, “I think that I’d sacrifice myself for my friends, so I’d be a Gryffindor.”

Jamie: Well, yeah, yeah, there are different qualities, but it has to be like – which one do you think you’d be in if you had to pick your…

Matt: The one – your biggest attributes…

Laura: I guess – Ravenclaw, fine. Ravenclaw. I would be a Ravenclaw.

Matt: Well, since you can’t decide, I would think Hufflepuff because…

Laura: You’re a…

Matt: …he wanted all the rest. Remember? She said “I’ll take the rest, don’t wanna participate…”

Laura: Nooo, I don’t want to be a loser!

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Wow.

Laura: Just kidding. I’m just kidding.

Matt: Oh man.

Laura: Hufflepuffs are not losers.

Matt: Well, now I can’t say what House I’m in. I always saw myself as a Gryffindor also, but I was always really ashamed of saying it because everybody wants to be a Gryffindor. So…

Jamie: No, I know what you mean, there is that – sorry, go on.

Matt: It’s just, everybody talks about, “Oh, I’m in Gryffindor because the trio’s part of it.”

Jamie: Well, exactly. Yeah.

Matt: But, it’s – it’s like – so if I say I’m a Gryffindor, then that technically means that I’m just conforming to what all the fans want – say they are. And it’s just not true.

Jamie: No, I think you would be a Gryffindor. I think you would be a Gryffindor. I’d have put you in there.

Matt: Yeah, I tend to talk a lot, and don’t necessarily think about what I say before I say it sometimes. And I think that’s a Gryffindor attribute.

[Jamie laughs]

Matt: A lot of people don’t see the negative aspects of being a Gryffindor, like…

Jamie: They don’t, no.

Matt: …everybody has their good and bad. Everyone thinks that Gryffindors are just the perfect House, and that’s really not true.

Jamie: It’s not true at all, no.

Matt: They tend to be very brave, but they also tend to be very headstrong with what they believe, and…

Jamie: And reckless.

Matt: And reckless, definitely. I mean, even though they have good intentions, it’s not always the best intentions.

Jamie: Yeah. Yep.

Matt: So…

Jamie: Absolutely. Absolutely.

Matt: So, yeah, I would say Gryffindor.

Laura: ‘Kay.

Matt: M’kay.

Jamie: I think you would be a Gryffindor. Definitely, yeah.

Matt: Oh, thanks. We have the same House. You two, Laura, Micah, you have your blue room, we’ll have the red one.

[Jamie laughs]

Laura: Okay. [laughs] All right. Well, if you guys all liked that then you can write in to us at, you know, each of our little at staff dot mugglenet dot com e-mail addresses, and you can suggest ANYBODY that you would like to know what their House would be, and we’ll discuss it.

Jamie: All right, well – well I think – well can I say – I think that this should be used by psychologists to help evaluate people, like – the Houses, you know – if you self-identify as a Gryffindor then that says a lot about you, so I look forward to the day when it’s up in every psychologist’s office. You know, a huge Hogwarts banner with the four Houses, and then you pick one, and then they’re like, “Mmm…interesting…”

Laura: Because they control the world, right, Jamie?

Jamie: Yes they do, Laura, yes they do. Very good. Very good. They do control the world.

Micah: They really do.

Jamie: They do.

Matt: Yeah, no, with all seriousness they run our freaking world.

Micah: They do.

Matt: It’s true.

Micah: They honestly do. You think those guys charge what, $150-200 an hour or whatever they do? Think about how much money that is.

Matt: That’s at least $10.

Laura: [laughs] What?

Micah: I’m going to sit in my basement…

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: …and make $150-200 an hour just talking to people.

Jamie: Amen.

Matt: Well, no, you don’t even talk. You just listen.

Jamie: You listen. You just listen, yeah.

Micah: How interesting.

Laura: And pretend to write on a clipboard.

Matt: Mmhmm.


Make the Connection


Laura: All right, so, I think, Jamie, we were going to have you do some Make the Connections for us before our time is up.

Jamie: Okay.

Matt: Have you got any?

Jamie: Why, has everyone – I can make some up if everyone’s feeling…

Laura: Yeah, yeah, do it. We’re feeling adventurous.

Jamie: Are we?

Matt: The fans really miss it. They – they really want you. I was trying to do it while you were gone and I just…

Laura: They really want you.

Jamie: Awww, I’m sure you did it well. I’m sure you did it well, Matt. I’m sure you did it well.

Micah: It was awful.

Matt: I just – yeah – it – it blew.

Jamie: Okay. Okay, Laura, you have to…

Laura: Oh boy.

Jamie: …make the connection between Harry Potter, obviously, and a fossilized mammal buying out the Fox T.V. Network.

[Everyone snickers]

Laura: Gosh… A fossilized – a fossilized mammal, you said?

Jamie: Yes, stop – stop splitting hairs, Laura, and get on with it.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: You know, I guess it’s kind of along the lines of Voldemort taking over the Ministry, because he was so old. I mean he’s like what? A hundred and something?

Jamie: He’s old, yeah.

Laura: Yeah, he’s pretty old.

Jamie: Either way he’s old, yeah.

Laura: And he’s basically taking over this huge industry that has such an effect on their world, so I think that would be it.

Jamie: That’s good, very good, very quick. Very impressed. Okay. Matt?

Matt: Yes.

Jamie: Okay, you sir, your challenge is to make a connection between harry Potter and tripping over a set of stainless steel playing cards on the top of Trump Tower.

Matt: Stainless steel.

[Jamie laughs]

Matt: We all know that Trump pretty much wants to be associated with everyone, and he read on one of the wizarding cards that he spent 200,000 pounds on to get a steel version of to play with Neville Longbottom. But what he was intending to do was – he was going to – he was going to have Neville play with him on the very top of Trump Tower and as he – Neville came up he tripped over one of the steel Dumbledore wizarding cards and fell of the building.

Jamie: That’s very good.

Matt: But he bounced, so it’s okay.

Jamie: That’s very good, Matt, but that’s a story, that’s not a connection

[Laura laughs]

Matt: There is no connection…

Jamie: No..

Matt: How the hell can I make a connection with that?

Jamie: [laughs] The whole point of Make the Connection is – You just made up a story. Although, I like your way of doing it. It shows drive, initiative and feeling, which are misplaced attributes in today’s world. Well done.

Matt: Well, isn’t it my thing to never get this segment anyway?

Jamie: Yeah.

Micah: Pretty much.

[Everyone laughs]

Jamie: Laura, Micah, yours is to make a connection between Harry Potter and a rare breed of leopard opening a new terminal at O’Hare International Airport.

Matt: This is in Chicago.

Micah: No, I know.

Matt: Oh, okay. I’m sorry, jeez. I was just really proud of myself for knowing that.

Micah: Oh, Okay. That’s a good job. Nice job. A rare breed of leopard, huh?

Jamie: Yeah, an extremely rare breed of leopard.

Micah: Well then you could just compare it to Crookshanks being able to mysteriously open up the passage to the Shrieking Shack.

Jamie: That’s good. No, that’s good.

Micah: Yeah.

Jamie: Very good, I like that a lot, yeah

Micah: And Crookshanks is sort of a rare breed, isn’t he?

Jamie: Yeah, he is.

Laura: Yeah, he is

Jamie: Well, a clever cat like that.

Laura: Well, he’s part Kneazle.

Jamie: Yeah.

Micah: All right, that’s my job. I’m done tonight.

Jamie: I liked that, I liked that a lot.

Micah: I still go back to the one…

Matt I think I’m so…

Micah: …about Hedwig blowing up. I don’t remember what you asked me to make the connection on, but that was still my favorite one.

Jamie: What was that?

Micah: You made some really cracked out connection about something blowing up and I compared it to Hedwig exploding…

Jamie: I remember, that was awesome, yeah. Beautiful, beautiful, guys, beautiful.

Matt: All right, well I think that does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast.

Micah: Thank God.

Matt: Next week – just want to let everyone know that Andrew will be back. Yeah, that’s right!

Jamie: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: He will be fresh out of the…

Jamie: Yeah, yeah.

Matt:Twilight movie set to definitely come and discuss some of the interviews that he had with the cast and crew of the shmovie. Shmovie.

Micah: If he not like over on the Hannah Montana set or something like that.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Yeah.


Contact Information


Matt: So, let’s remind everyone about our contact information before we wrap up today. Laura, if anyone wants to send anything to the P.O. Box, anything pickle related, what do they do?

Laura: Well, I don’t know where they’re going to send anything pickle related, but if you want to send us some gold, you can send that to:

P.O. Box 3151

Cumming, Georgia
30028

Matt: Eve!

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Are you going to keep going or…

Matt: Yeah, yeah, okay.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay, here we go. You can also call in a MuggleCast voicemail. We’re going to get back to them soon, I promise. I’m sorry. [laughs]

Laura: [laughs] You – Oh my god. You’re just supposed to give the numbers, Matt.

Matt: Yeah, please, please, please, please, please…

Jamie: This is what happens when Andrew isn’t hosting the show.

Laura: All right, you can also call in and leave us a voicemail over Skype. You can do that on your Skype username or you can call us with a few of our numbers. We have 121-820-MAGIC if you are in the United States. If you are in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re Down Under you can call us at 028-003-5668. Please keep your question under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible. You can also visit us at MuggleCast.com for your handy feedback forum and contact anyone of us. You can also use out first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Matt, you are now matt at staff dot mugglenet dot com, right?

Matt: I am.

Jamie: Who…

Laura: You are, excellent.

Jamie: Who did you have to pay off do get that e-mail address?

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Micah: Brent.

Matt: You don’t even want to know.

Laura: Didn’t we have another Matt at one point?

Matt: Yeah, we did, that’s why I couldn’t have it.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: No, I still can’t, I can’t have Matthew. It was just Matt.

Laura: Yeah, Matt. Well, no one calls you Matthew. Anyway…

Jamie: I call you Matthew.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Don’t, please? You can call me Mattie.

Jamie: No, because I can’t say that properly.

Laura: Oh please, can I start calling you Matthew? What’s your middle name, Matt?

Matt: Thomas

Jamie: Oooh!

[Show music begins playing]

Laura: Can I start calling you Matthew Thomas? When I get mad at you?

Matt: Yeah, you can say Matthew Thomas, or Matthew Tom. My mom does that.

Laura: Awww. That’s cute.

Jamie: Matt Tom.

Laura: All right, well… [laughs] …also, don’t forget about our community outlets. You can go to the MySpace, the Facebook, the YouTube, the Frappr, the Last.fm, and the fanlisting forums, where a few of us are answering questions. I think that’s what me, Matt, Andrew… Micah? Have you been answering questions over there?

Micah: Yeah, now and then I do.

Matt: Yeah, yeah.

Laura: Yeah. Jamie, Jamie. You need to go over there…

Jamie: Okay, I will.

Laura: …and register for an account. You’re such a liar.

Jamie: No, no, I have an account. I have an account. Seriously, I do.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Matt: [imitating Jamie] Please, please, I beg you.

Jamie: Seriously, I beg you.

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: Have a heart, Laura. Have a heart.

Laura: You know I don’t have one of those, Jamie. I have a steel pump. It’s far more efficient.

[Jamie laughs]

Matt: She’s a girl.

Jamie: Ooooh…..

Matt: Sorry.

Laura: Excuse me?!

Matt: What?

Laura: Yeah, get quiet. That’s what I thought. Anyway, also please Digg the show at Digg.com, and I don’t think they can vote for us at Yahoo!Podcast anymore, can they? I think they got rid of that.

Matt: Yeah, no, they got rid of it.

Laura: Yeah, sorry. I’m reading from the Episode 128 transcript, because, you know, some people don’t get the transcripts up in a timely manner.

Micah: And what exactly do you do for the show, Laura?

Laura: I’m here, Micah.

Micah: [laughs] Yeah, I know.

Laura: I’m here. Okay?

Micah: I know. I know. I know.

Laura: All right.

Micah: We love joking around with each other.

Laura: And…

Matt: Yeah…

Micah: Whatever. Anyway.


Show Close


Laura: All right, I think that wraps things up, so for this episode, I’m Laura Thompson. Forever a feminist.

Jamie: I’m Jamie Lawrence.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: I’m Matt Britton. [imitating Andrew] And I’m Andrew Sims. We’re going to see you all next week for Episode 140.

Laura: With our newly implemented show program.

Matt: [imitating Andrew] Yeah! Yeah! Yeah!

Laura and Matt: [imitating Andrew] All right!

[Laura laughs]

Laura: All right, bye.

Micah: Bye.

Matt: Bye.

Jamie: Buh-bye.

[Show music ends]


Blooper 1


Matt: [imitating Andrew] Whoa-hooo. Welcome, everyone! Picklepack… God darn!

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay, one more time.


Blooper 2


Matt: Okay, well, let’s – Micah, do you want to introduce yourself?

Micah: I did.

Laura: He already did. Just be like, “Now…

Matt: “…for the news.” I’m sorry.

Laura: “…let’s go over to Micah Tannenbaum.”

Matt: All right. Well, now let’s go over to Micah the Muggle…[fumbles over his words]

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Well, you can say I’m back this week…

Laura: Can we just leave it like that?

Micah: …because all the contest winners have been doing stuff for the last…

Laura: Oh yeah, you could do that.

Matt: Why don’t you talk about the contest?

Laura: Well – he has – why don’t we do that after he does the news?

Matt: All right. Well, let’s…

Laura: Just be like, “Micah Tannenbaum is back after…”

Micah: Like a month because Andrew did it for a while – or Andrew did it for a week, then the two people did it, so I haven’t been around.

Jamie: Who’s the two people?

Micah: We did a contest. We said – we had them send in the news and…

Jamie: Oh, that’s cool.

Micah: People voted on who they thought was the best, and those two people did it for two weeks.

Jamie: Oh, that’s cool. Awesome. Awesome.

Micah: Revolutionary.

Matt: Well, now let’s take it over…

Micah: Now…

Matt: Sorry.

Micah: I’m done.

Matt: Sorry. Okay. Well, let’s take it over to Muggle… Damn, what’s your name?

Micah and

Matt: Micah.

Micah: We’ve met before, I think.

Matt: Now let’s take it over to…

[Laura laughs]

Matt: We have at least once. Okay.


Blooper 3


Laura: Get to know different people.

Micah: It’s a step up from…

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Oh, my God. You’re a giant…

Jamie: Genius. Genius. Genius.

Laura: For the record, I never brought him home to my parents. Okay.

Micah: Ten points to me.


Blooper 4


Becca: I’m on the radio! I’m on the radio!

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: What?

Matt: Who the – what the hell was that?

Laura: Bye, Becca.

Micah: Your who?

Matt: Oh. Is that your neighbor who’s apparently a big fan?

Laura: No, no, that’s a friend of mine.


Blooper 5


Jamie: What’s a male feminist? Like a person…

Laura: A slave driver?

Jamie: Oh, that’s so – that’s so sexist, Laura.

Laura: [laughs] I’m just kidding. I’m just kidding! But were you talking about the male equivalent of a feminist or a man who is a feminist?

Jamie: Because, see, I wasn’t sure. [laughs] Both.

Laura: [laughs] Okay. Well, I would say that we’ve had some very good examples of the male equivalent of a feminist throughout history.

Jamie: Masculinist.

Laura: Yeah!

Jamie: That sounds like a musician.

Laura: There have actually probably been quite a few of those. You know, they’re really big on invading other people’s countries. And killing their…

Jamie: Oh, Laura, that is awful. That’s so sexist.

[Laura, Matt and Micah laugh]

Laura: I’m not saying about you, I’m talking about masculinists, as you say… [laughs]

Jamie: No, you can’t say that the male equivalent is chauvinistic. That’s your claim.

Laura: Well, it is. You know I’m just kidding.

Jamie: I know. I know.

Laura: Not really, but…

Jamie: Giggety.

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: Matt, do a Family Guy impression.

Matt: Yeah, yeah, I got it. [laughs]

Jamie: No, do one. Do one. Sorry.

[Matt laughs imitating “Family Guy”]

[Jamie laughs]

Jamie: All right.

Laura: Okay.

Matt: I think we can skip the next e-mail.

Laura: Do you want to?

Matt: It’s the same thing that we talked about.

Laura: Yeah, I wasn’t sure if we wanted to, like – see, I thought this was – this next e-mail is actually kind of offensive.

Jamie: Yeah, ’cause it’s from a girl, isn’t it, Laura?

[Micah laughs]

Matt: Yeah. I like this, though.

Laura: No, no, no, I said I thought this was offensive.

Jamie: Yeah, whatever, whatever. We know you’re all in league with each other.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, we are.

———————–

Transcript #138

MuggleCast 138 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com

[Show music begins]

Macintosh Computer: Because MuggleCast is amazing, this is MuggleCast Episode 138 for March 25th, 2008.

[Music continues to play]

Andrew: All right, we’re coming off our big interview this week with Jim Dale. Big success, right, Micah?

Micah: Yeah. It was a really good interview.

Andrew: And I’m just going to bet and say that best interview ever with an audiobook narrator after Deathly Hallows.

Micah: It’s a safe bet.

Andrew: Hands down.

Mikey: Wow.

Eric: I’m going to bet and I’m going to say that we’ll be using that intro on all of our shows from now on.

Andrew: It was a lot of fun, we’re getting a lot of good feedback from it, so great success.

Mikey: Good job!

Andrew: Yes. We got another big show this week, so I don’t think we should waste any time. Also because I’m out of jokes. So we’ve got some rebuttals, we’ve got some voicemails, we’ve got some Muggle Mail, and Make the Connection. All the good stuff. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

[Music continues to play]


News


Andrew: MuggleCast special guest news anchor Ash Jackson is in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Ash.

Ash: Thanks, and welcome to the MuggleCast News for March 25th, 2008. We’ve got interviews, curses, and movies cut in half. If the weekly Harry Potter News is a roller coaster, this week is the part where you’re roaring downhill at a mile a minute screaming at the top of your lungs. I’m Ash Jackson, let’s get to it.

An interview with J.K. Rowling was recently published by an Edinburgh student newspaper. The interview, however, was much more like a friendly conversation. The subject of the interview flows freely from discussing the strong support and dissent that Jo has received over the years as a result of writing her Harry Potter books to the few true life beyond the series. All the while, however, it’s evident that Jo is still as down to earth as any world famous person can be. In the interview she jokes that Dumbledore’s sexuality is a non-issue because, as she says, “It’s Dumbledore, for God’s sake. There are twenty things that are relevant to the story before his sexuality.” Later, while discussing her current and future writing projects, Jo explains that, though it is not currently on her schedule, she is always wanted to write a novel about a stand-up comedian. The full text of the interview can be found on the MuggleNet website.

And lastly, from the AustralianNews.com, the suggestion that the sixth film is cursed, citing a storm damage to movie sets, death threats from stalkers, and hijinx in Surrey involving special effects fog, and streakers. The article suggests that the actors feel the movie has been jinxed, though no direct sources are provided.

This is Ash Jackson thanking you for the chance to present the Harry Potter news for the week of March 25, 2008. And now back to your regularly scheduled MuggleCast.

Andrew: All right, great job, Ash!

Micah: You’re welcome… Oh! Sorry.

Andrew: Oh, man.

Eric: Oh, dude. Stepping on toes, there.

Micah: We didn’t do that in rehearsal.

Mikey: Oh, Micah. You’re funny.

Andrew: That wasn’t planned.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

[Show music fades]

Andrew: Micah, you’re going to have to get back into the swing of things. It’s been, like, a month.

Micah: Yeah, it’s got to be quite awhile since I’ve done the news. You started it off, right? I think. A couple of episodes ago.

Andrew: I did it because you were being lazy one night and didn’t want to do it when I needed it.

Micah: That’s you’re take on it. Okay.

[Andrew and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: I think Micah has a completely different side of the story.

Micah: Yeah, that involved work, but, hey, you know, Andrew’s sounds a little bit better.

Andrew: I was working.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I was working, but I had time to record it.

Micah: Yeah, you did, but I figured, you know, after how many consecutive weeks of doing the news, I could let Andrew give it a shot.

Andrew: Aw, thanks. You’re so nice. It was fun, though. I had fun imitating – doing a cheap impersonation of you.

Micah: Yeah? Yeah?

Andrew: See, I called it cheap because if I say an impersonation people will say, “That was the worse impression ever!” But…

Micah: It came close to being the worst ever.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah.

Mikey: I think I do a worse one, so I give up.

Micah: Ben is pretty good. Did he do it once?

Andrew: Ben does it every…

Eric: Or twice or three hundred times.

Andrew: Ben always – what people don’t know is when we do the recorded shows when Ben used to come on to recorded shows, when I used to say, “All right, thanks, Micah” – oh, no, no, whenever I intro-ed you I would go, “And now Micah Tannenbaum with the news,” Ben would always go, “Thanks, Andrew.”

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: But I would always cut it out.

Micah: I was expecting it on the live show, too. I thought he was going to throw it in there but he didn’t.


News Discussion: David Heyman Interview


Andrew: He didn’t, no. If I intro-ed the news I’m sure it would have happened. Anyway, let’s move on to some news. Only one thing we really wanted to talk about this week: New interview with David Heyman on the split. This actually came out right after our live show, and this was with Empire Online, I believe. A nice, lengthy interview with David Heyman. They’re really opening up. I guess they just want a lot of press for this. But did you guys read this interview? It has some interesting information in it.

Mikey: Yeah, no, I just actually read it right before we, you know, started recording.

Micah: I remember recording something about this last week, right? I mean am I going crazy?

Andrew: Yeah, the lost episode of MuggleCast. No, no, the lost episode of MuggleCast, but we’re going to pretend like we didn’t do that.

Micah: Oh, okay.

Andrew: One interesting question asked to David Heyman was, “Did you get as far as trying to put a script together that would get everything into one film, or did it become obvious in discussions that it wouldn’t work?” And David Heyman’s answer, which is very interesting, is “No, it all came down to discussions. We just thought, ‘How are we going to approach this? Is this going to be a four and a half hour film?’ That’s probably what it would have been.” Really? Really? And David goes on to say that one of their main concerns was children – losing the interest of children. And I guess that makes sense, right? You don’t want to lose the interest of kids, but would they actually have made a four and a half hour film all in one?

Eric: I question that, but, again, it was in such preliminary discussion that no, they weren’t going to, because when it came time to really make the decision they decided to split it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah. I agree with Eric on that, but, truthfully, if they were making a four and a half hour film, it would have been cut down to three hours, maximum.

Eric: Yeah, I really don’t think…

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: And editing. And, truthfully, you know, I have mixed feelings about the split. One, I’m kind of excited that they’re going to tell the story I feel a little bit more and spend a little bit more time on it, like they should. For Order of the Phoenix, biggest book, shortest movie. But at the same time it’s going to be the odd movie out. If you watch all the movies, they all have a pacing, and I’m wondering if what they’re going to do with the movie to really like – are they going to flush stuff out? Are they still going to cut the same amount of stuff and just kind of flesh certain things out?

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: But I’m not sure, you know.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Mikey: We’ll see.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I’m excited.

Andrew: David also reiterates that they want it to be two separate films, each contain two separate plots, and, actually, in Muggle Mail this week we do have a couple interesting ideas. Actually, just one interesting idea, and I think there might be one voicemail about it. But another question David asks – or he is asked – is, “Obviously, there are people who will think that the decision to make two films is driven by a desire to make twice as much money. What do you say to that?” And, clearly, I think they’re already sort of getting fed up with this question. Heyman says, “The process went like this: The studio said to us, the filmmakers, ‘You decide what is best for the story.’ Alan Horn, the president of Warner Brothers, and Jeff Robinov, Warner Brother’s head of production, particularly Alan Horn, are complete Potter fans. He loves the franchise, loves the books, loves the films, and appreciates their importance to Warner Brothers on many levels.” Money. “But, above all else, he’s a fan, and he said he did not want to compromise the creative integrity of the films. He wants to end the series in the right way. He’s been very generous in the resources they’re given, but also in the freedom they’ve given us on each film.” He very clearly said, that “Steve Cloves, myself, David Yates, should make the decision and he would support that.” I don’t know. So what’s this basically saying was the decision to split it into two films didn’t come from high up. He said, “You decide…” well, maybe this isn’t a definitive explanation, but what he did say was, “You decide what is best for the story.” What do you guys think about this? I mean…

Eric: Well, they’re not going to say, “yes, we’re going to love how much money we’re going to get,” you know? But I think that it was really generous of him to explain a little bit of the process that, you know, this is – I think it’s kind of irrelevant if they are even happy about how much extra money, you know, that they’re going to get out of it. I think it would be the right thing to do. Maybe it would have been the right thing to do a few movies ago, too.

[The song “Money” by Pink Floyd starts to play]

Eric: But, you know, needless to say they’re doing it now and I think that the Warner Brothers guy – he says the people high up really appreciate the contribution that Harry Potter makes to the series. To me that sounds kind of like a money thing.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: [sings] Money.

[Song continues]

Eric: And so that, you know, kind of think that the – kind of…

Mikey: [laughs] Okay.

Andrew: I really think it’s all about money.

Mikey: I don’t.

Micah: No?

Andrew: Why not, Mikey?

Mikey: Well, again, like the first point, it came down to discussions, you know. When they approach the film – like again I’m sure they’ve approached every film this way – when you flesh it out it’s probably, you know, like the books are pretty hefty books, except for maybe the first two, or maybe the first three. After that they’re pretty big in the sense that you can get a pretty long film out of it. Andrew, you going to keep with the music, really?

[Song ends]

Andrew: I’m not convinced, I’m not convinced.

Mikey: Okay.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Mikey: But really, you know, I can see now it’s like Harry Potter as a film, as a series, has it earned its dues. Basically, they could do whatever – the filmmakers kind of have the pull, you know, to go we can do whatever we want for the last two. And, you know, the – Warner Brothers is going to back him on it. And, truthfully, I can believe where it says, you know, Jeff Robinov – it was saying, hey let’s go ahead and give the fans, you know – ’cause remember we’ve – I’ve met, you know, David Heyman, and so have you, Andrew. He seems like a really down to earth person.

Andrew: No, no, no, yeah.

Mikey: He’s gone to MuggleNet, he’s – you know what I mean? I would say he’s very in touch with what the fans want and truthfully, one of the biggest complaints with all the films, which we’ve always complained about, is it’s not true enough to the book.

Andrew: I do agree with that, but um…

Mikey: And again, when they’re discussing it in this discussion process. Like, if they want to do the last book – think about how much, you know – yes, every Potter book we’ve always kind of put emphasis on and, you know, I wasn’t part of you guys when Half-Blood Prince came out, but Deathly Hallows, we put so much emphasis on it, and that’s because, what, it was the last one.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: That’s the same thing for them when it comes to movie making. But, you know, it’s in a couple of years later, but you have to go, okay, well the fans really wanted, you know – they put so much effort into reading the series all the way through, younger kids are into it, adults are into it. All their complaints are always about the movie not following the books close enough. If we’re trying to do the last film right for them, so that they have something to go out on, that they’re happy with, that they treasure…

Andrew: I do agree with that.

Mikey: It’s too long. And so it makes sense that they’re doing two, you know, two separate movies. What I do like is that they’re just kind of like some other movies that are released. They’re releasing them relatively close to each other. They’re like, what, six months apart, is what they said?

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, it’s six months difference.

Mikey: So six months apart. So this is what’s going to happen. The first film is not going to be out on DVD yet.

Andrew: No, no, it will. It will. Didn’t we read somewhere that they are going to do that?

Mikey: Are they going to release it on DVD?

Andrew: I – well…

Mikey: Because six months could be the life of a film in the theater.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. We did discuss this in the…

Mikey: On the live show?

Andrew: On the live show, but I’m trying to remember, Micah, was there some sort of confirmation or was it…

Micah: Yeah, I thought we – I thought I remember us talking about the fact that they were going to release the first DVD…

Andrew: We did. That’s what we talked about.

Micah: …before the second movie came out.

Andrew: But, see, it’d make sense if they do that. I mean, why wouldn’t they? Like…

Micah: Well, you know, there’s a number of reasons.

Andrew: …take advantage of the Easter, you know, season…[laughs]…you know, parents get their kids gifts. And I guess it would be too close to the holiday – you wouldn’t be able to get it out for Christmas. I just think that they know if they put out the first one it’ll sell like crazy. They know if they put out the second one alone it’ll sell like crazy. They know if they put them together it would sell like crazy.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: So…

Micah: You know, if you do all three they’re going to sell like crazy three times. But…

Andrew: And then – and then along comes the complete collection – all eight movies together.

Micah: Exactly.

Andrew: There’s another thing.

Micah: I wanted to…

Mikey: On BluRay.

Micah: …go back to what Mikey was saying before about David Heyman. I don’t really think it’s about David Heyman, and…

Andrew: No, it’s not.

Micah: …it’s about Alan Horn, and it’s about Jeff Robinov, you know…

Andrew: And all the higher ups.

Micah: All the higher ups. At the end of the day, unfortunately, as much as they like Harry Potter, it’s about how much money are they bringing in.

Mikey: Oh no, I agree.

Micah: People who are arguing the fact that, oh, Deathly Hallows, if it’s going to be a three hour movie we’re not going to get everything into it, are the same people who are now turning around and arguing, well, they split the film into two because they want to make more money. So it’s kind of like a no-win situation for some of these people out there. You can’t make the argument both ways. Either you’re going to suck it up and deal with a three hour movie and, you know, not be upset that you only had to pay once to go to the theaters, or you’re just going to have to deal with the fact that you’re going to have to pay twice to go and know that, as a Harry Potter fan, you’re going to get almost everything in these two films.

Eric: Right, and…

Andrew: Yeah. I’ll tell you what. Warner Brothers was gloating months ago that the Harry Potter series was the top grossing franchise of all time. I’m sure this eighth movie – that could’ve played a little role. They want a little extra buffer to hang on to that most – money – franchise – thing.

Eric: Well, for quarterly, they want to have at least one more quarter of profit, you know.

Andrew: Right, for Harry Potter. That’s icing on the cake. Think: a whole additional movie. That’s going to – eight movies. Bond will never beat them. Ever.

Mikey: Yeah. Star Wars.

Andrew: Bond held the previous record for anyone who doesn’t know. You know, it’s just…

Mikey: Yeah, I agree, but, truthfully, you know, I can see where it came down to – the people up above said, “All right, the books were seven books, we knew it would go into seven,” and, truthfully, if the filmmakers wanted – I’m sure there was no pressure to split it into two, and I’m taking that with a grain of salt…

Andrew: I don’t think it was either. I would agree with that.

Mikey: But I’m saying, they may have suggested it. “Do you guys want to split it to give it, you know, longer, like you guys want?” I’ve been looking at the budget. The budget for each Harry Potter movie started out at 125 million dollars to 150 million. Their budget hasn’t gone much up. They threw a lot of money into this from the very beginning, and, truthfully…

Andrew: And there’s only so much you can use though at the same time. I mean, if they up the budget, what are they going to do with the money?

Mikey: Yeah, well, no. It comes…

Andrew: Well, special effects only cost that much.

Mikey: Well, special effects cost a lot of money, plus advertising still costs a lot.

Eric: Oh, they don’t need advertising for this film.

Andrew: The funny thing is they don’t, but they invest in it like crazy.

Mikey: Well, they’re going to have to.

Eric: What I’m thinking is that if they were to do one movie and it was really long, you know, they would be spending that much more money to have that many more shooting days to shoot all the scenes that aren’t going to get cut because they’re not breaking it down into an hour and a half movie. So they’re spending all this money on the locations and the shots and doing everything anyway making this long movie. They’re not going to see the turn around, then, in ticket sales because, you know, people will only have one movie to go to see. If they break it into two movies, a brilliant idea, and this doesn’t make them greedy, but a good idea then would to be to supplement all these extra days of shooting by making it two movies and that kind of rewards everyone.

Andrew: One thing that is interesting that I didn’t really think about was that you need Kreacher and Dobby in this movie, and we’ve heard in the past that House-elves are very expensive to create. I mean for obvious reasons, like Mikey was saying, all the additional work – man hours that you need to create these characters – so, yeah, I imagine the budget would have to go up a little bit, considering you’ve got to invest some money into Dobby and…

Mikey: And the big dragon, and the dragon they’re all riding on, and goblins, and, you know. Yes, goblins are actors but a lot of it is still CG. There’s so much.

Micah: And don’t forget the end scene too. You have House-elves in that final scene…

Mikey: Yeah.

Micah: …in the battle against Voldemort. So it’s not just Kreacher.

Eric: And the giant attacking the castle.

Mikey: Multiple giants.

Micah: Well, multiple, right?

Andrew: Yeah. Let’s move on though, this is…

Eric: Guys…

Mikey: Yeah, so the movie again. This movie has a lot of stuff and I’m glad they’re giving it the amount of time and money it deserves to actually do the story properly.

Andrew: Mhm. Eric, final word on this?

Eric: [pause] Sorry, my brain’s turned to mush.

Mikey: [laughs] Let’s move on.


Announcement: Vote on Podcast Alley


Andrew: Just one announcement this week. We want to continue to encourage everyone to vote for us on Podcast Alley. We’ve been owning the charts this month, and I just want to encourage everyone, you know, just because it’s MuggleCast March doesn’t mean you don’t have to make us number one next month. You know, MuggleCast Mapril, MuggleCast May…

Mikey: No, no…

Andrew: …MuggleCast Mune…

Mikey: I thought it was Andrew April, you know. For you, we’re doing it for you.

Andrew: Oh, Andrew April, that’s a good point.

Mikey: We’re voting for Andrew April and then…

Andrew and

Mikey: Mikey May

Mikey: Yeah.

Andrew: Mikey May.

Mikey: Yeah, so…

Andrew: Don’t forget to vote on Easter Eric, and then…

Eric: [laughs] Which is this Sunday.

Micah: [laughs] Wow.

Andrew: Yeah, this Sunday. Vote today.

Mikey: And Monday Matt, you know.

Andrew: Yeah, Monday Matt. [laughs] So vote every day is what we’re trying to say. Thanks to everyone who’s helping us out there. Let’s get into some Muggle Mail this week.


Muggle Mail: Portraits and Paintings


Eric: Okay. First Muggle Mail this week comes from Emily age 16 from Dallas, Texas. The Subject is: Frustrated.

“‘Sup MuggleCasters?” Exclamation point, exclamation point. Gee, don’t sound too frustrated. “Thanks for an awesome MuggleCast last week, but there was one moment where I kind of wish I would knock some sense into you guys. There were definitely painted portraits in 1000 A.D. Promise, no fingers crossed. I’ve been to tons of art museums in Europe. The Uffizi, the Louvre, and the London Institute all have a medieval section where there are paintings. Although most of these are non-portraits, some are, so your point as to why the early Hogwarts founders weren’t portrayed in painting was kind of…Eh…Wrong! Haha, Jo made a booboo here, ladies and gents. Well, that all sounded offensive. Sorry about that. Taking a course in art history makes me a teensy bit defensive when it comes to history and art. Anyways, peace and pickles. Emily.” Triple x.

Andrew: I can’t remember who said this last week, but…

Micah: I think this goes way back.

Andrew: It was two weeks ago, I think it was.

Micah: And you were the only one there. Or, unless Mikey was, too.

Mikey: No, I was there. I was there. Actually, no. Yes, they’ve had artwork throughout history, you know.

Andrew: See, I agree with this girl. I think it’s stupid that whoever was saying it – Mikey, was it you?

Mikey: It might have been me, but I know what she’s talking about.

Andrew: [laughs] It may have been. Hmmm.

Mikey: It may have been. And I am going to say, yes it was me. It probably was. But truthfully, you know, yes, there has been art throughout history. You can go back to cave paintings that are considered art and replicas and things like that, but at the time period up to about 1400 painting really wasn’t available to a lot of people in the sense that – yes, there’s definately art museums throughout Europe. I’ve been to the Louvre. I’ve been to a lot of different places, but it was very expensive. But I remember – trying to remember – what was it? Where did they talk about Hogwarts? Someone talked about the beginning of Hogwarts, where it was like…

Andrew: Well the debate was – the question was – it was a voicemail question: Why weren’t there any founder – why weren’t there any paintings – portraits of the founders?” I think between – I think, Mikey, your example makes enough sense. I thought our debate, though, was the – I think like Laura was saying – if the magic was there. And I was like, what? Of course the magic was there. It’s like…

Mikey: It’s like – yeah – I’m sure they had paintings, but probably not talking paintings, you know…

Eric: Micah, no, I’m sorry, Mikey…

Mikey: I’m so confused.

Eric: …what you are saying about it being expensive and all that stuff. These were not four average Joes; these were the four greatest witches and wizards of their time. I think it’s a serious question. It is the only school in England as well, so if anybody gets art supplies, you know, they’re kind of running out of paint in the entire country, Hogwarts would have it.

Andrew: Why is Hogwarts the only school in England?

Eric: I mean the only wizarding school. Is it or isn’t it?

Andrew: Oh, the only wizarding school.

Mikey: Remember at the time that they made it, this was the first time – they were the four best, strongest wizards and witches in the land. There were still lots and lots of people learning on their own with families. You don’t have to go to Hogwarts to become a wizard. You can be taught at home.


Muggle Mail: Bob Hoskins


Micah: The next one comes from Jessica Thompson, 21, of Redding, England and talking about Bob Hoskins. She says:

“Hey guys, I’m still loving the show and will be very sorry to see the weekly podcast come to an end. Even though I think it’s probably the right decision, I’ll miss my MuggleCast Monday mornings so much. Thanks for all the hard work that you’ve put in over the years. We all appreciate it and hope you’ve had as much fun making them as we have listening. Just thought you might be interested to know that the interview with Bob Hoskins that you referred to on Episode 135 was an episode on BBC’s Friday Night with Jonathan Ross. I don’t remember the date it aired, but it was the same episode as his interview with Jo just before ‘Deathly Hallows’ came out. It was absolutely hilarious and well worth a look. I watched it myself on YouTube just a few weeks ago, so I’m sure you’ll still be able to find it out there somewhere. Keep up the great work, Jessica.”

Eric: Okay. Good. Yay. At the live podcast in London somebody had said that she saw an interview with Bob Hoskins that said there was a character in DH reserved for him in the movie, because he was asked why he didn’t portray any earlier roles. Anyway, this girl has given us the reference by which I can go find it on YouTube, the interview with Bob Hoskins. We speculated whether…

Micah: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah. It had been posted on MuggleNet actually a little while back, and there was that interaction between the two of them. I remember watching it, and I guess you guys had discussed on 135 who you thought he would play?

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Well, Eric was suggesting that it would be…

Eric: Xeno.

Andrew: That he would play…

Eric: Mr. Lovegood.

Andrew: Right. Mr. Lovegood, so…

Eric: Potentially, I don’t know. Because I always thought of him as a Slughorn guy.


Muggle Mail: What the Ministry Monitors


Andrew: Next email comes from Mary V., 14, of Missouri. She writes:

“I have a bit of a rebuttal for you. In last week’s Episode 135 one of you, I think it was Andrew, said that the Ministry monitors almost everything in discussing the taboo on Voldemort’s name. My rebuttal for all of you is this: if the Ministry can monitor spoken magical words (i.e. the taboo), then how come the Ministry doesn’t monitor Unforgiveable Curses? And if the Ministry does monitor them, how come they didn’t respond when Voldemort used the Cruciatus Curse on Harry in the graveyard in ‘Goblet of Fire’? Unforgivables performed by non-Dark wizards during times when Voldemort is not in power seems like a pretty serious offense, like in Azkaban. So it would make sense the Ministry would want to monitor their use. Something doesn’t seem to add up here. Love the show. Mary V.”

I think it’s one of those things. It’s like – I’ve made this example before – It’s like the question: why don’t you see them use the bathroom? It’s just because. Just because if they did, there’s no proper explanation for it. It just – It just can’t happen. And in this example he has to use the Cruciatus Curse, there can’t always be a consequence for everything Harry does. I just think there’s no room in the plot. What do you guys think?

Eric: I think also – well, it would be kind of too late, wouldn’t it? I mean if you’re monitoring who…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Oh, there’s a taboo on someone who – Yeah, if you are trying to track someone who uses an Unforgivable Curse – you know – notably a BAMF, you’re not going to want to – you know – go to the scene of the crime as it happened unless you’re – you know – I mean, the Aurors – I guess the Aurors could make their living like that. I mean maybe, but I think you guys are right. It’s just one of those things that’s kind of, you know, a mute point or a mute kind of concern that they would do this…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: …Because…yeah.

Mikey: And at the same time, like, maybe they did track it. Again there is so much of the story we can’t even follow. Maybe they did track it, but at the same time, that’s when, you know, Dumbledore is saying that Voldemort’s back. And, you know, again, it’s politics. They turned a blind eye to all the signs and everything that was happening so they could’ve seen it, but they said nope, we didn’t catch that.

Andrew: Micah?

Micah: No, I agree with pretty much everything that’s been said. I mean you can also go earlier in this book when Moody – well, fake Moody slash Barty Crouch Jr. uses the Unforgivable Curses in the classroom. I mean five or six Aurors didn’t pop up in Hogwarts because there were Unforgivable Curses that were being taught. So I don’t really think that it’s something that, you know, okay, Voldemort’s name is automatically said and these people show up. It’s not the same with the Unforgivable Curses, where one is done and then automatically – you know – all these people are just going to start popping up. I just – it just wouldn’t make any sense. That doesn’t
mean that they can’t trace them, and like you were saying before, they wouldn’t be further investigated, but I don’t think right when it happens – like Eric was saying – if this guy is some, you know, BAMF…[laughs]

[Eric laughs]

Micah: …you know, they’re not going to go chasing right after them and show up right on the scene. I think they would do some investigative work.


Muggle Mail: Where Movie 7 Should Split


Eric: Next rebuttal from Brandy, age 26, of Indiana:

“Hi Mugglecast. Love the show. You guys are great. Just wanted to make a suggestion for the ‘Deathly Hallows’ split. I think a nice place for the split would be right after meeting with Xenophilius Lovegood, but right before saying the name “Voldemort” and getting captured. That way they could end right after a large action sequence and then begin with the next movie right before another big action sequence, i.e. Malfoy Manor. Just a thought. Thanks.”

Andrew: I like that a lot.

Eric: I agree with it. I think – Andrew, you and I were talking about – when we were thinking of which chapters to do for Chapter-by-Chapter this week – whether or not to do two or one – I had suggested that well, maybe we should only do one this week because it’s kind of a long chapter, but it’s also the chapter that precludes, sort of, the second half of the novel as it were. Because they’ve – at the end of it – at the end of the chapter “Deathly Hallows” they have said “Voldemort,” and there’s people outside the tent. I think it’s such a great, kind of – oh, I mean it would be
perfect for the movie split. What do you guys think?

Andrew: Or even taking Brandy’s idea and just going a little further. How about – now that we already know the taboo – there is that taboo when you say “Voldemort” – what if they say “Voldemort” and then it – it just begins to transition into the next chapter, but it doesn’t exactly. We just hear them, like suddenly coming after the trio or something. Like, that would be a cliffhanger, when you’re like, oh, my God, who’s there for Volde – or who’s there for the trio…

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: …and what’s going to happen?

Micah: Well, yeah, I agree with that. Just – probably what we’re about to discuss…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: …but I think it’d be really cool if – you know, like – Harry starts saying the name, Voldemort, you have Hermione scream “Harry, no!” and then the scene just goes black. That would be like a great ending to the first…

Eric: Wasn’t it – there’s dialogue. It’s like, “Come out, we know you’re in
there.” You know – we’re not…

Micah: No, but I think it’s – yeah, but I think it’s better, you know, sort of hanging off of those words.

Andrew: I think it would be scarier if you did hear that little bit of dialogue Eric’s talking about. Just to hear these very scary voices.

Mikey: What about if it went – what if it went black, and then you heard those as the credits start to roll.

Micah: Yeah.

Mikey: That would be scary.

Andrew: Oh, my God, I would cry.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: No, there needs to be – there needs to be a score when the credits roll. There needs to be…

Andrew: It’s like Cloverfield style, no music or anything.

[Micah and Mikey laugh]

Andrew: Oh, my gosh.

Mikey: But you know what, though? If it – like – if it goes even a step further beyond that – like, it could end like so many other movies where it’s like – it ends on a down note: they got captured. Either way, you know – the book – this section, this area we’ve been talking about and we’re talking about today is the area they’re probably going to split it because it’s just kind of like – it is the halfway point in, like, the story…

Micah: Yeah. Well, David Heyman listens, so – I mean – he’s just going to take our ideas.

Andrew: Come on, Big D. Come on, Big H.

Mikey: Come on, David Heyman.

Eric: Big D?

Andrew: His initials are Deathly Hallows.

[Micah laughs]

Eric: Huh.

Micah: That’s true.

Mikey: Come on, DH, help us out here.

Eric: Huh.

Andrew: All right, next email. Zach, 20, of Philly! Eric and I…

Eric: Dude, I like this guy. No, I like this guy’s point. This guy has a really great point.

Andrew: “I loved your live show about Deathly Hallows’ split. Even though I am a few episodes behind, I am still skipped ahead to hear – I still skipped ahead to hear your thoughts on the split. My comment is on the waiting period, but not between Part 1 and 2, but between Movie 6 and Part 1 of Movie 7. I originally believed ‘Half-Blood Prince’ was coming out November 2008 and that ‘Deathly Hallows’ was scheduled for Summer 2010, not November 2010, because ever since ‘Chamber of Secrets’ it’s been 16-18 months in between movies, not a full 2 years.” Well, over two years in this case. Well, actually, yeah, 2 years. Sorry. “So isn’t it a little surprising they’re not releasing ‘Deathly Hallows’ a little earlier? Because, to be honest, I can survive a 6 month gap in between Parts 1 and 2. However, a 2 year wait between 6 and 7 is pretty long for the Harry Potter franchise.”

And, you know, I wanted to bring this up and the funny thing is, nobody has really complained about that, have they, Eric? [long pause] Eric?

Micah: Thanks, Eric.

Mikey: Yeah. [laughs] Well, no, I thought about that, but, truthfully, you know what’s going to happen though? They’re probably going to be filming the entire thing…

Micah: Yeah.

Mikey: …kike both parts back-to-back. And that the extra six months is post-production on it. Truthfully, you know, what’s going to happen is, again, editing’s going to take place – they’re going to edit the first one. Once it gets to a final cut, then, you know, the visual effects people are finishing that up. It’s going to get finished out and that last six months is where the visual effects are crunching, finishing everything up for the second one. They’re going to be shooting the things back-to-back on the two just like they did with The Matrix, just like they did with Pirates of the Caribbean. All of it shot back-to-back so that way, between the two, you know, the distribution between the two is six months. So that’s why it takes a little bit longer.

Micah: I agree. I think that’s a good point.

Mikey: Yeah. There’s no faster way to get it out, like, get it earlier because what happens is they’re in shooting longer. Post-production and everything just doesn’t come in, you know. It won’t be finished in time to get it out earlier. So I guess we can move on because that’s kind of how it has to be.

Micah: Yeah.

Mikey: Andrew?

Micah: I’ll agree. What happened to him?

Mikey: All right, Micah! It’s just me and Micah here.

Micah: It’s the M and M show.

Mikey: [laughs] Yes, it is! I think Eric and Andrew are probably off talking on their own without us.

Micah: Yeah, they just left us alone. I bet Andrew went to get a drink or something. He thinks that he’s, you know, cool enough.

Mikey: You know…

Andrew: Sorry. Hey.

Mikey: Oh, hey, Andrew’s back! All right!

Micah: Hey, look who’s back.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I am back. I received a phone call.

Mikey: Welcome to the M and M show, Andrew! You know, Micah and Mikey!

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: No, he went to go check out Chikezie on American Idol. That’s what he went to do.

Andrew: No, I could care less. Sorry, guys, sorry. [laughs] Okay, next email!


Muggle Mail: Movie 7 DVDs


Micah: The last email comes from Terry, who’s a boy, 14 of Montreal, Canada. More on the Deathly Hallows split, but focusing on marketing. He says:

“First of all, I’m pretty happy that there is a split and am convinced that it’s the better thing to do. A big thanks to you guys for your opinions which helped me decide it. I think, as you guys have also put to theory, that there will be separate DVDs for each half of the full movie release. The first DVD should come out somewhere around March. See, others have done so similarly. The second DVD should come in October and a full DVD set containing both halves around the holiday season. Now, I wanted to know from you guys, what would you do? Would you buy them separately or wait over a year to get the entire DVD set? It’s pretty difficult to choose. I myself do not know and would like to hear your opinion. Thanks a lot. I want you guys to know that your show and site are a really positive thing in my life and that they are some of the things that are keeping me from truly going insane.” Oh, that’s nice to know. “Keep up the great work.”

Mikey: I already thought about this. I’ve actually thought about this a lot. I’m going to buy each movie as they come out on DVD up ’til mid 2010. Reason for this is, chances are, I probably won’t be able to afford a nice big screen TV to jump to Blu-Ray yet, but once the entire big thing comes out, of course, there’ll be another reason for me to get my big screen TV and buy the entire thing on Blu-Ray along with Star Wars and all my wonderful movies that I have to upgrade to the nice HD versions of.

Micah: Well, see, there’s actually an example, and I don’t mean to go back to what we were talking about before, but all the original Star Wars movies that were sort of digitally remastered – I mean, that was really a revenue generating idea, wasn’t it? I mean to put them back in theaters with these sort of new scenes and…

Mikey: Well, yes and no. It was kind of a trial. Actually, it was a big joke for hardcore Star Wars fans with that – is – because the special edition is horrible. They’ve changed so many little things and none of the fans of Star Wars really like it – the special edition – much. But what we all recognized is it recognized to George Lucas and Lucas Film that, yes, there was still a draw for Star Wars so he can do the prequel, and, yes, the technology had gotten to a point where the prequels can happen to the way he wants them to be. Now, I’m not saying that the prequels, one, two, and three, are great. I liked the story. I like where it wrapped a lot of things up that were undiscussed, but it at least – at least showed you a few things with that, you know – the special edition release.

Andrew: So, what would you guys do? Let’s just go around the table. I mean…

Mikey: Well, I already said what I would do.

Andrew: Yeah. Mikey said – Micah, what would….And I already said what I’m going to do. I mean I’ll buy it. It’ll be tempting that they’ll have special features on there, they’ll be doing all these promos that will just make you want to buy it, and I’ll probably buy it!

Micah: Yeah, I agree. I mean I think I’d probably go as they were released – go and get the DVDs. You know, the first one for the first part of Movie 7 and then the second part of Movie 7. I mean I don’t know if I’d go all out and then get the movie together, but I guess it would all depend upon what you were saying – what are the special features that are going to be available on the two-disk versus the movies individually.

Mikey: That’s why you buy them together when they’re in Blu-Ray, Micah! Get it in the high-def version!

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Well, that’s the thing that really annoys me. They already have out a complete Sorcerer’s Stone through Order of the Phoenix set.

Eric: That annoys me! That annoys me. They had it ever since Movie 3.

Micah: Well, that’s revenue generation, right there. I’m sorry. That’s purely for monetary gain.

Andrew: What I can see that for is people who are new to the movies, but that’s about it.

Eric: Well, no, I mean – yeah, I agree with you. And I agree with everyone else, too. I mean this whole book by book, you know, same with the books, but to a much lesser point than with the movies. Every new movie that comes out they have this new box set of all the movies, but if there’s going to be seven or eight, you know, just wait or something. But I guess the box set, I mean, you’re right, Andrew, for new listeners, for new visitors. It makes sense because, you know, maybe the movie store won’t have all the old ones that came out six or seven years ago. I mean it’s a fair point, I think. You know, I’ve known…

Mikey: No, I, you know, I like the idea of box sets as they come out. You know, I’m not one to buy them, but a perfect example is the books. I was not an original Harry Potter fan. I didn’t get into it until after The Order of the Phoenix. I read a friend’s first and second book and I liked it so much I went out and bought the five book set, you know, after the Order of the Phoenix. And I was there for the midnight release of, you know, Half-Blood Prince, but I read all five books and I didn’t buy one book at a time. I ended up buying the five book set, so that way I had them all and read them, and then I bought the other two books individually.

Eric: Well, that was with me.

Mikey: It’s a great way to jump start your collection.

Eric: Well, I agree. I mean, I guess you’re right. I did the same thing with the four book set. You know, I borrowed a friend’s two – one – no, two and three, and then I just bought the four book set the day that Goblet of Fire came out in paperback. Same thing. But I guess – with DH I definitely will. If it comes out fast enough and if they’re not doing that theatrical release that we were speculating about – whether or not they would bring DH part one back to theaters for the release of DH2, then I would definitely end up buying the DVD. Even if it was just a little DVD. But one thing they can’t go wrong on – I really want commentary from the trio. I really don’t think they could do wrong if they did that. If the DVD had that I would buy it.


Chapter-by-Chapter, Chapter 22, “The Deathly Hallows”


Andrew: Of course. Of course, yeah. Well, let’s move along now. I think we’ve done all of these e-mails justice. We’re already pretty far into the show. This week we’re going to get back on track with Chapter-by-Chapter as we said earlier. We’re going to do Chapter 22, “The Deathly Hallows”! Of course.

Mikey and

Eric: Yay!

Andrew: The title chapter. I guess that’s what you call it, right? When the…

Eric: Yeah. Title chapter, self-titled, something like that.

Andrew: Yeah, because with songs they’ll do like self-titled albums. Well, that’s for the name of the artist, but I don’t know.

Eric: That’s for the name of the artist, but I understand what you’re saying. I can’t think of it either.

Andrew: Well, luckily that’s not what this show is about. It’s about this wonderful chapter! Pretty long chapter, too. I mean short summary of this is basically they discover – well, they discovered the Deathly Hallows in the chapter prior, but in this one Harry’s making the realization that this is what he needs to become the Master of Death, and this is what he needs to kill Voldemort.

Eric: He also discovers that he already has two out of three of them and has most of his life.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: [laughs] Yeah.

Andrew: What annoys me about reading this chapter, after having already read the book, is that you know the answer to opening up the Snitch. But it’s like, you know, he’s sitting there pondering it like he’s completely confused. He doesn’t know how to do it.

Eric: Well, it’s kind of stupid, actually, how the Snitch eventually opens, but – I mean it basically says “I open at the close of the novel.” It’s like, “I’m not going to open until that battle. Not going to do it. Sorry, dude.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: “Sorry dude. Not going to do it. Until you absolutely want to die, and stuff, no, not going to happen.”

[Micah laughs]

Eric: “Until page – yeah, I will not” – what is really said is, “I’m not going to open until page 637.” That’s really what it said.


Hermione Casting Spells


Mikey: [laughs] Okay, the first thing we wanted to discuss today is Hermione casting all those spells immediately after they arrive at the new place. You know, the protective ones. What were they?

Eric: What were they? What I mean by that is, when I posted these notes in two weeks ago, I expected someone to go back to the beginning of the chapter and write down the incantations.

Mikey: [laughs] Oh, what they were. Oh! Okay.

Andrew: But this is just standard for Hermione, really.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: She’s been doing this for all of them. The spells are – actually, I do have it right here. Protego totalum, Salvio hexia, Cave inimicum. Yeah, something like that.

Eric: Cave inimicum. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, something like that.

Eric: Yeah, something like that. So anyway, I guess the basic deal is pretty cool. You can arrive any place and start casting all these protective charms and stuff. I think it’s pretty cool.

MuggleCast 138 Transcript (continued)


The Trio Not Planning Ahead


Andrew: And as we were discussing a couple of weeks ago, I guess it was, how – who was it? Was it Hermione who said it? “We don’t need another Godric’s Hollow” or something.

Eric: Yeah, well, she had said that, or Harry – Hermione or Harry had said that, but then here she goes, “Why did we go there? Harry, you were right, it was Godric’s Hollow all over again.” You know, sheesh, well, what a way to think of it in hinsight, that they’ve had another out that is just like Godric’s Hollow where they aren’t prepared and they get in over their own heads and then somehow escape.

Micah: But that’s the reality, though, of the entire book.

Andrew: Right, that was what I was saying.

Micah: I mean anywhere that they go, it’s going to be problematic whether they’re with people who are on their side or people who aren’t on their side. They’re getting counter-confrontation no matter where they go.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: It’s just bound to happen.

Eric: So you’re saying it’s a habit of the – you know, I mean it’s a problem with the way the world is? The way the world is set in this book?

Micah: At the time, yeah.

Eric: Okay.

Micah: Well, yeah, they’re at war. I mean he’s, you know – what do they call him again? Something Number One.

Mikey: Undesireable Number One.

Micah: Yeah. [laughs] If he’s that person, naturally, wherever he’s going there’s going to be problems. And you look at the facts, Xenophilius Lovegood. I mean, they’ve never really encountered the guy before, prior to the wedding, so he’s not like the most reliable person in the world. I wouldn’t just walk through the door and say, “Hey, how’s it going?”

Andrew: [impersonates the Fonz] “Hey!”

Mikey: [laughs] Like the Fonz [impersonates the Fonz], like, “Hey! You welcome me in here.” But I agree with…

Andrew: But they need all this. That’s what I’m saying. But there’s no reason to complain.

Micah: But there’s a risk. There’s a huge risk with whatever they do, but they know that they have to take the risk. They’re just lucky that it ended up working out okay.

Mikey: That all three of them lived.

Eric: You wouldn’t complain that they don’t think things out before they go. You think that…

Micah: Oh, no, no. I completely agree with that point because I hated the whole Ministry scene. I thought that that was absolutely idiotic, that they just went in there with not really – I mean they did think it out, but there were so many – they thought the minute details out as far as who they were going to be, but they didn’t have any plan as to once they got in there what they were going to do if they got seperated, which was the case that did happen. And, you know, that three seemingly not-even-close to being in stature the same type of people within the organization, it looks kind of weird to have those three people hanging out with each other. So that was not thought about very well. So a lot of the things that they do aren’t thought out, but they don’t really have a choice because they don’t have anybody to guide them.

Eric: Right, and that’s probably true. I mean that’s very true. But – and also if they would’ve waited any longer before they went to the Ministry it may have been, you know, Feburary before they got to anywhere else. So I guess they did have to act. You’re right, Micah.

Mikey: It’s a plot device.

Eric: I know it’s a plot device…

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: …but, Mikey, when it screams at you, “I am a plot device. I am a plot device. Arrgh.”

Mikey: I know, I know, I know. You have to give it some leighway, guys. You got to let it – let your imagination run. Imagine if you were Harry. You’re impatient, you’re impulsive, you have a hero complex.

Eric: Yeah, you have a saving people thing. Well, dude, like seriously, when it is a plot device and it screams at you and says, “Hi,” or [does Austrailian accent] “G’Day, Mate, I’m a plot device,” you know, it just kind of irks me.


Theme of Dead Not Belonging in the Real World


Andrew: Now note number three, is there must to discuss there or aren’t you just repeating what was said in the book? They were trying to figure out – or Harry was trying to figure out what was going on in his head.

Eric: Yeah, I was questioning whether or not we discussed this last chapter about things being dead not really belonging in the real world again, and, you know, the guy in the story of the three brothers discovered that, and, you know, Harry’s really creeping Hermione out here with the talk of living with dead people. So I don’t know if we really talked about or if we wanted to talk about like, if, you know, how things don’t belong once their dead and all the things – it’s kind of the theme of the book.

Micah: Well, why do you think it was creeping her out? I mean maybe that’s more specific question to ask, because you could look at it in a number of ways. It was creeping her out because she just didn’t like the idea in general, or it was creeping her out because she thought that Harry actually may want to go and live, quote unquote, with those people who were lost.

Eric: That’s a good question.

Andrew: Or maybe – maybe another way you could look at it is if they don’t belong back on Earth then what happens if they do come back? Are there certain side, or are there effects, or…

Eric: Well, it’s against nature. But then again, it could happen just like Horcruxes…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: …you know. Making Horcruxes is against nature, but it can…

Micah: It can happen.

Eric: …exist in nature, you know. It can exist.

Mikey: What are the repercussions of bringing someone back, essentially, is what happens here, and…

Eric: You know, Mikey, you know what I’m thinking of right now?

Mikey: What are you thinking of right now?

Eric: “I can’t bring people back from the dead! It’s not a pretty picture!”

[Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: It’s the Genie!

Eric: It’s the Genie!

Mikey: Oh man, I love Aladdin. “You ain’t never had a friend like me!”

Eric: That’s right, man.

[Micah laughs]

Eric: Mikey B. That’s right. I knew you’d like that, I knew you’d like that. You’re awesome, you have great taste, so that’s great!

Mikey: Oh, of course! I love Aladdin and the Genie.

Eric: All right. Um, anyway.

Mikey: Anyway.

Eric: [laughs] All right, so, another plot device here. Hermione – well, Harry’s ranting and raving because he thinks he has the answer to everything, and, you know, unfortunately for us, he does. But Hermione accuses him of, you know, trying to fit everything in his, well, real life, into the – the story of the Deathly Hallows which is, you know, just a fairy tale according to Hermione. So, you know, I mean here we are as readers listening to Hermione talk about, you know, Harry trying to fit everything into the Hallows story, but at the same time this is a book about the Deathly Hallows, and J.K.R. has tried to weave – or she’s been weaving this crafty tale of Harry’s invisibility cloak’s true identity, and all that sort of thing, into the – into the Hallows story. It seems like – it seems like you shouldn’t bite the hand that feeds you, but, similarly, J.K.R. shouldn’t write Hermione complaining that Harry does something if she’s doing it herself. Or, you know, do you guys feel that way or do you feel it’s not that case at all?

Andrew: I think it is kind of interesting that this is the first time Hermione’s really just like – I really can’t think of another time where Hermione was just like, “Harry you’re crazy! Forget it!” You know, they’re – Hermione and Ron are very set on the fact that Dumbledore told them they have to destroy their Horcruxes and that’s it. Yet Harry here thinks he has everything figured out and Hermione’s just so against it. I don’t – I don’t know.

Micah: Well, the reality of it is – could be pretty scary. I mean it goes back to Hermione being scared before about Harry talking about living with the dead. You know, it – to me what I saw in this chapter was that, you know, for once it’s Harry who’s actually putting it together. It’s not Hermione that’s doing the puzzle solving.

Andrew: Which is refreshing.

Eric: It is, it is.

Micah: [laughs] The fact that he could be right about this I think scares her more, and that maybe, sort of what’s underlying this whole thing is that she doesn’t want to believe that he could possibly be right because if he is, you know, the consequences are just so great.

Andrew: Right. She just wants to take the safer route, or the more realistic route, I guess, right?

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: See, guys, it’s basically bringing Harry closer to death than she’s comfortable with, I guess, if he’s had – if he wants to do anything with these Deathly Hallows.

Mikey: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. I mean listen to him. The Master of Death? That’s scary!

Eric: That’s kind of creepy.

Mikey: Yeah. Well, there’s also a part where it’s like, Deathly Hallows? Horcruxes? You know, he’s contemplating, “What do I do?” Or, you know, he’s completely contemplating, and I think it’s, you know, it comes down to – it’s Harry’s realization that it’s not Hermione and Ron’s journey; it’s his.

Andrew: Mhm.

Mikey: And he – they’re either going to be there with him, but in the end he has to make the final choice what he’s going to do, and Hermione’s scared. It comes down to it. She’s a Gryffindor, she’s brave, she’s done a lot of amazing things, but the only one who can, you know – you know, defeat the other, you know, it’s Harry that’s going to destroy Voldemort, and he has to make the decision in the end. And that’s, I think, a huge reason why it was Harry putting everything together.

Andrew: And he’s…

Mikey: You’re seeing it from Harry’s perspective heavily on this one.

Andrew: And he’s seven books into it, and he knows that in every one of his stories there’s a resolution, so no matter which path he took he would’ve – he would’ve gotten out of there. Jo would’ve saved him, so everything was all good.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: You know what that reminds me of? It reminds me of that Will Ferrell movie where it’s like there’s an author writing…

Eric: Stranger than Fiction?

Mikey: An author writing – yeah, writing about his life, and he’s like “Who’s telling me what to do?”

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: And the narrator’s God.

Mikey: Could you imagine if Harry was really there? And then like Jo was being like, “And Harry couldn’t decide wether to go to the Deathly Hallows or after the Horcurxes.” And he’s like, “Who’s telling me what to think?!” That would be great.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Sorry, I find that amusing.

Andrew: Well, let’s move on to the next note.


The Invisibility Cloak


Eric: Well I mean, so Harry is putting things together, and J.K.R. is – it turns out J.K.R. has woven this tale, you know? From the beginning I guess with the invisibility cloak, but more and more recently in Book 6 with Marvolo Gaunt saying that his ring, a family heirloom, you know, had the Peverell crest on it. So, basically, we got this whole thing where Harry – I don’t understand – Harry’s kind of flipping out. He says that the ring or the stone of the ring is inside the snitch, which he’s of course right about, but it seems awfully convenient. But at the same time it just – we’re seeing how J.K.R.’s weaving all these things together and fitting them all into the Hallows story. So I don’t know. What do you guys think about how she kind of wrote his invisibility cloak in. I mean we haven’t seen any other invisibility cloaks, but in this, you know, it’s kind of clever.

Mikey: No, we have, we have.

Eric: Well, have we?

Mikey: Didn’t they have a – didn’t they talk about how Moody had another one but someone else was using it?

Eric: Oh, you’re right. Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Well, I still think it’s clever that we’ve – we’ve been treated in a way to this invisibility cloak, which is, you know, I would call it a main character in the books. But then we didn’t know that, you know, other invisibility cloaks would wear – would not fit them all as good, you know, that sort of thing. It turns out this invisibility cloak is actually really special.

Mikey: Yeah, no.

Micah: Doesn’t somebody comment on that, though? I mean earlier in the books? And I forget who it was that they hadn’t seen a cloak quite like this ever before?

Mikey: Yeah, I know, I wanted to say that, but I don’t remember who.

Andrew: It was said, though.

Mikey: It was.

Andrew: And I mean, I think – I think – I think it shouldn’t come as like a surprise. Because we’ve always know there was something – haven’t we really always known that there’s something about the cloak.

Mikey: Yeah. Even the way he got it.

Andrew: Dumbledore had it, and his father wanted him to have it, so…

Mikey: Yeah, it’s one of those things where it’s like, it just magically appears. You know, we know it’s Dumbledore that gave it to him but it’s – he just magically gets this amazing gift, and Ron says, “Wow, those are really rare!”

Eric: Ah.

Mikey: You know, it’s like, wow.

Andrew: Yeah, that too.

Mikey: So it’s like – it’s always been given some significance, and the invisibility cloak has played a role in every book. Come on, Harry sneaks out way too much.

Andrew: But the cloak has confused me, because in the – in the books it says it’s indestructible, and it makes you – it makes you invisible. Like completely invisible. But I’m thinking like, don’t all you have to do is pull it off you and you’re not invisible anymore? I’m confused by how – how amazing this really is. Dumbledore can make him invisible without a cloak.

Mikey: Ah, but, no, he cannot make himself invisible. He can disillusion himself, so it’s just like he can go invisible.

Andrew: But he’s essentially invisible.

Mikey: He’s invisible, not to a very strong wizard. To a very strong wizard like, you know, say, Voldemort, he would not be invisible.

Andrew: Oh, okay. Oh, okay.

Mikey: But, you see, what he does is – Dumbledore cannot make himself invisible, but he’s such a strong and powerful wizard that when he does a Disillusionment Charm on himself, it’s almost like he’s invisible, and it’s you know, just as good for the majority of people. That’s why – and Jo actually said that, I think, inside an interview, not in the book. I remember that, and I was like, “That makes since now,” ’cause I was beating myself up thinking about that.

Eric: Well, that’s really cool, Mikey.

Mikey: Sorry. I knew that one like [snaps his fingers] off the top of my head, that was great.

Eric: No, that’s cool.

Micah: That was cool? That he was beating himself up?

Mikey: [laughs] Yeah, I know, beating myself up about it. But again, – again, we know the invisibility cloaks are made from, what was it, demiguise? Demiguise fur and stuff like that? And they wear out, you know. It’s like a fur coat, I would ascent – assume, but this, you know, this – but this is like completely different, you know? And didn’t he describe it once, like it felt like water almost on his hands? And that doesn’t remind me of fur at all. So like definitely you can tell now, thinking about it – and this is me thinking out loud, guys – it’s completely different than any other invisibility cloak.

Andrew: Yeah, I think you’re right.

Mikey: Yeah, you know. And again, we’ve conveniently been left out details about other invisibility cloaks. You know, up until kind of, the very end when we find out his is special.


Potter Watch


Eric: Okay, so next we have just – I mean Harry is pretty certain that his invisibility cloak is special, that the ring stone is actually in the snitch. He makes all these assumptions that are kind of convenient; I would call them unlikely. I would call them a cheap literary technique, in a way. You know, he’s right only when he absolutely needs to be. Because, what, there can’t be a – you know, because this is the part in the book where the plot has to go forward, so Harry has to know, just like he had to know about Godric’s Hollow, you know, that sort of thing. It’s just that all this stuff happens and Harry’s certain that he’s special and then – and what he must do. So after he figures out what we must do, Ron interrupts them, and this is a little something that I quite enjoyed. I know you guys did, too. We talked about this in London when we first read it. But J.K.R. does something really wonderful for us in – or at least we think she did.

Andrew: I – I don’t know.

Eric: Oh, come on, Andrew. You’re too humble.

Andrew: It just seems – it seems like a good idea on Jo’s end. We’re talking about Potter Watch. It seems like a good idea for them; they needed something to refresh them, to enlighten them, to give them – connect them to the outside world – a little gossip. I mean I won’t say it’s needed needed, but you need a little comic relief in this part of the story.

Eric: Well, it proves – I mean all that proves is that it serves the story. I still think that – I mean she not only kind of – I think – okay, I’m going to go out with my opinion – I think that it was kind of a nod to the literary discussion we had been doing, but not just us: PotterCast and all of the other sort of Harry Potter podcasts out there. All the kind of discussion all in the fandom, to have this Potter Watch, a radio show type thing, led by some of our, you know, favourite minor characters in the books. You know, I think that was a direct nod.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And not only that but she improved on what we were doing with coming up with some really cool ideas or segments.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, I agree with what you’re saying. It is worth mentioning that when everyone read this, we got flooded with e-mails. Just, “Oh my gosh, Jo was recognizing you guys and all the other podcasts out there with Potter Watch.” I guess. I mean until get more official word from her about it. It’s a cool name, though, and as we’re about to discuss, there are some other things going on…

Micah: And you know what’s interesting, though, is that that never came up. I thought maybe at Carnegie Hall that was going to be a question that was posed to her or at least in some of the interviews that she has done since then, but, surprisingly, that question was never posed to her as to, you know, where she really got the idea for Potter Watch and if it was, sort of, a recognition of anything.

Andrew: I’ll be honest with you, I wasn’t really impressed by all the questions that were posed to Jo after the book came out. Except for the web chat, there was a lot of good stuff going on in there. But after that, there weren’t many interviews that were really enlightening. Not blaming it on Jo. I don’t know who to blame it on, but, you know, frankly, I want to hear more about the Veil, I want to hear more about specific topics like Potter – like Potter Watch isn’t the most important question, but it would certainly be an interesting one, where she got the inspiration for that. But that’s a side topic, you know. I digress.

Mikey: Do you think this would come up in an encyclopedia of some sorts?

Andrew: Maybe. I don’t know. Potter Watch doesn’t seem like encyclopedic material.

Eric: Could be. Depends on how thorough she gets once she’s done writing.

Mikey: Can we have code names, Andrew?

Eric: That’s…

Mikey: Can we have code names?

Andrew: Well, I’m Toots.

Mikey: You’re Toots?

Andrew: Long before Book 7 came out.

Mikey: You’ve been Toots, yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I’m going to call you Tootsie.

Andrew: Tootsie? Nah, nah.

Mikey: Yeah, we’re calling you Tootsie.

Andrew: Everyone says I’m pronouncing [pronounces like it rhymes with “boots”] Toots wrong – it should be [pronounces like Tuts] Toots, and technically that’s probably right, but…

Eric: It is.

Andrew: …I think half the joke is that I say Toots. [laughs]

Eric: There’s a titled episode of MuggleCast called Toots, where you came up with that, right? Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, when I started – I made people start to call me Toots and they refused. But anyway…


The Code Names


Eric: Okay, okay. So let’s move on with our amazing Latin decoding skills. Remus’ code name is Romulus. Do you guys know why?

Mikey: Yes. Romulus and Remus.

Andrew: I don’t know why. Why?

Eric: And who are they?

Mikey: Well, Eric, maybe you should tell us.

Eric: Oh no, dude, you guessed it. You guessed Romulus.

Mikey: Well, now that I’m all worried, now I don’t want to know – they’re brothers, right?

Eric: Yeah!

Micah: They’re brothers raised by wolves.

Mikey: Raised by wolves and forced to kill each other, right?

Eric: No, no, maybe not. Maybe? No.

Mikey: I don’t remember. One of them died. One of them killed the other.

Eric: They did something else really important, first. They founded Rome.

Mikey: Yeah, I know.

Eric: Yeah, one of them. But they were the – yeah, you’re right. No, you’re completely right. They were raised by wolves. They were the brothers who – or at least – I think it was Remus who named Rome after Romulus, something like that. But needless to say, they were the brothers credited with the building or founding of Rome and they were raised by wolves. So it’s kind of ironic or kind of funny that Remus, his code name on this Potter Watch should be Romulus, because that’s kind of a direct nod to the origin of his name, or at least in popular history. So other names, though, other code names for these characters are not as clear, kind of like Rodent. Do you guys understand Rodent as it appears to Fred or George?

Andrew: I think it’s, sort of, just like being a rat. Like, ratting out the truth. I don’t know.

Eric: Well, I think…

Andrew: It wouldn’t surprise me that Fred and George would want to be Rodent and Rapier. Rapier. [pronounces Ra-Peer]

Mikey: I thought it was Rapier. [pronounces Ray-pee-er]

Andrew: Rapier, yeah, I didn’t want to say it like that though. I don’t… [laughs]

Mikey: Rapier as in, like, the sword.

Andrew: …I don’t know what she was going for.

Mikey: No, a rapier is a spear. It’s like – it’s the sword that you use for fencing. I think.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Mikey: At least that’s what I thought it was.

Andrew: Yeah, I’m looking it up, the definition now and, yeah, that’s what it is.

Mikey: Yeah.

Andrew: A type of thrusting sword, so…

Mikey: Yeah, it’s the fencing type sword.

Andrew: Well, it makes sense!

Mikey: It’s a rapier.

Eric: So it’s sharp, they poke fun.

Mikey: Yeah!

Andrew: They thrust the truth at you!

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: I don’t know. Just, like…

Eric: They thrust the…

Andrew: There’s a million different reasons. A chief Death Eater was another, sort of – it was a nickname – well, it was a nickname but it wasn’t one of the code names. Of course, for Voldemort…

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Interesting. Is that for the taboo’s sake? Or…

Eric: Chief Death Eater?

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Well, I think it’s a cool for him anyway.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: It’s better than saying, “You-Know-Who, You-Know-Who. You-Know-Who this, You-Know-Who that.”

Andrew: Right.

Eric: “He Who Must Not Be Named.” It’s boring! Chief Death Eater![laughs] You know…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: …it’s kind of – besides, I think that’s an honorable status, Chief Death Eater. He’s the one, you know, who has eaten death, who’s actually picked it up and eaten it with a fork and spoon.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: So that works. [laughs] They also just ramble a bit about having a sixteen foot high brother. They talk about Hagrid who is now in, I guess – or, no…

Andrew: He’s on the run.

Eric: He’s on the run because he had a “Support Harry Potter” party at his house. This is one of the things I would like to see in a cut scene in Movie 7. I know some guys…

Andrew: You’ll never see it though.

Eric: You’ll never see it though.

Andrew: Never.

Eric: But, just, sort of…

Andrew: It’s a cute idea.

Eric: …I think they should keep up with Hogwarts before we actually get the trio going there, but that’s just me. But Xeno Lovegood is in prison, a bunch of other stuff happens, Lupin is living with Tonks again, which was comforting to me, you know, because there was that falling out with Harry, Harry feels a little bit guilty about it.

Andrew: They were comforted too. They thought it was a relief too.


Back to Potter Watch


Eric: Yeah, and – okay, here’s the one thing, I guess, that really made us think or really made me think that it was a nod to us, this whole Potter Watch thing. It’s because Lee Jordan, I think, makes the comment that someone could move faster than Severus Snape confronted with shampoo. Is that not a fandom joke? Or has that actually been said in the books before? I think it has.

Andrew: I don’t think it has been said in the books before, but I do remember on an episode of MuggleCast…

Micah: It was a Top 10.

Mikey: On the…

Micah: It was a Top 10 thing that we did on the show.

Andrew: Oh, yeah! That’s right.

Eric: Top 10 and then…

Andrew: And then the title was, like, Snape Doesn’t Use Shampoo. It was like a statement. Snape’s Shampoo. I don’t know.

Eric: But actually, guys, we’re going to get e-mails if we don’t say this. At least on the Maurader’s Map, didn’t it say, “Moony wishes he would wash his hair, the slimy git”?

Andrew: Oh, does it? Oh gosh, that was so long ago. I forget.

Eric: Yeah, that was still so long ago. So like, there has always been a little bit of reference – I just thought that was so much, you know, kind of fun. We would all – we’ve all used that joke before, you know. So that was kind of…

Mikey: Oh yeah.

Eric: …an identifier.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: But it was all cool. It was still cool.

Andrew: So I think that’s about it for…

Eric: Yeah, basically.

Micah: Yeah, there was…

Andrew: It’s a cute…

Micah: Well, there was one thing that was said. I’m just – I’m looking it up, hold on just a second.

Andrew: Well, the one segment that they did do that I thought was kind of cool that I was thinking, like, “Hmm, how could we use this for our show?” Pals of Potter it’s called.

Eric: And what do they do during…?

Andrew: Well, the question is, “Romulus, do you maintain, as you have everytime you’ve appeared on our program, that Harry Potter is still alive?? So I guess it’s either friends – when I first read it I was like, “Oh, is this going to be, like, updates on Pals of Potter? Or is it going to be about Potter?” And, apparently, it’s just about supporting Potter.

Eric: It’s about their own, sort of, support.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, I think so.


Kingsley


Micah: This is actually the same section. It was Lee Jordan after Kingsley was talking about, you know, to help protect all the Muggles out there and Lee says, “Excellently put, Royal, and you’ve got my vote for Minister of Magic if we ever get out of this mess.”

Andrew: Yeah, that was pretty funny.

Eric: Aw.

Micah: So, I thought, a little foreshadowing…

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: …to Kingsley actually becoming Minister of Magic.

Eric: I like Kingsley.

Andrew: Oh, right!

Eric: I really like Kingsley’s actor in the movie. I really like that.

Mikey: I do.

Micah: It’s just because of that one line, man.

Eric: I know!

Andrew: “You may not like him, Minister. But you’ve got to admit, Dumbledore’s got style.”

Eric: It’s just – it’s really cool.

Mikey: I love him!

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: That was the best line. I laughed out loud. That was perfect, that was so perfect. So needed in that movie.

Eric: Yeah. Well, no, that guy was also in – what was it? It’s that movie with Daniel Craig, actually, it’s – sorry, I’m totally dead air. It’s either Daniel Craig or Jason Statham. It’s not – forget it, he’s in that movie though.

Andrew: You’re falling, you’re falling.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: You’re failing. You’re falling or or failing.

Eric: It’s not – it’s Layer Cake. Sorry, he’s in Layer Cake which is, you know, it’s not like Harry Potter at all. He’s a good role in that. He’s a good actor, I would like to see what else he did. But I really like the actor they cast to play Kingsley and not just because of that line but, you know, anyway.

Andrew: Well, I think that does it for Chapter-by-Chapter this week.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: That was easy.

Andrew: That was easy. I won’t hit the button though.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: But I mean…

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: [imitating the Easy Button] “That was easy.”

Andrew: I’ve got to reach over. I’m all set up for something else. That can only mean one thing.


Quote Quiz


[Quote Quiz intro plays]

Andrew: “It is you. If they find out who they’ve got, they’re Snatchers. They’re only looking for [unintelligible] to sell for gold!” That’s from next chapter, Chapter 23, “Malfoy Manor.” Nobody excited?

Mikey: Awesome.

Micah: What’s up next?

Andrew: I know what I’m excited for.


Make the Music Connection


[Make the Music Connection intro plays]

Andrew: I’ve got a few here for you guys this week.

Eric: Total meltdown.

Mikey: Oh geez.

Andrew: Total meltdown? What?

Eric: Yeah, the music. That little neeeroo….

Andrew: Oh yeah, yeah, yeah.

Eric: It’s really cool.

Andrew: All right, well, for Make the Music Connection this week I’ve got an e-mail with some ideas. It came from Sarah, 22 of Austin, Texas, and she sent in a couple of fun things for the show. But I wanted to play her ideas for songs this week because I thought they were pretty good choices and she has explanations for all of them. So who wants to go first?

Mikey: I will.

Andrew: Mikey? Okay.

Mikey: I’m excited. I can do this.

Andrew: Here’s a little classic rock for you.

Micah: There you go.

[“Center My Love” by Journey begins playing]

Andrew: “Center My Love” by Journey.

Mikey: Okay. No, no, I know. Journey. There’s a few things I can think of, this one. But, you know, if we go through it I really see this as the Mirror of Erised, Harry seeing his family. Not just seeing her, his mom, but his whole family. His mom and dad, you know, his love.

Andrew: Aw.

Mikey: I can see it because, you know, again, you know, Dumbledore has to stop him from continuing to go there because it’s what he’s yearning for and this song is about yearning for, you know – to tell someone that you love them, so…

Andrew: Aw, that’s so sweet.

[Music stops]

Mikey: What did Sarah say, though? I’m a little – I want to know what she…

Andrew: Sarah said, “It’s so perfect for Harry’s feelings about Ginny when he’s on his Horcux hunt and so lonely.”

Mikey: I – you know, I was going to bring that up but that seemed like too obvious of one. You know what I mean?

Andrew: Oh, don’t hurt our listeners!

Mikey: No…

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: No, but Sarah – no, no, it made perfect sense and I really like the song because, again, the song could be used for multiple things in it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Definitely the Harry and Ginny thing. That’s, you know – but I like the idea that it can go back, all the way back to the first book and the Mirror of Erised.

Eric: I like that, Mikey.

Andrew: All right, Eric, I think this next song probably works best for you.

[“I’ll Be There For You” by the Rembrandts starts playing]

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: “I’ll Be There For You” by the Rembrandts made famous by Friends, of course.

Eric: [laughs] This is not just the theme from Friends, Andrew. This is also the theme from the D.A. This is Dumbledore’s Army theme because…

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: …you know that they are loyal to each other. Every time – I mean Harry can’t stop them from coming up to him and being like, “How can we help?” You know, Dumbledore – I mean, sorry, Neville and Luna, man, they are there for him. You know? They are there for him. That’s amazing. This is the D.A. theme because they’re all really – they’re all into that. They all fight battles together and, you know, they deal with it all.

[Music ends]

Eric: Yeah, it’s the D.A. theme. I’m thinking particularly of Neville’s loyalty but mostly the, you know, the whole D.A. is really, you know – they were a good group of friends.

Andrew: All right, fair enough. I like that.

Mikey: Very cool.

Eric: What does she say?

Andrew: I had a picture of the Friends intro being re-done to the Harry Potter…

Eric: Yeah, with them in front of the fountain.

Mikey: Yeah, totally!

Andrew: Right, right. Just them in the Room of Requirement. Cafe in the Room of Requirement.

Micah: Well, I have a lot to live up to now. Those were two really good…

Mikey: Aw, but Micah…

Micah: …explanations.

Mikey: You’re Micah! You’re Micah Tan the Anchorman!

Eric: What did she say in the e-mail, Andrew?

Andrew: Her idea was it’s a great trio theme song. So, yeah, I mean…

Mikey: Friends. Yeah.

Andrew: You matched her pretty well. All right. So, Micah, you’re next here.

[“I’ll Stand By You” by The Pretenders begins playing]

Andrew: “I’ll Stand By You” by The Pretenders.

Micah: And I would have to say this is when all of the ghosts surround Harry and he is walking into the forest.

[Music ends]

Mikey: Wow.

Andrew: Aw, that’s so sweet! Aw! I love picturing these and thinking like they’re amazing.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: That’s a good one.

Micah: So…

Andrew: I like that a lot.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Her idea was it’s good for Harry and Ginny or Hermione and Ron. I like your idea better, Micah. I have to be honest. That would make me cry. I’m tearing up just thinking about it.

Eric: Yeah. You know, the antithesis of this song is “Don’t Stand So Close to Me” by Sting. You know.

Andrew: Is it really?

Eric: Another good song.

Andrew: I don’t even know what that word means.

Mikey: You know, I like Sting and The Police. I really do.

Eric: They’re really good.

Mikey: A lot.

Eric: Shout out to Sting and The Police.

Mikey: The Police. “Message in a Bottle.” I love you. Anyway…

MuggleCast 138 Transcript (continued)


Voicemails


Andrew: I guess we’re going to wrap this today with voicemails. You guys want some voicemails? I only have four this week. I won’t torture you with seven.

Micah: Like we tortured Jim Dale. Or we almost did.

[Eric laughs]

Micah: [laughs] Sorry.

Eric: He was about to do his Voldemort impression on you.

Andrew: Yeah. Let’s take the first one.


Voicemail: Xenophilius’s Name


[Audio]: Hi! Hi, Mugglecast. My name is Cancade Rab and I’m calling from Phoenix, Arizona. I just wanted to point out something about the name Xenophilius Lovegood. “Xeno” in Latin means “foreigner.” Hence “xenophobia” – fear of foreigners. So that’s probably what J.K. Rowling [pronounces like it rhymes with “growling”] meant when she made the name…

Andrew: [pronounces correctly] Rowling!

[Audio]: …Xenophilius Lovegood. Just wanted to point out that. And. And…

Andrew: [to the tune of “Jeopardy” theme song] Doo-doo-doo-doo-doo-doo-doo…

[Audio]: Well, bye!

Andrew: Bye!

Eric: Bye!

Micah: Bye.

Eric That was good!

Andrew: That end part of that e-mail was the best.

Eric: Coming from…

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Coming from Latin, if you’re a “xenophiliac” you love foreign things. You love weird stuff.

Andrew: Right, right.

Eric: Never put that together.

Micah: No, I think it’s a good point. I mean, I probably have yet to update the name origin section with him. Since I haven’t updated it in over a year.

Andrew: Tsk-tsk, Micah!

[Someone laughs]

Mikey: Micah, you’re working so hard.

Micah: But anyway. Yeah, I mean, even if you think about xenophobia, fear of foreigners, I think would suit him pretty good, because he’s kind of the odd ball and doesn’t really fit in…

Eric: He likes weird stuff.

Micah: …with anybody.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: So does Aberforth, but I mean…

Andrew: Yeah, geez, Micah, you’re already making an Aberforth connection.

Eric: His name just doesn’t happen to be Xenophilius.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: He’s a…

Eric: He’s a – Oh! Goatphilius.

Andrew: Say no more!

[Micah laughs]

Mikey: So, I have a question.

Micah: What?

Mikey: What is with Aberforth and the goat, guys? I really just never put it together.

Andrew: He’s just a weirdo.

Micah: That question was asked at Carnegie Hall too and Jo didn’t do too good of a job answering.

Eric: Jo did not touch that with a thirty-nine-and-a-half pole.

Micah: No, she did, but she just couldn’t find the right words. She was cracking up.

Andrew: What, J.K. Rowling said, “How old are you?” And the girl who was asking the question – I guess she said nine or ten. And J.K. Rowling said – she gave some elementary answer.

Eric: Oh, come on! That was the best answer.

Andrew: That’s all you need to know!

Eric: That was the best answer ever. I loved that.

Andrew: It was. It was funny. Yeah.

Mikey: So, I’m still confused.

Andrew: He loves goats. Aberforth loves the goat. We’ll leave it at there.

Eric: I think it’s the horns.

Micah: He’s charmed by the goat.

Andrew: Hey, you guys hear that sound?

Micah: No.

Andrew: It’s the sound of another voicemail!


Voicemail: The Taboo


[Audio]: Hey, Mugglecasters! This is Melissa M., age 17, from New Jersey. I just wanted to comment on your taboo discussion. I don’t know. I saw the taboo less of the reason to fight against Voldemort, and more of a way to keep the fear. Blaaaahhh.

Andrew: I don’t think she intended for this voicemail to be played, because that’s how she ended the voicemail, by going…

[Andrew and Mikey imitate the “blah”]

Mikey: That was good unison there, Andrew. We both did the blahs together. Yeah.

Andrew: But what do you think? I like her idea. She’s saying that the Taboo was more to just scare people in general, not to enforce anything.

Eric: No…

Mikey: I’m not going to comment on that because that’s too much into current politics here in the U.S., and I don’t want to start a big old discussion.

Eric: Wow. No, I completely disagree. I think the taboo was to find people. People aren’t going to say the name Voldemort unless they are…

Micah: Exactly.

Eric: …those kinds of people, so it’s not – no, it’s not to scare people – people aren’t going to – you couldn’t pay people to say that name before it was a taboo, you know, unless they were members of the Order of the Phoenix. The taboo thing was strictly so you could locate people who did say the name, or to locate the – you know, the opposition to Voldemort, because they were the only ones who were going to consciously speak his name. So it is all about finding people.

Micah: Yeah, I completely agree with Eric. I kind of disagree with the voicemail. I don’t think it has anything to do with a fear aspect of it because, as he said, the people were afraid to say the name before so they’re certainly not going to say it now. The only people who are brave enough to speak his name are the people that Voldemort himself are after, so…

Andrew: I guess.

Micah: …it was a way of making sure that they can track them down.

Andrew: I guess. There’s only one thing that could solve this question.

Micah: Another voicemail.

Andrew: Correct!


Voicemail: Girl Listeners


[Audio]: Hey MuggleCast, this is Elliot from Goodall, [in a midwestern accent] Minnesota. [drops the accent] Okay, I don’t really talk like that. I had a question about your listeners.

Eric: [laughs] Yes he does!

[Andrew laughs]

[Audio]: I’ve noticed that most of your listeners are girls, and I wanted to know what you thought about that. As a guy listener of MuggleCast, I have no idea why this would be. Okay, maybe I do, but that’s a totally different story. I also wanted to thank you all for everything you do. I love the show and I can’t imagine my life without MuggleCast…

Andrew: Aww…

[Audio]: I know, try not to cry.

Andrew: Aww…

[Audio]: Oh, and Andrew, Laura, Matt, Micah, Jamie, Eric, Ben, Kevin, Mikey, and Elysa are my favorites. ‘Kay, thanks. Bye!

Mikey: I wonder if it’s in that order. [laughs]

Eric: I – yeah, that was like seven names, so…

Andrew: He said my name first, so…

Mikey: It’s all right, Eric, I’m at the end, too.

Eric: Yeah, that sucks, man.

Andrew: Anyway, what do you guys think? I mean, I think it’s a pretty good question.

Eric: What did he ask?

Mikey: You know – you know what, guys…

Andrew: Weren’t you listening?!

Mikey: …I’m the only one that was a listener. You guys were all hosts from the beginning, so – you know, I think it’s weird, you know, when you’re a male listener to MuggleCast. It really is, ’cause I remember I’m like the only guy I knew listening to it, for the longest time.

Andrew: When – I have this little thing – when I do meet the guy listeners at the live shows, I shake their hand and I say, “Thank you,” because it takes a lot of guts to come out to a live show knowing full well there’s going to be a ton of crazy fan-girls. I’m not saying it’s not a bad idea to maybe find a girl that you would like, but – you know, most guys wouldn’t go for that. I mean they come to – they come – you know – to meet us and hear us do a discussion, so I have to give them a lot of credit for coming out there.

Mikey: Yeah. And also, you know, it’s the same thing with the conventions. The conventions are predominantly female also.

Andrew: Oh, there’s a – so glad you brought that up, ’cause that relates to our next voicemail.

Mikey: But yeah, no, it’s one of those things where – I honestly – like, I first met Andrew and Eric at Lumos. I don’t remember if you were there, Micah. I don’t think I met you there.

Micah: No, I was not. I was working…

Mikey: Okay, I didn’t think I’d met you there…

[Eric laughs]

Micah: …fortunately.

Mikey: I was pretty sure I didn’t meet you there, but that’s when I first met you guys, and you guys were probably like, what, 50 episodes in? I remember listening to, like, an episode while driving up there. I drove up to Vegas on my own. I was like, “You know what? I have a cheap hotel…” not at the same hotel…

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: …and I figured – I’m like, “If this thing is totally lame, and I’m totally, like a wierdo for liking Harry Potter, and I’m the only guy that I know that does, I’ll just hang out in Vegas. I’m 21…”

[Eric laughs]

Micah: There you go.

Mikey: “…I’ll party it up.” I was like, “I’ll just party it up,” and I ended up having a great time – I met you guys, and – you know, you guys thought I was pretty cool, and I am somehow now on the show. So…

Micah: And even I – like, I listened to the first episode of MuggleCast, and then I said, “This is – [bleep] – I need to talk to them and tell them what they need to do.”

Andrew: Whoa!

Eric: [laughs] Take it upon yourself…

[Micah and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: You know, Micah, it’s all right. Just tell Andrew how much you really hated the first few episodes. Like, I remember they got – you know, MuggleCast got pulled because they were just so bad. iTunes said, “We don’t like you!”

Andrew: No, no, no! Wait…

[Mikey starts laughing]

Andrew: We did not get pulled…

Mikey: [still laughing] I thought – isn’t that what happened, Andrew? [Mikey continues laughing]

Andrew: No! We didn’t get pulled because of the quality of the show! iTunes, for some reason, thought we were in violation of some copyright or something.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: They pulled MuggleCast and PotterCast…

Mikey: Oh yeah!

Andrew: You know which podcast is the better podcast. But the point is they didn’t pull us because of being bad.

[Mikey laughs]

Andrew: I could give you a million podcasts out there that are terrible. Not any Harry Potter podcasts, they’re all good.

Mikey: I know. Andrew, I just said that to get a rise out of you, come on.

Micah: I did – I did listen…

Andrew: [laughs] I know you did.

Micah: Yeah, so did I. But I did listen to the first episode before I contacted Kevin and ended up working here.

Andrew: Yep.

Micah: But – I mean – you know, I don’t know, I can’t really say that I would have… I guess it’s impossible to answer if I would have listened beyond, you know, I guess maybe Deathly Hallows. I don’t know.

Andrew: But back to his original question: Why are there so many girls that listen to the show? Is it our voices?

Mikey: Guys, it’s obvious.

Eric: Are there – Do that many more girls read Harry Potter than guys?

Mikey: I think so.

Andrew: Well, that’s true, too.

Mikey: And the fandom…

Eric: Or maybe, do that many more girls have iPod’s than guys? That sort of thing.

Mikey: No, no, no, it’s really…

Andrew: Why does – why does Harry Potter appeal to girls so much more than guys?

Mikey: Dan Radcliffe.

Micah: You know, I don’t – I don’t know that it does, and here’s a reason why. Because even at work, I mean my boss reads it…

Andrew: Well, there are exception cases, I mean…

Micah: I mean my former boss reads it. No, no, no, but I think probably there are a lot more who do read it who just don’t publicize it as much. You know, because maybe it’s not looked upon as being something that’s, you know…

Eric: Masculine.

Micah: …cool, or – yeah, exactly. And that’s completely not true but, you know, maybe that’s the reason why. But I mean, you go on a train after one of the books are released and, you know, it doesn’t matter where you look, there are people reading Harry Potter. You know, streets of New York, people sitting on benches. It doesn’t matter if it’s a guy or a girl, they’re reading the book. And maybe – I don’t know – maybe the girls are just more prone to getting involved in a fandom…

Mikey: No, it’s not true. This fandom is predominantly female and I haven’t been able to figure out exactly why Harry Potter is predominantly female. Like when you compare it to other fandoms like the Star Trek – I am not a Star Trek fan at all – but – or Star Wars, which are pretty male-dominated fandoms.

Eric: Hmm…

Mikey: You know, those are big fandoms, but they’re pretty male-dominated. This fandom is predominantly female and the only thing I can think of is fan-fiction is definitely geared more towards females than male.

Eric: It’s a good outlet for that time period in their lives.

Mikey: …and again, and also when you look at the conventions, again they’re predominantly female, and a lot of those topics relate to fan-fiction and that sort of stuff.

Andrew: I also think the movies play a big role, because Star Wars – you have a couple attractive actors. What other fandom? Lord of the Rings you have a couple attractive actors. But it seems with the Harry Potter films there are many more…

Eric: [laughs] It’s the wizard studs.

Andrew: …main attractive actors, and when you go to these premieres you see all these crazy screaming girls, and that’s why I’m thinking in the actual hardcore fans there are more girls because more girls love swooning over Dan Radcliffe, Tom Felton, Rupert Grint, the list can go on. So I think the movies do play a role.

Mikey: Definitely.

Eric: And the books are.

Andrew: And who would like magic more? Guys or girls? I mean…

Eric: Well…

Mikey: Guys are technically more…

Micah: I don’t know.

Mikey: Guys tend to be more techno geared in the sense of, like, technology.

Eric: Actually, though, aren’t guys – aren’t guys more fantasy writers, or fantasy readers than girls? Is that – has that been proven?

Mikey: I don’t think that’s true. I think guys are more science-fiction and girls are more science-fantasy.

Eric: That aspect of it. Yeah, okay.

Micah: Yeah, but see, I don’t know, because…

Mikey: If you look at all those gifts for Valentine’s Day or Christmas, guys – gifts for him, which are all like tech and gadgets, and gifts for her, which are more like – you don’t really find gadgets on those lists.

Andrew: Bed linens.

Eric: Well, Mikey…

Mikey: Yeah, you don’t find those things.

Eric: Well, Mikey, you’re right and what you’re saying with the techno thing, I think – and what I want to say is that I think it’s brilliant how – to address this kind of a question, because we’re talking about how most of our audience is female, the Harry Potter fandom is predominantly female, all that. But – yet we’re a podcast which has nine men and two girls. You know, because it’s done…

Mikey: Wait, wait, wait, wait. How many girls are on this show?

Eric: What?

Andrew: Well not today!

Eric: Laura and Elysa.

Mikey: I know, Laura’s gone! I’m sorry, I had to pick on Laura ’cause she was supposed to be here.

[Micah laughs]

Eric: No – Oh, right. Okay.

Mikey: Laura was supposed to be here today.

Eric: Laura and Elysa are the only girls who’ve like, basically ever – you know, who do this show, and we have all these guys. And, you know, that might be because, like you’re saying, Mikey, about the techno thing – how we’re all doing this, how it all started through a website. But I think it’s incredibly interesting that we see and we question why the fandom is predominantly female. We should actually kind of be questioning why our podcast, which represents the fandom, is so predominantly male.

Andrew: It’s the same connection I made with the movies. Now, okay, I’m not going to jump out there and say…

Mikey: Are you saying you’re dreamy, Andrew? Are you trying to say you’re dreamy?

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: I’m trying to – well, I already know that I’m dreamy.

Mikey: Yeah, we know you are. I think you are.

Andrew: What I’m trying to say is I think guys discussing Harry Potter…

Eric: Turn girls on?

Andrew: …is more interest to girls than girls listening to girls discuss. Maybe I’m completely wrong, because there’s no really all-girl podcast, so I don’t know.

Micah: Well, yeah, the point that you’re making, though, is interesting because all you have to do is look at the amount of hate mail that Laura gets.

Andrew: That’s true too.

Micah: You know, that strengthens your point. But I think there’s also appeal, you know, to guys to go see the Harry Potter movies because you have Emma Watson, you have Clemence Posey…

Eric: [imitating a typical male] Dude man, she’s so hot.

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: Oh, Eric.

Eric: You had to mention her, Micah, I mean, wow.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Okay, no, but you’re right, and [laughs] I mean, we’ve all handled Laura’s hate mail, right? I mean, we’ve all…

Andrew: Well, hold on, wait a second, wait a second.

Micah: Imelda Staunton I mean, come one.

Andrew: Laura’s not going to appreciate this. She doesn’t get that much hate mail.

Eric: Well, we were talking about from girls, who don’t want to hear other girls.

Andrew: She gets – right, other girls. She gets hate mail from girls on occasion and we think it’s just because she is a girl. And…

Eric: No – yeah.

Andrew: … our theory is – we never really said this on the show before, but our theory is that the girls send in hate mail to Laura because she’s a girl and they want to be on the show talking to us, not Laura.

Eric: Well, yeah. Or they don’t – Or maybe you’re right, Andrew when you first said, you know, that girls don’t really want to hear exactly what other girls have to say as much as they might want to hear what other guys have to say about something they love. That might be the whole kind of psychology behind a fan-girl movement too. I don’t know.

Andrew: Yeah. Well hey, I’m sure listeners have some really good ideas about why more girls listen. I’m sure some girls would like to get their opinion in on it because, you know, that’s kind of important too in this discussion.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: So send in your e-mails. Maybe send in a couple of voicemails and we’ll address them.

Micah: It’s just interesting I think.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, I mean, what Mikey was saying before. The technical side of it too because, I mean, that’s really why I got involved with this thing – was because, hey, they’re doing a podcast and it’s kind of like, you know, it’s kind of like a radio – it is a radio show.

Andrew: It is a radio show. And, Micah, you used to do radio, so…

Micah: Yeah. So I’m like, you know what? This is cool. At the time I had just, I think, finished reading the fifth book and – or at the time it was the sixth book. You know, I had read all five other the previous summer. So it wasn’t like something that I had been involved in since the series had started so…

Andrew: Yeah…

Mikey: Yeah, but – and honestly – and that’s how I got into it too. You know, you guys were impressed with my knowledge of technical stuff and my working for a certain company and they’re like, “can you do a podcast if we need someone in?” I’m like, “Yeah, not a problem.” And sure enough, I came back. Multiple times.

Andrew: And sitting on that technical idea, I’ll be honest, I love radio more than I do Harry Potter. But I’m really passionate about radio, it’s what I want to in the future.

Mikey: It’s the same with me and film.

Andrew: I don’t want to do Harry Potter in the future, that’s just weird.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: But I mean that in the literal sense. Take it the way you want.

[Everyone continues laughing]

Andrew: But I…

Mikey: Andrew, you want to do Harry Potter?

Andrew: I want to do – I don’t want to do Harry Potter. I’m sorry I don’t want to do Harry Potter.

Eric: Not now, not 5 years ago, and not in the future.

Andrew: Never did, never will, he’s just not my type. But radio is my type.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: He’s not cuddly enough.

Andrew: I – yeah. I do the MuggleCast. I do love MuggleCast for the radio aspect. I do love Harry Potter, I do love the fans. I love talking to Harry Potter fans.

Eric: This is like the most thought provoking voicemail ever.

Mikey: [laughs] I know!

Andrew: Well, let’s move on.

Mikey: Let’s move on, seriously, though, guys.

Andrew: There will be more discussion next week, I’m sure. Final voicemail for today:


Voicemail: Going Alone to Infinitus


[Audio]: Hey, MuggleCast, this is Britney. I was wondering if you were planning on going to Infinitus 2010 in Orlando, Florida. I’ve never been to a conference or convention because no one I know is interested in going. If you go alone is it still worth it? And I don’t want to go and be by myself the whole time because that will be sad. And also, do you need to stay at a hotel because I live in Orlando. All right. You guys are awesome. Bye.

Andrew: This poor girl, she wants to go to a Harry Potter conference, Infinitus. It’s going to be right around the time when the theme park is opening, and she wants to know, can she go by herself?

Mikey: I did.

Andrew: Mikey did.

Micah: How old? How old will she be?

Andrew: Oh why, Micah? Why do you want to know that?

Eric: She didn’t say

Micah: No, no, no, I’m just saying…

Andrew: Oh, Micah, why? What…

Eric: Well, there are serious restrictions because if she’s young enough she will need a chaperone, but otherwise…

Andrew: Oh, that’s true.

Eric: But otherwise…

Mikey: You know, honestly, it’s one of those things where I’m, you know – all of us here on MuggleCast are completely approachable. You know, I just went up to Andrew and said, “Hey, you’re Andrew Sims.” And I saw Eric walking around in his costume and – in his wizard costume at Lumos. I have a picture with Eric, you know. I was like, “Hey, can I get a picture with you?” Dude, I have a full costume too, man.

Eric: It’s a uniform.

Mikey: I have like…

Eric: It’s not a costume.

Mikey: I have – all right. Hey, dude, Eric, Eric, I not only have the robe, but I also have a cloak also, and I have like four sweaters. I know, I’m all about it too.

Eric: So is it a costume or uniform?

Mikey: It’s an outfit. It’s an outfit. It’s my clothes, it’s my clothes. It’s like – it’s my wizard clothes. So it’s one of those things where it’s definitely okay to go by yourself. But again, I went with the mindset of, “I’m going to be open, I’m going to make friends, I’m going to have fun, and if all us fails, you know, whatever. I’m in Vegas.” For you – you live in Orlando? Go – it does cost like $180 usually for the pass for the day and all that. You know, you spend the money, and if you absolutely hate it the first day, second day, don’t go. You live there in Orlando. But truthfully, you know, I can’t say for sure, because that’s a long way ahead, whether I’ll be there or not, depending on work and different things, but all of us are approachable. We all love Harry Potter. It’s one of those things – a gathering of people who have like…

Andrew: Right.

Mikey: We all like Harry Potter. You go like, “Hey, do you like Harry Potter?” And you can start a conversation. It’s not hard.

Andrew: Exactly. You don’t need a hotel, to answer the second part of her question, for starters. Especially if you live there, you can just drive there each day. But then you’re paying for parking. That may add up.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: Then again – well, I guess your parents could drop you off at the hotel. You will make friends at the Harry Potter conference, without a doubt.

Eric: Yeah. Absolutely.

Andrew: You enter this world – you enter this Harry Potter fandom crazy world. You will, guaranteed, meet so many new people, and you will meet people that I will bet will become life-long friends. And I’m not kidding. We’ve all made life-long friends through Harry Potter. And I think anyone who goes to these conferences has life-long friends through Harry Potter. And it’s thanks to these conferences.

Eric: Now, exactly. Now my advice would be the – Infinitus is an HPEF event, is it not? Yes. So what they have – and this is completely my advice. They have forums. They have discussion forums, they have exactly this sort of thing, where if you join or sign up – I don’t even know if you have to to be in the forums – but you meet people. And that’s exactly what you do. You say, “Here I am, and I am so-and-so, and I really enjoy Harry Potter, I’ll be going to Infinitus.” And you meet people through the boards. Now, this can be done months before. Months before Infinitus, you can meet people online, and what’ll happen is they do this so that, eventually, people could be roommates. You know, you find potential roommates if it is an odd number of you or if you were the only one going. You find all these, sort of, Harry Potter friends through the fandom, through the Internet, that you’re then going to meet up with. And living in Orlando…[laughs]…you might meet some people who want to use you and crash at your place. [laughs] Be aware of this.

Mikey: Any wizard rock band would like a free floor to crash on.

Eric: [laughs] So they might want to crash at your place. Do not let them. Unless you trust them.

Andrew: Guys, this recording’s really long. We need to wrap things up.

Eric: Okay. But basically my advice is you can meet people through the forums months ahead time. And I think it’s a brilliant way to do it. And I wouldn’t be too terribly worried about none of your other friends wanting to go. You could try to convince them, but you could also find – there’s so many other nice people out there in this fandom.

Mikey: Truthfully, you’ll probably have more fun if you go alone than with one of your friends. Because what’s going to happen is, they’re probably not going to want to be there, and they would drag you down in the sense that they don’t want to hang out with all the Harry Potter people, don’t want to go to the different things.

Andrew: Right.

Mikey: Go and have fun. You know what I mean?

Andrew: HPEF.Net is actually they’re website, and they have forums there. You can just click on “Infinitus” right there. It doesn’t look like the forum is too active now, but, hey, if you post, you never know. Someone will bite.

Eric: The thing’s two years away.


Announcement


Micah: We just have one more piece of news we wanted to bring up really quickly before we finish the show tonight. Actually, the news came out about a couple hours ago before we started recording, and that was that Dame Maggie Smith is battling breast cancer. So, of course, we just want to send our best wishes out to Maggie and her family.

Andrew: Definitely, yeah. It’s a shame, it’s a shame. But in the interview she said that she insisted on filming her scenes, even though she was still going through chemotherapy, so…

Eric: Yeah, she’s…

Andrew: Radiation therapy, sorry.

Eric: Well, she is such a good role in the books. She’s really a good actress and she’s really devoted to it. And, you know, our hearts go out to her. I really respect that she still wants to do her scenes and stuff in the movie as long as she can. That’s really great of her.

Mikey: Well said, Eric.


Contact Information


Andrew: Hey, Micah, if someone wants to send in parcel mail, do you know where they send that?

Micah: Yeah, it goes to:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia…is it 30028?

Andrew: It is.

Micah: I remembered, finally!

Andrew: Yay!

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: You can also…

Micah: Not even looking at that website that you are right now.

[Show music begins]

Andrew: If you want to be featured in an upcoming episode of MuggleCast through a voicemail, we have a couple phone numbers you might want to know. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom, you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re in Australia, you can dial 02-8003-5668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast. No matter how you call us, just remember to keep your message under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible, please.

You can also visit the MuggleCast website for a contact feedback form to contact any one of us. Or you can use our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

Don’t forget to visit MuggleCast.com for a variety of community outlets as well, including our MySpace, our Facebook, our YouTube, our Frappr, our Last.fm, our fanlistings and forums, and Digg the show at Digg.com, vote for us once at month at Podcast Alley. So I think that’s about it.

Micah: Next week we’ll do a better job at explaining all these community outlets. I know we did it on the lost episode a little bit, but…

Andrew: Well, I mean…

Micah: We have all these things, and sometimes people don’t know what they are.

Eric: So, Micah, what is this lost episode? When did you guys do this?

Andrew: It’s – we recorded it for the Jim Dale episode, but then we decided it lacked goodness, and we just – I just decided that that episode should focus just on Jim Dale and nothing else.

Eric: Oh, cool.

Andrew: But that episode will probably be released to PicklePants – [laughs] PicklePants – PicklePack fans sometime…

Eric: [laughs] PicklePants.

Andrew: …in the near future.

Eric: Now PicklePack is ending within a month or two.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s ending soon. It’s coming to an end.

Micah: I haven’t done it in three weeks.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: I do need to get on that, and I will.


Show Close


Andrew: All right, well, that does do it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Apologies to J.K. Rowling, but we are out of time. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Skull.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

Andrew: We’ll see everyone next week for Episode 139. Maybe J.K. Rowling will be on that one. Buh-bye!

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: Bye, guys.

[Eric and Micah laugh]

[Show music ends]


Blooper 1


Mikey: I’m Mikey B.?

Andrew: Dude, what happened?

Mikey: I don’t know. Where’s Eric?

Micah: [imitating Eric] And I’m the invisible boy!

Andrew: He said “I’m Eric Skull.”

Mikey: Oh, did he? I totally – I totally was like…

Eric: Sorry, dude. Oh, no, no, that’s courtesy of – well, I’m just standing in, because I thought I said it too fast.

Mikey: I didn’t even hear…

Andrew: No, it was fine. It was fine, Eric.

Eric: I am Eric Skull.

Mikey: Can I do a good “Mikey B.”?

Andrew: Yeah, yeah. I was going to say…

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.!

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: Nice.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.! Yeah, there we go, all right. Sorry. I was like waiting for Eric, and I didn’t hear it at all.

Andrew: Oh yeah, it’s all right.


Blooper 2


Andrew: All right, so, Micah, you’re next here.

[Pause]

Andrew: [whispering] I hope this plays…

Mikey: [whispering] Andrew…

[Micah laughs]

Micah: Oh, this is a great song, by the way, and I really think that it’s…

Andrew: [whispering] It’s supposed to be playing.

Mikey: Yeah. You know, I think I can help you out with this one right now, Micah. I see this, you know, at the end of the movie when the lights in the theater go back on.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: This was when I stopped reading – I was done with the book. This is the song that played.

Mikey: Well, no, see, then I heard crickets, because it’s just like…

Eric: [laughs] “What am I going to do now with my life?”

Andrew: It’s all your files straight up empty. Hold on, I’ll just load it up in iTunes real quick. Hold on.

Eric: That was going to be a preview.

Mikey: It’s all right, 30 seconds is all we need. Andrew Sims.

Andrew: Good old iTunes, I should’ve tested. I downloaded…

Mikey: Andrew, I have a question. How did you purchase it from iTunes if it’s empty?

Andrew: Uh….right.

Eric: Quit trying to back him into a corner.

Mikey: Awwww!

Eric: He doesn’t pay for anything.

———————–

Transcript #137

MuggleCast 137 Transcript


Show Intro


Jim Dale: [as Professor McGonagall] This is Professor McGonagall welcoming you all to MuggleCast hoping you enjoyed – Dobby! Dobby, come here! Here! Dobby! [as Dobby] Yes, I’d just like to say how very pleased I am to introduce MuggleCast to all of you! Thank you! Thank you!

[Show music starts]

Andrew: Hey, everyone! Welcome back for another edition of MuggleCast. I’m here with Matt.

Matt: Hey, everyone. This is Matt.

Andrew: And…

Matt: This is MuggleCast.

Andrew: Wait, you’re who?

Matt: Uh, this is Matt?

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Obviously.

Andrew: I don’t know who you are, to be honest, but we’re back for – this is going to be a Special Edition of MuggleCast. There’s no other hosts this week. We’re here just to narrate, so to speak. Get it?

Matt: No.

Andrew: Because the Jim Dale interview.

Matt: Oh, oh right.

Andrew: Yeah. So this week is, of course, our big interview with Jim Dale, along with Micah Tannenbaum, a fellow co-host here on the show, and Aziza from Portus. Portus2008.org. Anyway, there’s not going to be any special content this week. We’re just going to give you a few announcements. Matt, we had a great live show the other day, didn’t we?


The Live Show


Matt: We did. You know, that was a really good show. A lot of people were really up for it, and a lot of peopled listened. How many people did we have?

Andrew: Oh, we had over 100,000 people, easily.

Matt: Oh, at least.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: At least ten or twelve.

Andrew: Million.

Matt: [laughs] Whoa.

Andrew: Anyway, Episode 136 was our live show where we went – we streamed a live feed of us onto the Internet so everyone could listen and then call in and ask questions about the big news this week, which was Deathly Hallows being split in two.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: We actually asked Jim Dale about his thoughts on that and that will be coming up in just a few minutes in the interview.

Matt: That’s right.

Andrew: But anyway, we want to say thank you to everyone who tuned in for that live show, and thank you, everyone, who has listened to it thus far. It’s basically a regular episode of MuggleCast, only we were having a ton of fun. Ben came back, Jamie came back really quick, Kevin Steck came back. So a lot of fun. Definitely, and everyone’s been saying it was the best live show ever, so check it out, Episode 136. We’re very proud of that.

[Show music fades out]

Matt: That’s right. And we’re also planning on doing a lot more. I know Andrew said in the past, so we were planning on doing more of those live episodes, but we – they didn’t really get a chance to do that. But, Andrew, are we really going to do anymore live episodes? Are you up for that?

Andrew: Yes, absolutely we will do more live episodes in the coming months ahead. We don’t know when exactly, and we apologize to anyone who missed our live show this week, but I’m thinking what we’ll do is we’ll create a mailing list, a MuggleCast mailing list, and that way, so people don’t miss upcoming shows, we will send out an e-mail a few days before, or as soon as we know we’re doing a live show. So everyone can make sure that make it because a lot of people were upset that they missed Episode 136 live, but as we have promised, we said we were going to a live shows as soon as Warner Brothers broke the news about the movie split and they did, and we did a live show the day later.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So sorry, guys, but next time. We’ll let you know next time.

Matt: Yeah.


MuggleCast is Owning Podcast Alley


Andrew: Matt, what are we owning this week?

Matt: We are owning Podcast Alley.

Andrew: Yeah, Podcast Alley.

Matt: We freaking rule, man.

Andrew: We freaking rule! We’re number one this month, so far. Thanks to everyone who’s been voting for us. It’s MuggleCast March, so we have to win.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And we encourage all of you to continue voting. You can only vote once a month, but don’t forget to vote next month for MuggleCast Maypril and then MuggleCast May, MuggleCast Mune, MuggleCast Muly.

Matt: MuggleCast May just doesn’t sound very good. You’ve got to be more creative than that, Andrew. Come on.

Andrew: Muggle…Muggle May? Muggle May?

Matt: How about MayCast?

Andrew: MayCast?

Matt: Or Muggle…

Andrew: Muggle May.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Muggle May.

Matt: Muggle May.

Andrew: Okay. Anyway, thank you to everyone who’s voted for us. We – you know, it’s out of nowhere this month. We’re number one. Everyone decided to help us out this month, so thank you. Thank you, thank you.

Matt: We have a very comfortable lead, too, on it.

Andrew: Yes, we do. At least a couple hundred votes. And we find that important to stay high up in that Top Ten list because we want people new to podcasting to visit Podcast Alley, which they do, and see that MuggleCast must be a great podcast. [laughs] And it is, I mean, you know.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. Anyway, let’s waste no more time this week, Matt.

Matt: All right. Let’s do it.

Andrew: We’re going to jump straight into the interview with the one and only narrator of the U.S. and Canada Harry Potter audiobooks, Jim Dale. We’re going to be joined now by Micah Tannenbaum and Aziza.


Jim Dale Interview


Andrew: All right, Matt, Micah, and I are now joined by Aziza from Portus. Hey, Aziza.

Aziza: Hey, guys. Yay!

Andrew: We’ve got a big interview coming up in just a couple minutes.

Aziza: We do.

Andrew: But do you want to explain your job at Portus so everyone can get to know you a little bit?

Aziza: Sure will. I am the Portus’ public relations chair, so basically I make sure that all of you guys know what you need to know about Portus, and I keep you updated with the monthly newsletter as well as the Portus Previews, which is the official podcast for Portus in which we kind of interview all of the special guests, wizard rock bands, podcasters, everyone who will make Portus what Portus is going to be in July. So, yeah, basically, I’m the one that knows what you’ve got to know for Portus.

Andrew: Sweet. You’ve been doing a great job.

Aziza: Oh, thank you.

Andrew: HP2008.org, Portus2008.org.

Aziza: Yes. And really visit the website. The website is a great resource for everything, and we have a MySpace page, a Facebook page, and even a LiveJournal page.

Andrew: Awesome.

Micah: All your bases are covered.

Matt: We’ll put that all in the show notes, too…

Aziza: Yeah, you guys friend us.

Matt: …so they can find it.

Andrew: Yeah. We each have each other in our top eights on MySpace, so we’re like best friends.

Aziza: Yes, we do. Yes we are.

Andrew: That automatically means we’re best friends. [laughs]

Aziza: Totally.

Andrew: Okay. I think it is time to call him, right?

Aziza: Call him. Oh my god! Okay, I’m sorry.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: Everyone take a drink of water. Oh, so nervous! Are you guys nervous?

Andrew: I am, actually. I’ve been drinking all my water. I’m going to be out before we even call him. [laughs]

Aziza: And everyone’s going to be like, “Excuse me, Mr. Dale, I have to go pee.”

Matt: “Excuse me Mr. Dale…”

Andrew and

Aziza: Yeah.

Aziza: All right, I’m going to take a sip of water and then we’ll call him.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: All right.

Aziza: And we’re now joined by Jim Dale, the U.S. narrator of the Harry Potter books. Mr. Dale is a Tony Award winning actor, and will be joining us at Portus this July since he might know a little bit about this Harry Potter stuff. Hello, Mr. Dale.

Jim: Hi, it’s nice to be with you.

Aziza: It’s great to have you here, and hear that voice. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah. It’s kind of surreal hearing it outside the audiobooks.

[Jim laughs]


Jim’s Take on the Split Movie


Andrew: We’ll start off the questions today with a recent news story. I’m not sure if you’ve heard about this yet, but they’ve decided to split the final film into two parts. Did you hear about this?

Jim: Yes, I read about that. You know, my only problem with the films is, you know, if a story is written for the screen and then it has a beginning, a middle, and end, including all the characters, when you take an existing story that lasts – when you listen to it or read it, it lasts twenty-seven hours, and you try to condense that into a two-hour film you’re surely missing out and losing a lot of parts of all the story, all the side stories, and all the characters. I think sixty characters were missing from one of the films due to the fact they had to edit the story down so much. So that’s a pity, but if they’re going to make it into two films, then at least it gives all of us a chance of seeing and hearing a little bit more of the stories and the subsidery characters in the story. I’m very pleased that they’re doing that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Aziza: Yeah.

Matt: Definitely.

Andrew: And that’s why producer David Heyman said that they want to give it – they want to do the final film more justice. So this is the only way they can do it.

Jim: Absolutely, yes. Well, you know, if they gave every film that justice each film would last about ten hours.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: That is true. What are you thoughts about the movies in general? Real quick, before we get into the…

Jim: Well, that was – actually what I just said to you is the way I feel. If it’s written for the screen that’s one story, that’s one thing. If it’s written to be read or to be listened to and then adapted for the screen you are bound to lose such a lot of it, such a lot of the content. When J.K. Rowling describes a scene it can take two whole pages. You are taken with her through a journey of what that scene is and what it looks like. She has something under every stone that she lifts up, something for you to appreciate, understand, focus on. But when it’s captured on film that one scene of the view can last for two seconds, then it cuts away. So those are the things that you lose when you adapt something for the screen. You lose the writer’s lovely technique of description.


If Jim Could Have a Role in the Movies


Andrew: Yeah. That is such an interesting answer. Now about the movies, a little bit more, if you were approached for a role which one would you take? Which one would you choose? If you could pick any?

Jim: I don’t know, I suppose at my age, I mean years and years ago I would for Dobby, I suppose, or something.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: I put a long nose on me. But I’m too tall for that. But anyway, I would probably go for Dumbledore.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Jim: The unfortunate thing was, you know, Richard Harris was playing Dumbledore for a few years, and Richard was saying, you know, after one or two films you’re finding you’re sitting around on the set for weeks, and weeks, and weeks, and weeks not doing anything, and he was getting a little bored with it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Aziza: Right.

Andrew: You wouldn’t want that.


Jim’s Relationship with Harris


Matt: Well, since you talked a little bit about Richard Harris, what kind of relationship did you have with the late actor?

Jim: We were friends. I made a film with him in – how was it – Budapest. We met in Budapest, and I did a film called The Hunchback. It was with Mandy Patinkin and Salma Hayek as well, and we were there for many, many, many weeks and Richard and I had a lot of time to spare, so we spent time together. And I got to know him and realized he was one of the nicest actors you could ever meet.

Matt: That’s just really nice to hear. He does seem like that kind of person, too.

Jim: Absolutely. Wonderful singer as well.

Matt: Oh, really?

[Aziza and Matt Laugh]

Jim: “MacArthur Park.” That wonderful song he recorded, “MacArthur Park.” It’s one of my favorite songs. I couldn’t believe I was meeting the guy who actually sang it. I was a fan. I was a great fan.


Getting Chosen to Narrate Audiobooks


Matt: Okay, let’s get into the books themselves a little bit now. So, Mr. Dale, how did you get chosen for the job?

Jim: Please just call me Jim. I, you know, please, no more.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay, Jim. They told me to say that.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: So were – did you get approached for it? Did you audition for the job?

Jim: Well, obviously they said, after I got the job, they said we were looking for someone who could do a few voices perhaps, and the man who was trying to find the right narrator was called Tim Ditlow, and Tim heard that Jim Dale, the actor, was in an off-Broadway production of Travels With My Aunt. It was a very famous film with Maggie Smith many, many years ago, the aunt and the nephew. And he was told that there were three actors speaking in the play, all dressed in identical suits, with identical mustaches, with identical hairstyles, and they were doing a total of 33 different characters: women, children, foreign people, you know, with strange accents, unbelievable policemen, and villains. And so he thought, great, so he hired me to do the job of reading for Harry Potter and then found out that Jim Dale only played the nephew and the aunt. The other guys played 31 roles between them. So I really got the job under false pretenses.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: But I’m very pleased I did.

Aziza: As are we. [laughs]


Preparing for a Reading


Matt: What kind of process do you take when you prepare for a reading?

Jim: Well, never having narrated an audiobook before – I think I had tackled one many, many years ago; it must’ve been so bad it was never released.

[Matt laughs]

Jim: So I really didn’t know how to do it, so I had to use my own inventiveness. And I realized when I read the first page, that it would be a good idea to mark the characters as I got to them, not only on the script but also on a separate notepad. And also to read the first sentence that that character speaks into a tape recorder prefacing it with, say, “Page One, Dumbledore” and then read the first sentence that Dumbledore speaks. And I realized if I did that, then I could go to the studio with this tape recorder and tape, and anytime I was a little confused as to what voice I had invented then I would replay the tape to voice 27, say, which was on page 31. And that was in the script, so I knew it was voice 27. I would rewind the tape or wind the tape back onto voice 27, listen to it, and then it would jog my memory as to the voice for that particular character. And I thought, well, that seems a good way to go. Then also you do have to attack that script by marking it constantly, because the writer doesn’t say the sentence like, “Dumbledore said, ‘Da-da-da-da-da-da.'” It’s always the opposite. “‘Da-da-da-da-da-da,’ said Dumbledore.”

[Matt laughs]

Jim: So, therefore, you have you have to know who is speaking prior to that line. So, all the dialogue has to be marked either with the initial of the character or you identify the character with a certain color.

Matt: Oh.

Jim: So, sometimes that page looks like a rainbow…

Matt: [laughs] Yeah.

Jim: …of different colors, but of course you have to memorize what the colors mean and what names they represent.

Matt: I could imagine. How many times would you say you read the books?

Jim: I am very lucky if I get a chance to read it once.

Matt: Oh, really?

Jim: I’m given the book on maybe Saturday, and on Monday I am supposed to be in the studio recording it.

Andrew: Wow.

Jim: Now, see what happens is that we are – I think the publishing company negotiates for the right to make the audio book, but then of course we have to wait for the real book to be published, and then a copy of it sent to us after it’s been corrected, etc., and we get it very, very late, so we’ve only got maybe seven weeks or eight weeks before the book comes out onto the shelves at the bookstore, which means that if our tape is not on the shelf on the same day, then the kids can’t wait for the audio book. They’ll buy the book and then their parents will then say, “We’ll buy you the book, but we’re not getting you the tapes as well.” So, we have to do a very, very quick job of recording…

Andrew: Mhm.

Jim: …and everything that goes on after that. See the recording of the book is quite easy for me. I rush through my recording of it, but then it has to go through the hands of some very, very clever people called the editors, and it’s the editors who find every mistake in that script that I have recorded – every mistake has to be corrected, so I have to go back into the studio. Then, only when they’ve finished that can they determine how many CDs it will need for the package. Only then can the package be designed. All of this has to be done and then taken to the factories, and everything has to be printed and published and packed and sent out to those shops throughout America in time for that opening day the book is released. So, it is very, very fast, and I just cannot take my time. In the first one or two or three books of Harry Potter, I was able to do that because the books were already on the market. They were in no hurry to get the audiobooks out. The books had been sold. So I could think of maybe one or two or three different voices for a particular character and then choose – make it my choice as to which of those three voices I would finally select. Later on I just did not have the time to do that. I just had to think of a voice, say to myself, “is it or isn’t it? Yes it is,” and then tape it, as I said, on my little tape recorder, and then move on to the next voice, because later on as you will appreciate – you know, when you get one hundred and thirty four voices in Book 5, that’s a lot of voices to invent.

Matt: Yeah.


The Voices in the Audiobooks


Jim: Also, I may have mentioned that Book 7 was a hundred and fourty seven voices…

Aziza: Wow.

Jim: …which broke the previous record. But then people say, “So she invented another seven characters, or eight characters.” And my answer to that is no, what she did in Book 7 is she took out sixty characters that were in Book 5 and invented another seventy one characters.

Andrew: [laughs] Oh, wow!

Matt: Oh, my goodness.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: So all that added up adds up to a hundred and forty five voices, I think. So it wasn’t a matter of just inventing seven more voices, it was a matter of inventing fifty or fifty-five or sixty new voices which everyone will know.

Matt: Distinct voices.

Jim: Yeah. So that was a problem.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Because you run out of voices!

[Matt laughs]

Jim: My wife, she’s reading in bed late at night and she hears me screaming out “Where are you? Where are you?”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: So it’s always very difficult. Sometimes I don’t even know who Jim Dale is at the end of the day.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: That’s funny.

Matt: That’s funny.

Aziza: Well, with Deathly Hallows, since you created so many voices for it, what was your – did you have a favorite character that was excluded to that book or did you have a favorite scene while you were reading in DH?


A Tedious Process


Jim: Let me explain something. As I’ve just explained how quickly we have to do it, you’ll appreciate that when I read the book, I am really browsing through it very quickly to get to the characters, to get to the characters, to identify who they are, what they are, and then invent a voice for them and record it and then move on. And when you have so many voices to invent you can’t spend too much time as a reader would, just sitting there, swallowing, tasting every word that is written by J.K. Rowling. You have to just scroll through the script as it were, quite quickly, to focus on
what is very important, which is the construction, the designing of that character’s voice because you have to become that character, you have to get into the head of that character and see the world through their eyes, whether they’re a snake or a spider or a villian or a hero. You have to be in their head. So at the end of the day when I’ve got all the tape ready to record I haven’t really followed the story that closely, so the first time I actually read the story and focus on it is when I’m recording it.

Andrew: Mhm.

Jim: Then, of course, we’re in such a great hurry that there are no takes. Two, three, four, five or six. We don’t do it that way. I have to keep reading until something happens causing them to have to stop the tape. Something happens in the way that there might be a page that has to be turned. That would make a sound, so I have to stop – they have to stop the tape then. If I just touch my shirt and it makes a scratching sound, that can be picked up by the microphone. We have to stop and go back on that. So there are many instances when we have to keep stop-start, stop-start, stop-start. And while we’re doing that, yesterday’s recording is being listened to and the editors are now coming back into the studio today to ask me to rerecord stuff I did two days before. So it’s all very fast and furious and mind-boggling at some times. And I have no idea what I’m doing half the time.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Because I’d – I’d forgotten the mood that I was in. Two days ago I’m asked to record one line. What was the mood that I – my character was in? So it all takes a lot of working out before you come up with the final – the final version of it.

Matt: Yeah. I can just imagine just all that stuff to think about and all these people coming at you.

Jim: This is not just me. This applies to every narrator who narrates a book that contains characters whose voices have to be heard. So it’s not just Jim Dale, it’s every narrator goes through this and has their own technique, their own way of capturing the story for their listeners to understand and appreciate and enjoy.

MuggleCast 137 Transcript (continued)


The People Involved


Andrew: You keep mentioning all these people involved in this whole audiobook process. I’m wondering how many people exactly are involved just working on your narration between the editors and the people listening to you…

Jim: Well, I would say the immediate people there would be me sitting in a small cubicle not daring to move because you have to just face the microphone constantly.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Through the glass divider there are three people sitting out there. One is the engineer, one is the producer, and one is a somebody who can be called the producer’s assistant. It’s just another ear. What they are listening to is you – waiting for you to make a mistake…

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Because that’s when they stop you. You put an “S” on that word. You left out an “a” or you left out the “the.” You left something out or we couldn’t hear you on that one. So it’s stop-start, stop-start quite a lot. So those are those people. And then the tapes are then sent to the editors, and on a Harry Potter book there could be six editors in the next room and someone is in charge of them. And then after the editors then come the other people who will be doing all the packaging design, and then the people who will be working in the factories. So there are hundreds of people involved in it.

Matt: Wow.


Jim’s Favorite Parts


Aziza: Do you ever get to just read it for your own enjoyment?

Jim: I’ve not the time.

Aziza: Oh.

Jim: I really don’t have the time. I go from – see, I’m not just a narrator. I’m a working actor in the theater.

Aziza: Right.

Jim: And I have scripts that I have to read, I have scripts that I have to learn. I have rehearsals that go on from 10 o’clock in the morning until 5:30 at night. And then I have things to do in the evening concerning a one man show. So there’s quite a lot of activity in my life other than narration.

Aziza: Right. Did you ever have a part of the books that made you laugh out loud or even tear up or anything like that in your fast-taking?

Jim: Oh, you mean of Harry Potter?

Aziza: Right, right.

Jim: Oh, yes. There were so many things. I would fall off – I’d be falling about with laughter at some of these silly voices. Aunt Marge is a lovely example.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: You know, you have to find these voices. Aunt Marge, you know, [imitating Aunt Marge] she sort of talks like this. She was wonderful! She, or, he, I saw in a pub once. He was sitting – this fat, jovial sort of colonel with a big red nose and a bushy mustache and he had a gin and tonic in his hand, and it was the way he was talking! And then I realized that, you know, when you get a lady and a fellow – an older man and an older lady, there’s not much difference between them, so the voice was quite acceptable to be that of a woman as well as a man. I realized that. You know, when you see two people sitting on a park bench, an old man and an old woman, you can’t tell which is which! She sits just like he does. She doesn’t sit with her legs crossed with her toe pointed. She sits like an old man sits…

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: [laughs] People get almost identical later on, not just the way they behave sitting there, but the way they talk as well.

Micah: Yeah.

Jim: So Aunt Marge – I don’t know what his real name was, bless his heart, but he was the inspiration for Aunt Marge.

Matt: Aw.

Jim: When I was using that voice it made me laugh a lot, so that’s when you – the producer was saying, “Will you please stop laughing? We’ve got a book to read.”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: But you’ve got to have fun or it would drive you crazy.


Favorite Voice


Micah: Yeah. Well, I think that’s a fair assessment of Aunt Marge. But looking back on the whole series, what character’s voice was your favorite to do?

Jim: I suppose Dobby. I think everybody knows the story about Dobby, but if you’d like me to repeat it I will.

Aziza: Right. I would love to hear it too, because it’s one of my favorite things.

Jim: Well, it was Dobby was when I was in a theater – I was doing a pantomime called “Jack, Jack, and the Beanstalk,” but there was also another pantomime in the same group of buildings, one called “Snow White and the Seven Dwarves,” and I didn’t know that there was a dwarf in the elevator when I backed into it. There were people coming in and we were squashing in and then suddenly in the silence while the elevator was going up I heard this voice saying, [using his Dobby voice] “Excuse me, sir, can you take your bum out of my face?”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: And there was this little fellow standing there. I said, “I’m sorry. I do apologize.” [using the Dobby voice again] “It’s all right, sir, they all do it. They all do it.”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: And I remembered that voice, and from a long time ago when I was a young pop singer in England when I was about twenty-two years old. So these voices stay with you. You know, you really have to try to bring back memories of distinctive voices, and I’ve found that the most distinctive voices of the people from my youth were those of the comedians on the radio. You had to have a distinctive voice so that people would know who you are or, you must admit, all comics just have to say “Good Evening” and you know exactly who they are, and it was the same in the old days. So I remembered a few old comics, and I used their voices as a stepping stone towards the characters’ voices, and it worked many, many times.

Micah: Yeah, and because Dobby was your favorite, I mean, was that death scene in Deathly Hallows particularly difficult to do?

Jim: Absolutely! Yes, of course it was.

Matt: Aw.

Jim: But as I’ve said you have to get into the head of all of the characters, and there comes a time when the characters are, you know, they become real to you. And I think you’ve got to see the world through their eyes, and it was very, very sad. Very sad.

Matt: Yeah.


Most Difficult Voice


Micah: What would you think was the hardest voice for you to come up with?

Jim: Not the hardest but the most aggravating. I hated doing too much of Hagrid.

Andrew: Aw.

Matt: Aw.

Jim: Well, the first time I did Hagrid it was a lot of dialogue, and I lost my voice within twenty minutes, and we had to stop recording. That’s how bad it could be, because Hagrid, you know, the gravel voice, I won’t do it now.

Matt: Right.

Jim: It really does – you shouldn’t ever treat your vocal chords like that. Your vocal chords are your instrument, and you can play various tunes on the instrument, but if you break that instrument or cause it to malfunction, then you’re going to be out of a job. You’re not going to be able to do it. So you really have to take great care of your voice, like all opera singers have to, like all pop singers have to as well. Of course it’s the way of earning money, and if you destroy it or ruin it by treating it like that then you’re not going to be around for very long. So I really hated it. There was one scene, I forget what book it was, but Hagrid had been on holiday. Now J.K. Rowling could’ve asked Harry to say, “How was your holiday?” and Hagrid to say [does Hagrid’s voice] “Fine, I’m back now.”

[Micah laughs]

Jim: That’s all he had to say, but instead he went on for four, five pages explaining where he’d been, what he did, who he…you know. Oh, it went on and on and on.

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: I was dying for him to give it up and fall asleep.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Jim: So that was a problem. Anything that’s a strain to the voice be very wary of.

Andrew: Interesting.

Jim: But what it does is teaches you not to create voices with that gravelly effect.

Andrew: [laughs] Right.

Jim: Don’t do it, it’s silly.


J.K. Rowling’s Involvement


Matt: You pretty much give all of Jo Rowling’s characters’ voices. Does she ever put any input in voices when you’re reading?

Jim: No, not really. I met J.K. about three times, I think. The first time was after – she had already published books three and four, I think, so she arrived in New York and I was asked to go and meet her in this party, so I took along all my four books and she very kindly signed all four books, you know, she listened to me recording. She never – she said she knew my work as an actor in England and trusted me. So that was enough and she didn’t tell me I was doing anything wrong, and we really only had – the communication between J.K. Rowling and the producer was about the pronunciation of certain words that she herself had invented and perhaps wanted us to read in a certain way, or pronounce in a certain way. So those are the only contact notes we had with her. I did do a reading on American television one morning with J.K. standing at my shoulder. One shoulder was a white owl and the other shoulder was J.K. Rowling, so it was all a bit weird and frightening. Actually have the author listen to you read.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: But she was very complementary and she’s a lovely lady.


Messing up the Reading


Aziza: Do you have a blooper reel of maybe when you have messed up in the series or have misread something?

Jim: Do I have what?

Aziza: A blooper reel? Kind of like, um…

Jim: Oh, I wish we did. There was no time for doing that. If it was – see what happens between – I know nobody’s listening to this, so just between you and me.

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: If I really want to do it again I just swear.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: And they have to stop the tape. It works every time.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: But that’s sort of very seldom. Because I, you know, when you jump from one character to another to another, each character’s in a different mood. One is angry, one is sympathetic, one is appealing, one is frightened; and they’re all on the same page. So not only do they have different voices but they have different emotions that must come out in that voice. That can be very straining. And there’s no practice, there’s no rehearsal time for that. We don’t rehearse in any of these, we just turn the mic on and say go. And that’s it ’til lunchtime.

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: Those are the problems, you know. Like I said, trying to create all that from – with your voice the way you would read it on the page. I have to transfer all those emotions into something that can be heard by the listener. And sometimes when there are five or six different characters on the same page the dialogue jumps from one to another to another to another. It can drive one crazy.


Taking Care of his Voice


Aziza: Right. You mentioned that you have to take care of your instrument, which is your voice, very carefully.

Jim: Yes, mhm.

Aziza: Do you drink tea, or do you do anything to do that?

Jim: The only thing I take is not ice cold water, that’s crazy. You have a room temperature water. And a lot of people said, well, do you keep going dry? The answer is of course you do because every time you talk moisture is coming out of your mouth in the way – in your breath. So consequently, you can go all day without having to go. Do you know what I mean?

Aziza: Right.

[Aziza and Jim laugh]

Jim: And so I just drink water occasionally. But sometimes there’s more saliva in your mouth than there should be and it can be heard in your voice. So for those occasions the secret that all narrators know, or should know, is that you have a green apple in the studio with you.

Aziza: Oh.

Jim: And what you do is you take just a bite, not a great bite, just a bite of the green apple, chew on it, and then spit it out into the wastepaper basket. And that clears your mouth of all the sounds of saliva.

Aziza: Right. That’s…

Andrew: Interesting.

Aziza: Yeah.

Jim: These are little tips. But you should never take chocolate in there to chew.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: You mustn’t do this. Just keep your voice as fresh as it can be.

Aziza: I think I may take that green apple advice, as well. [laughs]

Jim: Absolutely. Works every time.

Matt: That’s perfect.


Stephen Fry’s Narrations


Micah: Jim, I know you mentioned before that you don’t always get time to read the books for enjoyment, but have you ever listened to Stephen Fry and his narrations of the books?

Jim: No, I haven’t. Stephen does it all for, I think it’s just for England.

Andrew: Right.

Jim: I do it for America and Canada. No, I haven’t. I think my grandchildren haven’t either because I – my publishing company over here immediately send my audiobooks over to England for my grandchildren, and my grandchildren have a queue of people, of their friends, who want to read the American version just to hear the different voices. I’ve no idea what Stephen sounds like. My relationship with Stephen Fry goes back to Me and My Girl, the Broadway musical that I did here in New York. And Stephen Fry wrote most of the dialogue for Me and My Girl. The original script, I think, was lost, but Stephen’s wonderful at the old jokes. And I was complaining to him – he came to my apartment prior to his rehearsal – and I was saying some of these jokes are so old, Stephen, you know, and I knew them at school. Can we change them?

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: Stephen says no, I think we’ll leave them in. And I said, but Stephen, look, there’s one joke here, you know, he says to the chef – he says to the cook, what’s this? And the cook said it’s bean soup, and he said, I don’t care what it’s been, what is it now?

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: We’ve all heard this. No, let’s leave it in. You know, it got the biggest laugh of the night.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Because what happens, you see, is what is an old – an old joke to me – an old joke to me is only a joke I’ve heard.

Andrew: Uh-huh.

Jim: A new joke to someone is only a joke they haven’t heard, and some of these jokes from Me and My Girl go back two or three hundred years. There was a joke book called Somebody Miller’s Jest Book, 1740 or something like that, and some of these jokes were in that – Joe Miller’s Jest Book, it was called – and some of the jokes that the children are still telling at school today – not originally from that book, but they were printed in that book as jokes that existed at that time. And so, you know, there’s no such thing as an old joke – as a new joke – it’s just a joke you haven’t heard. And so, consequently, all the old jokes that we were brought up with here – that we were brought up with in England were incorporated into Me and My Girl, and the American audiences had never heard them and treated them as new jokes. And that was the terrific success of Me and My Girl; it went on for a couple of years – two or three years on Broadway. With Emma Thompson playing…

Aziza: Fantastic!

Jim: ….in the original production in London with Robert Lindsey.

Aziza: Wow.

Jim: And I did it over here with Marianne Plunkett, a wonderful, wonderful actress. It was great fun.


Jim’s Family


Aziza: Yeah, that sounds amazing. Jim, you had mentioned your family and your kids. Are they a fan of the books?

Jim: Oh, absolutely. In fact, we have a connection. I have three sons, all of them connected with show business. One of them actually is an actor touring in England at the moment in – what is it – Fiddler on the Roof. I have another son who runs a studio designing and making sets for commercials and for films. And my third son is connected to Harry Potter in a big way. Every film for Harry Potter that they do, there are helicopter shots, and my son, Adam Dale, if you Google him, the first name that comes up is Adam Dale, and he is a top, top cameraman; a helicopter cameraman.

Aziza: Oh wow.

Jim: And Adam’s done the last – he’s just finished the last – I think he’s still doing it – the last Harry Potter film.

Andrew: You know, I was just going to say, we just found out last week they’re filming at Millennium Bridge in London and they are doing…

Jim: That’s right.

Andrew: …helicopter shots. Is he in that?

Jim: Yeah, but what happened was Adam phoned me and he said, “it’s been great fun today because I took my son down” – I’ve got a grandson called Angus. And he took Angus down to the film set – they were shooting this Bridge – and left Angus while he went up in the helicopter, shooting very low over the River Thames. Then the helicopter landed and they put Angus in it and so Angus went for his first trip in a Harry Potter helicopter last week.

Micah: That’s awesome.

Aziza: I’m jealous.

[Andrew, Aziza, and Jim laugh]

Jim: So little Angus – he’s about seven or eight now. Eight, I think.

Aziza: Aw.

Jim: He met all the cast, which was wonderful.

Andrew: Cool.

Aziza: Yeah, I’m definitely jealous now.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Aziza: Did they ever ask you – your grandkids or your sons – did they ever ask you to do any of the voices?

Jim: The voices?

Aziza: Mhm. For Harry Potter.

Jim: My grandchildren? Oh yes. Of course, they love it. See, I don’t see them a lot. If I go over to England and I stay in a hotel I have to wait there until everybody’s available to me.

Aziza: Mhm.

Jim: Some of them have homework, some of them have girlfriends, some of them are out, some are busy, some are…

Aziza: Aw.

Jim: The thing for me to do is bring them to America. Then I can wake them up at 2 o’clock in the morning and take them fishing if we’re at my house in the country.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: I do have them 24/7. Yeah, seven days a week, 24 hours in a day for me to talk to. So that’s the time, and we don’t have a lot of time talking about Harry Potter. We have a lot of time talking about who they are. I want to know who they are.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Trying to find out who my grandchildren are. I don’t see them that very often.

Aziza: Right.

Jim: Not often, so I have to take every opportunity in finding out who these little people are.

[Aziza laughs]

Micah: You mentioned your relationship with Stephen Fry, but do you have any sort of relationship with Mary GrandPre?

Jim: No, none at all.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: One can only answer “yes” or “no.”

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: Well then, moving on.

Andrew: Moving on.

Matt: Neither do we, really.


Jims Thoughts on the Series as a Whole


Andrew: [laughs] Yeah. Let’s talk about the books a little bit more. What are your feelings about the entire series as a whole? I mean, now that it’s complete…

Jim: Absolutely brilliant. When I read the first book I was blown away by it, as were most people. I couldn’t believe that this writer had so much to say and that she was going to tell this one story over seven books.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Ron L. Hubbard is reputed to be the one who has written the longest fictional story, which is over one million words long.

Aziza: Wow.

Andrew: Wow.

Jim: Now, I don’t know how many words J.K. Rowling has written in the total seven books of Harry Potter, but I just admire someone tremendously who has – in her head, not on a computer – in her head worked out a very complicated story with so many different voices, so many different characters who are vocal and have their own say. And she had it all worked out from the word “go.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Anybody who has that kind of mind, to me, is a genius. I will use genius for J.K. Rowling. I think she’s absolutely brilliant. I’m in awe of the way that she kept this story in her head, on scraps of paper. Perhaps only later did she use a computer.

Andrew: Absolutely.

Jim: But she was quite prepared to plan the whole seven books without the computer. She didn’t know they were going to be this successful.


Jim Knew Jo had the Answers


Andrew: Yeah, definitely. Well, did you ever have any questions about the series that were answered later on?

Jim: No, not really, because I knew that she had the answers. It’s no good puzzling your brain out. You know, everything will be explained as we go along and, sure enough, it was.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Jim: You just have to trust the writer and, in this case, she never let anyone down, I don’t think.

Andrew: Yeah.


Thoughts on the Characters


Matt: Yeah, definitely. Jim, you’ve read all the books, obviously. Do any of the characters in the book – do you relate to more than others? Is there any character you relate to the most?

Jim: You see, as a narrator, it’s like an actor when you’re given a role – a character to portray in a play or a musical. You have to get to know that character and you probably get love him. It doesn’t matter whether he’s the hero or the villain, you are interpreting the author’s words to create a character. So, I love all the characters…

Matt: Mhm.

Jim: …and I would create it on stage and off in narration. You have to. You have to love these people. They’re all so real to me.

Matt: Mhm.

Jim:I don’t think any of these voices come over as caricatures. I think they all are a little more than real. I mean, Peeves, you know, yes, Peeves…

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Jim: Those eccentric voices, but that, you see, there are people in this world who we call in England – over here you call them, you know, great-aunts. In England, we call them eccentrics.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Really.

Jim: These people, at a certain age, they become acceptable to us. Those with the most outrageous voices. [doing a stereotypical great-aunt voice] You know, the ones who talk like this here?

[Matt laughs]

Jim: But there are people who talk like that.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: They’re not exaggerating. That’s just the way they talk! [stereotypical great-aunt] They always have and always will, dear!

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Wonderful. You know, I’ve met these people and they are real. They don’t treat themselves as caricatures. You yourself musn’t treat them when you use an outrageous – that’s the word I think, an outrageous voice. People do have outrageous voices, same as they have outrageous gestures, or they wear outrageous costumes.

Andrew: Right.

Jim: This is who they are and you have to respect that.

Matt: Mhm.

Jim: They create far more as a character than just some normal bloke who always wears nothing, or talks in a boring voice, and when you say “Hello” to him, he’s stuck for an answer. These are the people who are boring on Earth, but the eccentrics are the wonderful ones. We always wished we had an eccentric in the family. Every family in England wants it’s own eccentric. You know, it’s wonderful.

Matt: Yes.

MuggleCast 137 Transcript (continued)


Other Voice Impressions


Aziza: You have such a huge wealth of character voices. Do you ever do impressions of real life figures?

Jim: Yes. In fact I broke into show business that way. I went to London for an audition for a touring production in a musical. It was – these were discoveries. These were people that they discover in various towns…
 

Andrew: Mhm.
 

Jim: …and if you’re that good you join the show and tour with them. Until they discover somebody who has more talent than you in another town and you’re in a sack.
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: This guy came to our local town and I went along with two or three hundred other people from all the surrounding districts for an audition. And I was doing singing and a little bit of tap-dancing then and I thought, “Oh! I’ll do impressions. I’ll use voices.” So I waited by the side of the stage and when they announced my name I walked onto the stage and tripped over a big curtain that was – and I fell flat on my face…
 

Matt: Oh!
 

Jim: …in front of hundreds of other people who immediately laughed because, obviously, this guy is an idiot, he tripped over as soon as he came in. He’s not going to get the job. I limped to the microphone and I did my impressions, and from the back of the theatre I heard a voice saying, “Those impressions are terrible!”
 

[Micah laughs]
 

Jim: And I remember shouting back, “I think they’re very good!”
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: “But we don’t know who your mother’s butcher is.” I said, well, I think that’s funny, doing impressions of people you never heard of. And I said, “They know these people in Rothwell.” He said, “We’re not in Rothwell…”
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: That was where I was born. “Did you tour through the country doing impressions of people nobody has ever heard of? So realistic that fall you did when you came on. That was funny.”
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: “Come back tonight!”
 

[Aziza laughs]


Jim’s Career in a Nutshell


 

Jim: And that’s exactly what I did. That night I went on – I was thrown on, actually, by two stage herders. One grabbed my legs and
one grabbed my arms – I was only 17 – and they swung me three or four times and as he said, “Jim Dale,” out flew this body twelve feet in the air, you know, twelve feet into the center of the stage…
 

Andrew: Wow.
 

Jim: …and I just crashed onto the center stage and it was about 4-5 minute act, and afterwards the audience sort of loved it, and they asked to join the show, which I did, and I was with them for a year and a half. That’s how everything started, you know. From then an agent came to see me and said, “When you come out of the Royal Air force in two years time phone me because I’d like to represent you as a stand-up comedian as your agent. You’d be a stand-up comedian.” And I joined him. Within months of me being a stand-up comedian I was asked to warm an audience up for the first Rock-n-Roll show in England which I did. And I sang a song on somebody’s guitar, and after that they said, “Can you come back next week as a singer?”
 

Andrew: [laughs] Oh my gosh.
 

Jim: And then they had me as a singer. Then George Martin, The Beatles George Martin, phoned up and said, “I’ve just become a recording manager and I’d like you as my first recording artist. Will you become a pop-singer?” That’s how that started. And then two years later I was asked to join the Edinburough Festival playing Shakespeare. Then Laurence Olivier came to see the show and said, “Would you like to come to the national theatre?” Then the national theatre sent a production to America in 1973 with me playing Petruchio in a show called “Scapino” which I helped to write. And it was “Scapino” that was the play staged on Broadway for a year and a half, and then now, the rest is history. Disney came along and offered me three films. After that, in 1980, came “Barnum,” the big musical, and…

Aziza: Right.

Jim: …that was 27 years ago, and since then I’ve just worked in America, except for one trip to London to play Fagan in Cameron Mackintosh’s “Oliver” at the London Palladium. But I’ve been here in New York since then, and that’s how my career sort of progressed from that very first time I went on that stage to do impressions and voices.

Micah: So this all started from tripping over a curtain?

Jim: That’s right.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Andrew: That’s crazy.

Jim: Absolutely. Yes. But I think what one should mention is, yes, it got a laugh, tripping over the curtain, but the movements that I incorporated into my act were the results of having studied ballet, and tap, and national dancing, and judo…

Aziza: Wow.

Jim: …and eccentric comedy dancing for six years prior to that. I’d been dancing since I was nine, and it’s the movement that I learned doing all those – ten lessons a week, sometimes – after school, straight into dancing lessons for two lessons, and then on Saturday mornings as well, another two. And so all of this physical training was invaluable when it came to working in the British musicals.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Wow.

Matt: Wow.

Micah: [laughs] So…

Jim: As a young stand-up comic, if they didn’t laugh – if they didn’t laugh I would very deliberately limp off the stage slowly.

Andrew: So they’d feel bad for you?

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: Then suddenly you’d hear someone clapping because they’d say, “Oh God, he’s a cripple!”

[Everyoone laughs]

Jim: And then I’d run back on, forgetting that altogether, and take a nice big curtsy, like some big lady in a ballerina, you know. So it was all fun.

Aziza: So you said you did judo. You could probably easily kick all of our butts then.

Matt: Probably.

Aziza: Yeah probably.

Jim: Say that again?

Aziza: You studied judo. You could take all three of us right now.

Jim: Oh, no no no no no. See that happened one night. Somebody called something out from the second balcony, and you’re not allowed to say anything – not in musicals – and it’s – you shouldn’t do it, but I did. He called something out and I said, “I’ve got one word for you,” and like an idiot, he called back, “What?” and I said, “Jump.”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: So I go outside the stage door and three of them are waiting for me. Now it doesn’t matter whether I’ve done judo. I promise you when three guys attack you, you really can’t defend yourself. You just go on the floor, you curl up in a ball, you let them do what they want, and then hopefully you can get up. And the very next night after that, I walked on the stage with a black eye and my arm in a bandage…

Andrew: Oh no!

Jim: …saying, “A funny thing happened to me on the way home last night.” You know the old musical joke, “A funny thing happened to me on the way to the theater” – on the way home from the theater.

Aziza: Oh dear.

Matt: The theater’s dangerous.

Jim: Oh yes. But you’re kids, you know, you can jump off a roof when you’re a kid and not hurt yourself. You can get beat up as a kid, as you often are, and not hurt yourself too much.

Micah: Now, Jim, you’ve been around…

Jim: What you do learn is not to call out to somebody, “Jump!” That’s what you learn.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: But get ready to make sure they’re smaller than you.

Jim: That’s true. Yeah.


The Harry Potter Fandom


Micah: Now, Jim, you’ve been around the series for quite some time now. What do you think of the Harry Potter fandom as a whole? The sort of how the fans…

Jim: Oh, I think it’s unbelievable. I didn’t – I didn’t appreciate how many fans and how ardent these fans were. Living in New York can be quite isolated – such isolation. [laughs] If that’s the right word. By that I mean, you have an apartment. Most people in New York live in an apartment and they don’t even know the people who live above them or below them, maybe even next door.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Where as if you live in a small town, obviously you get to know many, many, many people. So, I hadn’t done many readings in New York City and I was asked to go on a tour of some of the cities of America. And it was only when I arrived in these places, these smaller towns, that I realized that there were such a fanatical group of people called Potterheads.

Andrew: Yeah.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: And they packed these theaters. We did one in the San Fernando Valley and they had to – the wall was one of these walls you could fold back, and they folded the wall back and there was a car park. And there were, I think, about a hundred seats put in the car park for the overflow of people.

Andrew: Oh, my gosh.

Jim: So, I was amazed at how popular Harry Potter was. I hadn’t understood it, but I realize now. And they were there in the hundreds everywhere I travelled, you know, to promote Harry Potter. I couldn’t believe – lots of places, I’d look at the audience – I usually bring the children up on the stage at the end of a reading and I give them certain parts of the script for them to read.

Andrew: Oh, that’s a great idea.

Jim: But I don’t want them just making up voices. They have to do an impression of Jim Dale doing the voices.

Andrew: Right, right.

[Micah laughs]

Jim: That’s fun. And then they get prizes of the latest CDs of Harry Potter, you know. So, I do this, and I remember one place I asked for the children to come up and I looked around and most of the people there were adults. I got about ten children on the stage but I had to ask for two adults to come up, as well, to make out the twelve people because I put them in teams of four, you know. But, it’s not just children who are ardent fans.

Andrew: No.

Jim: Who are true Potterheads. It’s a lot of adults as well.

Micah: Oh, yeah.

Jim: I was truly amazed.

Andrew: There are listeners…

Jim: But thrilled! Because, come on, I mean, I was a pop singer, I was a rock and roll singer, I was one of the few in England at that time and we didn’t have many rock and roll singers. There was another guy called Tommy Steel and another one called Cliff Richard, but there weren’t that many, so the girls wanted to scream at what they thought was going to be a bejeweled sacred monster.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: Pounding on the stage and, of course, Jim Dale arrived in a checked shirt and jeans.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Jim: They were screaming, they were screaming their heads off and I remember thinking, why weren’t they here a few weeks ago when I was limping off the stage?

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Jim: As a comic? You know, this is fake. This is not for real. They’re not screaming at me, they’re screaming at anybody who sings a pop song. So, I’ve been through that period of being mobbed at traffic lights at silly teenagers. And it was embarrassing. Even to this day, I never go into a restaurant on my own. And if I do go with friends, I always face the wall. It’s just a habit that I’ve got into. It’s like carrying your sucky blanket with you or something.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Jim: So, when I – suddenly, at my age, I’m now – go along to do a reading, and it’s like being a pop star again.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: It’s wonderful! It’s wonderful because nobody knows Jim Dale over here, unless they go to the theater. I mean that, seriously, and that’s my joy in life.

[Matt laughs]

Jim: I love going into a small town in America and nobody knows me. But if I was a big film star, or a television personlity, or as they say, “A house-hold name,” then I would be mobbed. And I had that and it’s not nice. It’s – because you can never say, “Today, I’m going out and nobody’s going to recognize me.” Everyday, it’s the same. And it can drive you crazy. So, I am thrilled with the fact that I show up to these readings, and nobody knows Jim Dale until I’m introduced. In fact, at one radio station, there were three or four men there. And the man came into the room and – who was about to get me into the studio, and he looked around. He said, “Jim Dale? Anybody?”

Andrew: Oh no! [laughs]

Jim: I said, “I’ll be him, I’ll be him.”

[Andrew, Micah and Aziza laughs]

Jim: So, what I’m saying is: I’m not known. So, I’m not mobbed in the streets. That’s the joy. And it’s fun now, so much fun at my age to have a whole new audience of youngsters…

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: …who love the sort of thing I’m doing.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: And I couldn’t be more thrilled.

Andrew: Yeah.


End of Show Announcements


Matt: All right, well that does it for our Part One of the interview with Jim Dale. If you guys want to catch on to Part Two of the interview, just go onto Portus2008.org and catch on Portus Previews, and there you’ll find the Part Two version of our exclusive interview.

Andrew: That was great. Jim Dale’s a great guy. We had so much fun with him.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: And we look forward to seeing him at Portus…

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: …this year.

Matt: He’s really a fun guy to talk to. I mean, he’s so much fun. He’s very – he’s so old-school.

Andrew: His thoughts on the movies and how they portray the stories is so interesting.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, he’s so wise. And it’s just – we’re very lucky to have him on the show.

Matt: I loved his take on the movies – on how they’re portrayed. I mean, what he doesn’t like about movies to film.

Andrew: So, visit MuggleCast.com for a link over to Portus Previews to check it out. Or just go to Portus2008.org for Part Two. Well, Matt, we’re not going to do anything else this week. As we said at the beginning, this is a very abbreviated show.

Matt: Yeah, it is. Well, it’s because it’s a long interview. I mean, it’s only half of the whole interview too.

Andrew: Right. And plus, we did that fantastic live show early this week which was…

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Andrew: …two hours and twenty minutes. So….

Matt: I don’t know how you guys did the whole twelve hour thing. That’s just two hours, it just got knocked out of me.

Andrew: You know, the twelve hour show – everyone – a lot of people – well, everyone loved it. I mean, everyone who listened loved it. And we had such a fun time doing it, so maybe we’ll do it again sometime.

Matt: Yeah, why not?

Andrew: Because it’s a lot of work. That’s why not. But, we’ll be back to our normal antics next week. There is a chance that we may skip MuggleCast (a new episode of MuggleCast) next week. Just because, we need a little break. We’ve been really busy this week preparing for these episodes. And….

Matt: And we had a triple header this weekend, pretty much.

Andrew: We did. MuggleCast triple header. One night was the live show, one night was recording this, and one night was recording Jim Dale. A lot of work, man.

Matt: Technically we redid the same episode twice. That’s why it was a triple header.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because we – well, should we just tell them?

Andrew: Go ahead. Reveal it.

Matt: Okay, well, technically we did the same show twice. We recorded with Micah, who was in the interview with us and, apparently, it wasn’t – my Internet was really horrible. I couldn’t hear anything they were saying so Andrew and I are just redoing the closing for everybody. That’s why Micah’s not on right now, so…

Andrew: We had Make the Music Connection, we had rebuttals, we had news discussion.

Matt: We had a lot of stuff but we can probably hold that off until the next episode.

Andrew: Yeah, we’ll do that and I think that may be a little bonus for PicklePack members. The lost episode.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: So, PicklePackers, look forward to that. Anyway, like I said, we may be taking next week off because we need a little break. We’ve been so – seriously, we’ve been very busy this week with all this MuggleCast stuff, but we’re very happy with it, right, Matt?

Matt: Yeah, oh yeah, totally!

Andrew: It’s been a good week for MuggleCast and its listeners.

[Show music begins]


Contact Information


Andre: So, thanks, everyone, for listening. I do want to remind everyone if they have and questions about our interview with Jim Dale, or any news that they’ve seen this week, or anything else you want to discuss on a future episode, you can call into the MuggleCast hotline. Those numbers are: In the United States 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677, and if you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast, just remember no matter how you call us, keep your message under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible, so you sound crisp and clear. You can also visit the MuggleCast website for our handy feedback form or contact anyone of us at our first name at staff…

Matt:dot mugglenet dot com.

Andrew: Thank you, Matt. How about community outlets?

Matt: Yeah, why not?

Andrew: [laughs] We got the MySpace, the Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.fm, fanlisting and the forums. You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, and don’t forget to vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley.


Show Close


Andrew: I think that does it for this special edition of MuggleCast, Episode 137 with Jim Dale.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Matt, thanks for being on the show today. Thanks for being the only host that could come in and talk today.

Matt: Aw, it’s okay. It’s not like I had anything else better to do.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s a Saturday night. What are we going to do?

Matt: Nothing.

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: I’m Andrew Sims.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: We’ll see you next week, or in two weeks, for Episode 138. Buh-bye!

Matt: Buh-bye!

[Show music ends]


Bloopers


Jim: So, all of that is in the hands…

[A phone rings]

Jim: Oh dear, just a minute. Can you hold on, I’ll just get rid of this person.

Matt: Oh yes.

Andrew: No problem.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: Ummm…blooper.

Jim: There we are. That was my wife…

Aziza: Awww.

Jim: I told her I was talking to you.

———————–

Transcript #136

MuggleCast 136 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music plays]

Mason: You’re just one minute away from listening to the best Potter team in podcasting live. But first, here’s a piece of information you need to know. Have you always wanted to make an impact online? Now’s your chance. GoDaddy.com has domain names for as low as $1.99! But that’s not all. GoDaddy.com also offers world class hosting and fast and easy website builders. Plus, with you being a listener of MuggleCast Live, you can save an additional 10% on any order by entering code “Muggle.” Oh yeah, that’s “Muggle.” M-U-G-G-L-E, “Muggle.” Some restrictions do apply, but feel free to see the site for details. I want you to get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[“Celebration” by Kool & the Gang plays]

Andrew: Because we get one more movie this week, this is MuggleCast Live Episode 136 for March 13th, 2008. I should have said the intro earlier.

[Music continues]

Andrew: Thursday March 13th 2008. Good evening ladies and gentlemen, I am Andrew Sims and as everyone by now Warner Brothers has announced that Deathly Hallows will be split into two separate films. MuggleCast is coming at you live tonight for a special episode, and we’re going to discuss all the announcements that have happened in the past few days. I am very pleased to tell you that we have here tonight the best team in Potter podcasting. We haven’t tested these guys, and I will be very embarrassed if it doesn’t work. Starting first with the lovely, heartwarming, Laura Thompson.

Laura: Hey everybody I’m really, really excited to be here to talk about this very, very exciting news.

Andrew: Second, MuggleCast news anchor, Micah Tannenbaum, is here.

Micah: Hey, I’m just happy to not be doing work.

Andrew: Micah, you’ve been so busy lately.

Micah: I have.

Andrew: I feel bad for you. Third, everyone’s favorite Southern Californian co-host, but soon I will be taking over that position, Matthew Britton is here.

Matt: Hey everyone. I just drank about a 24 pack of Mountain Dew, and I am all set.

Andrew: That’s fascinating.

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Andrew: And fourth and finally this evening, the person I’m about to introduce will probably be bigger news than the movie split announcement. Ben Schoen has returned to the show!

Ben: Hi. I’m excited to be back, I haven’t done this in a long time, so I’m sorry if I sound a bit rusty, but I’m sure I’ll get back into things maybe, kind of, sort of. Don’t know.

Andrew: Ben, where’ve you been?

Ben: Oh, you don’t even know. You don’t even want to know Andrew.

Andrew: [crying] Where’ve you been Ben? I’ve missed you.

Ben: Well I’ve heard the rumors. I’ve heard the rumors about “personal issues”, whatever those may be.

[Andrew and Ben laugh]

Andrew: What could they be?

Ben: Just stuff. Just stuff, you know, just living the life.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Out doing my thing.

Andrew: Well it seems these days you only come back for the big announcements. Last time you were on the show Dumbledore was gay. I mean he still is, but…

Ben: Yeah.

Andrew: …you know.

Ben: Come on Andrew. It’s not like that changes. Come on.

Andrew: It doesn’t make any difference. Anyway, we’re here live tonight. Coming up in the second hour of the show we are going to have a couple other people on the show. I don’t want to spoil the surprise.

Ben: Andrew, it actually feels like I’m on a radio show right now. This is really weird.

Andrew: Why’s that? Why’s that?

Ben: Because I haven’t done this since – I did it in October one time and then before that I hadn’t done it since – like the live shows we did in June on the MuggleCast tour. And then before that I hadn’t done it since like…

Andrew: Oh right.

Ben: …February.

Andrew: Right.

Ben: So…

Andrew: I thought you were going to say, “Because it sounds so professional. Because you’re playing music, Andrew. You’re broadcasting to hundreds of people.” No, it’s not that?

Ben: No, but I would like to comment that you do sound pretty good at this.

Andrew: Oh thank you.

Ben: Like I can tell that you had a lot of practice…

Andrew: Thank you.

Ben: …like a hundred thirty-six episodes worth of practice.

Andrew: [laughs] I also read that broadcasting book.

Ben: Oh, that Broadcasting For Dummies?

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: I remember that. One time in the early developments of this show and me and Andrew were arguing about something, and he – he was basically, “I read a broadcasting book Ben. You can’t argue with me.” But – yeah.

Andrew: Oh yeah – no. But you guys used to always make fun of me because you would think every time I said something insightful about broadcasting you guys would be like, “Oh you just got that from the book.” [laughs]

Ben: I miss you guys though. The listeners and like Laura. I missed you a lot Laura just so you know.

Laura: Aw, I missed you too.

Ben: You’re my favorite female MuggleCaster. I mean I still listen to the show on a daily basis. Like I just listen to the episodes…

Andrew: Daily?

Ben: …over and over again.

Andrew: Oh really?

Ben: Yeah.

Andrew: Here I was …

Ben: I’m a huge MuggleCast fan. It was like half-an-hour from a host to a fan. I just love the show so much.

Andrew: Well that’s [laughs] – 1,200 people listening right now. Twelve hundred people.

Ben: Really?

Laura: Oh my god.

Ben: 1,200? That’s a lot of people.


Discussion: Two Separate Films


Andrew: That’s a lot of people. I’m kind of nervous. No, Anyway let’s get into it. Let’s get into why everyone’s listening tonight. Yesterday, the L.A. Times actually broke the story that Deathly Hallows is going to be split into two separate films. The first part, Deathly Hallows: Part I will be released November 2010. Part I

Ben: Is that what they’re going to call it though?

Andrew: Yes – yes, this is what they’re going to call it.

[Ben laughs]

Andrew: Part Two May 2011. Well let’s start with the names – let’s start with the name. Well, first of all I have to – someone’s like talking in the background. Is there a TV on in your room Ben? In Emerson’s room?

[Prolonged silence]

Ben: Actually like…

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: There’s two people in this room with me right now, and I’m actually in Emerson’s dorm room here at Notre Dame…

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: …and Emerson and his girlfriend are off in the corner whispering sweet nothings in each other’s ears. So …

Andrew: Aw. [laughs]

Ben: It’s not my fault guys. And like I don’t have a headset anymore because I retired from podcasting for a while, but now I…

[Ben starts breaking up]

Andrew: And you’re breaking up.

Ben: …environment.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: But yeah I’m sorry. Sorry about that.

Andrew: It’s all right. So – okay so…

Ben: I’ll try to turn them off. I’m sorry.

Andrew: Yeah, thank you. Tell them to get a room. Gosh!

Matt: Aren’t they in a room though?

Ben: This is their room.

Andrew: Oh. That was the joke people. [laughs] All right, so what do you think about the names? Becausese we were speculating about this on – a few weeks ago like what would they call it? You think Part I and Part II is a good idea? I mean when I read it in print I thought, “Oh, that’s not bad.”

Laura: I think it makes the most sense honestly. I mean, what else would you call it?

Ben: Yeah exactly.

Andrew: Well, I don’t know?

Matt: We cut the entire title in half. Harry Potter and the

Andrew: Harry Potter and the

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: I don’t know maybe. I just thought that maybe if they were focusing each movie on like a certain plot maybe they would be like, Harry Potter Deathly Hallows

Ben: They would bring a subtitle to it.

Andrew: Exactly – yes.

Matt: Yeah.

Ben: Well actually I think a subtitle would be better than just calling it Part I. I think maybe they will come up with a subtitle. Do you think that’s a possibility?

Andrew: I would think so because I don’t know if that’s enough separation – Part I and Part II. I don’t know.

Ben: Well I think – I think from a marketing perspective how – how great is that going to be – how well is that going to sell saying, “Go see Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows: Part I.” You know?

Andrew: Right. [laughs]

Ben: If they had some type of subtitle to it I think it would sell – it would sell a lot better, and people would like it a lot more I think.

Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum any thoughts on this?

Micah: Well, not really. I mean Part I, Part II, I could really care less. I’m just going to just go see the movie anyway.

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: So…

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Movies Micah, movies.

Andrew: Movies. Yeah, good point.

Micah: Yeah movies. Or I can pull what I did with Order of the Phoenix and not see it until five months later.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: Micah, you still do the news? Do you still do the news, Micah?

Andrew: Of course he still does the news.

Micah: I do.

Ben: Sorry – sorry, Andrew.

Andrew: Of course! Of course!

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Another question that W.B.’s already getting a lot of – well critics are saying that they’re just in this for the money. I have a feeling this is going to be speculation for months, probably years. Well obviously years because the movie doesn’t come out for years.

Ben: Well, of course it’s about the money. I mean, come on, why else would they make two films? I mean, I understand wanting to do the series justice and I really think David Haymen is a real Harry Potter fan in that he would want to do the series justice, but ultimately the reason it was approved from the top was because of the money. I mean…

Andrew: Of course.

Ben: You want to prolong it to make as much money as possible. I mean it’s already – Andrew, you and I were talking about this the other day, and it’s already the biggest grossing franchise ever…

Andrew: Right.

Ben: There’s only five of the films out.

Andrew: Right, and – is it for the money? I mean, see, the thing is Heyman said in that L.A. Times article, “I swear to god, it’s not for the money,” which I thought was funny because it feels like they are expecting it, and when Heyman’s already going, “I swear to god, it’s not for money.”

Matt: Well probably the money decision was probably just for the initial decision on making it into two parts. But I don’t think the money part is really a decision for the entire film-making process.

Ben: Well, what do you mean, Matt?

Andrew: Yeah, what do you mean?

Matt: Well, basically – they probably thought and considered – I mean, they definitely put money as a consideration for the film. But, I mean, every single Harry Potter film always had the money, and in consideration, it wasn’t just this film in particular.

Ben: I see.

Laura: Yeah, and what people also aren’t considering when they say that W.B. is only in this for the money, making this such a big event is good publicity for them. So yeah, money is part of it, but so is publicity, and getting a good name for themselves, and putting out a movie that people are going to love.

Ben: Right, but what does publicity lead to?

Laura: Well money, of course, yeah.

Ben: Money.

[Andrew and Ben laugh]

Laura: There’s no doubt that money is an inherent cause behind doing this, but at the same time, I don’t see what the big deal is because I’m a Harry Potter fan, almost everyone that I know is a Harry Potter fan, and we’re all psyched that they’re making two movies out of it, so why is everyone complaining? It doesn’t matter…

Ben: Well, I don’t think people are really complaining. I mean, there are just people saying that it’s all about the money, but I’ve looked around, I’ve seen people writing on my wall on Facebook, and just – people’s MSN names, people’s Skypes, little Skype messages, you know – that you can put under your name or whatever, and everyone is stoked about this. Every Harry Potter fan loves this idea. Nobody really cares that it’s about the money, it’s just a few film critics or whatever who want to try to be critical about it…

Andrew: See, but…

Ben: …everyone’s looking to be critical.

Andrew: But it’s not – there are people on the MuggleNet comments, there have been a few e-mails. I mean, you’re right. They’re like on Facebook and everyone’s going “Ahh, I’m so excited!” I mean, how can you not be excited? But I think some people are worried that if they’re in it for the money, if these people believe that they’re in it for the money, then they believe that it won’t be as good, because they’re not really trying to do the books justice, they’re just trying to do it for money. Do you see what I’m saying?

Ben: Oh, I see what you mean. I don’t think money is really the motive behind it. I mean, it’s such a long book, you know? It’s a really long book…

Matt: Yeah.

Ben: …the only thing like – the only reason I think why you can be critical of it is because they didn’t do it for Order of the Phoenix. Order of the Phoenix was the longest book in the series, and I really don’t quite understand Heyman’s logic when he says, “Well, we can cut it out in these earlier films, but we can’t cut it out now.” I mean, it’s all – J.K. Rowling said herself that she looks at all seven books as just one huge novel, and I don’t know why the pieces in the seventh are any more important than the pieces in the fifth.

Micah: Yeah, and the reason why they’re in this position is because they cut so much out of the previous films…

Laura: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: They’re kind of in this place because they can’t afford not to make two films. You know, some of the people that are making comments though would be the same people that would complain if they decided not to cut it into two, and it turned out to be this two and a half hour movie that didn’t, you know, follow the plot the way they thought it should. So you can’t really have it both ways, in the sense that you’re arguing it now that it’s split into two because it’s a financial thing. I don’t really think it’s a financial thing though either because guys like David Heyman are working on this, and they care about the series too, they care about the books and making sure that everything gets in there. This should also be seen as something where Warner Brothers actually cares about the fans, and are finally giving them what they want.

Matt: Mhm.

Ben: Yeah, I think we – I think we should just embrace it, rather than worry about, you know, if money’s the motive because I think we are going to get two great quality films because Warner Brothers is going to allow no less, and J.K. Rowling is going to allow no less. So, regardless of whether or not it’s about the money, it doesn’t matter because they’re going to be two good films, and it’s giving the fans what they wanted all along. Like what Micah said.

Andrew: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Now, Steve Kloves, screenwriter for all of the Potter films but Order, correct?

Laura and

Matt:

Yeah.

Ben: Right.

Andrew: He sent an e-mail over to the Baltimore Sun, I believe it was, and said that they were actually seriously considering doing it for Goblet of Fire. And what’s ironic is, just a couple episodes ago we were saying that was – that movie was one of the films that progressed the best, and included everything. Right Micah? I think you were the one raving about it…

Micah: Well, I said that they were able to take about the first hundred pages of the book and really roll it into five minutes from everything that happened in those opening scenes. I actually thought they did a really good job with it, compared to maybe something like Order of the Phoenix, where they were just all over the place, but yeah. I mean, really from Goblet of Fire onward you could make two films out of any of these books, I mean, even with Half-Blood Prince if you really wanted to. I mean, I was kind of surprised to see that for Goblet of Fire, though, because I thought that Mike Newell did a really good job.

Andrew: He did.

Ben: On the other hand, I do understand the necessity of why they would want to include the seventh book, all elements of the seventh book, because when Jo wrote it, she had to include absolutely everything that was pivotal to the series. You know what I mean? As she was writing the last book, each chapter was like the journey, Harry’s journey. And I guess I understand why it would be difficult to cut that out. I mean, I know I was kind of saying the opposite a minute ago, but I guess I do see that now that I think about it more.

Andrew: Mhm. Yeah.

Micah: And Warner Brothers is on the hook. I mean, they have to include literally – well, I guess not literally – but close to everything now.

Andrew: Yeah, they do.

Micah: I mean, they’re going to get so much you-know-what…

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: …for leaving anything out at this point because now they have two films to incorporate as much as possible.

Andrew: Yeah. The bar has been raised so much higher now.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I just can’t imagine how much more critical people are going to be. They’re going to complain about the littlest sentence that is not included in these movies now. [laughs] Matt?

Matt: Well, with also another point to add for the money making strategy, a lot of people complain that the whole decision for making more money was basically separating it into two new films, but they’re also making two full-length films which is going to spend the studio twice as much more money to make.

Ben: Right, but…

Matt: So they’re going to have to find another way to get it all back.

Andrew: But how much does it hurt Warner Brothers? I mean…

Ben: Oh yeah. Come on!

Andrew: Look at…

Ben: It’s Harry Potter. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah, well…

Andrew: How much did they make when they were named the top-grossing franchise of all time? It was in the billions, wasn’t it?

Ben: Oh, definitely. Definitely in the billions.

Andrew: I’m sure someone’s going to say in the chat in about two seconds. By the way, MuggleCast.com/Live – if you want to send in some feedback via e-mail, go there, send in your message and it will pop up on our computer screens and we’ll read some of the better stuff. But anyway, I just think the bar is set really high at this point and I would be – I’m scared and [laughs] I think Warner Brothers should be scared.

Ben: Scared of what?

Andrew: The expectation thing. I mean, you know…

Matt: Of course.

Andrew: I think this is great. I really do believe that David Barron and David Heyman, the two producers, do firmly want to do the final film justice because it’s the final book and this is it. This is do or die. If you make this last one bad, the series is going to be remembered as the series that was – eh, okay. It had good movies, but the most important one of all time [makes raspberry sound] flopped.

Ben: Well, see, when you think about it, though, they could actually make this one of the greatest things ever by splitting it into two films. But if they do it wrong, it could just go horribly wrong, you know? Horribly bad. You see what I’m saying?

Andrew: How?

Ben: Like, if they don’t choose to split it in the right part. Does that make sense?

Andrew: Yes, that’s true. We’ll get to that in a second, but Matt, what were you saying?

Matt: Shoot, I don’t know. I was listening to Ben.

Andrew: MuggleCast Live – no room for error.

Matt: Yeah.


Discussion: Where to Split the Movie?


Andrew: [laughs] Let’s focus now on three questions Heyman brought up in the article. And you know what? Okay, I know he listens to the show now because he asked questions in the article in the L.A. Times and he didn’t answer them. So he clearly wants us to answer them, so let’s do it. Question one: Where should they make the split? Ben Schoen, where should they make the split?

Ben: Oh my gosh, Andrew! That’s a difficult question.

Andrew: Your name is Ben Heyman and you and David Yates and Kloves, you’re all sitting in that meeting going, “Where should we split it?” Where would you split it?

Ben: Well, I’m guessing somewhere midway through the book.

Andrew: [laughs] Well said! Well said.

Matt: I definitely see that, yeah. I agree with you, Ben. Definitely.

Andrew: Well, isn’t it sort of obvious, though?

Ben: Well, if you want to be mean about it, Andrew.

Andrew: No, no! I’m not trying to be mean. I feel bad now.

Ben: Gosh! See, Andrew, this is why I didn’t do MuggleCast for so long.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: I come on here and you just beat me down.

Andrew: [laughs] Whatever.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: No. Does anyone have any ideas for where to split it?

Matt: Well, we talked about this, Andrew.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: In previous episodes.

Andrew: Okay, but now it’s official so we have to be official.

Matt: And didn’t we come to the conclusion is was when Harry said Voldemort’s name, and then they were outside telling them to come out, that they were trapped at Malfoy Manor?

Laura: Right. Yeah.

Matt: And that was about midway in the chapter. I think that’s the conclusion that we went to. Wasn’t it, Laura?

Laura: Yeah. Basically, what happens is at the end of the Deathly Hallows chapter, which is right before “Malfoy Manor”, Harry says it and they hear a dozen people outside the tent saying, “Come out with your hands up. We don’t care who you are. We’ll kill you if you try to do anything.”

Matt: Exactly.

Laura: So I think that would be a great place to split it. Just imagine the first movie ending there.

Matt: Yeah. Because people are going to be so excited/upset, and they’re just going to want to run back and see this Part II movie because you’re leaving them at this cliffhanger. That’s like the best thing to do when you want to split a movie in half is leave a cliffhanger for people who haven’t read the book or haven’t done anything, who don’t know what’s going to happen next to speculate.

Andrew: See, that’s the thing, though. I mean, people will have already read – the majority of people will already have read the book. So is it really a cliffhanger? Are you really going to be on the edge of your seats for six months? Which we’ll get to in a minute – the wait.

Matt: It’s the closest cliffhanger you can get for half the book.

Ben: Well, what about – does anyone think that a – do you think doing one three-and-a-half hour movie would be better than doing two? I mean, I’m sure you guys discussed this before, but…

Matt: But will it be even – do you honestly think it will be a three-and-a-half hour movie? Because two movies…

Laura: I was going to –

Ben: No, no, no, no.

Matt: …would be like an hour-and-a-half.

Ben: No, I know. I’m saying if they were to do just one three-and-a-half hour movie as opposed to two separate films, do you think that would be better than what they’re doing now?

Matt: It’s hard to say. I technically – if it would be like one three-and-a-half hour movie or two two-and-a-half hour movies, I would decide on two movies because then they would add more, keep more stuff in from the books.

Ben: Right, but I’m just saying – I’ve been thinking about how, what they were able to do with the past movies and how they were able to condense so much into two-and-a-half hours. If they were given an extra hour, why couldn’t they do it justice? I don’t know.

Matt: Well, do you think they put into account of how many people wish that they put more into the movie than the books, and they’re putting that into more account after this last film? So that’s probably – maybe why.

Andrew: I wonder if they have a rule about how long Warner Brothers will make a film. I mean, to memory, they haven’t ever really split a film before in this way, so…

Micah: Well, didn’t Steve Kloves say something about an extra hour-and-a-half to work with now when he did that interview with the Baltimore Sun?

Andrew: Sorry, say that again.

Micah: He said something about having an extra hour-and-a-half, at least, to work with now. So that kind of made me wonder the range of how long the films were going to be.

Andrew: He did say that? I didn’t…

Matt: I didn’t read that.

Micah: In the Baltimore Sun.

Matt: Really?

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Huh. I might have missed it.

Micah: Let me bring it up here. One second.

Andrew: A few people writing in to the MuggleCast feedback. Cara from Parsippany, New Jersey: “It should” – in all caps – “It should be split where Xeno says: ‘I have to tell you about the Deathly Hallows.'” That’s not a bad idea.

Laura: No, that’s not bad either.

Andrew: Going that it’s the title.

Laura: The only reason I was thinking what we were talking about sounded really good is actually, it’s not quite halfway through the book. It’s actually over halfway. But at that point you start getting into all of the much more detailed scenes, like where they go to Gringotts and of course, the final battle. And I guess I felt like if they had more time with the second film to just work with the climax, they could really do it good justice instead of having to worry about a bunch of other information from earlier on in the book.

Ben: Andrew, just so you know, Shannon from New Jersey just wanted to let us know that they’re also splitting The Hobbit in two.

Andrew: Oh, they are? Okay.

Ben: So there’s another film like this.

Laura: Oh, that’ll be good.

Micah: Copycats.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: No, I didn’t know that. Matt, did you know that? You seemed like you…

Matt: Yeah, I did, actually. But they announced it before they decided to split The Deathly Hallows.

Andrew: Have they said anything? I know it’s not Warner Brothers, but have they said anything like what they’re going to – how long the two parts are going to be, etc. etc.?

[Prolonged silence]

Ben: Hello?

Matt: I don’t know.

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Sorry, sorry. I thought Skype had ended or something.

Andrew: There was an awkward silence. [laughs]

Matt: I didn’t know that was directed to me. No, I don’t really know. I have no idea.

Andrew: Oh, okay. All right.

Micah: Well, Andrew, I found who said that. It wasn’t Steve, it was Alan Horn who’s the President and COO of Warner Brothers.

Andrew: They have an extra hour…

Micah: It was in that L.A. Times article. He was the one who said that they’ll have at least another hour-and-a-half to work with.

Andrew: All right, so look at Order of the Phoenix, two-and-a-half hours. Add an hour-and-a-half to that, that’s four hours. So splitting each one into two hours at least – I think that’s good.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that’s…

Laura: I think that would be great, yeah.


Discussion: The DVD(s)


Andrew: I think two-and-a-half hours would be perfect, though, because then you won’t have too many people complaining because it is two films. Gosh, it feels like such a long time, though. Especially when it goes to DVD. That’s another question. Let’s jump into that real quick. Are they going to package it all together?

Ben: Well, I bet that – no, what I bet that they’re going to do – actually, since they come out so far apart – how far apart do they come out again?

Andrew: Six months.

Ben: Six months apart. Since they’re coming out six months apart, they’ll probably – they’re going to want to milk this for all it’s worth. So they’re going to release the first movie, then sometime in between there and the second movie, I bet they’re going to release the DVD. Then after the second movie comes out, they’re going to release the DVD for that. And then later on down the road, they’re going to release them packaged together.

Andrew: Complete collection.

Laura: Yep. Christmas time.

Andrew: [laughs] Exactly!

[Laura laughs]

Micah: So you see, financial gain.

Andrew: Yeah, I mean, you know…

Laura: I think it’s a win-win situation, honestly.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Ben: I think everybody wins, to be honest.

Andrew: Yeah, and that’s what I was saying to who? I guess maybe Matt I was saying that, everyone does win. I mean, who loses here? Seriously. The crew? [laughs] Who have to work for it?

Ben: Maybe.

Laura: Our wallets.

Matt: People who don’t have as much money to buy two DVDs?

Andrew: I guess. Everyone makes more money, MuggleCast will last an extra year. You know, everyone wins. Everyone wins.

Matt: But would that really make sense for them to release Part I and Part II separately, though?

Ben: Absolutely.

Laura: Yeah, I think they would.

Matt: Studios have been known to delay a DVD release for almost an entire year.

Laura: Yeah, I don’t know. I mean, I honestly like what Ben said about releasing them both separately and then around Christmas time releasing a box set. That makes the most sense to me.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: And also, look at all the collector editions and things they have. I mean, we just posted on MuggleNet the other day that they’re going to have the special Blu-ray books. And on top of this, Warner Brothers has a special Order of the Phoenix edition thing. You know, the timing isn’t – if, say the first part was coming out in June, I would say “Yeah, definitely. They’re definitely going to have Part I out for Christmas.” But I don’t know. The timing’s interesting as well.

Ben: You know what I really wish they would do? I wish they would take the Lord of the Rings model and release an extended edition. You know what I mean? For like the previous films. They should have done this all along. They should have had – because that would please the purists. You know what I mean?

Matt: Yeah.

Ben: You could go to the theater, see the two hour movie, the two-and-a-half movie or whatever, and then when it came out on DVD, you have something to look forward to. You know what I mean? Like, “Oh my gosh! Oh my gosh!” Imagine how excited the fans around MuggleNet, the people listening to this podcast would be if when the DVD came out, it was like seeing a whole other – a whole different film with more scenes added to it, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. And we also know from especially the first two films from the actors’ and crew’s interviews, that they have so many things that they shot that were taken out that were actually pretty good.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: But it was cut down for time. So we know at least Sorcerer’s Stone and Chamber of Secrets have those scenes just lying around somewhere in the studio.

Andrew: Yeah. Teri from Wisconsin writing in live via the MuggleCast feedback form: “Movie 2 will be released in” – oh no, Part II, she means – “will be released in 2011. That’s the 10-year anniversary of Movie 1. Time for an anniversary issue?” Yes. [laughs] Another edition to be released. Oh, it just…

Matt: God, it’s been 10 years.

Laura: Oh my gosh! That’s…

Matt: Just for the movies, not the books.

Laura: Oh! I feed old.

Andrew: Yeah. We’re going to – it’s going to be what? Thirteen years once the movies come out? Thirteen years since Sorcerer’s Stone, or fourteen years?

Ben: Andrew, what I want to talk about it what this means for us.

Andrew: What does this mean for us, Ben? Personally, I planned on ending next year. Like, that’s it. I’m throwing out my MuggleCast recording box out and being done with it.

Ben: Well…

Andrew: Will you be here in 2011?

Ben: Definitely. I’m never going away. I’m back for good, folks.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: You can’t get rid of me.

Andrew: Ben, will you go on the record now saying…

Micah: Can we quote you on that?

Andrew: Yeah, yeah. Will you go on the record now saying you’ll be on this week’s pre-recorded episode of MuggleCast 137?

Ben: I will not go on the record saying anything.

[Laura laughs]

Ben: Because, Andrew, I don’t want to disappoint the fans. What if tomorrow I’m driving and my car flips over, and I don’t make it to record the show?

Andrew: That’s very thoughtful.

Ben: You know what I mean? It just wouldn’t be very nice of me. But think about it…

Matt: Do you want to make a little nice goodbye on this episode, just in case?

Ben: Well, I think we should all say goodbye if that’s the case. I mean…

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Ben: You know, “God willing…”

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: But as I was saying, this means two more movie premieres which I am so excited about.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Because, I mean, the last two premieres have been two of the most fun times in my life. Because the first premiere was when I met Andrew…

Andrew: Oh!

Ben: …and I met so many people from MuggleNet.

Andrew: Emerson. Wait, was that…?

Ben: No, I met Emerson before that.

Andrew: That was the first time I met Emerson.

Ben: Then there was just so many times, so many good times at those movie premieres, it’s just really exciting. I can’t wait to go to them again.


Discussion: How to Make them Truly Separate?


Andrew: Yeah. It’s a very interesting vibe around the premieres. I mean, along the red carpet all the fans are there, of course. And everyone is just so excited. And Emerson always does his trademark revving up of the crowd [laughs] getting them all chanting “MuggleNet.” [laughs] Oh, which is always funny. Heyman Question Number Two: “How do you make them one but two separate and distinct stories?” I think this is a very interesting question, because, what do you do here?

Matt: So wait, they want them to be distinct?

Andrew: His words are: “How do you make them one but two separate and distinct stories?” So they have to be able to connect once they put them together on the DVD, but how do you make them separate in that people will be satisfied with each part? I mean, because there’s – this is a six-month difference you’re seeing each of these, so…

Laura: Well, I guess the best way I can think of doing that – and I mean, I’m not exactly sure how they’re going to film this and how it’s going to work, but instead of filming it in two parts, they should film it as one big movie and then cut it, I think.

Ben: Isn’t that probably what they’re going to do?

Laura: It would make the continuity better. I think so, but…

Matt: Yeah, they’re filming it all together.

Laura: Oh, they are? Okay, because I thought maybe with the six month difference they might take advantage of the time to do some additional filming after the first one comes out, so…

Matt: Well what they did with the other films is when they do a trilogy, or a series of films, is also that they change the main theme of the music in the films. Like each movie has its own certain theme. Like in the Harry Potter movies, Harry Potter 1 was mainly Hedwig’s Theme, second one was Fawkes and Lockhart, the third one was Double Trouble, whatever it was, was that what it was called?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Double, double. Yeah, that was a – oh, we won’t get into that…

Matt: So if they keep playing that in the background, it would probably…

Ben: Something wicked this way comes…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, imagine that, if they – if in the trailer, it was like a mash-up – I don’t know, is this what you’re trying to say Matt? It’s a mash-up of like all the soundtracks that we’ve heard so far. How cool would that be?

Ben: I don’t know how cool it would be, because I don’t know how cool those tracks go together.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: That’s true.

Ben: Hey guys, guys, Emma from Olympia, Washington has a good question. She was wondering “Which of your guys dream director would have been for Deathly Hallows?”

Andrew: David Yates, hands down.

Matt: Who?

Andrew: [laughs] David Yates.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: I’m sort of…

Ben: Actually, actually, I mean, I think he’s going to do a good job, but…

Laura: Yeah…

Ben: Part of me – part of me would just like to see Peter Jackson because he’s such a pimp.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Can I say pimp? Is that okay?

Andrew: Yeah, no, that’s fine.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: You just did.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I love David Yates, I think he did a really great job with Order of the Phoenix, I think these next two – or three movies, rather, are going to be phenomenal, but I’ve always wanted to see Terry Gilliam direct a Harry Potter film.

Matt: Really?

Ben: You have to remind me who that is.

Matt: Yeah, I could see that.

Laura: He was one of the Python cast, and he directs all these just bizarre and out there movies, but he just provides a very distinct personality to them, and I think he has a very offbeat way of directing that would have been great for Harry Potter. I think actually he was being considered at one point. I know J.K. Rowling said she wanted him to do it, but they – Warner Brothers didn’t want to use him because they thought he would be too mean with children, or something along those lines, so…

[Ben laughs]

Laura: Apparently he’s kind of a tyrant on set…

[Matt laughs]

Ben: Yeah.

Laura: But he produces great films.

Ben: Oh, guys, guys, Andre from Kansas has a really good question, I’m sorry Andrew if this makes you mad that I’m bringing up all these questions, but get over it. This is a really good question I have to ask.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Ben: Andre says: “How are they going to make sure non-fans understand the concept of two different films in promotion?” Or production. Either or.

Matt: They’re going to have big bold letters before each movie saying: “Part I” and “Part II.”

Ben: No, but don’t you think it would be confusing to some people? I think it would be.

Matt: They may make a montage before the Part II movie.

Andrew: I think…

Matt: Maybe a bad dream of all the stuff that happened to Harry and he wakes up or something…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Do you think they will do a recap in Part II?

Micah: Probably.

Matt: Or do you think it will go straight right into it?

Micah: You will probably get some scenes that are played at the beginning of the movie that kind of take you through what happened in the first part.

Ben: I think you have to.

Micah: Yeah, I agree. I agree with what Ben was saying – or to answer what Ben was saying before, I think that will be solved by having subtitles, and also – and one thing I think you could do though is, you could really break it up and say Part I was more about Harry learning about the Horcruxes, and maybe that’s how they will try and move it in that direction, and the second one is more about him finding them and destroying them.

Ben: That’s a good idea Micah.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s a very good point.

Ben: David Yates, Steve Kloves, Heyman, you listening to Micah Tannenbaum?

Andrew:

[laughs] Micah Tan, the MuggleCast newsman.

Micah: I want fifty percent of the revenue.

[Andrew, Ben and Matt laugh]

Ben: Hey, has Micah got anything out of Jo lately? Like “What’s Bugging Micah,” isn’t that what it’s called?

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t know Micah, it’s been a bit of a loll, hasn’t it?

Micah: Yeah, she…

Ben: Yeah, Micah, go demand something.

Andrew: Ben, I got to…

Micah: Like a site update, with her thoughts on the split?

Andrew: Yeah, that would be nice. She should post her thoughts on the split. Although, we do that that the L.A. Times said that the – Heyman said that she was cool with it. She was quote on quote “Cool with it”. Yeah, I would like to hear her thoughts more in depth though.

Matt: What do you feel about the phrase? “Cool with it”, it just doesn’t seem like she’s that all real about…

Andrew: Yeah, I have a hard time picturing that phone conversation. [in a British accent] “‘ello Jo, what do you think of splitting it in two?” “It is cool…”

Ben: I’m cool with it.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: It is cool, man. It is cool.

Andrew: Ben…

Ben: She’s probably like, “That’s straight dude.” That is probably what she said…

Andrew: That is straight dude. [laughs] Yeah man.

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Micah – no not Micah – Andrew were you going to ask me a question?

Andrew: Well, I know Dumbledore is dead but I would love to know what he would think about that, if we were to ask him the question…

Ben: Oh man, It has been a while. [as Dumbledore] “It is our choices Harry…”

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Ben: “…far more then our abilities that determine what we truly are.”

Andrew: Ah, yes!

Ben: That quotes probably wrong. That quote is probably way off, get mad at me about it, write on my Facebook wall…

Andrew: But that is the one that you always say…

Ben: Really? Okay, good…

Andrew: You are promoting you’re Facebook an awful lot this episode. Are you low on friends?

Ben: Well, see that year – I haven’t been on in so long. I just need to boost my Facebook friend count. Just to help my self-esteem a little bit…

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Tomorrow’s feed is going to be like, Ben Schoen added 3,000 friends…

Ben: Yeah…

[Ben and Matt laugh]

Micah: We were actually going to ask Jim Dale about what he thinks about your Hagrid and Dumbledore…

Ben: Oh, you have to! Please, please, please…

[Laura and Andrew laugh]

Andrew: See, yeah…

Micah: How is Hagrid, Ben?

Andrew: Yeah, how is he?

Ben: [as Hagrid] “Great!”

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Hagrid needs some work. You have no idea how much time and effort goes into doing these impressions. You would be surprised…

[Andrew laughs]


Discussion: Suspense or Resolution?


Andrew: Heyman question number three! Do you break it with a moment of suspense, or one of resolution?

Laura: Suspense.

Andrew: I guess we were talking about this. But do you?

Laura: Yes.

Andrew: I don’t know because then you don’t fell completed.

Laura: But that’s the point, it is not supposed to fell complete. It is a two part movie…

Andrew: Laura, but look, you are sitting there in a threatre knowing you are going to have to wait another six or seven months to see the next part. Do you want to be hanging on the edge of your seat? And then for six, seven months…

Micah: She’s already read the book.

Laura: Well, yeah. I won’t be…

Matt: It’s not like she’s going to be biting her nails…

Laura: Because I am literate and I read…

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: But – Okay, fine you got me…

Matt: But we are going to be a little disapointed regardless because it is not going to be the entire story.

Ben: What do you mean?

Matt: Well, it’s halfway.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s not completed. That is way I am saying you should feel like there is a resolution, so you feel completed.

Laura: No, but see here’s the thing, I can just imagine if all of us somehow went and saw this movie, right when it came out, together. If it ened on a cliff hanger we would all come out of that threatre bubbling in excitment. If it ended in a resolution we would all be like, that was pretty good. But, I would much rather be excited for the second half.

Matt: Well, see…

Ben: I don’t Know…

Matt: I was talking to you about that. About part two of Pirates of the Carribean
and part three. Like at the very end when Barbossa comes back to life…

Laura: That was awesome…

Matt: It’s either an upset, or a cliff hanger that would just leave you off. So…

Laura: Yeah but there, yeah I agree but it still counted as a cliff hanger.

Matt: Yeah, but it is definitely going to be a cliff hanger. There are not many upsets in the middle of the book anyway. So…

Andrew: I am making a poll, keep talking.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Oh, okay…

[Prolonged silence]

Laura: It will be a cliff hanger.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: Yeah…

Matt: Yeah…

Laura: That is all I have to say…

Andrew: Micah your thoughts please.

Micah: Well. No, I think, based on the stuff we talked about, whether it is Harry saying the name Voldemort, and all those goons showing up and taking them to Malfoy Manor. That would definitely be a cliff hanger. Or even them walking into Malfoy Manor and the door closing behind them and that is the end of the first movie. I mean again another cliff hanger. I really cannot see it ending with some sort of resolution, because that is boring to be honest with you. It’s boring…

Matt: I agree with you Micah…

Micah: Thanks, which part?

Matt: The part where they are being taking to Malfoy as the cliff hanger because you could see them like talking, conversing inside. But weren’t they in a carriage, when they were taken off, or something?

Micah: I don’t remember.

Matt: Well they being carried in something, which would be kind of cool if they panned out, from them being carried away and then the camera just goes up this huge mansion, into Malfoy Manor, or something. And then it just ends right there.

Micah: Yep.

Laura: Hey, you guys. Sorry to interupt, but did you know that J.K. Rowling wrote into our MuggleCast Live address?

Andrew: No way!

Micah: Oh, wow.

Andrew: No way.

Laura: She says…

Micah: How’s she doing?

Laura: Yeah. She said: “Yo dog! I was not down with the split. I told that fool Heyman not to cut my work in two, but he said, ‘Chill, Jo! I needs to get paid.'”

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: ‘I needs to get paid’?

Ben: Wow. Looks like the truth finally comes out.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Someone check that IP address.

Matt: I didn’t Jo was from East Compton.

Laura: Thanks, Jo!

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Micah: Yeah. I was just going to say that.

Andrew: Does it say Wisconsin? Yeah.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]


Discussion: The Wait


Andrew: All right, well, next thing to discuss here – we’re out of Heyman questions. If he does another one on a future thing, I’ll do Heyman question number four! But, anyway, is the wait really that bad? This is another thing that people are particularly complaining about because they’re saying, “Oh, six months. Oh, man!” I’ll give my point of view, but first I want to hear you guys.

Laura: It doesn’t really bother me.

Matt: No.

Laura: I mean, if you think about it – I mean, I realize it’s all the same story and it would be great if they could come out at the same time, but six months is shorter than we’ve ever had to wait for a new movie before [laughs] so there’s an upside.

Ben: Yeah. Definitely look at it that way. Before, when we had to wait for movies – looking at it from a marketing perspective once again, six months is probably the most reasonable amount of time because any shorter than that is probably too short and any longer than that is probably going to be too long. If they wait – if they had a year of time in between the movies – like I said, it’s the same story, so I guess six months – think about how many movies you remember that you saw six months ago. I don’t know. I don’t see very many movies.

Matt: Well, it’s also being released in the holiday season for Part I and in the Summer for Part II. And I would definitely much rather watch the movie during my Winter break and my Summer break…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Oh, yeah. For sure.

Matt: … and have the excitement…

Micah: Well, I hope you’re out of college by then.

Andrew: Ooh. Um, burn?

Matt: Well, yeah. I’m going to be… [laughs]

Micah: I’m just joking.

[Laura laughs]

Micah: I’m joking!

Ben: Ooh, slam by Micah Tan!

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Micah: I’m just hoping – I’m hoping he’s going to graduate college by then. I mean, come on.

Andrew: Well, Micah, sorry we all can’t be in your position.

Micah: [laughs] Thanks.

Andrew: Mr. Ooh work!

Ben: Micah has a Master’s degree, guys. He’s better than us.

Andrew: He does, doesn’t he?

Ben: He’s the master. Everyone bow to the master. The master, Micah.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Bowing. Bowing.

Ben: Sorry. I’m done.

Andrew: Asterik bow. Little update from J.K. Rowling on the feedback form. She’s from Scotland this time. I think this is the real one. “Yo, yo, yo! I don’t appreciate ya’ll dissing my rep, yo!”

Sorry, Jo. It’s 2:41 AM over there. Why’s she up so late?

Ben: Well, see…

Laura: Maybe she’s writing.

Andrew: She could be. Her next children’s book.

Ben: Book eight!

Andrew: Book eight? [laughs]

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Book eight and movie nine. Movie nine and ten! Um, here’s my thing about the movie split. Why are people complaining? If you’re getting at least two and a half – you’re getting two more movies. So, why would you complain if you’re getting at least one two hour movie and then a second two and a half hour Movie 6 months later? When in the meantime, between all the other films, we’ve been waiting at least a year, sometimes two years. I don’t get it!

Ben: Because people are complainers. They always find reasons to complain.

Andrew and

Matt:

Yeah.

Ben: That’s how people are. People are going to find a way to whine and complain about anything. It doesn’t matter if they – there is no perfect formula for something like this. There’s nothing that’s going to please everyone. I mean, if they did just one film people are going to bitch and if they do six films people are going to cry about it. It doesn’t matter. People are going to whine no matter what.

Matt: That’s just the way it is. Let’s face it, our fandom is really…

Laura: Whiny?

Matt: Oh my god. Is that Evanna Lynch? Did she just write to us?

Andrew: Don’t get people’s hopes up.

Matt: Um, Evanna from Ireland? She says: “Hello, MuggleCasters. It’s Evanna Lynch. I love your show. I’ve been listening since Episode 50. I just wanted to say ‘Hi’ to all you guys.”

Andrew: No we’re – Uh, that’s not her real e-mail address. I don’t think…

Ben: Guys…

Matt: Not her?

Andrew: …that’s her. [laughs]

Matt: You guys, I’m to easily distracted. You can’t do that to me. Stop sending in fake e-mails!

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Or I could be completely wrong and that could be her, but I don’t know if she…

Matt: I blame Andrew if it’s really you Evanna.

Andrew: No. I don’t think it’s really her. I reasonably – if I was a betting man, I would say that’s not her.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Matt: You’re a cheating man, Andrew.

Andrew: Hey, by the way, for the record, anyone want to compliment me? I’m pretty sure I did call this a couple months ago.

Laura: I wonder why you called it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Why? Go ahead, Laura. Tell the world. [whispers] Because I’m smart.

Laura: Because, well, I don’t want to rat you out.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: I feel like I’m going to get you in trouble.

Andrew: Okay, Laura. Yeah. All right. Whatever, Laura.

Ben: What happened? What did Andrew call? I’m confused.

Andrew: Lately, I’ve been…

Micah: He called the split.

Andrew: Lately, I’ve been starting things by saying “If I was a betting man…” and I would give people some fun facts. But it’s only if I was a betting man. I’ll tell you later.

Micah: If I was a betting man…

Ben: Oh, so you’re not a betting man?

Andrew: No, I am.

Micah: No, he is.

Andrew: I’ll explain it to you later.

Micah: If he was a betting man that went to the set of Half-Blood Prince

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: No, if I was a betting man who went to the set of Order of the Phoenix, because that one’s not embargoed anymore.

Micah: Oh. Well, yeah.

Ben: So Andrew, so Andrew, so you’ve got three more sets to go to, is that how it’s going to shape up?

Andrew: [laughs] Three more sets, baby!

Ben: Or two more sets, actually.

Andrew: Oh yeah, two.

Ben: Actually, I’m going to both of them.

Andrew: No, actually, I’m on Half-Blood Prince right now. I’m on Half-Blood Prince right now. I’m here. Live., not funny, okay.

Ben: Yeah, not at all.

MuggleCast 136 Transcript (continued)


Discussion: The Trailers


Andrew: Another question we should talk about – Matt and I were discussing this yesterday. The trailers – okay, so we have a trailer for Part I. Now I’m thinking that there will be a trailer for Part II at the end of Part I. Because it’s six months beforehand, and that’s usually when the trailers come out for the films. At least six months before the film comes out.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Now Matt, what’s your argument, which is absurd?

Matt: It’s not absurd!

[Ben laughs]

Matt: I just think that since six months usually the rule when they release the theatrical trailer for a film – or no, teaser trailer – they’re just going to debut it for Part I of Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows, the first part. Do you know what I’m talking about?

Ben: I don’t think that’s really that absurd. I mean…

Laura: I don’t think that’s a bad idea at all.

Ben: I mean, it’d be a nice little preview at the end, if they put it at the end of the movie just as a…

Andrew: But Matt’s saying you’d put it before the movie.

Matt: Well see, Andrew was telling me that people who haven’t read the book or don’t know the story would be confused, when they haven’t seen the first part yet and they’re watching the trailer for the second part. Yet…

Andrew: Matt’s saying the preview for Part II would play during the trailers of Part I, before Part I even plays.

Ben: Absolutely not. Sorry Matt, that’s absurd.

[Andrew and Ben laugh]

Laura: I think it’s more likely that they would play it after the film.

Andrew: Right.

Ben: Yeah. That way would tend to make sense.

Andrew: It just doesn’t make sense. See, but I do understand what you’re saying, Matt, because a trailer’s a trailer and normally a trailer would be played at the beginning. But in this case, I just don’t think it would work. But at the same time, you have to think that since they are going to be playing this Part II trailer in movies that aren’t Harry Potter, how do you set that up? I mean, you really do have to create two separate plotlines for the film, so it’s completely understandable.

Laura: They could have flashbacks from Part I, like a few seconds at the beginning of the trailer.

Andrew: Oh, I hate flashbacks! Flashbacks in trailer are the worst, because in trailers you want to see the new stuff, you don’t want to see stuff you already saw!

Ben: Well, I mean, a brief flashback.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: They’re filming the whole movie at once, though. So they’re probably going to…

Andrew: Yeah, but obviously they’re going to film all the scenes in Part I first, and then…

Matt: They don’t do that, they didn’t do that for Lord of the Rings.

Ben: Yeah.

Andrew: Oh, really?

Ben: That’s not how they do it, I don’t think that’s how they do it.

Matt: They film – they film like the first – they filmed Movie 3 before they started filming actually the first scenes in the first movie.

Ben: Well, I mean, I’m guessing when they film a Harry Potter movie, they don’t start at the beginning, I mean, there are certain scenes that probably – I mean, it all depends. They have someone who plans it all out, I doubt they say, “Okay…” Because, imagine if you have two scenes in the Great Hall, they’re probably going to do all the Great Hall scenes at once or something, you know? I’m guessing.

Andrew: Yeah, that would – yeah, that would make sense.

Matt: Mhm. Well, because they tear down whatever they film that they don’t need anymore. So it’s just smart to say that they would film all the Great Hall scenes, all at once and then go to another set.

Andrew: Well, but the Great Hall is permanent, that’s one of the permanent fixtures.

Matt: Okay, well, I’m sorry…

Andrew: I do see what you’re saying, though, I do understand what you’re saying.

Matt: The Weasley House.

Andrew: Sure, sure.

Matt: Sure.

Ben: Sure!

Matt: I’m so going to rub it in if they debut it first, before the movie. Just telling you that.

Ben: Yeah, yeah. If I was a betting man, I’d put all my money on that not happening.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Ben, that’s my thing!

Ben: I’m sorry.

Andrew: I don’t go anywhere near your Gimme a Butterbeer thing, so…

Ben: Oh, don’t you even!

Andrew: [laughing] What? What?

Ben: Don’t you even! Don’t you even think about it!

Andrew: [laughs] What! Don’t you even go near my – thing!

Ben: No, but that’s not a butterbeer, though. That’s like – I don’t know. Give me a butterbeer.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: How about this, how about this – instead of a trailer debut after the film, how about a five-minute preview or little clip of the next film?

Laura: Ehh…

Andrew: [movie trailer voice] And now, your sneak peak at Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows: Part II!

Matt: Like, they give you the first chapter of the next book at the end of the epilogue in a book series.

Ben: Yeah – why didn’t they do that? I mean, why didn’t Jo do that with Deathly Hallows? Not Deathly Hallows, but with the other books?

Matt: She probably hadn’t written it yet.

Laura: Is – yeah.

Ben: Probably because it’s not practical.

Laura: I don’t think it would usually be the authors who would do that. It’s usually the publisher that adds it in. And it’s usually done on books that have been out for a while. Like I don’t think they’ve actually…

Ben: Books that are…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: What about Twilight?

Ben: And books that are not really as…

Laura: Yeah.

Ben: Good or as popular as Harry Potter.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah. The thing is, they want to keep the suspense up for Harry Potter. So…

Ben: Well think about Harry Potter. I honestly believe – I’ve been thinking about this more and more – and I was talking to a girl who goes to my high school the other day, and I was like, “People who have not read Harry Potter have missed out on the biggest cultural phenomenon of all time.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: They’re absolutely insane for not having read it, because it’s just one of those things that everybody loves! I have not met someone who has read the books, and is like, “Those really suck.” Everyone’s like – it’s always praise, it’s always, “Wow! I couldn’t put it down!” and, I don’t know. If you haven’t read it, you suck. Plain and simple.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: And I mean even if people picked it up and started reading it now, it’s not the same. You know?

Ben: No, definitely not! Because think about – like I said, I always talk about how we are living in such a unique time, because we knew what it was like to not know how Harry Potter ended. You know? It’s kind of like the people who were around when Lord of the Rings was first coming out. They didn’t know how it ended and so it was really a unique time. People missed out. I didn’t, but sucks to be them.

[Laura and Micah laughs]

Andrew: I was thinking yesterday, that this is really – when this announcement was revealed from the L.A. Times yesterday, this is really the biggest thing we’re going to have in a while.

Laura: Oh.

Andrew: And I say that completely unenthusiastically because these big news days are always so great in the fandom.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, it is kind of a shame. What else do we have to look forward to? The Dumbledore being gay thing – I hate to bring it up again, but it came out of nowhere and it was such a big thing in the fandom. It felt like a huge news story. I was running down the streets of New York City and I was skipping! Wasn’t I, Laura?

Laura: Yes, you were.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Singing it through the streets!

Ben: Andrew, I’m sorry, but I wouldn’t tell people that.

Matt: Yeah, I was just thinking I wouldn’t say that.

Andrew: We’re all friends here.

Matt: Probably not something you want to reveal!

Ben: Well I mean, here’s what’s going to happen; we’ll wait a few months and when Jo decides another character is gay…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah!

[Laura laughs]

Ben: Then we’ll flare up, and that’s what will happen.

Andrew: Isn’t it amazing that she has that power, though? She can create so much activity and hype out of just one little thing.

Ben: The next thing will be James Potter was a serial killer bo profession. Or something insane…

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Ben: …that shakes the foundations of the fandom.

Micah: She like to…

Laura: We always wondered what his job was.

Andrew: That’s true. Micah Tan?

Ben: I had a question – oh Micah go ahead.

Micah: I was just going to say, she likes throwing things out there. Look at Aberforth.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah!

[Laura laughs

Andrew: There’s always these random little things!

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Did you honestly think I was going to let it go by without mentioning him and his goats?

Andrew: No. Because you love those goats…

Ben: I’ve got a question.

Andrew: …more than Aberforth.

Ben: I’ve got a question, guys.

Andrew: What?

Ben: I don’t know if you guys ever talked about this – if we talked about it and I wasn’t on that episode, but did the gay thing with Dumbledore kind of give a lot of field to the Christian Right and the people who hate Harry Potter?

Andrew: It did.

Ben: Do you know what I mean? It’s just like, Harry Potter‘s already about witchcraft and now there’s homosexuals in it! So if your kids read Harry Potter, they’re going to become witches and homosexuals! You know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Gay wizards.

Andrew: That’s true.

Laura: You know what? The thing is though, I feel like with people who already have that view towards Harry Potter, you can’t reason with them anyway, so you might as well just go all out with it. Kick Dumbledore out of the closet and just make a rude hand gesture at the idiots and…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Ben: Do you guys know what we haven’t done in a while? Called Laura Mallory.

[Ben and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Called Laura Mallory! Oh no. I don’t really want to try to call her but…

Laura: No!

Andrew: Well…

Ben: But I love her though! She’s so sweet.

Laura: It’s ten o’clock! You can’t call her!

Andrew: It’s ten o’clock. Well, you know…

Laura: She’s probably put her kids to bed…

Andrew: Let’s just do it, just for fun, I mean…

Laura: Oh! You guys, don’t do that.

Andrew: We’ve done it so many – Why?

Matt: Don’t do it!

Laura: It’s too late. [laughs]

Andrew: It’s too late! You’re concerned about the time of night?

Laura: What?

Ben: It’s Laura Mallory, come on!

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: It’s rude!

Andrew: It’s rude, it’s rude!?

Ben: Let’s wait a few hours.

Andrew: Good idea.

Matt: Laura, what’s the curfew in Georgia, anyway?

Andrew: Yeah! It’s like 7 PM.

Laura: Well, everything closes at like 8 o’clock, so she’s probably fast asleep by now.

Andrew: Ooh, snap.

Matt: Ooh.

Andrew: But – yeah, let’s not call her, actually. We’ve done that enough.


Calling Jamie


Ben: Let’s call Jamie though. I miss Jamie.

Andrew: You want to call Jamie?

Matt: Yeah, let’s call Jamie.

Laura: Yeah, it’s not like he…

Andrew: We’ll call Jamie.

Laura: Yeah, it’s not like he hasn’t called you at odd hours of the morning.

Andrew: Jamie does call me at odd hours of the night!

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: What time does he call you?

Andrew: Oh, he’ll call me – well, actually he’ll call me when it’s 4 AM his time. Because he’s having fun in England. Jamie – see, here’s the thing with Jamie; I asked him to be on the show today. He has a thesis paper to complete and he’s been working all…

Matt: For his major.

Andrew: For his major. It’s very important. And he has been working on it for the past few days straight and he said, “No, I’ve really got to finish this.” so – I didn’t tell him we were going to call. I don’t know if anybody IMed him and told him we were going to call, but let’s just see what happens.

[Phone rings]

Andrew: These English phones!

Jamie: Hello?

Andrew: Jamie?!

Laura: Jamie!

Jamie: Hey! What’s up?

Andrew: Jamie…

Ben: How’s your thesis, dawg?

Jamie: Uh, it sucks, dawg!

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: Is this live on air?

Andrew: Yes, this is live on air! [laughs]

Jamie: Oh all right. I won’t say what I was going to say about my thesis then.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Jamie: I can’t talk about that. In other words – no, in that case, it’s going very, very, very well. Yeah, I’m really enjoying it.

Andrew: Good, good. Are you working on it right now or did we wake you up?

Jamie: No, you didn’t wake me up. What I’m doing actually, is I’m taking a break from my thesis to write a two thousand word paper that also has to be handed in in ten hours.

Andrew: Oh.

Ben: That’s a nice break.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s good.

Jamie: Sorry? What?

Ben: I said, “That’s a nice break, isn’t it?”

Jamie: It is a very nice break, yeah. All I can think about is, it has to be handed in by twelve, so I can’t wait til 12:01 when I can go and enjoy myself. But with this paper, I’ve been trying to work out what, in my degree, I can screw up and still come out with a good mark. And this paper fortunately, I can put it on the list of things I can screw up. So I don’t think I’m going to spend too much time on this. I’m going to go back to the stuff that’s actually important.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Jamie: What’s up?

Andrew: We know you’re busy but before we let you go, since this is a live show, we’re talking about the movie split, can we have your thoughts real quick?


Jamie’s Thoughts on the Movie Split


Jamie: It’s cool. [laughs]

Andrew: It’s cool? That’s what J.K. Rowling said! Oh my God! All you English people.

Ben: Jamie, for some reason you sound like you’re strapped for time. It sounds like you waited til like three days ago to start your thesis or something maybe.

Jamie: Well, Ben, Ben, I can tell you haven’t been on the show for long, your A-game material is pretty low.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: Do you think you could come out with something better for Episode 138? I suggest you get some practice in or something. You know…

Andrew: Jamie is very stressed.

Ben: You can tell how stressed he is, guys. It’s okay, Jamie. You don’t have to turn bitter towards me. It’s okay.

[Jamie laughs]

Andrew: Anyway…

Jamie: No, no, I think it’s cool. I think it’s cool. I think Warner Brothers has finally realized that people just want to see awesomeness, which normally translates to more and more time spent on preparing battle and for example the bridge collapsing, that sure is going to be expensive but it’s going to be worth it, because everyone’s going to love it. I’m pleased with two films. Two trips to the theatre, two premieres.

Andrew: Exactly!

Jamie: You know?

Andrew: Exactly, man.

Jamie: Two’s always better than one, right?

Andrew: Right! Exactly. Nobody can lose in this situation, right? Everybody’s making money, everyone’s podcasting longer, everyone’s running their websites longer.

Jamie: I’m sure there’s a few people who aren’t happy, Andrew.

Andrew: [laughs] Well I’ll tell you what. You come up with a list of people and we will discuss that on the next show you’re on.

Jamie: Wow. Okay.

Andrew: We’ll…

Jamie: I’m going to come up with a list of everyone who’s unhappy.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, I was saying the crew would probably be unhappy, but I mean, everyone is making more money…

Jamie: True.

Andrew: Who loses?

Jamie: True. What’s up with you guys then?

Andrew: We’re just podcasting. Being celebs.

Jamie: Really?

Andrew: I have to say, Jamie, everyone’s very excited that you’re on right now. I’m not looking at the chat but everyone was hoping you were going to be on the show today.

Jamie: Well, I’m pleased to be half-back. Kind of back.

Andrew: Half-back. [laughs]

Jamie: Back, yeah. It’s great.

Andrew: Back, but on the telephone.

Matt: Is this really a surprise, Jamie, that we called you?

Jamie: Well, it said ‘unknown,’ and I know that Skype says ‘unknown,’ but recently I’ve been telling Ben I’ve been staying up late doing my thesis and that I’m stressed, and most people would be consenting to my cause, but it could have been Ben calling me to try to rile me up, a couple of times.

Micah: Well, you just generally pick up phone calls from unknown people, don’t you?

Jamie: Well, it’s not particularly dangerous.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: It’s not dangerous unless someone gave out your number – Ben!

Jamie: No! If someone gave out my number, that would suck.

Andrew: Ben gave out my phone number, so…

Jamie: Well, actually…

Andrew: I still get calls.

Ben: Miker?

Jamie: I didn’t say that, Ben.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Anyway, Jamie…

Ben: I love you, Jamie. I love you.

Jamie: Whatever.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: You know you love me! Don’t even go there! You know you love me!

Jamie: Don’t even go there, man! You American men! Dude…

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Anyway…

Ben: Sorry, guys. He’s obviously stressed out, forgive him please.

Jamie: I am stressed out! I am stressed out! I keep getting these moments of panic when I’ll go into a comfort zone and I’ll be like, “I love my life.” And then two seconds later I’ll remember I’ve got to write a million words before twelve o’clock.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jamie: It sucks, it sucks.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Well, maybe if you had started sooner. I hate to be Captain Obvious…

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: Perhaps, Ben, perhaps…

Ben: I’m just kidding! I love you. I love you. I’m kidding, Jamie.

Jamie: You’ve already said this, but I know I should have started earlier. It’s ridiculous saying that it’s like if someone…

Ben: I know, but it’s fun to watch you get riled up.

Andrew: Guys, leave…

Jamie: But I’m not riled up, now, Ben. I feel sorry for you!

Ben: We’ll call it that. It’s okay…

Andrew: All right, we’ll end it here before you guys are FaceBook poking each other in a poking war. Jamie, we’ll let you go. Best of luck with your thesis, dude, seriously.

Jamie: Thank you, thank you.

Andrew: Unlike Ben, I understand that it’s important.

Jamie: Enjoy the show. Bye!

Andrew: Bye, Jamie.

Laura: Bye, Jamie.

Micah: Bye.

Andrew: Ben, why do you have to do that to him? He’s stressed!

Ben: Okay, you don’t understand. Every time Jamie gets on AIM, he messages me and tries to rile me up.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: So I rile him back.

Andrew: Funny, funny. Anyway…

Ben: It’s a total war we have going on. We love each other though.

Andrew: I know. We know you guys do. Anyway, glad we got him on. He answered pretty quick too. I was expecting him to take forever to answer.

Ben: Guys, you know who we should call?

Andrew: Who?

Ben: Kevin Steck! I haven’t heard from him in a while!

Andrew: Kevin Steck?

Ben: Yeah!

Andrew: No, Kevin Steck will never be on this show again.

Ben: [as Kevin] Andrew, I am here!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Kevin Steck is joining us! Hey!

Ben: [as Kevin] I think Deathly Hallows is a good movie. Thanks. Bye.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Well said!

Matt: It’s like a voice-mail message.

Ben: Oh, Kevin’s actually going to be on in the next half-hour?

Andrew: No! No.

Ben: Oh, no way.

Andrew: That’d be silly.

Matt: You’re such a tease!


Muggle Mail: Potter at the Oscars


Andrew: [laughs] Okay, so let’s wrap up this discussion a little bit and then we’re going to take a break and regroup here. One last e-mail I guess we’ll talk real quick about – Oscars. Ashley, 27, of Salem, Oregon wrote in via the MuggleCast feedback,

“Exciting news today! I was hoping that the seventh movie would get some recognition from the Academy a la ‘Return of the King’. How do you think splitting the movie in two will affect its chances of winning gold? I feel like, especially with the first part in November and the second part in May instead of the other way around, the chances are slim and the movie will get any nods at all.”

Won’t get any nods at all – I guess she means.

“Interested to hear what you all think. Love the show!”

I don’t know. Matt, you’re up on this Oscar stuff. What do you think it means?

Matt: To be honest, I don’t really think it applies to Harry Potter. With just the acting. Because it’s not a really character – well-acted on the kids’ parts, I hate to say. Maybe they would just get nods. They would definitely just get nods for the first film.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Part II is too late for Academy Awards because it’ll be released right after the Academy Awards of 2011. It’s really the only speculation we could probably have mostly is whatever happens in part one of the movie.

Andrew: Good point.

Laura: Am I remembering correctly or did it get a nod for Prisoner of Azkaban special effects?

Matt: Yeah, well, that’s what I’m saying…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Nods for special effects and set design and costume.

Andrew: But it won’t win.

Matt: I’m thinking mainly with actors or director – I mean, no offense to David Yates – since none of the other films have gotten a nod. And I believe that every single director were awesome directors regardless of people’s opinions on how the Harry Potter film went. They’re all really great directors and they didn’t even get one nod.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I’m with you on that one. I don’t see Harry Potter as ever getting any big Oscar wins or anything like that sadly.

Andrew: No.

Matt: But wasn’t – I think John Williams was the highest for getting a nod for Best Film score. I think that’s the closest we’ll get for a popular genre for people that get nods for.

Laura: I don’t know.

Matt: Wasn’t he nodded? I think he was. For like, “Hedwig’s Theme.” I think that was nominated.

Andrew: Yeah, I think you may be right. Hey, we’re going to take a break now, but before that Laura and Ben have got to hop off because it is midterms time and they have some studying to do.

Laura: That’s right.

Andrew: So, Laura and Ben, thank you for joining us this evening.

Laura: Mhm.

Ben: I’m glad to be back, I’m glad to rear my – not ugly, but pretty head, I guess?

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Thanks again. I’m glad to be back guys. I’m glad to do this. It was fun. It was a lot of fun.

Andrew: It was fun!

Ben: It’s good to talk about Harry Potter again.

Andrew: It was. Yeah.

Laura: Yep.

Andrew: And I guess we’ll see you when the next gay character is announced.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Ben: Yep! See you then!

Andrew: All right, thanks guys!

Ben: Bye, everybody!

Laura: Bye, everybody!

Andrew: Bye, Laura. Bye, Ben. Love you!

Laura: Love you too! Bye!

Andrew: All right, everyone. We are going to take a quick break, but when we come back we are going to introduce two more hosts that are going to be joining us and we’ll be taking your calls. It’s 10:04! MuggleCast Live! We’ll be back in just a few minutes! You’re listening to MuggleCast Live!

[“Have a Nice Day” by Bon Jovi plays]

[“See You Again” by Miley Cyrus plays]


Back To The Show


Andrew: MuggleCast Live! 10:14 Eastern on the Eastern coast, as I just said. Welcome back to the show everyone! A couple more people have joined us since the break. First up, Eric Scull!

Eric: Hi, everybody!

Andrew: Eric Scull! How are you doing, buddy? How was Lost?

Eric: Lost was okay. There were sort of two big reveals. I liked the first one and not the second.

Andrew: Oh! Can you spoil it for everyone?

Micah: Don’t spoil it!

Andrew: No, no! Spoil it for everyone. [laughs]

Eric: I’m not going to spoil it. Not going to spoil it. Lost is available on iTunes tomorrow for $1.99.

Andrew: [laughs] And how much is Apple paying for you to say that?

Eric: You know, I wish they were paying more than, one penny. And they’re not even paying a penny. So, I wish they were paying more than nothing.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay.

Eric: Free plug there.

Andrew: Okay, next, the other person who is joining us this week – this is like a double whammy. I’m loving this show. We’re getting some people back!

Micah: But it’s funny, because we kind of…

Andrew: Spoiled it already!

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Eric: We’re supposed to be going.

Andrew: Kevin Steck has returned.

Kevin: Hello!

Matt: Yay!

Andrew: Kevin! Kevin Steck!

Kevin: Can you guys hear me?

Andrew: Yes. We can hear you. How are you doing?

Kevin: Pretty well.

Andrew: It’s been a while. How long has it been, Kevin? I forget.

Kevin: Oh, it’s been months!

Andrew: Months, yeah.

Kevin: Probably four or five months.

Matt: At least a week.

Andrew: [laughs] At least a week!

Kevin: Yeah.

Eric: I call Kevin every week, and I say, “Dude, I miss you.”

Andrew: Do you really?

Eric: I do!

Kevin: Yeah, he’s crying all the time.


Friendly Reminders from Eric Scull


Andrew: Speaking of that, Eric, calling people – I don’t like bringing personal issues on the show, but it was Sunday morning. I’m resting peacefully because I put MuggleCast up the night before and I always rest peacefully the night after I release MuggleCast – and I wake up around 9:30 to my Apple iPhone ringing. It’s Eric Scull. I don’t answer it because I’m half asleep, I’m like “Whatever.” I roll over and go back to bed. I listened to your voice-mail and you called me to tell me to put my clock forward an hour. Why?

[EVeryone laughs]

Eric: Well, Andrew, I actually…

Micah: Don’t you know the iPhone is smart enough to do that, Eric?

Andrew: [laughs] Yes, exactly.

Eric: Wait, this is two separate questions! Is the iPhone actually smart enough to do that?

Andrew: Yes!

Eric: Damn it! Okay, fine.

Andrew: Well, it’s a cell phone! All cell phones do that!

Eric: Right, right, of course, the iPhone. What does that thing not do? Okay, but seriously – well, Andrew, when I had first called you – which was when I went to Andrew Sims in my little contacts – I didn’t – I had to touch the buttons to do that. I couldn’t just touch the screen…

Andrew: Right.

Eric: …like iPods.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: I’m very happy with my phone. It’s a Motorola KRZR. When I called you, I had other intentions entirely. I was going to tell you something. I forget exactly what I was going to tell you.

Andrew: Oh, I see.

Eric: But, see, by the time I actually – I had something in mind to tell you and then by the time the voice-mail went on I was like, “What am I going to do?” so I decided then to tell you what I had just found out, which was that the time…

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Actually, yeah, you know what, Andrew? I’ll lie and it’ll be a better story. I knew you were sleeping in and I just wanted to remind you…

Andrew: Oh, thank you.

Eric: That you were – that morning – you were going to sleep in an extra hour longer than you’d planned to.

Andrew: Thank you. That’s very kind.

Eric: Sure.

Andrew: But let’s get right back into our DH discussion, being split in two. Kevin and Eric, I don’t know if you guys heard, but the movie is going to be split in two. I don’t know if you guys knew this.

Kevin: I heard, definitely, yeah.

Andrew: Kevin, we’ll start…

Kevin: It’s been all over the news.


Kevin’s Reaction


Andrew: Yeah, it has. Kevin, we’ll start with your reactions.

Kevin: I like it.

Andrew: From a computer programmer’s standpoint, from the standpoint of a minority of Windows users in this Skype chat, how do you feel?

Eric: Including me! Including me.

Andrew: Yeah. Including you.

Kevin: Linux. And Linux, come on.

Andrew: And Linux, of course. How do you see this split?

Kevin: I like it because I think they’ll have more time to devote to the last movie. I think it could do nothing but good.

Andrew: Yeah. And Eric?


Eric’s Reaction


Eric: I think a lot of people are upset about the four month difference, which I have no problem with – in releasing in the movies, I mean, that kind of made sense to me when they said D.H. would be split and then one’s releasing, what? In November 2010? May 2011? Is that what the deal is?

Andrew: That’s correct. That is correct.

Kevin: Yeah, it is.

Eric: That’s six months apart.

Matt: Yeah. It’s six months.

Eric: All the same, no. I think David Yates directing again is another good sign to me. I really like the Order of the Phoenix movie. I thought at least he can handle the material pretty well.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So actually I just think exactly what everyone I guess has been saying on the show – gives it more ability to focus and keep everything in, gives it more time – and it was about time they announced something. If you look at MuggleNet’s main page, almost – I’d say at least sixty percent of those articles are somebody whispering to someone else at the last minute, “Yeah, D.H.? Psst!”

Andrew: Yeah. And the funny thing is that, just that morning, SnitchSeeker reported that Matt Lewis revealed it to someone too and after that I was thinking to myself…

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: …”Okay, W.B.! Come on! It’s time. You’ve had at least four leaks at this point from crew, from your own cast…

Eric: Exactly.

Andrew: …from these tabloids and then Barron and Heyman were – we discussed in that interview with them a few weeks ago, it’s like “Come on! It’s time! Just do it!”

Eric: Everybody was saying it.

Andrew: Be Nike and just do it!

Eric: Just do it. Exactly. Just like Nike. I have to tell the listeners just now that they’ve been saved from a two and a half minute spiel which would have said exactly what you just said, Andrew, in your twenty-five seconds or so – which is basically just what everybody’s whispering – it’s just W.B., just do it. So, I’m very happy with this announcement.

Andrew: Me too.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Me too.


Lengths of the Movies


Matt: But what do you guys necessarily think – because in some of the interviews they said about being split in two I don’t know if it was David Barron or Steve Kloves, but they mentioned that the split is giving them a more chance to relax. I seem to think it’s going to be more kind of hectic that they have actually more stuff to do.

Kevin: Well, I think the relaxtion would come from the fact that they don’t have to pay as much attention to what details they integrate into the films. They’re given, basically, double the time for a single book.

Andrew: Mm.

Kevin: But now they don’t have to be as nit-picky about which details they choose to exclude and include into the movie.

Matt: Yeah.

Kevin: Takes the pressure off a bit.

Eric: Well, that’s the other question though. Will they use the time? I mean, are we looking at two two and a half hour movies here? Two two-hour movies?

Andrew: We…

Eric: Because if they do two ninety minute movies or the battles – that’ll be horrible…

Andrew: We did discuss this earlier…

Eric: …then I’ll have an issue with it.

Andrew: …Micah?

Micah: Um. No, yeah, Eric, we talked a little about it before because Alan Horn, who’s the President and, I guess, Chief Operating Officer for Warner Brothers was quoted in that L.A. Times article as saying, “They will have at least an hour and half more to work with now.” So I don’t know how you would take that…

Andrew: Telling.

Micah: …as far as how long…

Eric: Okay.

Micah: …the first movie will be but you’re guaranteed that the second movie will be…

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: …at least 90 minutes, so.

Matt: And they haven’t even really confirmed that both movies will be the same length.

Micah: I don’t…

Andrew: Presumably they would.

Eric: No, I don’t think you can until the finished cut product…

Andrew: I think presumably they would be though, wouldn’t they? I mean…

Eric: Same length? Or…

Andrew: Yeah, because I think you’re trying to find some balance. Although, I guess I can see how the second one would be longer because also you’re including…

Eric: It depends how they cut it.

Matt: I think what will really – when they said hour and a half extra, I think they meant that the second one will be at least an hour and a half if not more.

Eric: Or 90 minutes. The good thing about this is instead of worrying about what makes the cut, you know in the news articles they say – there were some things in Book 7 you just can’t take stuff out of – because there’s no other movie to explain it, you know. So, instead of worrying about what makes the cut of the films, you’re now worried about what makes the cut of the first film or what makes the cut of the second one. You’re basically guaranteed that whatever they deem important is – a lot more things are able to make it into the movies.

Kevin: I also find it hard to believe that they would split the movie and make each ninety minutes long, because…

Eric: Yeah.

Kevin: …they could have fit that into a single movie. They have to justify splitting it into two movies.

Eric: My feelings.

Kevin: I think time is their justification.

Micah: Right. I mean, what do you guys think about the standard now? I mean, they – we were talking about this before but the bar has been raised massively now. I mean, they have really no wiggle room, no room for error, because they’re taking this upon themselves to split it into two. They have to get everything in possible.

Eric: How – how so?

Micah: What do you mean?

Eric: I mean – oh okay. So you’re saying that they have to get everything in now. What exactly are you saying when – when you say that?

Micah: Well I’m saying that you’re looking at the fact that they took the movie and they’re splitting it into two parts and…

Matt: They don’t have an excuse.

Micah: Arguably they’re both going to be longer than two hours. They don’t – exactly Matt. They don’t have an excuse for not including something major or – or the fans want in this film.

Eric: Okay.

Micah: They cannot afford to not do that.

Eric: Okay because you’re foreseeing an army of fans that are very upset that they’re going to have to wait six months extra, plus the addition of a movie ticket cost, you know that sort of thing or not.

Andrew: Basically. No that’s pretty much it.

Micah: I’m just talking about it including everything possible in these final two films.

Eric: Yeah. They have to make it worth our while I think.

Matt: They know that they – that we’re going to be completely judgmental, I mean just by us alone. We’re totally going to have way more expectations out of this movie.

Eric: Actually I have less. I’m really happy that they did this and I think it was dragged on so long that maybe when I first heard it I wouldn’t have liked it and I think I probably did say I didn’t like it. Now I’m feeling like maybe it’s the better thing to do because we haven’t really tried this with any of the movies before. Yeah do I wish they would’ve maybe done this with the earlier movies, maybe. But you know this is Book 7, I mean Movie 7 is a movie on its own. So we’ll see how this happens. We’ll see how this works.

Andrew: Yeah, should we talk more about…


The Cast


Matt: What do you guys – oh sorry.

Andrew: No go ahead please. No you probably had a better question, I insist.

Matt: Oh, I was just thinking how big this cast is going to be because are they going to include – are they going to do all the casting all at once? Because this is like two movies and they introduce Griphook. Didn’t Verne Troyer who played Mini-Me – is he playing Griphook?

Eric: I heard that.

Matt: Because he played him in the first movie.

Eric: Oh did he?

Micah: Right, you’re looking at an all inclusive cast I think.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I mean they’re bringing everybody back.

Eric: But for which part, is the other question?

Kevin: I think they would do it for both parts.

Micah: Well…

Kevin: It seems to me what they’re going to do is they’re going to film it all at the same time…

Andrew: They are.

Kevin: …and then cut it down the center just like they did with – I think Lord of the Rings did that. Where the movies were all filmed…

Matt: They didn’t – I don’t think they included the cast members that weren’t introduced yet.

Kevin: They don’t – they don’t have to. But they can film it all at the same time.

Matt: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah.

Eric: That’s not exactly what I’m saying. I’m saying when the movie itself is cut – if the movie follows the book, Movie 1 is going to be really drawn out and boring and Movie 2 is going to have the dragon from Gringotts and the attack at Hogwarts you know what I’m saying? They might have to rearrange Book 7…

Matt: I agree.

Eric: …to accommodate sort of, well…

Andrew: No I think that’s a good point because you do have to find a balance of action and – and drama in each one.

Eric: In each of these films. Since no that there are two.

Matt: But they’re two different films.

Andrew: It doesn’t matter though. With every movie you still need action and a pinnacle.

Matt: There is, there’s the wedding scene, there is the Horcrux scene…

Eric: Seven Potters.

Matt: …there’s when Harry goes to his house, there’s going to be a climactic scene right there.

Eric: Right.

Matt: It just – they have two different tones if you think about it. There’s a way to cut the movie into two different tones. Like the second part is going to be a very big blockbusterish kind of fighting sequences because they have Voldemort, they have Hogwarts, they have all those scenes together, they have Gringotts. The first one is going to be more like Harry finding closure with himself and his family and a lot of things. And – and…

Eric: But that doesn’t happen until the end of the book.

Matt: Well I’m just saying though, he visits his – his family’s house and there’s closure there because he finally visited. There’s just going to be different feelings for each film.

Kevin: I agree.

Micah: I mean it goes back to what I said before, you’re looking at Harry essentially learning in the first movie and then actually taking more action in the second movie and I don’t know how you would name those films subtitle-wise but you know. I just think that it’s – it’s going to be interesting to see how they divide it up because as you were saying Matt it’s two totally different sort of atmospheres but in the end I just hope that they get it right because I – I still go back to the whole point of there’s no margin for error right now.

Matt: There isn’t.

Andrew: The bar is – the bar is too high, yeah.

Kevin: Do you think…

Eric: I think – sorry, Matt?

Andrew: It was Kevin.

Kevin: It’s okay. I was just going to ask, do you think that they had the six months gap because of a DVD release or are they planning to release a DVD in between for the first half so people can watch it in transition to the second?

Matt: I think it’s mainly for the holiday seasons. Most of the big movies come out either in Christmas break or Summer. And that’s when the book…

Kevin: That’s true.

Matt: …was released – that’s when each of the movies was released too. Order of the Phoenix was released in Summer. Half-Blood Prince was going to be in the Winter season.

Eric: Well one, two and four, and now the first part – well one, two, four, six and the first part of seven are releases in November. Only four – I mean sorry only Movie 3 and what Movie 5?

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: And seven Part II is going to be released in June or this Summer whenever that is.

Matt: It’s definitely Winter break – one of the bigger holiday seasons. Christmas break has always been very popular. So it makes sense that they start with winter just to get everything started.

Eric: Plus that’s when the book is set.

Matt: Sorry?

Eric: That’s when the book is set. If you look at – if you want to split the book up in the middle you get the sort of July through maybe January to February would make the first movie and the second movie would be…

Matt: Yeah. That makes sense, yeah.

Eric: It’d be kind of the same time of the year. It would be cool to see if they…

Kevin: Like chronologically?

Andrew: Yeah.

MuggleCast 136 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Rating of the Two Movies


Andrew: Yeah. Micah Tannenbaum you have an e-mail to read?

Micah: Yeah I got an e-mail from Madison in Douglasville, Georgia, and they were wondering – and we spoke briefly about this in the past, but what do you guys think the movies are going to be rated? I mean same or different based on action. What is the actual rating going to be? I mean two movies, at least one could…

Andrew: Go for R. Go for it.

Micah: Yeah I kind of agree with that.

Andrew: You do?! I was kidding.

Micah: No, the second one, the second one. Not the first one. The second one.

Kevin: Now regardless, they’re – they’re going to rate them the same.

Andrew: Yeah they would have to.

Kevin: Because people who see the first half they are going to want to be able to see the second.

Andrew: Plus when they go on the DVD together it is like, “Rated PG-13. Also rated R.” [laughs]

Eric: No, who says they’re going to go on the same DVD?

Andrew: Well presumably.

Kevin: I’m sure they are going to package them.

Andrew: Yeah we talked about this earlier too.

Eric: Yeah they’re going to package them. But I don’t think the same – I mean they’re two separate…

Kevin: Not initially. But after both their release they’re definitely going to package them together.

Andrew: I just want them to stick them together. Like it’s just one long five hour movie.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: That would be cool though.

Kevin: With an intermission.

Andrew: Yeah with a… [laughs]. Yeah…

Eric: Like elevator music.

Andrew: No, yeah. Like elevator music, “We’ll take a five minute break.” They’ll get Jim Dale to the narration. [tries to imitate Jim Dale] “We’ll take a five-minute break.” I’m not even going to try. Not even going to try.

Micah: He’s going to yell at you, for that.

Andrew: By the way – he will. By the way quick plug, Jim Dale interview coming at you Sunday night/Monday.

Eric: It’s going to be Dale-icious.

Andrew: Dale-licious. Eric wants to call the episode Dale-licious.

Eric: Sorry.

Andrew: Hey – no, no. It’s not a bad idea. It’s like delicious only it’s Dale-licious because it’s Jim Dale.

Eric: [laughs] It’s Jim Dale.

Andrew: Hey speaking of Jim Dale we’re going to start taking some calls now. But before people start calling in we do need to lay some ground rules for calling in.

Matt: He’s going to – Andrew is going to lay the smack down.

Andrew: Yes, I am. First of all this is going to sound mean but this is in order to keep the show flow going. First of all, no shout outs please, okay. I mean we’ve done it before and I know people have fun hearing their name and all that but no shout outs please for this episode. No pickle pack references as well. We still love you but no pickle pack references please.

Eric: We love you, but we hate you.

Andrew: Yeah and mute your stream before calling, don’t forget because we don’t want to hear ourselves. Also have a question prepared beforehand. Last time we were getting so many people calling in and saying, “I forget what I was going to say.” Also, only call in once. Do not make repeated calls please. If I keep seeing your name pop up I will not take your call, okay? Seriously it’s just – we just get bombarded and we’re trying to create order.

Kevin: I missed you Eric.

Eric: I missed you Kevin. I really did. I missed you.

Andrew: [laughs] But hey…

Eric: I’m going to take this.


Caller: Releasing the Movies at the Same Time?


Andrew: Let’s do this. Let’s get bombarded right now why don’t we. Let’s take the first call from my favorite – my favorite MuggleCast listener, Lucas is on the line.

Caller: Yeah, sure.

Andrew: Lucas you’re talking to the most popular – no, no the most – the best Potter team in podcasting. What’s going on?

Caller: Yeah I was wondering, do you guys think that they could – some – whatever it is – some theatres would release the movies together? They would release the first movie first and then they would release the second one at the same time like a two parter with an intermission and stuff.

Andrew: Yeah, but…

Matt: Yeah I thought about that too though. I think they will do that but after the second one is released.

Andrew: Are they allowed to though?

Eric: That’s not…

Matt: They did that with Lord of the Rings.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Kevin: Yes they did, yeah. I attended one of those events and it was one of the worst mistakes I’ve made.

Matt: Me too.

Kevin: Oh my – Uh.

Eric: Now, are you talking about independent movie theaters?

Kevin: It was twelve hours in a theater.

Eric: Because I mean.

Caller: Just any movie theater. I don’t know.

Eric: Well, technically I mean, if you want to look at – I mean, wide releases, that doesn’t typically happen. I wouldn’t say with wide releases – the exception being something like Star Wars. When the Special Editions came out in ’97, they had, what all three in the same – in theaters at the same time? But surely most of the theaters across the States didn’t bring the old Lord of the Rings back when the new one was out, did they? I mean, I would assume it would be independent.

Matt: Well, no, they wouldn’t necessarily. It would be like a special screening.

Eric: Yeah, special screenings. That sort of thing.

Kevin: I know the theater around me, actually – what they did for Lord of the Rings was right before midnight they played the first two. So, you came at, I think it was 8 o’clock. They played the first two and then turned on the new one.

Eric: Oh, that’s interesting because in order to do that, a lot of the theaters have to – Well, first of all, a little bit of theater business – I was a projectionist. They have to reacquire the reels.

Kevin: Right.

Eric: They have to pay and reacquire the reels and the rights to film – or show that film. So, we’ll see if they do that, but I don’t know that…

Kevin: I think it would be cool, I mean.

Eric: It’d be cool.

Kevin: I mean, you’d go like at ten o’clock to see the first half, and then take a small intermission and then see the next one at twelve.

Eric: And if not, people will be doing that with their DVDs at home.

Kevin: Right, if the DVD is released before then.

Eric: Right.

Matt: That’s pretty much a given. They will definitely.

Eric: Well, no it’s not. It’s not. Movies…

Matt: No, it is.

Eric: Certain Christmas movies – certain Christmas movies – don’t appear on DVD till next Christmas.

Kevin: Yeah, but hype-wise.

Matt: It doesn’t even matter if it’s out on DVD. They’ll still have like a re-release for it. Not all movie theaters will do it, but like certain very popular theaters in a certain area will probably do a special where they release that movie right before the Part II. And definitely people want to see it especially if they could see it in the big screen one more time before.

Eric: You’re right.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: It would increase theater sales, and if it were any movie I’d be disagreeing. But Harry Potter-wise I’m pretty sure it would probably be a good idea to re-release even if they do it wide, just before – at least in most theaters, maybe in IMAX or something.

Matt: Yeah, definitely.

Kevin: Well, it really helps the hype, I mean.

Eric: It does.

Andrew: Yeah.

Kevin: They do it with even just normal movies. All of a sudden you’ll walk into bookstores and see Harry Potter everywhere. Just refreshing peoples memories about it.


Caller: Part I Ending at Shell Cottage


Andrew: Yeah. Let’s take another call now. Joe Martin!

Caller: Oh sweet! I’m on.

Andrew: Yeah man! What’s going on? You’re talking to the best Potter team in podcasting. Welcome to the show.

Kevin: You made the cut.

Andrew: You made the cut.

Caller: Sweet. I wanted to ask you guys about what you thought about the first part ending at Shell Cottage.

Andrew: Shell Cottage after Dobby’s buried?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that would be nice.

Matt: Pretty somber note, though.

Andrew: I would walk out crying.

Eric: It’s a heck of a somber note.

Kevin: Seems like the perfect way to end it.

Eric: It’s kind of…

Caller: It’s the most you can get of resolution in the middle.

Eric: But is that the middle of the book?

Matt: It’s pretty far in the book, though.

Eric: It’s pretty far.

Matt: Right after that is the Gringotts scene and then the Hogwarts scene pretty much.

Eric: Yeah. If you want to count major scenes in order to guesstimate which movies they’ll be in.

Matt: Mhm. That would pretty much mean that the last of the second part would be two very big scenes, and then that would probably be what it would consist of, just two big fight scenes.

Andrew: Which would make sense, I think. I mean you got to give a lot of time to the final battle throughout Hogwarts.

Caller: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: Yeah. So I don’t now, I – seriously, I would be crying. Dobby was the only part in that book that made me cry, and that scene – Oh my God. I cry just thinking about it. [laughs]

Matt: I actually think Shell Cottage would probably be best for the beginning of the second film because Dobby’s death will probably be a good first step for that film rather than a last death.

Andrew: Yeah, I agree, but I don’t think that’s going to be the first death. I mean, don’t forget Mad-Eye. [laughs]

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: He has to die.

Eric: And Hedwig.

Andrew: And everyone.

Eric: That’s going to be a – I want to see a “Behind the Scenes.”

Micah: And the Muggle Studies teacher, too.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Everyone forgets about her!

Andrew: Because she doesn’t matter! That’s why.

Micah: I’m sure she feels…

Kevin: I don’t think she feels anything, Micah.

Micah: Yeah. That’s what I just said.

[Andrew and Kevin laugh]

Eric: Charity Burbage. Moment of silence for Charity Burbage. But no – honestly look, I want to see a featurette from the guys who have to explode Hedwig. I want to see them, and their penitent hearts – the guys who do the effect of blowing up Hedwig. I just want to see that featurette on the DVD.

Kevin: I don’t think…

Eric: I know I’m getting way ahead of myself, but…

Kevin: I don’t think they’re really going to show, I mean come on.

Eric: They got to do a tribute, come on.

Matt: An explosion with all these feathers going in every direction?

Eric: Yeah! Well that’s how JKR wrote it.

Matt: They would never do that.

Eric: I mean, it’s as graphic as it is in the book. It won’t be inaccurate.

Matt: No, it’s not. You just see it as an explosion. That’s all you see.

Caller:: Right and you’re supposed to connect – I remember that you did not connect the dots with Hedwig being destroyed.

Eric: Meh.

Andrew: Joe, thanks for calling.

Caller: All right.


Caller: All the Scenes?


Andrew: We’re going to get someone else in here now. Let’s take this guy. Hello, Wes?

Caller: Yes.

Andrew: Dude, I think we owe you some thanks because you…

Caller: Because of my song?

Andrew: …Have created some songs – Actually maybe I should try to play it right now.

Caller: Can you play the MuggleCast one?

Andrew: The new one?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: You know I think I – oh, well I’ll be darned. I have it right here. Hey, I’m good. Let’s just play a quick sample. Here we go.

[Song plays]

Andrew: Yeah! Are these your vocals Wes?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Oh you’re good. Mikey B!

[Caller and Eric laugh]

Andrew: Pretty good.

Matt: [laughs] Oh, you dork.

[Andrew laughs]

Caller: Thank you guys.

Andrew: So, do you have a question? Thanks for the songs by the way.

Caller: Yes…

Andrew: I’ve been meaning to include this on the show or something, but I guess this will do.

Caller: Yeah, if you could do that that would be amazing.

Andrew: Oh, it’s right now. Oh sorry, go ahead.

Caller: My question was, now that they have the movie going to be in two parts, will they add all the main scenes? You know, like Seven Potters, Gringotts, and all of that and also leave in all the details.

Andrew: I think they have to. I just think the bar is set so high now. There’s no room for excuses. You’ve got to include, frankly I think, every chapter.

Matt: They already promised us that.

Andrew: No they didn’t. What do you mean?

Matt: Pretty much. Well they pretty much stated that’s what they were going to be doing. There’s no room to edit anything so they’re going to be adding all the stuff for especially the fans of the books.

Andrew: Hmm.

Matt: So it would just be like a slap in the face if they decided to add more scenes or just drag on other scenes just because they’re just cheaper to film.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: This is true. Any other thoughts on this? Anyone?

Eric: Yeah, Andrew I needed to add you on LJ.

Andrew: Okay…

Eric: Can I have your username? Can you add me?

Andrew: Why? Why? Why is that important?

Eric: Because we’re not friends on LJ.

Andrew: Okay, cool. Well anyways, if you do want to call us, I want to remind everyone right now. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677 and if you’re in Australia you can dial 028-003-5668. And Wes thanks for calling in. Okay, see I try to be nice and let a girl on, but then she’s on hold. I don’t get it. Anyway, hello caller you’re on MuggleCast Live. You’re talking to the best team in Potter podcasting.


Caller: David Yates Directing


Caller: Hey, I was just interested in what you think of David Yates directing because…

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: …my friends and I are really not happy about that.

Andrew: Ma’am, please, what’s your name and where are you from?

Caller: I’m Rose and I’m from Canberra.

Andrew: Canberra, oh what time is it there?

Caller: It’s 1:42 PM.

Andrew: Oh, nice.

Eric: Aussie love. Aussie love.

Andrew: Aussie love.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay, yeah we haven’t talked about this yet actually. Well, just a little bit. David Yates. See I think it’s hard to say.

Matt: It is. Definitely.

Andrew: Because we’ve only seen one movie. I’m definitely going to lay an opinion out there once Half-Blood Prince is out, but right now I think it’s hard to say because you’ve just got to see where he’s going with the films at this point.

Eric: Rose, what don’t you like about him?

Micah: Yeah, I was just going to ask that.

Caller: What? Pardon?

Andrew: What don’t you like about David Yates.

Caller: Well, we just really didn’t like Movie 5. We thought they left way too much out and the stuff they left in was just sort of lame and we just really didn’t like it.

Matt: Well it’s also…

Andrew: I have to be honest…

Matt: Oh sorry.

Andrew: I just wanted to say I didn’t really like his directing style either. I wasn’t really a fan of the transition scenes through the newspapers and stuff. I just really didn’t like that. Go ahead Matt, or Micah, or Kevin. [laughs]

Kevin: I was just going to say I think he did a pretty good job considering the amount of time he was given. I mean it’s very hard to judge his directing because he was sort of forced to create a unique transition because of the limited time he was given.

Andrew: That is true. This was the longest book.

Caller: Yeah, but it was the shortest movie and they could have made it a bit longer, and then made Snapes worse memory longer. I was so disappointed with that scene.

Andrew: I was too.

Caller:: And I thought he could have been done a better job.

Kevin: But you also have to remember the director has very little to do with the actual scenes.

Matt: Exactly, thank you, Kevin.

Kevin: So…

Matt: The director only has so much direction that he can go with it.

Kevin: Right.

Matt: I just – I for one like David Yates. Just by some of his other works that I’ve seen. I did not like the way the fifth film was written. The screenplay was I thought really horrible. Especially its – the screen writer has a lot to do with how long the film will be also. So it’s not entirely all David Yates’ control.

Eric: Well let’s – Matt, let’s broaden the question then. I mean I’m assuming since David Yates wants to come back for seven and he’ll do movies five, six, and seven, are we to assume that the writer and director will be the same from now until the end?

Matt: Yes.

Micah: I suppose.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Well Steve Kloves has done – he’s done – he’s still on?

Andrew: Yes.

Micah: Yes.

Andrew: Why don’t you check Mugglenet before you come on?

Eric: Well then Rose’s question is the same. Do you have confidence in the team with David Yates as the director? I mean it might not be David Yates’ fault that – I mean I agree, the one area that I agree with is that I didn’t like the cut – the cutting of Snape’s first memory. It was very short. I didn’t like that. But I guess the question remains the same because – because the team we had for Movie 5, you know, is going to be the same team.

Caller: Yes, exactly.

Kevin: But the team also is given a lot more time. So…

Eric: With Movie 7.

Kevin: Right with Movie 7. Considering the amount of time they had with Movie 5, they didn’t do that poor of a job. You know?

Andrew: I don’t think so either.

Caller: But that…

Kevin: I think a lot of…

Caller: They could have just made it longer.

Kevin: Right, but I think a lot – I think David Yates gets a lot of the…

Micah: Heat.

Kevin: …feedback from the movie when it’s really the person who writes the screenplay that determines the length of the scenes. I mean if there’s no dialogue there’s only so much he can do with a scene.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I really love Movie 5.

Matt: I definitely – but I see David Yates as being the best character director so to speak.

Kevin: I agree character director.

Matt: He interacts with the actors the best.

Kevin: Yep.

Matt: You could see that just with Daniel Radcliffe alone. He actually gave him tips on how he can be more depressed and actually cry. I mean he gave him the shaking effect when you just come up to someone and abruptly shake them really fast and they start tearing up.

Caller: Well I thought that Dan Radcliffe – we weren’t impressed with him either in Movie 5. It just seemed to be very over done how he…

Matt: Well not necessarily impressed with his acting I’m saying – but he was definitely a lot better than what the other directors tried to make him do – to cry for.

Caller: Yeah.

Matt: Like Mike Newell…

Caller: Movie 3.

Matt: …what he did with making cry.

Andrew: Movie 3 was just…

Matt: There is an atrocious scene in Movie 3 with him.

Caller: Yeah that was cringe worthy.

Andrew: One other…

Eric: To be perfectly…

Andrew: Really quick, one other positive thing about David Yates is that he gets along really well with actors and actresses and I think that he’s…

Matt: He’s a fan of the books. He’s actually…

Andrew: No – no he’s…

Matt: …read and got into – he read them a few times.

Andrew: No, but what I’m saying is he’s – the cast and crew really like him as a person more so than others – other directors. So I really think that is a huge plus…

Kevin: Oh definitely.

Eric: Just going with what Rose was just saying about Harry, I do think if you want to compare it to Harry in Book 5 he was way more angry in Book 5 than he was in Movie 5. So if you do want to talk about over acting he…

Matt: We’re not talking about comparison between the books and the movies though. We’re talking about in a director’s aspect.

Eric: You’re talking about Harry acting though – Dan Radcliffe.

Caller: No but…

Andrew: Hold on. Go ahead, Rose.

Caller: Just painted it. I thought it was a little better and it showed. It wasn’t just straight out anger. “I’m so angry all the time” and – it was I think there were just more emotions in there.

Eric: See, I felt differently. I felt in the book he was angry a lot longer before we knew why he was angry – before we were able to make the connection. We only found out at the end really about the connection between him and Voldemort and that’s something – I mean you could argue we found out at Christmas with the Occlumency scene but to be perfectly honest you know how that was used and how that could be abused happened at the very end of the book and Book 5 is a very long book, it’s the longest book. I felt that we didn’t find out fast enough why he was so angry. And that is an opinion thing. That is something you can read completely the opposite way.

Matt: Well I personally – I mean my opinion of Book 5 – of Movie 5 is horrible. I don’t like the movie that much.

Caller: Yeah.

Matt: But I do like David Yates as a director. I think if he just got more – extra – I see him in Movie 6 as being a lot better than what he did in Movie 5, and in Movie 7 I see – I think he’s going to do a really good job. Out of all the directors previously he’ll probably be the best because he actually can relate to everyone on the crew and just on a better level than the other directors had.

Caller: I suppose so.

Andrew: All right Rose, well thank you for calling in. Take some others.

Caller: Thanks for taking my call.

Eric: We really appreciate that, Aussie love.

Andrew: No problem.

Caller: Bye.

Andrew: Oops, I cut her off. My bad. Couple of things guys, before we take another call. Don’t call the other MuggleCast hosters; you have to come talking to the big mama. That’s me; I’m the big mama. So call me!

Matt: [singing] “Mama he’s a big girl now.”

Andrew: [singing] “Mama I’m a…” – I will play it; don’t tempt me.

Matt: Yeah, I know.


Caller: Deathly Hallows Quality


Andrew: Another caller right now Estaban Rohas! Rohas!

[Eric and Matt laugh]

Eric: He’s got an awesome last name.

Andrew: What’s up, Estaban Rohas?

Caller: Well, just listening to the show, having fun pronouncing my name.

Andrew: Oh thanks Rohas.

[Caller and Matt laugh]

Andrew: What’s going on dude?

Caller: Oh, nothing much…

Andrew: Wait, wait. First I have to tell you: you’re listening to the best Potter team in podcasting. Go ahead.

Caller: Oh yeah, of course I am. I know.

Andrew: Wait, wait, wait. What are we?

Caller: Never mind.

Andrew: No, no. We’re the best Potter team in podcasting, right?

Matt: Will you stop gloating Andrew and just let him ask the question.

Andrew: Okay, Never mind. Sorry.

[Caller laughs]

Andrew: Go ahead. Best Potter team in podcasting

Caller: Well, I just want to ask you guys more of a book related question. Well, remember when they told a release date, and Andrew sort of like – I think it was Andrew – worried that Jo wouldn’t have enough time to make the book good enough. After reading it, and going through Chapter-by-Chapter, and saying what you think the movies going to be like, do you really think that Deathly Hallows turned out as good as it can be?

Eric: Sorry, you’re asking us a book question?

Andrew: It’s a book – yeah, is this about the book?

Caller: Yeah sort of, but it’s sort of movie related. Do you think that Jo could have made Deathly Hallows a lot better than it already is?

Eric: I do.

Andrew: Yeah, I think so too. You can say that about any book, any book can be better.

Matt: You can’t really, you can’t necessarily say that it’s better because it’s her story.

Andrew: Right. We’re probably going to anger – that’s very true.

Eric: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: I agree with that.

Eric: Let me just say that from gathering, from what I think the team is going to do with this movie, the hindsight’s 20-20 as we’ve said in the show before, and I think that if there’s anything that anyone’s uncomfortable regarding Book 7 in the translation to the movie; it’s going to be so much different, just to begin with just because it’s being translated for a movie. I think it’ll – because they have to worry about splitting it into two, I think the – which we know they’re worried about – I think the final product will be very smooth running, almost not I’m not going to say as patchy as the book because the book wasn’t patchy. It wasn’t patchy at all; the book was well written, but I think they’re going to be able to, just through the process of making it ready for a movie, they’re going to – I don’t want to say – shape it up. They’re not going to add things obviously, they might, but.

Caller: Yeah, they might.

Eric: You see, I would like them to add things, but at the same time I think they’re just going to polish it, maybe where some of us feel the book wasn’t polished, but again, I’m liking the book the second time around.

Caller: Do you think they’re going to add some of the other characters that they missed in the other movies, like Bill and Charlie, to make things neater?

Eric: Maybe.

Andrew: I think they like – bar raised, bar raised. They need to cast everyone in this.

Ben: I agree.

Eric: I think they need Miranda Richardson back.

Ben: Yeah, I agree too.

Eric: They need Miranda Richardson back.

Andrew: They do. Of course

Eric: But they did not…

Matt: But is she physically in the movie though?

Andrew: Wait, actually, hold up.

Matt: In the book.

Eric: They need her in the movie. Even if she’s not…

Andrew: Wait a second! Hold on!

[Eric keeps talking]

Andrew: Eric Scull stop! I need to say something. Goblet of Fire premiere, November 2005 that woman, that you-know-what-I-want-to-call-her. I can’t remember, it was either Emerson or Melissa, and they said would you come back for the fifth movie, and she said no, I’ll let someone else do it.

Eric: Maybe that’s like Bill Murray, I love, but the man doesn’t do sequels. He has withheld Ghostbusters 3 for 20 years now. He’s not a team player, and he’s a great person, so I haven’t heard about that, but I believe you, Andrew. That would be horrible, but I really want to see Rita Skeeter in Movie 7, and I don’t care if she wasn’t physically in the book, but they need a cut scene of some sort where she’s torturing Bathilda or doing something…

Matt: Well…

Eric: Because her book is there. Because her book is such a prominent figure, I don’t think they could sell that without bringing her in…

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Or I would love to see her do creative stuff like this.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: She probably just thought that her role wasn’t that big in Book 5, and it’s even less, it’s not even in existence in the other books, so.

Andrew: Oh, I know, but the point is just that she said no to coming back, which I thought was kind of lame.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Kevin.

Eric: I thought so too.

Matt: You don’t want to make her promise.

Kevin: I was just going to say…

Andrew: Well, if you’re that set on not coming back it seems absolutely ridiculous. Kevin?

Kevin: Actually I was just going to say that I think she had a bigger role in Book 7 than in Book 5.

Andrew: She did. No, she did. I’m just saying that in general, not wanting to come back to the films, so.

Matt: Does she even come back in the books, or is it just an interview?

Andrew: No, no, no. I’m just saying in general, she said “no” to coming back. It had nothing to do with Order of the Phoenix.

Kevin: The actress actually said that?

Andrew: The actress, yeah, yeah.

Eric: Which, why would you do that, in a way, you know?

Andrew: Because some people just don’t – I guess, I don’t know – not happy with it.

Matt: Well you can’t please everybody, come on guys…

Andrew: I guess.

Matt: …she’s an actress. She’s not forced to play this role.

Andrew: I know. Drama queen!

Eric: Maybe.

Andrew: All right, well, Esteban…

Matt: But she’s so good.

Andrew: Thanks for calling.

Caller: Oh yeah, oh, oh, sorry for sounding so excited at first, because, well, I just got through, and…

Andrew: You didn’t sound excited.

Eric: Don’t apologize! We love your name, dude!

Caller: I thought I was talking, like, really fast.

Andrew: You sound like you’ve been playing Super Smash Brothers Brawl all day.

Caller: Actually, unfortunately, I haven’t, because I was at school all day.

Andrew: You call yourself a Nintendo fan. Tsk, tsk! All right. Well thanks for calling…

Eric: School! Who needs that?

Caller: Don’t worry, as soon as this is over I’m going to be brawling all night.

Andrew: Oh good, good. All right.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Talk to you later, Esteban.

Caller: Okay, see you.

Andrew: Esteban Rohas! Rohas!

Eric: Hey, Kevin.

Kevin: Yes?

Eric: Do you have any of the next gen systems?

Kevin: Any next gen systems? No, I actually don’t own one, but my roommates own a 360 and a Wii.

Eric: Awesome. Those are the two I wish I had owned.


Caller: Bring Back Lily


Andrew: Hello, Katie?

Caller: Hello.

Andrew: You’re listening to the best Potter team in podcasting. What is going on?

Caller: Nothing. Oh my God, I’m so excited!

Andrew: Oh my God!

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: I didn’t mean that in a mocking way. I get excited too, I really do. Anyway thanks for calling. Sorry, you’ve been trying to call, but the thing got screwed up somehow.

Caller: Oh it’s okay.

Andrew: Anyway, where are you from?

Caller: I’m from North Dakota.

Andrew: North Dakota.

Matt: That’s really cold.

Caller: It’s frozen tundra.

Andrew: I didn’t know anybody lived there. I thought that was just…

Caller: I know, I’m like the only person, but that’s okay because I’m kind of awesome.

Andrew: Oh, okay, well what is your awesome question, if you’re so awesome?

Caller: Okay, well I was wondering how they’re gonna bring Lily back into the story.

Matt: Yeah. That’s…

Eric: I missed the question.

Matt: That’s one of the biggest probably question marks I have for that. Bringing Lily back, because we talked about how they cut Lily out in the fifth movie…

Eric: As a young woman.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: The only thing I can think that they would probably do is, maybe in the sixth film, since they have the footage, try to bring her in as a memory for Harry.

Kevin: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking, too.

Matt: Because, I mean, you have to know at least what she looks like as a young child because they bring her back in the Resurrection Stone as that age. Don’t they?

Eric: No. Maybe. I don’t know.

Matt: They bring them as younger than themselves. Or maybe it’s just how old they were when they died.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: But I think in the book it says that they were the same age Harry was…

Eric: Whoa!

Matt: …when they were brought back.

Micah: Well not only that, but the whole scene with Snape and when he learns about Snape and Petunia and Lily, so she would obviously have to be there as well.

Eric: I don’t think…

Matt: I forgot about that scene.

Eric: Well, being the Half-Blood Prince, this is a comment I have for Movie 6, I wish that they would really utilize Alan Rickman, or make this Snape character more the focus of Movie 6 than the Voldemort stuff, which I want to see. I just don’t think we’re going to get that. I have a fear that in Movie 6, we’re gonna get what David Yates has said we’re going to get in an interview, which is a lot of the gossip-drama-relationship-type aspect. I’m worried that again come Movie 7, maybe now they’ll have enough time to do everything right, but I really – I’m worried about all these things they’ve been putting off and the Snape character. You know, this question, how they’re going to do the Lily thing, I think they need to get started or should have already gotten started with Movie 6, trying to make Snape a more fit character to even have that make sense in the movie aspect of things.

Matt: Well, in Movie 6, Snape is the villain. Let’s just say that. Snape is pretty much the villain in Book 6.

Andrew: Fair enough.

Eric: Well, until – he helps Draco.

Matt: He ends up being the villain though.

Eric: But he saves Draco.

Matt: What?

Eric: I was gonna say when he saves Draco, but…

Matt: Right, but….

Eric: I don’t know. I just watched Movie 5 yesterday morning and you kind of realize at the end when he’s in Umbridge’s office and he says, “They’ve got Padfoot at where it’s hidden,” it does hit hard that Snape is actually the one who sent the Order there to the Ministry of Magic, so I like that.

Matt: You knew that though. I knew that in the fifth book, though. How he just stops and tilts his head a little bit. But going back to Lily, what do you guys think they’re going to do?

Kevin: I definitely think a flashback of some sort.

Eric: David Yates is good at those.

Andrew: Yeah.

Kevin: Yeah, he is. I see Harry looking at a picture of his mother older and then somehow zooming into the picture and showing her younger.

Andrew: There you go, yeah, or, I mean, they’re adding that scene in Half-Blood Prince now, why not add a new scene where Harry will ask, say, Hagrid about his mother’s past and – flashback! Explanation. Setup.

Matt: Well, you never know, though. I mean, in Slughorn’s office he may have a picture of Lily.

Eric: Oh, wait! That’s the whole point. Slughorn goes on and on and on about Lily in Book 6.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: How good she was at potions.

Andrew: That’s true.

Matt: There’s definitely ways they could probably plug her in.

Eric: So there’s any opportunity. This is a great question and I’m glad we remembered that because there’s any moment where Slughorn’s raving about her to actually say anything worthwhile about her. Or even to say some kind of offhand comment about Severus Snape following her around.

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: You know, anything like that. Anything like that would be suitable. They need to start thinking about it, though, and at least with this D.H. split that we found out about, they’re thinking “Well, we’re going to hit a pitstop. We’re going to need to deal with this a little bit more intelligently than we have before.”

Andrew: Micah, do you have anything to add to this?

Micah: No, just the scenes that I brought up before and also when – I think you could have a flashback scene in Deathly Hallows possibly when he is reading the letter in the bedroom, and you could also have possibly something with – remember, we’re going to go through that whole night again in Movie 7 where Voldemort recounts exactly what he did when he entered Godric’s Hollow.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Right.

Micah: So there’s going to be a lot of Lily exposure in this movie. The question is how are they going to bring her back?

Andrew: I think…

Micah: You know, initially?

Andrew: Yeah. I think it just comes down to something as simple as adding a scene.

Kevin: Yeah.

Andrew: Adding a scene. Katie, thank you for calling.

Caller: Yeah, can I just say that you guys are doing a really awesome job. Like, this live show is awesome.

Andrew: Why thank you. Thanks. Have you listened to them in the past? Are you comparing them to other ones?

Caller: Well actually, I listened to the entire thing when you released it, whatever, you know.

Eric: The seven episode…

Andrew: Twelve hour, yeah.

[Eric laughs]

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: That was really good.

Eric: I have to applaud you. I didn’t even listen to that.

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Well, thank you, Katie very much. We really appreciate…

Caller: One more question.

Andrew: Oh.

Caller: I’m sorry.

Andrew: I’m just kidding. [laughs] Go ahead.

Eric: This isn’t really a two question show.

Caller: Okay, we’re kind of starting a new podcast.

Andrew: And you want a plug? And you want us on?

Caller: No, no, no…

Andrew: And you want to know how to podcast?

Caller: [laughs] Well, kind of.

[Andrew laughs]

Caller: Okay, we talk about you guys.

Andrew: Oh. Wait, is this MuggleTalk?

Caller: [gasps] Oh my god!

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Andrew did the plug. Andrew did the plug for her. She didn’t even need to plug her show. He comes up and tells the whole world they can’t plug, and he plugs for her.

Andrew: Hold on, so where are you going with this? All right, you’re part of MuggleTalk.

Caller: Well, yeah. We’re just kind of having technical problems.

Andrew: Uh-oh.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Well, can it be something I can answer real quick?

Caller: Yeah, how do you get rid of echoes?

Andrew: How do you get rid of them?

Caller: After you’re done recording.

Andrew: Turn the volume down. Are you recording the Skype conversation?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. Turn your microphones – turn your headsets down when you’re recording. The problem is your microphones are picking up your headsets. We have this problem all the time, but we all record our own separate audio tracks so I mute everyone when they’re not talking. For example, I have one of my earpieces up to my microphone right now so Eric, say something.

[Prolonged silence]

Kevin: Hello?

Eric: I was muted too, sorry. See, what happens is I mute myself when I’m not talking.

Andrew: That’s a good idea.

Eric: Also a good solution.

Andrew: Do you hear the echo now?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Do you hear the echo now?

Caller: Yeah, a little bit.

Andrew: Also I can create really bad echo by doing this. Now everyone talk.

Eric: Hello! You turned that machine on, didn’t you, Andrew?

Andrew: No, it was a little thing with the mixer. But yeah, just mute your things when you’re not talking. That’s all, that’s all.

Caller: Okay.

Andrew: And yeah, just turn your headsets off. Well, thank you.

Eric: See you soon.

Andrew: And thank you for calling.

Caller: Goodbye. I love you guys.

Andrew: We love you, too. [laughs]

Caller and

Matt:

Awww.

Andrew: Listen to MuggleTalk!

Caller: [laughs] Oooh, yay!

Andrew: [laughs] All right, thanks for calling.

Caller: Bye.

Andrew: Bye.

Eric: Hey, guys. I just had a thought, Andrew and guys. Assuming…

Andrew: [laughs] What?

Eric: No, I said I just had a thought.

Micah: It was the way you…

Kevin: Andrew and guys.

Micah: Yeah, Andrew and guys.

Eric: Andrew and…

Micah: Just the way you…

Andrew: What are you talking about?

Eric: Well, Laura’s not on here, right?

Andrew: No.

Eric: I am sorry.

Micah: It was the way you said it. I thought you were making Andrew – go ahead.

Andrew: Awkward.

Kevin: Excluding Andrew from guys.

MuggleCast 136 Transcript (continued)


Caller: Epilogue Scene


Andrew: Debbie Kim!

Caller: Hello?

Andrew: Debbie Kim, hello.

Caller: Hi.

Andrew: You’re on MuggleCast. You’re listening to the best team in Potter podcasting. What is going on?

Caller: Hi. I was wondering – you know how the trio’s obviously going to age when they’re filming this?

Andrew: Yes.

Caller: What do you think they’re going to do for the King’s Cross scene? Like, make-up?

Andrew: In the Epilogue?

Caller: The last scene.

Andrew: The Epilogue?

Caller: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t…

Kevin: That’s a good question.

Andrew: Do you think they’ll actually have…

Kevin: Fillers? Like, fill-ins?

Andrew: Older actors?

Caller: I think older actors would really ruin it, but the make-up thing…

Kevin: I don’t see…

Matt: No.

Kevin: I don’t see them doing any other thing though because you can’t really age the actors that much using make-up.

Matt: No.

Andrew: Yeah.

Kevin: And I feel like it would come off sort of cheesy if they tried to do that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: I agree.

Kevin: So I think that they probably have to have fill-ins, just older versions of themselves.

Andrew: Yeah, see I wouldn’t even call them fill-ins because they are much older so…

Kevin: Right.

Andrew: You would – but they’re, you know, they’re older Harry. They’ll be billed as older…

Matt: Knowing that David Yates – they’ll probably have adult actors portray the trio but what will probably happen, since knowing it-s David Yates directing, they-ll probably have a little memory montage of him and Ron and Hermione at Hogwarts, on the Hogwarts train when they were leaving, or coming back, or something.

Andrew: Aw, that’d be nice! Awww! That’d be so nice!

Matt: Kind of like him reminiscing then it kind of flashes back to his kids, his son running over to Hogwarts. And then it’ll be like – that’ll be the end.

Andrew: Mhm.

Caller: Yeah.

Matt: It’d be a cute shot.

Caller: I kind of have another question, too…

Andrew: Okay, go ahead.

Caller: That’s with the split. Do you think – you know how you’ve talked about in India, I think, they do intermissions?

Andrew: Yeah?

Caller: Do you think some theaters, internationally or even here, would keep Part I for awhile and then maybe bring it back to Part II

Andrew: That’s what we were talking about earlier.

Eric: They can’t. They’re contractually bound to return – theaters get movies and they’re allowed to have them for a certain amount of weeks. Then they have to return to the distributer. The distributer – I mean, what we were talking about earlier – is doing a wide re-release of Part I in conjunction with Part II, in which case the distributers would sent the reels that the companies would get together and movie theaters would have to pay for the reels again, but they could not keep them for months…

Kevin: Right.

Eric: It’s a security hazard and everything.

Kevin: Also remember we were talking about them releasing the DVD prior to the second part, in which case they would probably…

Caller: Oh, true.

Kevin: …contract out with Warner Brothers I mean, Warner Brothers would love having movie theaters show the first part then the second.

Eric: I agree.

Kevin: All it’s going to do is have more people come and see the movie.

Eric: Mhm, more movies.

Caller: I think…

Kevin: It’s going to promote their DVD, it’s going to promote they’re new movie…

Andrew: Absolutely.

Kevin: …so it’s a win-win situation.

Andrew: Everyone wins!

Eric: I agree.

Andrew: That might be the show title today: Everyone Wins!

Eric: Everyone wins?

Andrew: Debbie, thank you for calling!

Caller: Thank you for picking up!

Andrew: Oh, thank you for calling. Again.

[Kevin laughs]


Including Scenes not in the Book


Eric: Hey, guys, on that subject, I just want to say something real quick. Do you guys think Movie 7, with the split – now it’s my opinion that Movie 7 won’t work, and several other things – I mean, Movie 7 won’t work if they show Hogwarts only when it appears in the book. Do you guys agree with that or do you not agree with that? What I mean is they would need to – they need to show what’s happening at Hogwarts before sort of half way through the second part of D.H. when they finally get there. I think they need to show a more worldly – like what’s going on, that sort of thing, and…

Kevin: Yeah, I think they’re going to do tidbits of updating you with the other characters that aren’t being shown. But I don’t think it’s going to be…

Matt: I hope not.

Eric: Because that’s something that doesn’t happen at all in the book. But that’s one of the things we were talking about flaws in the book. Things I don’t like are that you go so long and then find out all the stuff that has happened…

Kevin: And you don’t…

Eric: With the exception of Ginny’s break into Snape’s office and that sort of thing, but they could turn those into whole scenes and kind of keep the whole world effort kind of thing going.

Andrew: Matt…

Kevin: You don’t want the Neville’s catch-up scene being, you know, twenty minutes long. So…

Eric: Exactly. And that’s what happened.

Andrew: Matt, why don’t you want it – why are you concerned?

Matt: What? Oh!

Andrew: Why are you concerned?

Matt: I don’t – I honestly – I hope they don’t put Hogwarts in the first part at all. It’s not relevant and it’s def…

Andrew: Def?

Eric: It’s completely relevant!

Matt: Because it’s taken…

Eric: Harry’s wondering what Ginny’s doing…

Matt: No it’s not!

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: But it’s not part of the books!

Kevin: But…

Eric: It’s completely relevant.

Matt: But they don’t want to add anything…

Eric: Yes, it is part of the book. It’s…

Andrew: One at a time, one at a time, one at a time.

Eric: It’s in the background…

Matt: The whole story’s from Harry…

Eric: …of the book.

Matt: The whole story’s from Harry’s point of view. We don’t want to skip off to Hogwarts for a little scene that we just don’t want to think about.

Kevin: The only…

Eric: In order to make a movie they need to – but in order to make the world real they have to also – I mean, I just think it would be intuitive and creative and, I mean, Harry’s wondering what Ginny’s up to at that very moment. I think in order to keep…

Matt: Who cares?

Eric: …the characters going – otherwise, most of the characters are not going to show up until the Battle of Hogwarts. We’re…

Matt: Exactly.

Eric: …talking all the teachers, all the characters, all the students.

Andrew: See…

Eric: All of that.

Andrew: Wait…

Kevin: I think that would be fine.

Matt: It’s not necessary to add all that stuff at Hogwarts…

Eric: So…

Matt: …in the first film.

Andrew: I…

Eric: With the exception of – I mean, post-wedding scene, we’re talking a cast of eight characters.

Matt: It’s a – it’s…

Kevin: Harry determining…

Matt: …Harry’s personal…

Kevin: Oh.

Matt: …movie between – Harry comes back to Hogwarts in the second part. We don’t want to see Hogwarts until it’s actually necessary of what’s happening.

Andrew: Yeah. Guys, let’s save…

Eric: It’s always necessary.

Andrew: Let’s save this con…

Matt: This is not…

Andrew: This would be a good topic for…

Matt: Audiences are…

Andrew: …a pre-recorded show.

Matt: The audiences are already knowing that they’re not going back to Hogwarts after the end of Book 6 because that’s what Harry…

Eric: Well, get a surprise. I mean, I think David Yates could totally do something worthwhile. I mean – and tell a movie story. That’s…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: …what Cuaron was – that’s the good thing about Cuaron. He wasn’t afraid to differentiate from the book if he was telling the story. He told the story. You know, whether he did that good or not is anybody’s opinion. But Cuaron was able to tell a story.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And I think if you’re telling the story of what the world is actually doing falling to a dictator – here’s the other question then that follows this question. Do you think Voldemort’s going to be realistic or not? Is Voldemort realistic in the books? Are they going to try and make him realistic in the movie by giving him a worthwhile sort of fear and following?

Matt: We’ll put this…

Eric: Are they going to take…

Matt: …in another podcast though, Eric.

Andrew: Yeah. Let’s keep…

Matt: This is getting…

Andrew: This is…

Matt: …way too long. We’ve got to have some more callers.

Andrew: This is…

Matt: So we’ll add this to…

Andrew: Another time. Yeah, of course. Now I’m waiting for the calls to come in. Jamie actually is bored, so he wants us to call again. I’m not sure why. But actually…

Eric: You called Jamie before?

[Kevin laughs]


Caller: Nothing


Andrew: I think – yeah, we – yeah, man. We called him before. Let’s get another caller in here right now. Hello, caller! You’re listening to the best Potter team in podcasting! What’s going on?

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Lisa, hello?

[Prolonged silence]

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: She’s…

Kevin: Oh, boy.

Eric: …taking our suggestion…

Andrew: That’s what happens when you start the show.

Eric: …and muting herself.


Caller: Meyer Signing


Andrew: Janine you’re on the Potter – best podcast – whatever it is.

Caller: Hi! You actually said my name right!

Andrew: Hey! Well, of course. Janine’s a pretty simple name.

Caller: Well, lots of people say ‘Jay-knee’ instead of Janine.

Andrew: ‘Jay-knee’? Oh, I know someone named Janine.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Maybe that’s why. Anyway what’s your question…

Caller: Oh.

Andrew: …today?

Caller: Great! I’m, like, following your rules. And I have a – sort of a Twilight question for you, Andrew.

Andrew: Uh-oh. Okay.

[Caller laughs]

Kevin: Oh boy.

Matt: Andrew hasn’t even read the books though.

Andrew: Make it quick though. Make it quick. Go ahead. Go.

Caller: Stephanie Meyers is having a book signing in San Diego. I want to know if you’re going to be there.

Andrew: Yes, I’ll be there. Okay, taking the next call. Oh, darn. The next caller hung up.

[Matt and Kevin laugh]

Andrew: No, seriously. I’m planning on going. I’m…

Eric: Yeah. Twilight has…


Caller: Possible Movie Split


Andrew: Chloe! Hello, Chloe!

Caller: Hi!

Andrew: Hi! Yeah, way to rumble your mic before.

Caller: Uh-oh.

Andrew: Never mind. [laughs] Anyway, what’s up? What’s going on?

[Kevin laughs]

Caller: Not much. I’m so excited that I got through!

Andrew: Well, you get through every show! Why is this exciting? [laughs]

Caller: I know. Well, I was sitting around and I was having technical difficulties.

Andrew: Oh.

Caller: And I was, like, that’s not fun.

Andrew: Well, what’s your question?

Caller: However…

Andrew: Do you have a question?

Caller: Yeah. I do have two questions.

Andrew: Let’s hear ’em.

Caller: Okay. So, one: I thought maybe a good splitting point for the movies – it’s a little predictable. But maybe right after Ron leaves?

Andrew: Yeah. No, you know what? A lot of people were sending that in via feedback. I think…

Matt: Yeah, they were.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that’s a…

Kevin: Yeah.

Andrew: …very valid one. Because I think that’s a big cliff-hanger. Especially for people who don’t – haven’t read the books.

Caller: Who haven’t read the books, yeah.

Andrew: The main trio guy has left? [gasps] Or one if the main trio guys has left? Yeah. And your other question? Sorry I’m rushing. I’m…

Caller: [laughs] Yeah, my other one is for the DVDs. Do you think that they might release the first part of the movie on the DVD, and then give you, like, a credit or a number, and then send you the second one?

Andrew: No, they…

Eric: What?

Andrew: …want to do this for the money.

Caller: I mean – yeah. I wasn’t sure.

Andrew: Let’s…

Kevin: Yeah…

Andrew: …face it…

Kevin: …I don’t think so.

Eric: Unless you want to pay 60 bucks upfront and be promised the second part of Movie 7. [laughs]

Andrew: I would…

Eric: I wouldn’t trust the company.

Andrew: Yeah. Good point.

Kevin: And wait for the shipping.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: At that point…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …you’re just losing money too if…

Caller: Yeah. I wasn’t sure if they would…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: The best they would probably do is just give you, like, a little card in the DVD case and just say pre-order your book via WarnerBrothers.com or something.

Andrew: Exactly.

Eric: Or next movie.

Caller: Next movie.

Matt: Oh, next movie, sorry. Next movie.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Caller: I mean – yeah. So – I wasn’t sure.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: That would be, like – yeah. And I really – I actually – I really like the Ron idea because – especially if people haven’t seen the movies and – oh, I mean the books. Haven’t read the books. And…

Andrew: Mhm.

Caller: They have no idea what’s going on and then W.B. gets to freak everybody out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Well, good questions, Chloe. Thank you for calling in, Chloe. Chloe.

Caller: All right.

Andrew: Chloe.

Caller: Thank you.

Andrew: Chloe. Chloe. [laughs]

Eric: Bye, Chloe!

Andrew: Bye!

Caller: Bye!

Kevin: Bye!

Matt: Bye!


Caller: Grindelwald/Dumbledore in the Movie?


Andrew: I think our phone lines are down. Our actual phone lines because nobody is calling via the phone. So they’re all calling via the MuggleCast Skype thing. Anyway, Elliot, you’re on the live Potter podcast thing – best. What’s going on?

Caller: No way!

Andrew: Yeah way!

Caller: [laughs] Good! I’m excited!

Andrew: [laughs] I could tell from your voice.

Caller: Okay, question.

Andrew: Okay!

Caller: Okay.

Kevin: Answer.

[Andrew laughs]

Caller: I was wondering what you would – guys thought about…

Andrew: Marco Polo.

Caller: If they would try to play up the whole Grindelwald/Dumbledore thing. You know, after J.K. Rowling…

Andrew: Oh please, yes.

Caller: And all that stuff…

Andrew: Please yes.

Caller: …they try to make it a bigger deal.

Andrew: [laughs] Please yes!

Matt: I don’t think so.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: I think they’d just leave it the way it is.

Kevin: I think so too.

Matt: It’s – because in J.K. Rowling’s last interview recently, she emphasized it very much that Dumbledore is a character that happens to be gay, not…

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Matt: …a gay character.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: So it’s not relevant to the story. They wouldn’t add it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: I don’t – I wouldn’t really want them to. I just wasn’t sure if they would.

Matt: Yeah, I don’t think they will.

Andrew: Oh man.

Matt: Especially – just the whole situation.

Andrew: But see, Michael Gambon has been…

Eric: Has been real…

Andrew: Has been, you know – what have they been calling it? Mucking it up or whatever the English term is.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: He’s been playing around with that whole ‘Dumbledore is gay’ thing. So that would be funny. But – like, a little wink? Or…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know. [laughs] They’re so – or what if he’s, like, looking at, like, a little diary? And there’s pictures of Grindelwald… [laughs]

Eric: Oh, no, no, no, no. Okay.

Andrew: I would die.

Eric: They’ll – actually…

Andrew: I would die.

Matt: No.

Eric: I had just said that I thought it was relevant. I thought we were talking about something else. No, I don’t think the ‘Dumbledore is gay thing’ is relevant. And it should not be in – I mean…

Matt: If we didn’t know – if we did not know about it before she told us…

Andrew: Well, of course.

Matt: …there’s no reason…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: …for them to…

Eric: But Michael Gambon can joke around etc. But yeah. It’s just that I don’t think it will be anything they will keep in, you know.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: You know.

Andrew: All right, Elliot. Thanks for calling in.

Matt: Thanks!

Caller: Yeah, thank you!

Andrew: No problem. Bye! Okay, let’s take one more caller. Then there’s two people we’re going to call. Jamie and then someone else.

Matt: Okay.

Eric: Okay.


Caller: Epilogue Actors


Andrew: I won’t ruin the surprise. Oh, caller! Wonderful, perfect! Karen, hello!

Caller: Hi!

Andrew: Hi! Can you bring your volume up a little bit?

Caller: Oh.

Andrew: By a little bit, I mean a lot.

Caller: I’m sorry. It’s my friend’s computer.

Andrew: Your friend’s computer? Good excuse.

Matt: Doo, doo, doo, doo, doo.

Andrew: In the mean time, Ben, oh – Matt will sing a song.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Karen, you’re really low.

Caller: Can you hear me now?

Andrew: No – we can but you’re really low.

Caller: Is that better?

Andrew: Yeah, what’s your question? Sure.

Matt: Yeah, better, better.

Andrew: What’s your question?

Caller: Okay, well I just wanted to comment on something you said before, about the epilogue.

Andrew: Okay.

Caller: And how the trio actors couldn’t play the older – sorry.

Andrew: The older actors?

Caller: Okay. About how the trio actors couldn’t play the older versions of themselves?

Andrew: Right.

Caller: I just want to point out, that at that time they’ll be nineteen and…

Eric: Twenty-three.

Andrew: Yeah, but you’ll still…

Matt: No!

Andrew: They’ll still be looking…

Matt: They can change the age!

Caller: Yeah! And in Back to the Future which was made in ’85, and they took people from 20 to 40, and it worked out fine.

Eric: Perfect example! Christian Glover, and was it Lea Thompson played…

Caller: Ah-huh.

Eric: Played Michael J Fox’s parents, and they were his age, and because they had to go back 30 years in time so he could see them when they were young. So they played their young selves and their old selves. I think it’ll be okay, with today’s makeup – if they can make a whole Planet of the Apes, they can do an older Harry, Ron and Hermione! They’ll be 20, 23 at the time. Dan’s what? 18 now? And we’re talking in three years time, so he’ll be 21.

Caller: Yeah.

Eric: I think that’s definitely plausible.

Caller: And I mean the only way I could see them not wanting to film it, is they’d have to cast all the kids, but, I mean, I think they could definitely do it.

Eric: Mm. Yeah.

Matt: It’s also more than 10 years, though.

Kevin: Yeah.

Matt: They’d have to be at least 20 years older, I’m thinking. Because…

Micah: Well, think about Eddie Murphy…

Matt: Harry’s the youngest – Harry’s the youngest one they’re playing. Well that’s different, he’s more of an adult. I think the trio’s still going to be aging, really quickly. But I just don’t think they have the facial features to portray at least 15-years-older than they actually are.

Kevin: Right. It might not come off well, but – you don’t want it to be – I think I’ve used the word before – corny. You don’t want it to be…

Eric: But, the whole epilogue was corny, Kevin.

Matt: Yeah, but, I mean…

Kevin: Corny in the sense of, “Wow, this looks like they tried too hard to make Dan Radcliffe look old.”

Matt: It’s just easier if they have separate actors portraying them – their characters. It shows that it’s been a long time since it happened.

Eric: I don’t know how I feel about that.

Kevin: It’s sort of like Narnia.

Eric: Yeah.

Kevin: You know, in the movie, they couldn’t have made those actors look any older, I mean, some of them were extremely young at the time, yes…

Eric: Yeah.

Kevin: But some were old enough, I mean, some of them were…

Eric: Actually, you’re right. I think Kevin and this caller have both brought up very good examples of how it could or couldn’t work.

[Skype phone starts to ring]

Andrew: Excuse the ringing.

Eric: I still appreciate the optimism, but, Kevin, I think you’re right too.

Andrew: Yeah. Karen, thank you for calling. Can we plug your website real quick?

Caller: Hmm?


Caller: Website Plug


Andrew: Can we plug your website real quick? You have created some great designs for MuggleCast…

Jamie: Hey! What’s up?

Andrew: Hold on, hold on, oh, sorry Jamie, hold on one second. I screwed up the whole – oh! There we go. Yeah, so, Karen, what’s your website, sorry?

Caller: My website is KarenKavett.com, and there’s a link to the MySpace, which is MySpace.com/KarenKavett.

Andrew: Sweet. You are a great designer.

Caller: If you don’t mind, can I just plug one other thing? My newest project…

Andrew: What is it? Sorry?

Caller: My newest project is the Duct Tape Experience. I make Harry Potter related things out of duct tape. I’m selling them.

Andrew: [laughs] Cool! I think I’ve seen some of those on EBay, you sold a couple of wallets, or something?

Caller: Yeah. Those are in the process of selling now.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Eric: Can you make a duct tape Hogwarts for me? Please?

Caller: A duct tape Hogwarts? Like the castle?

Eric: Yeah, totally.

Caller: Sure, if you want.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Donate it to MuggleCast, send it to the P.O. Box.

Andrew: There you go.

Eric: Or just take some pictures. I’m bookmarking your site right now, Karen. I think that should be a task. That should be a task. A duct tape Hogwarts. I think you can do it. I’m looking at your portfolio, it’s amazing, I have faith. You can do it.

Andrew: All right, Karen, thank you for calling.

Eric: And if not, you’ll get so tired of duct tape, you’ll think, “What a dumb idea this was to begin with.”

Caller: I don’t think I could ever get tired of duct tape.

Eric: Neither could I.

Andrew: Thanks, Karen, for calling.

Caller: Thanks!

Andrew: Bye!

Caller: Bye!

Andrew: All right, let’s get Jamie in here now. Oh geez, I think I’m going to have to call him again, I think I screwed this – hang up. This darn Skype. They always get you with something or another. Anyway, we’re not going to take anymore calls today. Thank you for everyone who’s been calling in, sorry we couldn’t get to your call! We just get bombarded with calls, and it’s rough, trying to…

Jamie: Hey!

Andrew: Get everyone in. Jamie! What’s going on?

Jamie: Not a lot.

Eric: Hey, dude!

Jamie: Hey, dude, what’s up?

Andrew: Yeah, sorry.

Matt: What’s going on?

Micah: It’s been a long time since we last spoke.

Kevin: Yeah, a long time.

Jamie: Yeah, like an hour.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: In that hour I’ve achieved so much.

Andrew: Jamie, we were making MuggleCast history! Kevin Steck is back on tonight!

Jamie: Really?

Andrew: Say hello, Kevin.

Kevin: Hello Jamie.

Jamie: What’s up, Kevin?

Kevin: Not much.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: Hey, Kevin?

Kevin: Yeah?


Jamie Inventing New Words For Things


Jamie: You know in Harry Potter, what the coin after a “cah-noot” is?

Andrew: The coin after a “cah-noot”?

Jamie: Cah-noot. That’s right, isn’t it?

Andrew: Do you mean a Knut?

Eric: Do you mean getting larger, Jamie?

Jamie: Yeah, what’s next? Kevin, answer it!

Kevin: Um – no, not on the spot.

Eric: Dude, Kevin…

Jamie: There’s another one, the silver one. Do you know what I mean?

Kevin: No.

Eric: Dead air.

Andrew: I can’t remember. Okay, Jamie just hang up. Hung up. I don’t know why.

Kevin: Hang up? [laughs]

Eric: I would hang up on you too, Kevin. That’s depressing.

Kevin: Hey! He put me on the spot!

Eric: I know, man. He puts me on the spot all the time, it’s horrible.

Andrew: Let me try to get him in, real quick. Apparently the call dropped. He just said, “Can you hone again?” Yes, I’ll hone, Jamie, when I get this working. What does hone mean?

Eric: Kevin! Look it up!

Andrew: Fail to call ordinary phones. I think we’re out of Skype Out credits. I think that’s the problem.

Eric: Oh!

Andrew: I think we’re out of Skype credits!

Eric: Call Papa!

Andrew: That is the kind of budget we have here on the show these days. We had two fifty to use. Oh, darn! I was going to call. Let me try to call someone else real quick.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: Anyway, yes. How about that Deathly Hallows split? Did you hear about that?

Matt: Yeah. No. What’s going on?

Andrew: Apparently, they’re splitting Deathly Hallows into two films because they want to make money. Actually, no. They want to – well basically, yeah, they want to make money.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Well I got an e-mail here…

Andrew: Go for it. Go for it.

Micah: We could talk about it for a couple minutes.

Andrew: Go for it.

[Skype phone starts ringing again]

Andrew: Actually, wait [laughs]. Apparently we can call U.S. numbers.

Kevin: Purchase four credits there, Andrew?

Andrew: No, I don’t know. Apparently the U.K. thing’s not working.

[Ringing tone continues]

Andrew: Let’s see if he answers. I hope he answers. Mystery caller. Not even you guys know who I’m calling. That’s half the fun. Anyone want to take bets?

Matt: I don’t?

Andrew: You don’t know? Oh, you know.

Matt: Yeah, I know.

Kevin: Should I read off the number?

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Yeah. You should, actually.

[Matt laughs]

Voicemail: Hey, this is Alex. I’m sorry I missed your call, but if you leave your name and number…

Andrew: Alex Carpenter. Too busy for us.

Voicemail: I’ll get back to you as soon as I can. Have an awesome day.

Andrew: Have an awesome day?

Voicemail: To page this person, press 5 now.

Eric: Oh, sweet. Let’s leave a voice-mail.

Andrew: Yeah, we’re going to.

[Voicemail beeps]

Andrew: Listen, okay. You text me, you’re like ‘Yo, man, I’ll be on the show. Just call me, because my internet’s not working.’ And where are you? You’re not here. Thanks.

Eric: Hey, hey, hey, hey, hey Mr. Remus Lupins.

Andrew: The Remus Lupins.

Eric: Mr. The Remus Lupins.

Andrew: Alex just texted me. ‘You call?’ Yes, I just called, sir. Let’s try calling him one more time. Obviously, this is going – places. “Failed to call ordinary phones.” Skype is not working well for us today. Anyway, I think it is time to wrap it up for today.

Matt: Yeah, just yeah. I think it’s time.

Andrew: It is getting long. Hey everyone – that’s what she said.


Deathly Hallows Composer


Micah: So much for the e-mail.

Andrew: Oh, sorry, Micah. What’s the e-mail?

Micah: It’s from Brad in Canada. He wanted to know with this finally been announced, what do you think about John Williams coming back.

Andrew: Ooh.

Matt: Aww!

Kevin: That would be cool. That would definitely be cool.

Andrew: Matt you’re a soundtrack nerd. What do you mean? Why are you so bummed? Oh, he can’t.

Matt: Because it’s not going to happen.

Andrew: Why is it not going to happen? Tell everyone.

Matt: Because Nicholas Hooper will probably be on it.

Andrew: I thought you were going say because he already has some movies to score.

Matt: No, it’s just that usually the directors and composers usually stick with each other. Nicholas Hooper and David Yates already have a pretty good relationship, so Nicholas Hooper – if David Yates directs it, Nicholas Hooper will compose it.

Andrew: I see.

Eric: Ah.

Andrew: Makes sense.

Eric: Hmm. Yeah.

Andrew: All right, well…

Matt: That’s sad.

Eric: Actually, I’m fine with Nicholas Hooper doing it. Just John Williams would be a nice, nice tie. You know, maybe they should let John Williams direct Part II – compose Part II. [laughs]

Matt: Maybe they’ll give him a – maybe John Williams will lend Nicholas Hooper a theme or something, maybe.

Kevin: Well they’ve – he’s already done that. They tend to…

[Eric laughs]

Matt: Yeah, I mean like a new one.

Eric: We need Alex Carpenter.

Andrew: Alex Carpenter – It’s not going to happen tonight.

Eric: Okay.


A Few Shout Outs


Andrew: But with that, we will wrap it up for today, for this live episode of MuggleCast. We hope everyone has enjoyed listening tonight. There are a few people we want to thank. First of all, UStream, for hosting us tonight. UStream.tv. Everyone who is listening now, knows the site very well. It’s fantastic. You can stream your videos for free, and your podcasts for free. It’s great. So thank you so much to Tim and everyone else at UStream. Also, I want to thank Lucas for helping moderating the chats tonight. Also, shout-out goes to my old high school, Shawnee TV, because they hooked me up with an Ethernet cable that I needed today in order to connect. I needed a really long Ethernet cable and I didn’t want to spend $150 to buy one. So I got one from them. Sweet.

[Music begins to play]

Andrew: Also, Mason just wanted me to mention real quick that he’s still accepting donations for the American Cancer Society. Visit MuggleCast.com for a donation link. He says, “Because of you guys we’ve broken a thousand dollars for cancer!”

Eric: Oh my God.

Andrew: For the American Cancer Society.

Matt: Woo!

Eric: Really cool. I’m really proud of everyone for that. And I still haven’t donated, so I’m going to donate. I’ve wanted to, so I will.

[Matt scoffs]

Eric: No, seriously.

Matt: Shame on you.

Eric: It is simply a matter of funds.

Andrew: Do it tonight. Five dollars! Five dollars.

Eric: Will it still be there tonight?

Andrew: Yeah, of course. Five dollars is the minimum donation. Just go to MuggleCast.com and there’s a link there. You might have to scroll down a little bit, but it is there.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that does it for today. This is going be Episode 136. I’m probably going release this later tonight, I think.

Matt: Yeah. No, no. no. You forgot to thank the people that were listening.

Andrew: Oh, and thank all of you. Thank you all!

Micah: Oh, way to kiss up!

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: The chat just said “I love Matt. I love Matt. I love Matt. I love Matt.”

Andrew: Oh brother. Oh brother!

[Eric and Matt laugh]

Andrew: 780 people listening right now, thank you for – thank so much everyone for listening very much. I think at our peak we had 1,300 people listening.

Eric: Wow.

Andrew: Which is definitely a new record for us.

Eric: Definitely before I came on.

Andrew: Yeah, thank you. Yeah, Eric. It just cut in half once you joined in.

Eric: Sorry.

Andrew: Just kidding.

Micah: Just like the movie.

Eric: Kevin, man, Kevin.

Andrew: Kevin, thanks for coming on.

Kevin: You’re welcome.

Andrew: I expect you back soon.

Kevin: Well…

Andrew: Silence? Okay, maybe not.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: “Remember, you’re paying me, Andrew.”

Kevin: Yeah, that’s true,

Eric: “I expect a cheque.”

Andrew: Oh yeah, that’s right. I paid you. Hmm.

Micah: Don’t forget.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Jimmy D.

Andrew: Jimmy D.?

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Jimmy D.

Micah: Yeah, coming up soon.

Andrew: What are you talking about?

Kevin: Probably forgot.

Andrew: Is this a Journey reference?

Eric: After the show…

Micah: No, Jim Dale. [laughs]

Andrew: Oh, Jim Dale!

Eric: Geez. Jimmy D.?

Andrew: Oh yes.

Eric: God.

Matt: I thought it was like a drink made off from Sunny Delight or something.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, right. You guys all know that we will be – you know, you think, “Aw. They recorded two hours. They’re done for this week. MuggleCast is over because…”. Heck no! We’re recording another show tomorrow that will be released Sunday night or Monday, as usual. And this show will probably go on the feed tonight, Thursday night. So it’s been a great show!

Matt: Oh yeah!

Andrew: So thank you. It’s been great. We had returns of Ben and Kevin, and Jamie came on and we almost had Alex Carpenter on, so it was a win-win – Everybody wins! Everybody wins!

Eric: After the show I’m going do my Alex Carpenter impression.

Andrew: Okay.

[Matt laughs]


Show Close


Andrew: All right. Man, I almost don’t want to leave. I don’t want to leave. But we have to.

Matt: I know. We been prolonging this ending for what, ten minutes?

Andrew: Well, there was a lot to say. I mean…

Kevin: Yes, 10 minutes.

Eric: Well I’ll just do it now. Because we couldn’t get the real Alex on, so I’m going to do my Alex Carpenter impression. Okay. Ready?

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Okay. [singing “Looking for Trouble”] “I don’t care how much you write, I’m not going back to Privet Drive. Spend the summer at the Burrow with my girl. Yeah! We’re going looking out for trouble, We’re gonna finish this, this time around. Everybody! Ba-ba-ba-ba-ba-ba!”

Andrew and

Matt:

Uhhh.

Micah: And 1,000, 900, 800…

Kevin: The number of listeners…

[Everyone laugh]

Eric: Sorry. Ba-ba-ba-ba-ba.

Andrew: Thank you everyone for listening. We’ll see you Sunday for Episode 137, I think.

Matt: Bye!

Andrew: Bye everyone!

Kevin: Bye!

Eric: Bye!

Matt: Bye everybody!

Micah: Bye!

[Song continues to play]

———————–

Transcript #135

MuggleCast 135 Transcript


Show Intro


Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the Internet’s leading provider of spoken word entertainment. Get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto www.AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast today for details.

[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com

[Show music begins]

Andrew: Because audiobooks keep us sane – well, Mikey and Matt sane – this is MuggleCast Episode 135 for March 8th, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: All right, we are back for another week of MuggleCast. No bleeping this week. I think we’re bleeped out for the next about thousand episodes.

Matt: We are?

Laura: Aww, darn.

Andrew: Yeah, sorry. I know, I know. It was a lot of [bleep]-ing fun, but…

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: …we have to stop now.

Eric: Bleeps are so hard to do in the audio editor. I don’t know about you, Andrew, but that always upsets me when I have to put bleeps in.

Andrew: It took a couple of minutes, but it was worth it because everyone loved that episode, that intro. People are thinking it was our best intro ever.

Laura: Yeah, except for one person.

Eric: I haven’t heard it. I need to.

Laura: One person e-mailed and said that she was fed up with us. She would never listen again.

Andrew: Oh, yeah.

Matt: Really?

Andrew: I love the people, yeah, that was funny. [laughs] Yeah, some people like to pretend like they’re unsubscribing to make us feel bad, but really – Hey, if you aren’t going to listen, whatever. Don’t threaten us.

Mikey: Hey. I would feel bad if they, you know…

Andrew: I don’t, because I know they’re lying. They’ll come back next week. They’ll be back. I know they’ll be back. It’s – I don’t know.

Matt: Is it like a tradition now for the show, we gripe about something?

Andrew: No.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: No, and it’s funny because originally we were – I came up with an idea for that intro early in the week, and then I scraped it last minute, but then I was like, “All right, maybe we should do it,” because I was afraid too many people were going to take it like we were actually complaining, but we don’t complain. I’m dead serious when I say that. We…

Eric: Andrew, when you look on iTunes, and discover that we have half the subscriptions we did last week… [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, yeah. No, but that’s not the case. Everyone was loving last week’s episode, and I’m confident we have another good episode for everyone today. We got lots to discuss this week. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: Are we going by seniority?

Mikey: Oh no, I usually go last, but…

Andrew: Mikey likes…

Mikey: I can format, that’s fine.

Matt: No, it’s okay. If you want to go last, that’s fine.

Mikey: No! Anyway, anyway! Matt, Matt, Matt!

[Laura laughs]

Mikey: Anyway, I’m Mikey B.

Matt: And I’m Matt Britton.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

[Show music plays louder]


News


Andrew: MuggleCast news contest winner Edith is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Edith!

Edith: My name is Edith Lerner and I am very excited to be reading this week’s top Harry Potter news stories.

Jim Dale, narrator of the U.S. Potter books, will be presenting at HPEF’s Portus 2008 this July. Portus representative Aziza Aba Butain talks about how excited they are to be hosting him:

“This will be Jim Dale’s first ‘Harry Potter’ conference. We’re all very excited and honored to have a guest so involved with the series be apart of Portus’ programming. Mr. Dale is quite the dynamic, accomplished speaker, and we can’t wait for Portus to arrive.”

If you’re interested in attending Portus, you must register. Visit Portus2008.org for more information. Don’t forget, MuggleCast will also be hosting a podcast at the conference as part of their Podcast Palooza. This is one conference that you’ll definitely not want to miss.

On March 2 Wizrocklopedia.com announced the 2008 Wizard Rock People’s Choice Awards winners. Fans around the world voted for their favorite bands in several categories, such as Best Male/Female Vocals, Best EP, Band of the Year, Best Holiday Song, and Best Album Art. The Lifetime Achievement Award goes to The Whomping Willows. Congratulations to Matt and all of the winners.

Ralph Fiennes, the actor who plays Lord Voldemort in the Potter films, has revealed in an interview with “Ain’t It Cool News” that he won’t be appearing in the sixth film. When asked whether he is signed for Deathly Hallows he says, “not yet.”

On ITV’s “This Morning,” Damian Lewis, Helen McCrory’s husband, said that Helen is filming her scenes as Narcissa Malfoy this week. Damian said she’s “extremely excited” and is following blogs that are also exciting.

A newspaper in Norway reports on some scenic filming being done in a small village called Bjorli. The crew is filming shots that will be used outside of the Hogwarts Express.

The Telegraphhas a short piece about Jo Rowling continuing to write in cafes:

“I will continue writing for children because that’s what I enjoy,” reveals Jo, who greatly misses the child wizard.

“It’s left me with the biggest emptiness in my life.”

<>She will, however, leave behind the magical world of Hogwarts.

“I believe that it’s good for me and good for my readers that I bring myself to work on something different,” she says.

In a search for inspiration, Jo discloses that she has returned to the Edinburgh cafes where she completed her first novel while unemployed and living on benefits.

“I am very good at finding a suitable cafe. I blend into the crowd and, of course, I don’t sit in the middle of the bar staring all around me. In 90% of cases, it’s the cafe staff who allow me to work without being bothered.”

That’s all the news for this March 8, 2008. Back to the show.


News Discussion: Ralph Fiennes


Andrew: All right, thank you very much, Edith, and great job. Next week we will have the runner up to our MuggleCast news contest, so look forward to that. So we have a couple items of news to discuss this week. Not much going on. One thing, not really worth discussing, but we thought we would mention that Ralph Fiennes in an interview revealed that he will not be in Half-Blood Prince.

Eric: What? [gasps]

Andrew: I have a feeling he’ll be back in flashbacks, if we’re to take what David Yates did in Order of the Phoenix.

Eric: Oh, okay, you mean like stock footage, that sort of thing.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Like what they did with Cedric Diggory…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …without having Robert Pattinson in Order of the Phoenix.

Andrew: Yeah, exactly.

Eric: Cool beans.

Andrew: Not that big of a deal, right?

Mikey: It’s not that big of a deal.

Laura: No. It’s not like he did anything.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He wasn’t there, so…

Mikey: I forgot Voldemort existed in Half-Blood Prince. It was Draco.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s true.

Matt: Well, in all honesty, he’s not really in the whole series that much, physically. He’s mostly just mentioned. So that’s why we think it’s a huge deal, or some of the fans think, when he’s not going to be in the movie.

Eric: Well, still, no, I mean, I thought that if they were going to show the different ages of Voldemort throughout the years and, you know, if we do the Pensieve lessons with Dumbledore, that sort of thing, I thought it would be cool to have actually Ralph Fiennes play a Voldemort from a few years before he underwent the magical transfortation. You know, like when he – you know, recently. Like a younger Voldemort…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: …before he lost his nose. And that would be cool.

Matt: He would definitely act it out really well. I mean he’s a terrific actor, so that whole dynamic scene with him and Dumbledore in his office.

Eric: But then again, Voldemort left school to change his face, so it was pretty early.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Ralph Fiennes isn’t that young.

Matt: He got all that plastic surgery.

Eric: Well, he’s pretty young. He’s younger than Alan Rickman, isn’t he?

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Ralph Fiennes?

Mikey: Alan Rickman’s up there in age.

Eric: Sixty-something.

Laura: Yeah, but it would still be a stretch to have him play someone in his early twenties.

Eric: Yeah. No, easily, easily.

Andrew: Well, that’s why they have cast child Tom Riddle, and then also middle aged – or younger Tom Riddle. I mean around the…

Eric: They’re going to have to stretch those, though.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I think they’re going to have to stretch those actors to play like a between 6-11 and 12-18, you know, that sort of thing.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: It’d be like Dan Radcliffe all over again.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Joking.

Andrew: So I mean that’s about it for that. And then also, we got a voicemail that sums up our next news item.


News Discussion: Jim Dale


[Audio]: Hi. My name is Claire and I’m from Illinois, and I was just reading the MuggleNet news, and I thought that it was so exciting that Jim Dale is going to be at Portus. I was just really like, oh my gosh! So just wanted to say how excited I was about that. Anyways, you guys have an awesome show, keep it up. Pickles.

Andrew: Jim Dale at Portus!

Laura: I’m really excited about that, too. It should be pretty cool.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: How cool is that?

Eric: Jim Dale at Portus; that’s pretty cool.

Matt: He’s the man.

Andrew: Yeah. And what was cool for us was that MuggleNet – Portus gave us the news to break, and of course we posted it on MuggleNet Wednesday night, and I have to say, this is huge for Harry Potter conferences ’cause this is the first time a Harry Potter conference has had someone so important in the Harry Potter…

Matt: Series.

Andrew: Series, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, no, I agree, I agree.

Laura: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, totally.

Mikey: I actually have all six of the audio books. Or seven. [laughs]

Eric: Very nice.

Mikey: That’s what it is!

Eric: Very nice, Mikey.

Mikey: You know, I forgot. Actually, no, I have one Stephen Fry, so I have six of his and one Stephen Fry one, so…

Andrew: We are – we’ve always raved about Jim Dale in the past. I want to play a little sample for you guys now to get a taste in case you’ve never heard Jim Dale.

Jim Dale Audio: A braver man than Vernon Dursley would have quailed under the furious look Hagrid now gave him; when Hagrid spoke, his every syllable trembled with rage. “You never told him? Never told him what was in the letter Dumbledore left for him? I was there, I saw Dumbledore leave it, Dursley! An’ you’ve kept it from him all these years?” “Kept what from me?” said Harry eagerly. “Stop! I forbid you!” yelled Uncle Vernon in panic. Aunt Petunia gave a gasp of horror. “Ah, go boil your heads, both of yeh,” said Hagrid. “Harry – yer a wizard.”

Andrew: His voice is just so soothing and oh…

Matt: Very British. Magical.

Mikey: Personally, I think Jim Dale does the best part doing all the voices for everyone.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Like my favorite – I think my favorite has to be the Hagrid voice he does. It’s just so like – There’s a point where I listened to all seven, well it was before the seventh book was out, I listened to six audio books, and then I decided to watch the movies, and hearing Hagrid in the movie just wasn’t right because I was so used to the Hagrid in the audio books.

[Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: I was like, that’s not Hagrid! It seriously…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: He does some amazing voices.

Eric: Robbie Coltrain, you faker, you wannabe.

Mikey: [laughs] Robbie Coltrane, you’re great as Hagrid, but no. Honestly, like he does amazing voices for all the characters.

Matt: Yeah, he does.

Andrew: Yeah. I remember he said in an interview he does over 120 voices or something?

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: I have the whole thing, it’s great.

Eric: He’s really talented.

Andrew: Yeah, so Jim Dale will be at Portus 2008, the same conference that we are doing a live MuggleCast at.

Mikey: Whoo!

Andrew: And I have to say, most of us are going to be there, it’s looking like. So we’re going to have a nice big panel, we’re going to be doing a nice show, so visit Portus2008.org for more information. If you sign up for the full registration you get to see Jim. He’s going to be doing multiple things at Portus; this isn’t just like one, you know, quick little thing. He’s doing a lot on Saturday, and we’re going to be doing the podcast on Friday.

Eric: Cool.

Andrew: So visit Portus2008.org, register, and get involved. If you haven’t been to a Harry Potter conference before they are so much fun.

Mikey: They’re fun. They’re fun. I’ve been to three.

Andrew: You’re in a Harry Potter fandom world when you go into this hotel. It’s crazy.

Matt: Yeah, ’cause pretty much everybody’s at the lobby.

Andrew: If I was a betting man I would say that this will definitely be the biggest Potter conference ever in terms of awesomeness.


Announcement: Jim Dale Interview


Matt: And speaking of that news, MuggleCast and Portus 2008 are proud to announce that we will be interviewing Jim Dale, the narrator for the U.S. audiobooks for an upcoming episode of MuggleCast and Portus Previews.

Andrew: But we need your help! Please send in your questions or queries for Mr. Dale via the MuggleCast hotline. We will select the top five questions and pose them to Mr. Dale himself. As a reminder, if you’re in the United States dial 1-218-20-MAGIC, if you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677, and if you’re in Australia you can dial 02-8003-5668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast.

Matt: Please have your questions sent in by March 13 at 6 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. We are all very excited to hear what you have to ask Mr. Dale and are looking forward to bringing you this wicked piece of news.

Jim Dale Audio: As if a normal boy cares what’s on the news.


Announcement: Relay for Life


Andrew: We have a few announcements for everyone this week, and we’re going to start with a message from Mason, who we talked about last week. He’s playing an active role in raising money for the American Cancer Society, so this is a little message from him.

Mason: Hey, everyone. This is Mason, the guy who does the GoDaddy ad at the beginning of the show. I got on the show today because I personally wanted to tell you that I appreciate all the donations my Relay for Life Team has received so far, and really, I can’t explain how much this means to us. At the moment we’ve almost raised a thousand dollars towards cancer research. Cancer is a disease that can affect anyone, and with your help we can get one step closer to finding a cure. If you’d like to donate please visit the link in the Show Notes on MuggleCast.com. The minimum donation is just five dollars, and I assure you, your contribution will not go unnoticed. Not only will you help out a great cause, I promise to personally thank each and every listener who has donated on a future episode of MuggleCast. Thank you for taking time to listen to me, and I hope you enjoy the rest of the show.

Eric: Dude, anytime, Mason. We will listen to you anytime.

Mikey: His voice is so soothing.

Andrew: Including at the beginning of every episode.

Mikey: His voice is really soothing.

Eric: He is.

Laura: Yeah, I know.

Mikey: When he’s not going…

Laura: When he’s not doing the GoDaddy ads.

Mikey: When he’s not going, “Listen Up!”

Matt: [imitating Mason’s GoDaddy voice] Oh Yeah.

Mikey: “Yo! Listeners!” It’s really soothing, and it kind of makes me want to go, “Oh, Mason, I’ll give you fifty dollars right now.” And so…

Andrew: I’m sure he would accept that.

Mikey: I know.

Matt: He should do an audiobook.

Mikey: He will, and I’m going to go ahead and donate to that because, you know, it’s a good cause.

Laura: Yeah, it really is. I know I appreciate it, and I’m sure a lot of other people appreciate what he’s doing, too. So, listeners, you should definately donate if you haven’t already.

Mikey: Yes.

Andrew: Visit MuggleCast.com. Donate five dollars. There’s a minimum donation of five dollars. You can donate more. I donated twenty. I think, Matt, you donated twenty.

Mikey: I have.

Matt: Mhm. Yep.

Mikey: I didn’t donate fifty. I donated twenty.


Announcement: Podcast Alley


Andrew: Lastly, this week, MuggleCast has been doing great on Podcast Alley this month, for the month of March. So visit PodcastAlley, and place your vote for us. We’re number two right now behind Keith and the Girl, and we’re sandwiched in between Keith and the Girl, at number one, and Keith and the Girl TV, at number three. So, keep voting for us. Get us up there in the number one spot. This is MuggleCast March, meaning we have to be number one. Or uh…something bad happens. So, visit PodcastAlley and place your votes. Vote for us, it’s really easy. Just put in your e-mail address, confirm your e-mail, and boom! You’re done.

Matt: Just like that.


MuggleCasters Recommend Twilight


Andrew: Before we get to Muggle Mail this week, we have one e-mail from a listener that concerns a little promotion we’re doing this week. Matt, you want to read it?

Matt: Sure. This e-mail comes from Melissa, 16 of Pennsylvania. And she writes:

“Hey, MuggleCast! I heard you guys were reading “Twilight”, and I myself have become a recent fan. I was just wondering what you thought of it so far. What do you guys think of Bella? Edward? Personally, Bella kind of annoys me. Would you recommend it to other Harry Potter readers? I have. Thanks, guys, for your show is lovely. Melissa.”

Andrew: So, a few of us have been reading Twilight. Laura.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Matt.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And I.

Matt: I am ahead of everybody.

Andrew: Matt just finished.

Matt: I’m done!

Andrew: You finished the third one?

Matt: I’m done. I finished today.

Andrew: Until the fourth one comes out.

Matt: Well, yeah, but that’s like three months.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So it’s a relatively new series though?

Matt: Um, it’s a couple years old. Isn’t it?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: It came out in 2005?

Laura: Yeah, that’s right.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: Oh, so that’s much newer than Harry Potter.

Andrew: But it’s growing quickly in our fandom.

Matt: At a rapid rate, too, I mean…

Laura: It’s actually often times being called the series that’s, you know, quote unquote – and it’s kind of a pun here – “eclipsing Harry Potter” and all that other stuff.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Ha-ha-ha…

Laura: And there’s a lot of articles written about it just because so many Harry Potter fans are kind of moving onto new series like Twilight.

Matt: Mhm.

Laura: To kind of bridge the gap.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: And this just seems to be the series that a good portion of the fandom is flocking to at the moment.

Andrew: Yeah. I wouldn’t say “moving on,” because then people are going to be like, “Oh, you guys are giving up on Harry Potter.” People are looking for a new series to read, and I have to say Twilight is very refreshing.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s very nice to read outside of Harry Potter, because, honestly, I don’t really read anymore except for Harry Potter, and I started reading this and I was like, this is great.

Matt: Mhm. It’s very easy to read as in there is not so much you really have to think of as in contrast with Harry Potter, where, you know, the series goes very deep and interconnects to other things and parallels.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: And New Moon, it’s kind of a relaxing read, and for a lot of the fans, female fans especially, it’s a romantic novel that has a fantasy in itself in it.

Andrew: What if I told you guys that you could read any of the Twilight series or thirty-five thousand other books for free? One of them, though?

Eric: I would say, “Dude…”

Matt: Wow… that’s… I would say, “HUH!?”

Laura: I would say, “That’s too good to be true, Andrew!” [laughs]


Audiobooks


Andrew: Oh, no it’s not, because today’s podcast is brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider in spoken word entertainment. Audible has over thirty-five thousand titles to choose from to be downloaded and played back anywhere, just like MuggleCast, just as easily, including the Twilight series. Log onto www.AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast to receive your free audio book. You can choose from any of the thirty-five thousand titles, and they have the Twilight series. So if you’re looking for a new book to read, check out Twilight and check out a new way to read it with auidiobooks. And I have to tell you, audiobooks are really handy to read. Matt and Mikey have both used audiobooks too. Mikey, you were just listening to Harry Potter right before the show.

Mikey: Yeah, I actually started listening to the two chapters that we had to read for today’s segment.

Eric: Did you finish those, by any chance?

Mikey: Yeah. I finished them. It’s one of those things where I called Andrew on my way back from work, and I was like, “Hey, Andrew. What books and I supposed to read – what chapters am I supposed to read?” I luckily had Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows on my iPhone as an audio book, and I started listening to the chapters while I was driving home, and bingo, I got through it. It’s a great way to just kind of catch up and kind of review stuff.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Obviously I have already read the book. Plus they are great for long drives.

Matt: Yeah.

Mikey: Cross country drives, having the books on tape. I have quite a few different books on tape and the Harry Potter ones are really good.

Matt: Yeah, just along with what Mikey said, I usually – my favorite audio book is actually Jim Dale’s Sorcerer’s Stone. I usually listen to it when I am kind of an insomniac. When I don’t sleep really sleep at night, what I do is I just lay in bed and turn off the lights and listen to it. And it’s just listening to your book on tape makes you feel relaxed and calm, and you just kind of move into your own world.

Andrew: So visit AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast and get your free audio book. We would recommend Twilight this week if you want a new series to check out Harry Potter. I tell you what, I am not a big reader, and Twilight just like the Harry Potter series got me hooked on reading a book constantly. I definitely recommend it if you’re looking for a good read.

Mikey: Really? I will have to check that out.

Andrew: Yeah. AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast. Get it for free, Mikey.

Mikey: All right.

Andrew: Legally. Legally. Get it for free legally.

Mikey: What is this “legally” thing?

[Laura laughs]

Matt: It means don’t steal it, Mikey.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Mikey: What are you talking about!?


Muggle Mail: Dumbledore’s Views


Andrew: Anyway. Muggle Mail this week…

Mikey: [laughs] I don’t like that! I don’t like what you guys are implying here.

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: At all.

Andrew: Let’s read that first one from Anya.

Laura: Okay. Our first Muggle Mail comes from Anya, 24 of New Mexico. She writes:

“Just wanted to say I really enjoy listening to you guys. You keep me from going insane in my work cubicle during my night shifts. On to the main event. I just wanted to say that on Episode 134 there was a debate about the fact that Dumbledore’s views being in agreement with Grindelwald’s and how it wasn’t originally good. There was also a statement to the effect that he was succumbing to peer pressure due to his infatuation with Grindelwald. What no one is taking into account, even though it’s mentioned later on, is that Dumbledore’s little sister was attacked by Muggles for being a witch, and his father was subsequently thrown in Azkaban for taking his revenge on said Muggles. This coupled with the fact that the wizarding community is forced to hide themselves from the rest of the world would cause anyone to question their beliefs concerning Muggle rights and other such topics. Especially considering these things, I completely understand Dumbledore’s point of view on the subject and believe that, had Ariana not died that day, Dumbledore may not have ever questioned that Grindelwald’s ideas needed to be put into motion.”

Yeah.

Mikey: No, I agree.

Laura: I mean – yeah – I mean I definitely understand the point you’re making, but at the same time it kind of goes along with that idea of stereotyping an entire group of people based on what a small number of them did.

Eric: And I think that – I think that you have to also know that Dumbledore still didn’t hate Muggles for, you know, no matter what they did to his sister, or whatever. No matter the fact that his father was in jail for that.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: I think he cared a lot – you know, when he does – when we do find out what happened to Dumbledore’s father, you know, you show that – it’s kind of understood that his dad did a wrong thing, and I think Dumbledore felt that. So even though you can see the pattern about how Dumbledore would begin to qestion Muggles and stuff, he was still pure of heart enough to tell Grindelwald that, you know, it had to be “for the greater good,” that sort of thing, and to keep Grindelwald in check as best he could.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: He didn’t hate Muggles, despite their attacks.

Matt: Well, also the position that Dumbledore was in – having everyone know what his father did. I mean he – a lot of people in that kind of situation would do almost anything to make the family name right again.

Laura: Well – and actually Dodge, in like the second chapter – or which chapter was it, where it had the letter from Dodge to The Daily Prophet? Like with…

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Basically the – it was called “In Mem…” I forget. Well anyway…

Mikey: Memoriam?

Laura: He actually said that a lot of people had heard about what happened and assumed that because his father attacked them, that he must feel the same way about Muggles. And like, from the very beginning of his first year he tried to make that very clear that he didn’t think that was acceptable. However, I seem to recall, and I can’t remember what chapter this happens in – if it’s before this point in the book or if it’s after – where we find Dumbledore actually saying someting along the lines of, “It’s our duty to actually be above the Muggles so that we can protect them.”

Andrew: Yeah, I remember that, too.

Laura: Which I find interesting. It was almost like a superiority complex in terms of thinking that you could actually save them from themselves. But…

Matt: It kind of – it kind of reminds me of The Golden Compass. Of what The Magisterium tried to portray…

Laura: Right. Yeah.

Matt: …for the kids, stealing their daemons.

Eric: Yeah, except they just wanted power, and that’s clearly more like Grindelwald.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: Dumbledore may have actually wanted to do – I keep reminding, or remembering the thing Hagrid said to Harry, that Muggles would want magical solutions for everything if they knew that wizards existed, so, [imitating Hagrid] “I reckon they’re better off not knowing.” But, like Dumbledore – like I see a society where Dumbledore would’ve, sort of, possibly offered to help Muggles. You know, maybe he felt sorry for them for not having magical ability.

Matt: Mhm. Yeah.

Eric: Or something.

Matt: Mhm. He probably – oh, nevermind. I lost it.

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Well said anyway.

Eric: All the same. It’s – it’s – we’re reading a lot into it.

Matt: Yeah. I think we made our point on that subject.


Muggle Mail: Ariana


Eric: Next e-mail comes from Sheyna, age 23, of Norfolk, Virginia, and she’s talking about Ariana.

“Hey guys, I love your show and the different discussions you have about the characters, plots, and subplots during Chapter-By-Chapter.” Yay! “As soon as I heard Laura say that the attack on Ariana may have been a sexual one I had to e-mail you all. I’m a recent graduate with my degree in psychology and I’m now working with children. The thing with children, and especially girls, is that they’re so eager to please everyone because they’re learning a lot of new things themselves and want to share it with everyone. When Ariana learned she could do magic she did not understand that she was supposed to not use it outside of the house, or in front of Muggles. When she showed it to them, they probably teased her or said she was a freak or a monster and possibly beat her up. They could have also been scared. With children this young, and especially girls, this would cause her to try and get rid of the offending trait, but
as magic is something you’re born with she could not get rid of it, and at moments when she was most excited or angry it would burst out of her uncontrollably. It’s like a child who gets told, “You’re never supposed to get angry,” but not told why. When they feel angry they suppress it and keep moving, but when they’re extremely stressed or feel in danger – they do not actually have to be in danger – they go into a complete, seemingly unprovoked rage. This is just my opinion. Keep up the great work.”

I think it’s good that you guys, last week, and this person, Sheyna – sorry, I pronounced it Shana, it’s Sheyna – goes into the psychology behind Ariana. I like that about you guys last week, and I think it’s really interesting stuff to talk about because Jo wasn’t clear in the books exactly what had happened.

Laura: Yeah, I think that’s also a very logical, like, set of reasoning you came up with there. I really like that. The only reason I kind of brought up the whole idea of a sexual assault was because she was so vague about it, I wasn’t sure if she thought it was something that she didn’t really need to tackle in the book, because that’s not really what the book is about. But at the same time the book isn’t about the psychology of children either, so it’s very possible that this could be what happened.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 20, “Xenophilius Lovegood”


Andrew: All right, well, we are going to take it to Chapter-by-Chapter. And this week we’re discussing chapters 20 and 21. Starting off with Chapter 20, “Xenophilius Lovegood.” It is Xenophilius, right?

Matt: Yeah, I was going to ask you.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, I think so.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: I think – I always called him Xenophilius. I think that’s cool.

Matt: I just called him Mr. Lovegood.

Andrew: It’s a crazy name. It’s like…

Matt: Yeah. Well, it’s not exactly the most normal family either.

Andrew: Yeah. It must have sucked when he was lining up in elementary school, always being in the back of the line.

Eric: Well, then again, I mean, anything from Lucius, Sirius, Remus, you know, all that stuff. It’s – they’re not common names that J.K.R. uses…

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Eric: But they’re cool. We accept them because we get so familiar with them.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I think that someone should write a paper on that. There’s probably an editorial. MuggleNet’s world class editorials about the names in the Harry Potter series. Not the significance, but that they’re really cool and kind of obscure. Like, we don’t have a Bob.

Matt: Yeah…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: We should invent, like, a Harry Potter baby book or something.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Well, we do have a Bob Ogden. Sorry.

Andrew: Harry Potter baby book? [laughs]

Matt: Yeah, a baby book. That’d be awesome.

Eric: Actually, I am fully behind that. Matt, you and I have to co-author it.

Matt: Okay. Half the whole book is going to be with “-us” at the very end of the word – of the name, too. Xenophilius, Remus, Sirius.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: How many can you name? Keep going, keep going, Matt. Come on, you’re at four.

Matt: Regus, Philius…

Andrew: Regus. [laughs]

Matt: Nigellus.

Eric: [laughs] Nigellus. That’s a last name.

Matt: I know, but it had the “-us” in the end. I had to go with something.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: I wouldn’t name my baby Nigellus.

Andrew: Tonks. No.

Eric: Tonks isn’t a… [laughs]

Matt: Tonksus.

Andrew: This chapter focuses on Xenophilius and their – the trio’s meeting with him. It’s sort of a classic – the classic situation where a good guy that you trust turns – turns bad…

Eric: Hm. Kind of.

Andrew: When he calls men on the trio.

Eric: You know, I mean, there’s so many gray areas. You find out why.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: So, Eric, you want to start of with a little quote?


The Trio’s Situation


Eric: Yeah, yeah, sure. Okay, so very early on in the chapter, Ron’s saying, “Someone’s on our side, mate.” He’s really happy because they’ve just got back from the forest where they’ve seen the doe, recovered the sword, that sort of thing, and Ron is really, really feeling good about that. Hermione’s still kind of agitated at Ron, but what I wanted to talk about – what struck me first is that there’s a bit of celebration, whoop whooping, on Ron’s part. But then again, the help that they got from the doe and finding the sword helped them destroy the only Horcrux they knew about. So are they actually – as of the beginning of this chapter, do you guys think they’re actually in a good situation? Because to be perfectly honest, they destroyed – I mean, yeah, it’s good they’re one Horcrux down, but that’s the only one they have any clue about. So I don’t really think that they’re, you know, in that great a situation.

Andrew: I think – I think they had reason to celebrate ’cause progress is progress…

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: …and at this point…

Matt: They were desperate for some.

Andrew: …they weren’t making that much progress, so I think it was well deserved.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: And they have to get their motives up somehow, you know? So…

Eric: You’re right.

Matt: They’re used to stuff happening by accident.

Andrew: I do see what you’re saying, though, Eric. It’s kind of…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah. Oh, talking about what Matt just said – stuff happening by accident – that is another note later, but…

Andrew: Yeah.


“Voldemort” is a Taboo


Eric: That I have. So the second note here is that “Voldemort” is actually a taboo. What did you guys think when this was explained? Do you not think it’s really one of those brilliant moments in the books where J.K.R. has done something clever?

Andrew: I think it is.

Laura: Yeah. Oh, I agree.

Matt: I think it is. I think – I’m kind of upset that we don’t really find out how they did that.

Andrew: Exactly. That’s what I was going to say.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Is it a spell or is it just – like, how does that work, too? Is it like – is it because everyone’s a wizard they’re all connected magically somehow? So when a wizard says a name it like – it takes like a shock or a current through the magical world and they all sense it or something?

Eric: It could be.

Andrew: I like that idea. The current idea.

Eric: It’s got to have a range too. You know, you think, if it’s – like world wide range, that sort of thing, I mean. Then again, the Ministry is backing it, so you could put a taboo.

Matt: Yeah, the Ministry does everything.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Well, they probably have like a…

Eric: Like a floo network.

Matt: Yeah, like a little center like with computers or magical things everywhere that just like ring a bell and this little scroll comes out and says, “Ron Weasley just said Voldemort,” or something.

Eric: Yeah. Well, there’s always something about the spoken word too, that has its own sort of magic. That’s why you have to do incantations in a series, you know. I mean, it’s – there’s something about it, and having Voldemort’s name be a taboo where they could be able to trace it makes a person traceable, as Bill told Ron. Brilliant, brilliant stuff. I was very, very happy with this. I mean there’s all these little brilliant moments in Book 7 that I really do like no matter what my opinions may be on the whole, I like it.

Matt: Well, just to add one more thing to this; it probably goes along the line of underage wizardry and how they can track it, probably.

Andrew: I was going to say that too, yeah. I mean I think the Ministry can track anything and even if it comes down to, you know – well, yeah, look at the Floo Network. They were tracking that. The Order of the Phoenix, they had to go through Umbridge’s fireplace. So I think it’s just that.

Eric: They had a lot of tracing stuff. They really want to trace people.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think it’s necessary, though, because with magic – with, you know – I talked a few weeks ago about how out of control our world would be with magic in the real world, but when you think about it, that’s probably why all the tracing is in place, because you need to have a way to track everyone. Otherwise, can you imagine criminals in today’s society being – you know, we have a hard enough time tracking down with clues. With the Ministry being able to track down anyone, I think it really enforces the law to a point.

Eric: I completely agree with you.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: And truthfully, you know, you can tell that the Ministry is the ones that put the tracker on Voldemort’s name, most likely under the guise of only Death Eaters would say his name outright.

Matt: Right.

Mikey: You know what I mean?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Well, it definitely would be – it only makes sense, too because…

Mikey: Again, it would be the Ministry being able to control it with the same type of magic that they use for underage wizardry. And, in fact, I’m actually looking at the book right now; the whole thing about the taboo that Ron says, it’s one, two, three – three paragraphs long. It’s very short and it’s kind of a brush over, but, you know, there’s definitely a lot there that you can think about with…

Eric: And it does have real life implications, like Andrew was just saying. But if you guys think about – if somebody Google searches how to build a bomb, they get flagged, or, you know, presumably there’s a way, you know, I mean libraries – have you guys seen the movie Seven? It’s very similar where they mention that people check out flagged books, things like that. It’s just a way of patrolling and making the world a safer place, kind of. But obviously in this case, it’s used incorrectly, you know, to root out Harry Potter.

Andrew: Laura, isn’t there something in D.C. or – I’m thinking about something they have microphones everywhere to track…?

Laura: Not that I am immediately thinking of.

Mikey: I know what you’re talking about. In the actual Washington D.C. area, in the city itself, Washington D.C., there’s microphones throughout the entire place and if there’s any mention of killing the president it’s picked up and flagged instantly because you’re in such a close proximity from it.

Laura: Nice.

Mikey: The only reason I know this – I have never attempted and do not want to…

Eric: [laughs] Because they found you, Mikey.

Mikey: My friend’s band, they have a song called “Kill the President,” and it’s completely made up, because they were playing in Washington D.C. and sure enough the cops came because of that song.

Laura: Wow.

Eric: It’s a bit distasteful, don’t you think?

Mikey: But they made – they said it out loud, “So this song’s called ‘Kill the President.'” It has absolutely nothing to do with killing the president, but they had heard the story about it, and sure enough they said it out loud with the microphone and everything, and sure enough people came to see what was going on with this.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Wow. That is amazing.

Mikey: Just so you know.

Laura: So and Eric and Matt, you guys remember when we were there how there were little video cameras on a lot of like the street poles and stuff? Remember we passed a couple…

Andrew: Oh yeah.

Laura: It was just bizarre.

Matt: Well, not only that, when were in Washington D.C. around like – where were we first? Oh, went to the capitol and there was nobody there. It was like quiet, and I was like freaking out like, “Am I saying any taboo words? Are the bushes going to come out and all these…”

Laura: No, but then remember we looked up and there was one little man sitting along the top and we were like “Oh gosh…”

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Oh, guys, for a moment I thought Chikezie was going home, but they’re just doing the Idol brush up, so we haven’t found out yet. And anyway, guys, it’s just national security, what we were talking about, just other national security things.

Laura: I know.

Matt: It’s definitely the Ministry that’s doing it, because it’s never been done before until after – I mean Voldemort’s name never was taboo until after they took over the Ministry.

Laura: Oh yeah, I think we’re all in agreement on that.

Eric: It’s still believed to be jinxed, and that’s what I thought too, you know? Ron never wanted them to say the name anyway, and you know bad luck for whatever, and now it’s actually – to turn it into a substantial thing, taboo. It’s pretty cool stuff.

MuggleCast 135 Transcript (continued)


Grindelwald


Eric: Okay, I wanted to say, it was brought up a little bit around the mid-section of this chapter, chapter 20 that Hermione isn’t sure if Grindelwald is alive. Now Hermione is very well read, as far as history goes and stuff, so you’d imagine that she would – well, I guess this just must be the public awareness. So as far as the public is aware Grindelwald may or may not still be alive. I guess it’s never really concrete exactly what happened to Grindelwald after Dumbledore defeated him. I guess I wanted to say, do you guys think this is on Dumbledore’s wishes? That Dumbledore just kind of imprisoned Grindelwald, kept him there? We know Grindelwald was kept alive until Voldemort got to him.

Matt: Do you think that’s due to Dumbledore? Do you think the reason why Grindelwald is still alive is because Dumbledore made sure that he was or something?

Andrew: I would think so.

Laura: Yeah, it wouldn’t surprise me.

Eric: I think it might be. Because if you look at what he did with the Shrieking Shack…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: He made that – you know, he started all those rumours and stuff, so the public would stay away from the Shrieking Shack. I think he would, maybe out of love for Grindelwald, now that we know about his relationship; they’re good friends, you know. I mean, but – it was always a bit – what do I want to say – vague. Because in the Witches and Wizards card in Book 1, it says Dumbledore “defeated” Grindelwald. Defeated him, but that doesn’t necessarily mean he killed him, and he didn’t.

Laura: Yeah, it wouldn’t surprise me if Dumbledore did that just because he’s always been very big on the idea that there are worse things than death.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And I think that imprisoning him in his own prison, furthermore, is just kind of – I don’t know. That would be far worse for me than dying, I think.

Andrew: Yeah, I was going to say I agree with that. It’s torture; it’s a much longer torture knowing that you’re in prison for life.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Well, I personally don’t think that there are things worse than death. I agree with Laura that imprisoning him is definitely, you know? Dumbledore didn’t believe in the suffinity of death, but it’s one of those things where I think it – Dumbledore with the way he was, and what I had imagined him to be throughout the series of the books, is he also – and the same thing with Voldemort – he always kind of wanted redemption for all of them, you know what I mean? And I think by not killing him, by taking part of his own soul by killing Grindelwald, and imprison him, having him think about what he’s done. And I actually think by time that Voldemort kills him, you know, that he does understand the errors of his ways. Just the few lines that he has in the book, you know what I mean? And, you know, when Dumbledore and Voldemort always are fighting he always refers to him as Tom, and tries to, you know, redemption. It’s one of those things where by killing someone off there’s no chance of redmption at all. And by giving him that second little chance, by being there in prison, you know, I think Grindelwald kind of redeemed himself, and since then he realized he was wrong.


Not Another Godric’s Hollow


Andrew: So moving along.

Eric: Yeah, do you want to take the next one?

Andrew: Sure, I’d love to. I’d love to.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: There’s a quote in here, I guess it’s from Harry saying, “Hermione, we don’t need another Godric’s Hollow.” And I think that’s interesting, and Eric, in our notes here put, “Well, how about that. Maybe they shouldn’t go to Xeno’s place, or Gringotts, or Malfoy Manor, or Hogwarts if they don’t want another G.H.” I think the reason Jo wrote this in here is so that we know they realize what they’re getting into. Does that make sense?

Eric: Well, exactly, because Harry’s saying we don’t need another unplanned, sort of, just break in guns ablazing not knowing what we’re doing. But my point with writing this note was that, well, then they can – you know, it’s one thing to have Harry say this to Hermione, and I was like, “Yeah, go Harry! You understand about this whole thing. The book is going to get a lot more intelligent” – you know, etc., but then they ended up doing the same thing. They had another Godric’s Hollow four or five times later in the book.

Andrew: Right. But this is what happens in the middle of…

Eric: In the middle of chaos. It’s – it’s a complete…

Andrew: I mean I don’t know what Harry would expect…

Eric: It’s a fair arguement.

Andrew: Yeah. I don’t know what he would expect. Like – no – and he realizes it was going to be an extrememly dangerous journey, so at this point…

Matt: Well, with all fairness, they do – they technically, they did need another Godric’s Hollow, because even though…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …they almost died each time they did one of these kind of situations, they got so much more information.

Laura: Mhm. Yeah.

Matt: It wasn’t like the whole trip was done in vain.

Andrew: Yeah. He could’ve just Google his answers. I don’t know…

Matt: Okay, they didn’t have iPhones back then, Andrew.

Andrew: I know. I know. I feel bad for them.

Eric: They’d need iPhones. It’s what they need in the Wizarding World. Harry Potter would be so much better if everyone had an iPhone.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Oh, yes. I don’t know how, though.

Matt: In their wand.

Mikey: Just built into their wand. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So speaking of a…

Mikey: It’s – it’s the iWand.

Eric: [chuckles] The iWand.

Mikey: Anyway, next note.

Andrew: Next note.

Mikey: Next note.

Eric: Fifth generation iWand. iWand video. iWand touch.

[Mikey laughs]

Andrew and Mikey: iWand nano.

Eric: [laughs] iWand nano. iWand shuffle.

Mikey: Okay, anyway. [laughs]

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: iWand let’s move on.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: Ron, guys?


The False Trust in Xenophilius


Andrew: Yeah, so moving along to Xenophilius; Ron think’s Xenophilius is on Harry’s side because of The Quibbler. There was a lot of good stuff going on pro-Harry in The Quibbler. And – you know, they trusted him.

Mikey: No, I agree with that, 100%.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Ron does think he’s on the right side.

Matt: Mhm. With all fairness, though, when he said he that he was only doing it really just to make Hermione…

Mikey: Stop being mad at him.

Matt: Well, he was trying to make Hermione more…crap.

Mikey: I think Ron said it best. All’s fair in love and war.

Matt: There. Thank you.

Laura: Yep.

Mikey: It’s a little bit of both.

Eric and Matt: Yeah.

Mikey: It’s a little bit of both. They’re in war and Ron and Hermione are in love, just they don’t know it yet, till, like, the end.

Andrew: Yep.

Eric: Absolutely. So during the series, though, I mean it was always kind of an unwritten rule that Ron is usually wrong unless he’s joking, and I think it just struck me that he said that, and it kind of makes sense. You know, “Xeno’s on our side. He’s a good guy.” But then to have that surprise, that twist that, you know, Xeno isn’t necessarily – you know, I mean he wants his daughter to be safe so he’s kind of turning against Harry this whole time, as they figured that out. It’s a good twist, I thought. It was really an interesting twist at this point in the book because you were looking so forward to having Xenophilius be a good guy, and you do find out all that helpful information.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: I hear you.

Laura: It’s just an interesting thing to consider because you have to think about it for a second. What would you do if you had been in his place? Like I know it sounds like the ideal answer to say, “Oh, I would stand behind what I’ve been saying the whole time,” but none of us have children, and none of us can really, I guess, grasp the idea of what the Death Eaters said to him. “Oh, well we’ll just send a piece of your daughter back for you to bury.” Like I honestly think that a lot more people would turn to desperation to get their child back than would like to admit it.

Mikey: Oh no, I totally agree with you.

Andrew: Yeah. Definitely.

Mikey: Even think about, like, you know, someone close to you, like a really close friend or even a parent, like…

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: Would you really, you know – Xenophilius never met Harry.

Matt: No.

Mikey: He knows who he is, you know, through word of mouth.

Eric: Oh absolutely.

Mikey: It’s like protecting any of these actors that we’ve seen in the movies, like, you know. A perfect example is like Tom Cruise. You know, like, he’s done some outrageous things but are you going to like, honestly, your parents, or protect Tom Cruise from people making fun of him or something?

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: That’s ridiculous. You’re going to be more of what’s close to you: your daughter. And I totally understand, and I don’t blame Xenophilius for it at all.

Eric: It’s a good theme. It’s definitely a good theme to have in the books: what would parents do for their children? You know, it’s repeated later when Molly Weasley does it, it’s also in other media today, such as Lost. The character of Michael did a lot of bad things to get him and his son safely off the island, and, you know, I mean it was – you know, people view him as a bad character, but he’s just a father trying to raise his son. And, you know, similarly with Xenophilius and Luna. It’s just – it’s a nasty situation.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: And everyone’s kind of in it, so…


Andrew’s Trying to Skip Ahead


Andrew: So we learn about the Deathly Hallows.

Eric: Yeah, we learn about the Deathly Hallows, and I thought that was cool.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: [with a British accent] The wand, the cloak, and the stone.

Matt: The whole story.

Eric: The wand, the book, and the stone. Is this the next chapter yet, or…?

Matt: Yeah, we’re kind of transitioning into the next chapter.

Eric: Yeah, well I just had two more of these points…

Andrew: Oh, my bad. A read a note about…

Eric: I know there’s like six of them in here, but I’ll just pick out two of them if that’s cool.

Andrew: Yeah, that’ll be sweet.


The Lovegood House


Eric: Yeah, okay, so final two notes, wrapping up. One of them has to do with London, strangely enough. But first I want to talk about the Lovegoods’ house. It kind of reminded me of like a missile silo or something. I mean it’s described as a – you know, everything was curved to fit the walls. It’s a big circular – like a black cylinder with the moon behind it. Like, what do you guys – like, it’s a weird, like – I wouldn’t imagine a house to be like this. What do you guys think it’s all about?

Laura: Well, it’s the Lovegoods’ house. They’re weird.

Andrew: It’s symbolic of something.

Matt: It’s supposed to be a little…off.

Andrew: Well, yeah. But I mean…

Eric: Oh right, because Ron says, “Doesn’t – This looks like a rook, or a castle.”

Andrew: Yeah. And it does if you look at the chapter art for that in the U.S. book, but…

Eric: Right.

Andrew: I mean this is like – like with the Weasleys’ house, there’s no – there’s no 90 degree angles.

Matt: Right.

Andrew: Everything’s on a slant.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: So – and that – that’s reflected in the movies, so this will be pretty cool to see.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: I can’t wait to it. And with the spiral staircase – the wrought-iron spiral staircase leading to like all the upper levels and stuff…

Andrew and Matt: Yeah.


Casting Xenophilius


Eric: It’s going to be cool to see. Okay, so final note for Chapter 20, “Xenophilius Lovegood,” do you guys remember – who here was at the London podcast that was…

Andrew: Oh me! Me!

Laura: Me. Meee! Meee!

Eric: Oh, god. Wasn’t that a fun night?

Matt: Uh…

Eric: Do you guys remember? Do you guys remember? We had talked about – and I think I brought this up or something – during the London podcast, I was talking about Bob Hoskins, and how I thought the actor Bob Hoskins should play Slughorn, and we actually had a very awesome audience member state that she had heard in an interview with – maybe even with Bob Hoskins – that he had said that he talked to Jo Rowling about being in a Harry Potter movie, and Jo says that she had a role in Book 7 that would better suit him, or that she – you know, she had him in mind for it. Now we didn’t know at the time but I’m pretty sure – I mean if you guys know – do you guys know Bob Hoskins? He played Smee in Hook.

Andrew: No.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And several other more notable roles.

Matt: [sarcastic] Yeah, yeah, he played Smee in the movie Hook.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: I like that movie. I have it on DVD.

Eric: I love it, too.

Matt: Me too. [laughs]

Eric: It’s a great movie.

Andrew: [sarcastic] Ha…

Eric: But I think that was Xenophilius Lovegood, so, that said I think it’s a great – I mean it’s – I just – you know, we won’t know for sure, but I heard that listener say that there was that interview, and Bob Hoskins said there might be a role in Book 7 for him. I think that be cool if it were Xeno Lovegood.

Matt: Mhm. Well, he’s a relatively short man, though too, isn’t he?

Eric: Yeah, well, short, and I think he’d play the role real – I always thought he’d be a good Slughorn, but I didn’t know Jim Broadbent, so…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I didn’t, you know, we’ll have to see.

Matt: Well, it’s definitely a role that a high-profile actor could play. So…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: It has to be one of the main characters. Or the main character…

Andrew: I’m looking at his IMDB, he looks okay…

Laura: Yeah, so am I. He looks like he’d be really good.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He was also in Maid in Manhattan.

Andrew: Now, of course he would probably – they would probably want to screen test him with alongside Evanna Lynch.

Matt: [correcting Andrew’s pronunciation] Evanna.

Andrew: I’m trying to picture those two together. It would be probably awkward.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: But yeah sure. Why not? Why not? That was Episode 100, by the way, for anyone – any new listeners who might want to look at the London podcast.

Eric: Yeah, Episode 100 and then immediately followed by 101, which I still maintain was one of our coolest live shows.

Laura: Yeah. Awww, it was so fun.

Andrew: It was our most downloaded live show, and overall people loved that episode because we had it out right after we finished reading. We were – we were the only podcast to have a discussion show out for, I think, even a couple days.

[Matt sighs]

Eric: I’m just so happy we did that for Book 7. That was just like – that was the best time. I mean…

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: …it really was.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Okay, so moving on! You guys…

Andrew: Moving on. Chapter…

Eric: We’re halfway done already. Wow! This is great! This is – I think that was only like 25 minutes or something. It was great!

Andrew: I can’t believe you skipped your own notes. I’m still in shock.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Yeah, I’m perfectly cool with that.

Andrew: I’m in awe.

Eric: Well, maybe it’s – maybe I have other – other motives, but…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] What?


Chapter 21, “The Tale of the Three Brothers”


Eric: Anyway, Chapter 21 is “The Tale of the Three Brothers.”

Mikey: Ahhh…


Story Time


Eric: Hmmm. “Tale of the Three Brothers.” Now this is…[laughs]…this is something that Hermione has probably read about five, six times, going over and over and over the book, and she got nothing out of it until Xeno actually tells her the significance of it. So Hermione sits down and reads it to everyone. It’s a little story time in the Lovegood household. Too bad Luna isn’t around. But basically you go over the story of the three brothers, and it’s implications, and also what happens to them afterwards: the escape from the Lovegood’s house. Anyone want to take the notes?

Mikey: I personally was super excited for this chapter to come.

Matt: I was, too. Yeah.

Mikey: I wanted to know what is this? They’ve been talking about – and then of course as soon as I get to that chapter you see the artwork at the top of the chapter and…

Andrew: Right.

Mikey: …you know, I remember at the times when we were talking about, “What does this mean?”

Eric: What does that symbol mean?

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: And then, like of course that night we just like – I see it and I’m like, “Oh my Gosh. There it is.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Oh yeah.

Mikey: And like – you know, so now we’re finally going to find out what that symbol means. So I was super excited for this chapter, but do you guys want to move into some of the notes that we have for it?

Eric: Well do you – do you remember how Chapter 20 ended, though? It was – Xeno makes a comment like, “Oh, you’re talking about the story that, you know, sparks the story of the Deathly Hallows.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: It was, “Whoa!”

Andrew: Yeah. He says, “Are you referring to the sign of the Deathly Hallows?” That’s like one of these big holy shhh moments.

Mikey: And I was totally like, “Flip the page! Come on!”

Matt: [dramatically] Dun, dun, dun!

Eric: Come on! Oh my god! We’re finally going to find out what this book is about! I always like the book’s namesake, finding what it’s about. So, according to Xenophilius Lovegood, there’s nothing dark about the Hallows. But we hear this story, which is about three brothers who cheat Death, and…

Matt: Well, one does.

Mikey: Well, remember – remember though, the reason that everyone thinks there’s something dark about the Hallows is because the symbol of the Deathly Hallows is from a dark…

Eric: Was misused.

Mikey: Is misused by a dark wizard.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: And so it’s definitely – you know, there’s nothing dark about it. It’s the story of, like you were saying. Continue, Eric. Sorry.

Eric: Oh, three brothers cheat Death.

Andrew: It’s like its reputation, sorta speak – so to speak.

Eric: So three brothers cheat Death, but before I get into the second note here, do you – what do you guys want to talk about, like, as far as the story? Like, did you guys like story? Did you think it was really…

Matt: I was extremely impressed with Jo’s storytelling in this one…

Eric: Really?

Mikey: Yeah.

Matt: It was amazing.

Andrew: It’s just clever…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s just really clever writing.

Matt: And it seems like it’s one of those fairy tales that you tell your kids, too.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: It seems like – it’s an old, traditional wizard folk story.


The Invisibility Cloak


Eric: I really want Beedle the Bard. It turns out that the Invisibility Cloak Harry’s had all these years is not, you know, obviously not an ordinary one. It hasn’t worn, hasn’t done anything, and they find this to be very strange. But according to legend, it’s actually Death’s Invisibility Cloak. The cloak that Death wore for, you know, at one point to actually go around and get people. But I just thought this was so interesting that Harry’s Invisibility Cloak is so special and that, you know, the attention’s being brought to it now after how many books writing about, you know, the Invisibility Cloak just being at the bottom of Harry’s trunk, you know, and him getting it out to go on these missions. I thought it was really cool…

Andrew: Well, I think that’s the whole point.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: I mean that’s the whole surprise of it, that it’s just been this cloak that was in his father’s possession, and then, you know, he just inherited it, and then all of a sudden it holds a lot more value. I mean that’s just Jo illustrating how special it is.

Matt: I think it’s funny how the whole story of how he’s – his ancestor is actually the third brother, and the third brother got the Invisibility Cloak from Death so that he could be – so he could escape Death without Death really watching him.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: But isn’t this whole series about Harry…

Mikey: Escaping Death?

Matt: …being followed by Death? Yeah, well he escapes Death…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: …but he’s always followed by it, ’cause it’s always looking for him.

Laura: Yeah. And I also found it really interesting that, you know, this was Death’s Invisibility Cloak, and, you know, Ron kind of made that joke about how it got tired of, you know, running at people, screaming and whatever. But it’s just interesting when you consider how much good Harry has done, and how many lives he’s actually saved because of the cloak, like especially in Prisoner of Azkaban, just like…

Eric: You’re saying it really brings sort of a neutrality…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …to Death himself – or itself.

Laura: Really, it does, very interesting.

Eric: You know, which is I guess one of the underlying themes of the – yeah, that’s about as interesting as Death running around naked now.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: But, you know, at the same time it’s like – Harry’s done some great with this cloak, but it’s great because by the end of the book, we’ve all read it by now, but it’s one of those things where he becomes the Master of Death because he has all three pieces of the puzzle.

Eric: Which is so cool!

Mikey: It’s just amazing. And it’s like – when you think about like, why didn’t Dumbledore have it? You know, he – we do find out that Dumbledore had all of them in position at one point, and that’s how he hurt his hand, and that’s why he gave the cloak back to Harry, because Harry deserved it; it was his family stuff. And it’s one of those things that Harry was the only person that could handle all three, and this cloak is – it just really brings a lot together.

Eric: It does.

Mikey: Everything all together with the story, his cloak originally – and you’re just waiting for the pieces to fall into place.

Eric: Yeah. What surprised me as well is that this new – I mean the whole Master of Death thing, I mean, that’s Voldemort. That’s his call sign. This Master of Death thing, I mean, it’s been kind of done before. The Sorcerer’s Stone made people invisible, the unicorn blood would keep you alive even if you’re an inch from death, you know? We’ve seen all these things throughout the years, all these degrees and quantities of death that Voldemort is so into that this is just another one of those things. But it’s done a little bit differently, you know, it’s done differently than all the other things that can keep you, you know, invincible. It’s kind of, you know, another cool thing, but again, I mean, it’s still with that recurring theme. It’s completely different but still with that same recurring theme of death and mastering it and, you know, the loss of loved ones and that sort of thing.


The Trio Chooses Their Hallows


Laura: Mhm. I also thought it was interesting when they were talking about which of the Hallows they would have chosen, and they all chose something different even though…

Andrew: Yeah, let’s talk about it.

Laura: Yeah, clearly the moral of the story was you’re supposed to choose the cloak, because it even talked about how the youngest brother was the most humble and really all he wanted to do was just move on with his life, whereas the other two wanted to master something that they really had no place to be dabbling with.

Eric: They wanted to shame death. They wanted to shame death for – because they were arrogant, and, you know, you’re right: it’s a lesson learned, really. I mean it really is. So, yeah, it’s interesting that the trio comes up; they each say something different. They each say something different over which Deathly Hallow they’d choose. Hermione says she – you know, it’s obvious, they all say it’s obvious which one we’d choose, and then they speak at the same time and all say something different. Hermione says the cloak, Ron says the wand, and Harry says the stone. Now, this was another emotional moment when Harry said we could have Sirius back.

Andrew: Yeah.


The Casters Choose Their Hallows


Eric: You know, and all that stuff. But I think it says – which one would you guys choose, to be perfectly honest?

Mikey: Really? You want to know?

Eric: Let’s do this – yeah.

Andrew: Cloak.

Mikey: I’d choose the cloak. That’s not even a question.

Laura: Yeah, I mean, the thing is – I feel like at the time the three of them don’t – well, especially Harry and Ron – don’t really know exactly what the stone and the wand mean, whereas, you know, at the end of the book Harry has the wand but he says, “You know, I really don’t need this. I really shouldn’t have it.” And if I didn’t know what each of them did, and if I didn’t know that the Resurrection Stone actually wasn’t really valid and didn’t really bring people back, I would probably pick that, but in terms of knowing what all three of them are, I’d have to go with Mikey and say the cloak.

Mikey: See, personally, even if the Resurrection Stone did bring people back to life and the wand was just awesome, I would still choose the cloak, because could you just imagine just being able to go around and be invisible under an Invisibility Cloak? Like, just being able to be invisible. That’s just so much fun!

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: For the rest of your life you could amuse yourself.

Mikey: Yeah, honestly. Could you imagine the – I would be just like Harry. I would get into so much, like, trouble. I’d be doing so many dumb pranks on everybody! Like, I can just imagine the hijinks I would get up to. It would be so much fun!

Matt: Yeah. Well, if you were in Harry’s shoes, and you had in possession the Elder Wand, would you keep it?

Andrew: I’d be scared of it.

Laura: Yeah, I’d be afraid to keep it.

Eric: It kind of ensures that you have a shorter life, really. I mean the wand, I mean, it may be an unbeatable wand, but it’s certainly not – I mean look at how many people have owned it. Death Stick, Blood Wand – throughout the centuries, how many people have owned it? I don’t think – I mean it’s obviously something that death did that really – I mean even if you possess the best wand ever, the unbeatable wand, mortality, your own mortality will still get to you. So it’s clearly not the best or wisest of the three Hallows to have. Because you can still die. And if you have the most powerful wand people will be drawn to it to try and take it from you. It’s…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …dangerous. It’s just…

Matt: Because it’s always been taken, too. It was never passed down.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Because the possessor…

Laura: Yeah, they always kill each other.

Matt: …was always killed. Yeah.

Eric: It’s kind of – Yeah.

Matt: Be like, “No, I do not want this.”

Laura: Yeah, and it really seems to attract people who have this idea that they’re invincible if they have this object.

Eric: Which could not be further.

Laura: Yeah, and you see this guy, the first guy who has it, the oldest Peverell brother. You know, he kills somebody with it, but then later that night he’s passed out drunk and someone comes and slits his throat and takes it. You know, it’s…

Matt: The only person that we know who actually obtained the Elder Wand that didn’t really intend to keep it was Draco.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: And that’s just because he didn’t really know he had it. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: He royally screwed that up.

[Laura laughs]


Luna


Matt: Bet he’s kicking himself right now thinking about it, too. Let’s talk about while they were discussing the Deathly Hallows and Mr. Lovegood stepped out.

Andrew: Yeah, isn’t this just one of those classic moments where it’s like, you know, like you’ll see this in a movie where someone mysteriously disappears and all of sudden they come back you realize they’re bad.

Eric: Well, it’s a bit suspicious, really.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I mean where is Luna? Where is Luna? That sort of thing. When Harry goes up and sees her bedroom’s all dusty, that’s the moment you know.

Matt: Well, let’s talk about Luna’s room a little bit. Weren’t you guys in – Like, thought that Luna was the cutest thing when you saw all of her friends?

Laura: Yes.

Eric: I like…

Matt: They were just entwined with chains.

Laura: That was adorable.

Eric: That mural painted with “Friends,” that was just – that was – some people may think it’s creepy, but I think it’s absolutely adorable.

Matt: Well, yeah, once you know Luna you know what kind of a person she is.

Eric: How innocent she really is. And, you know, it was her and Neville who basically – You know, they got the most out of the DA because it “was like having friends.” You know, to quote. It was just really good.

Matt: They were wanted and accepted.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I like that. They fit. And so – I liked – yeah, you’re right. Her room was very endearing. And I’m glad that she was okay then, you know, eventually.

Matt: I want to know why in the chapter in Luna’s room it said that her clothes were gone.

Eric: Well, you take your clothes with you when you…

Laura: Yeah, she got kidnapped from King’s Cross.

Matt: Oh, that’s right. That’s right, that’s right, that’s right.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Oh. I – Yeah, okay, that makes sense.

Matt: I thought, like – okay.


The Trio is Too Trusting


Andrew: I sort of think that at this point, though, the trio should have been a little more concerned every time there’s one thing that seems even a little out of the ordinary.

Laura: Oh, yeah.

Eric: So you’re saying they should be paranoid?

Laura: Yes!

Andrew: They should have been paranoid from the get go when this guy they’ve never met before suddenly tells, you know, is like, “Oh, she’s just down at the pond.”

Matt: Yeah, wouldn’t they be like prone to say, “Oh, can we go see her?” or something?

Eric: Well, then again, I mean, this is…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. Or, “Oh, can you call her up?” You know.

Laura: Right.

Matt: Like, I would feel a little more comfortable to have this person, apparently the father of one of our best friends that we have never met before – I would kind of like a little more of a warm welcome by our friend who introduces us…

Laura: Yeah. Well, you know what’s interesting about the way he greeted them, or rather didn’t greet them, was I almost get the impression that he knew he was going to betray them. And so…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He’s was like, “Oh, I don’t think this is a good idea.”

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Like he was kind of trying to ward them off.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: And so that was interesting.

Matt: Well, first he was in shock. And he was scared…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: And then like during the entire time he was just trying to play this out in his head because he was thinking of Luna as soon as he saw Harry.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: Exactly. And that just gives him more humanity, I think. The fact that he at first wanted to ward them off and kind of say, you know, “Maybe it’s better if you don’t come in,” that sort of thing. You know, because he knew what he’d end up having to do.

MuggleCast 135 Transcript (continued)


The Stuff Hits the Fan


Matt: So after they look in Luna’s room they notice that – well, they start to wonder why Luna’s not here. And so as soon as Xenophilius…is the name? He walks up with the soup or something, and they ask him where the heck is Luna. And then all of a sudden the stuff hits the fan.

Mikey: What hits the fan?

Andrew: I thought this was a great scene. This was a really – this is a scene you could really visualize. Like I had the whole thing in my head…

Laura: Yes.

Andrew: …thanks to Jo’s great description.

Matt: Like all of a sudden they just all – the trio just all turn all at once with their hands raised up at him and asking, “Where’s Luna?” or something. Or, “What happened?”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: And then all of a sudden the Death Eaters come.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Do they torture Mr. Lovegood? Or…

Eric: They just say really nasty stuff to him like, “Your daughter…”

Laura: No, they started beating on him too.

Matt: Yeah, because you could hear, like, a clapping sound every time they asked him a question, and he’s just whimpering and pleading with them that Harry is there. “Harry is here. He’s upstairs. He’s upstairs.”

Andrew: Yeah, and I do love – at this point, I assume the trio – well, yeah, the trio does know what the Death Eaters are saying, and then they just make sure that the Death Eaters see Harry for just a split second so they don’t kill Luna.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Like, I thought that was really cool.

Matt: Mhm. And you got to see what Homnius Revealium actually does.

Eric: Yeah, if you’re there it kind of raises you so that you’re visible, or whatever.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Or it just signifies…

Matt: You kind of have this aura hovering over you or something. Yeah.


Chapter and Book Titles


Mikey: The chapter ends with the best title of the next chapter is “The Deathly Hallows.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: You’re just like…

Andrew: And we’ve talked about that in the past…

Matt: And that’s completely original too. I mean to think she would name a chapter “The Deathly Hallows.”

[Laura laughs]

Eric: Are there titled chapters in every book or aren’t there? There’s definitely one in Goblet of Fire.

Mikey: There are.

Eric: There’s, you know…

Mikey: Sorcerer’s Stone.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: Is there one in every book?

Andrew: Yeah, I think so.

Laura: Yeah, I think so.

Eric: Is there one called “The Prisoner of Azkaban”? Because…

Laura: No.

Matt: I don’t think so.

Eric: Wait, I don’t think so either. So that’s the one that there isn’t. I thought there was one called “Half-Blood Prince” or “Flight of the Prince.” You know, that sort of thing.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So – but just like the self titled ones, it’s interesting to know which books had self-titled chapters. But…

Andrew: Yeah and I remember Jo did reveal on her – I think it was on her official website – she said that one of the rejected titles for this book was Harry Potter and the Elder Wand. Which, you know, so she does – and that’s one of the chapter titles. So, you know…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: …I think she puts those into consideration.

Matt: I like this one better.

Laura: Yeah, me too. Just because – I mean even though the Elder Wand played a huge role…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …in the book, and maybe I’m biased just because we talked so much about what the Deathly Hallows could be when the title came out, but it just seems like they played more of a role in the book.

Matt: Well, all three of them played…

Laura: Whereas the Elder Wand just – yeah, it just seems like altogether they played a bigger role, whereas the Elder Wand on its own was just a plot device, really.

Matt: The Invisibility Cloak was definitely the most important. I mean she even mentioned that in one of the interviews. Wasn’t it with Emerson and Melissa saying – one of the questions she wished was asked was, “Is there any significance for the Invisibility Cloak?”

Laura: Yeah, I think you’re right.

Andrew: What did she say?

Eric: Cool.

Matt: No, she didn’t say that.

Laura: No, that’s what she said.

Matt: She told them. She said, “You should have asked me this question.”

Andrew: Oh. Oh, okay.

Eric: [laughs] You should be asking me this question. Oh, Jo, you’re such a tease.

Andrew: I just like Elder Wand better. I just think it’s a lot cooler because – it just sounds cooler, and I mean we are thankful for her calling it Deathly Hallows because, you know, it ended up giving us, like, four weeks worth of discussion. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So…

Matt: Well, it’s just a more appealing title altogether. The Elder Wand is just more like the Sorcerer’s or Philosopher’s Stone or something. The Deathly….

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt:Hallows just seems like more of an appealing title.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah, you’re right. Well, I think that does it for Chapter-by-Chapter this week.

Eric: Indeed.

Andrew: We got through this fast.

Eric: So let’s keep going. Full speed ahead.

Andrew: But of course, Chapter-by-Chapter is never complete until we have…


Quote Quiz


[Quote Quiz Intro plays]

Eric: Holy crap, Andrew. Where did you get that?

Matt: Bill Nye the Science Guy.

Andrew: I made it. We…

[Someone laughs]

Eric: Dude. That is awesome. When did you premiere that? Was last week the first week?

Andrew: Last week. Oh, you just wait. I’ve got more. I’ve got more coming up. [laughs] Quote Quiz this week: “A minute ago you told us you never saw the mark on the stone properly.” I love Quote Quiz, it’s the easiest segment to have. Just open the book, look for a long sentence…

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: You should kind of be a little more, you know, into the quote, Andrew. Like Jim Dale, you should have, like, a different…

Laura: Yeah, you should do them in British accents and come up with voices for all the characters.

Andrew: We should play Jim Dale saying it.

Matt: For, like, Harry or Ron or for, like, any guy you should have, like, a low voice, and for, like, a girl you should just have your regular voice.

Laura: [laughs] Matt, you’re so mean.

Matt: [laughs] I’m sorry.


Voicemail: Missing Important Details


Andrew: Okay, so it’s time for voicemails this week. Let’s listen to the first one.

[Audio]: Hi, this is Heath, 45, from Michigan. On Bit-by-Bit you guys seem to be missing some of the salient points. When Harry is watching the Pensive we saw Dumbledore – the portrait of Dumbledore – telling Snape that they had to get the sword in a heroic manner. That’s why it was thrown into the lake. Then the whole bit with Ron ready to stab the locket and the locket sends a little sting to him, we didn’t know for a second there whether Harry, who is crouched down holding the locket, was the one who got stabbed or the locket got stabbed. And you guys just totally blew over that. So, there’s a lot of these little points that I think you’re missing on your Bit-by-Bit. I don’t know if you’re just trying to get through it fast. But I guess all I can say is…read the book again. I do enjoy the show. Keep it up. Bye!

Eric: Dude, it’s not…

Andrew: Dude! First of all, our segment is not called “Bit-by-Bit.” If you want [stumbles over the words “bit-by-bit”] If you want Bit-by-Bit you can tune-in to another Harry Potter podcast that came up with that original name for their segment where they analyze parts of Deathly Hallows. Anyway! [laughs]

Eric: You’re in Chapter-by-Chapter!

Laura: Hm-hm.

Andrew: Yeah, Chapter-by-Chapter!

Matt: I’m still ticked off on Snape though.

Andrew: First of all…

Matt: I’m serious.

Andrew: What?

Matt: I’m still ticked off that Snape threw that sword into the middle of the lake when he could’ve just put…

Andrew: Well, listen, we did talk about that. I said that you had to be a true Gryffindor to hop in there. That includes being…

Matt:[unintelligible]…in order to to get out of the tent too.

Andrew: Right, okay.

Matt: I don’t care. I’m…

Mikey: You’re just angry. It’s all right.

Matt: Ugh, just don’t, don’t…

Andrew: But in terms of whether we don’t know whether or not Harry was being stabbed, I mean, I didn’t think that was very important…

Laura: No.

Andrew: …to discuss.

Laura: No.

Matt: We really only talk about anything that has real discussion length – important for…

Andrew: Well, yeah, that’s the thing. Yeah, we try to talk about things that will…

Laura: Yeah, because I mean…

Andrew: …fill up the discussion.

Laura: Sometimes we have trouble when we’re picking stuff out of the chapters because some stuff is just so cool and you just want to bring it up and be like, “this is really cool,” or, “this was an amazing bit of writing right here.” But then there’s nothing else you can say about it except for that.

Matt: Very good.

Laura: So then…

Mikey: And a perfect example right now. We’ve been recording for an hour and 40 minutes. So we try to get through it because we have to
keep the shows to a manageable length.

Eric: Basically, dude, our bad.

Matt: No!

Eric: What are we trying to say here? Because there is…

Andrew: No, I just wanted to address his concerns.

Matt: And we do actually read the books.

Mikey: I listen to them again just to make sure I’m on…

Matt: Dude, I know…

Andrew: I mean reading them again wouldn’t have done anything. We just – We pick out things when we read it and we do read it thoroughly. We’re not skimming it or reading Spark Notes.

Eric: Well, to say, that’s the purpose of voicemails. Thank you for contributing those to…

Andrew: Thank you for your concern. Next voicemail.


Voicemail: Visiting Seattle


[Audio]: Hi! This is Sofia, your ten year-old fan from Seattle. I was just wondering, why don’t you consider coming to Seattle for a week for a tour or something? It seems like you never come here. Thanks, pickles! Bye!

Andrew: Aw, she’s cute!

Mikey: She said, “pickles”!

Andrew: That’s why I put that voicemail in. I know Matt’s kind of excited, and I think we’ve discussed it briefly with Mikey. We’re tossing around the idea of possibly doing some sort of West Coast tour with the Remus Lupins at the end of August, or in August.

Mikey: Yeah!

Matt: I think it’s mid-August, yeah.

Mikey: It’s in August.

Andrew: So, I don’t know. Nothing’s officially yet, but Alex is down for something. Alex and the band are down for something, and we’re down
for something. So, we’ll see.

Mikey: You know what? I think if we do like a West Coast tour, we should have them on the panel also.

Andrew: Who?

Mikey: The Remus Lupins.

Andrew: Oh yeah, yeah. If they want to.

Mikey: They’ve all read the books.

Matt: Well, it’s probably going to be like a podcast slash concert like last year.

Mikey: Yeah, but last time it was like the podcast and the concert. We should just do it like all like mixed together because, you know, I think me and Andrew…

Matt: Like a podcast and…

Mikey: Yeah!

Matt: …a concert at the same time?

Mikey: Yeah! Well, not like that completely.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: But, you know, I personally think Andrew and me did a great job when we were singing with the Remus Lupins. So, we could maybe a big thing.


Voicemail: Harry Potter on Broadway


[Audio]: Hi, guys! It’s Chelsea from Kampar. Just wanted to say I love the show. What do you think of the rumors that have been going around for a few years now that Harry Potter is going to hit Broadway? Love the show, and, Laura, keep up the good work, I know you don’t really hate Ron like everyone thinks you do. Love you!

Laura: Aw, thank you!

Andrew: Harry Potter musical. Rumors were flying around a while ago but…

Mikey: That would be amazing on so many different levels.

Andrew: …I mean, you know, now that I think about it, anything’s possible.

Laura: Yeah, it’s true. I mean, I’m not going to lie, but I think it would be kind of silly.

Matt: I – I’m kind of…

Andrew: Silly to have one?

Matt: No, I’m with Laura.

Andrew: Silly to have one?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yes.

Laura: I mean, just the whole premise of it, because – the thing – I mean, musicals…

Matt: After the bomb of The Lord of the Rings on Broadway too.

Andrew: Wait, can I – can I give you a sample to like give you an idea of what it could be like?

Laura: Oh, god.

Matt: You play Hairspray, I will kill you.

[“Good Morning Baltimore” starts playing]

Mikey: Okay. Hey! Hey, come on Andrew! Let’s hear it.

Andrew: [singing] Good morning Hogwarts School! Every day’s like an open door! Every night is a fantasy! Every sound’s like a symphony! Good morning Hogwarts School!

Laura: Okay, Andrew. You’re done.

Andrew: [still singing] And someday when I take out my wand the world’s gonna wake up and see…!

Laura: Andrew.

Andrew: [still singing] Ginny Weasley and me!

Matt: Andrew!

Laura: Okay.

Mikey: Oh geez.

[Music ends]

Laura: Let me just say something.

Andrew: I think that’s how it could start.

Mikey: You know what, though? I would go.

Matt: Oh, I would definitely go.

Mikey: I would go to see it regardless.

Matt: I just don’t think it’s going to happen.

Mikey: I just don’t think we should ever let Andrew audition for it.

Laura: No, because if Andrew was on the soundtrack and it got put on iTunes, they would either have to remove or significantly decrease the preview segment on there to keep people’s ears from bleeding.

Matt and Mikey: Oooh….

Andrew: What was wrong about that, though? I mean, it set up the plot. My voice was fine.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: I hit all the notes.

Mikey: [laughing, and imitating Andrew] “My voice was fine!”

Matt: He’s like one of the contestants on American Idol. “Okay. All right. Okay.”

Andrew: You guys are kind of mean. All right. Next voicemail.


Voicemail: Relating Harry Potter to The Exorcist


[Audio]: Hi, this is Emily from Chicago. I was calling regarding 134, the most recent MuggleCast. There was a comment made on the show about whether or not the R.A.B. locket or Horcrux wanted Ron to stab it, and my opinion is that it’s very much like the movie The Exorcist in regarding the fact that it was torturing Ron and that was its primary goal. And when it used the bubble heads of Ron – or of Harry and Hermione – it was trying to torture him and prevent him from doing so. In other words, it was using things that would torture him and making him afraid to do it. In the film The Exorcist, that’s exactly what the demon did to the girl Regan, as far as it made her feel vulnerable and the people that were trying to get the demon out of her (like the priest) – the demon used the voice of his mother, who he felt he abandoned, and when he heard the mother’s voice coming out of the demon, it made him struggle. So that’s what I feel like the locket did – it was trying to stall Ron, it wasn’t wanting him to stab him. It was wanting him to stall so that it could torture him as long as possible.

Andrew: I think that’s cool.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: I love The Exorcist.

Andrew: Well, good thing you made that comparison last week.

Mikey: You would. No, I agree completely. Yeah. Torture.

Andrew: And next voicemail.


Voicemail: Portraits of Hogwarts Founders


[Audio]: Yeah, real quick question. This is Brett from southern Cali. I just wanted to ask: If there was portraits of all the old Headmasters in Hogwarts, why wasn’t there like portraits of the founding fathers? I think that would have been pretty cool to have them there. You’d have, you know, Gryffindor there – you could ask him all kinds of questions and whatnot. So, anyway, I was just curious why – you know, why she wouldn’t do that. All right. Peace.

Andrew: Is that kind of weird that there aren’t pictures? At least I don’t think we’ve seen any.

Matt: Well, maybe, they just didn’t have that kind of knowledge of the paintings at the time, because…

Laura: Yeah. That’s what I was thinking.

Matt: …they just have like – they have like…

Mikey: Yeah. Yeah, magical…

Matt: …statues and stuff. That’s probably what they did back then, was just like statues of all the founding fathers and things.

Andrew: Wasn’t the magic just as old as the wizards?

Laura: Yeah, but I think…

Matt: Well the magic is just as old but doesn’t mean they necessarily…

Laura: Knew. Yeah.

Matt: …had – like they’re given a handbook of all the things you can do with magic. I mean, they had to learn it in time.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Mikey: Yeah, it’s like – well no, a perfect example is there’s constantly experimental spells and stuff like that. They’re constantly learning more and more things that they can do with their magical powers.

Matt: Yeah. And they were probably – they were also reigning during a time where – did they even have portraits back then? Even for Muggles?

Laura: Well, they said it was…

Mikey: It was expensive, it was expensive.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Like 300 – the year 300 or something like that.

Mikey: I thought it was 1,000.

Laura: No, it was 1000 years ago, so…

Mikey: 1,000 years ago, so the year 1000.

Matt: Okay, I rounded up a little bit.

Mikey: [laughs] Oh, okay, from 300 to 1000. Yeah, it was a small rounding. You know? It’s about the same. You know, you can have $300, I’ll have $1,000, we’ll have an equal amount of money.

Matt: Yeah, it probably wasn’t even something they really thought of, either. It was – you know, I – like in our culture, you know, way back then, they didn’t really have paintings or things. They made statues, like in Greek times and things.

Mikey: Can you imagine how weird that’d be if you could animate a statue? Like, I know Dumbledore did it, but can you imagine making a statue of yourself or having someone make a statue of you? And then it being coming to life? How awkward would that be? A bunch of Mikey statues.

Laura: That’d freak me out.

Mikey: “I’m Mikey B! I’m Mikey B!”

Laura: Oh my Mhm.

Mikey: Just all talking about – they would just be so much fun.

Andrew: I have a hard enough time listening to myself, so watching and listening…

Matt: Statues are scary enough when they don’t move.

Andrew: Yeah. I attest to that. It’s time for…


Make The Music Conneciton


[Audio plays for “Make the Music Connection” Segment]

Andrew: Matt, we’re going to start with you.

[“New Soul” by Yael Naim begins playing]

Andrew: “New Soul” made popular by Apple and their MacBook Pro ad.

Mikey: MacBook Pro ad.

Andrew: MacBook Air, sorry.

Eric: You mean Air.

Andrew: Matt, I thought you could probably come up with something good. New soul…

Matt: New soul…split souls…oh, I got it. A montage of Voldemort creating his Horcruxes.

Andrew: [laughs] That’s good.

Eric: That’s what all the little Horcruxes…

Mikey: After their created…”I’m a new soul!”

Eric: Dancing around…

Mikey: That’d be amazing.

Eric: That’s awesome, actually. That’s really incredible.

Andrew: All right. Good, good. Good job.

Matt: Oh, th-th-th-th-thanks.

Andrew: Laura, your turn.

Laura: Oh boy.

[“Big Girls Don’t Cry” by Fergie begins playing”]

[Guys laugh]

Laura: What’s this?

Andrew: “Big Girls Don’t Cry” by Fergie.

Laura: Wow.

Andrew: This is a challenge song.

Laura: Yeah, way to pick an artist I don’t listen to. Uhhh…I guess…

Andrew: Well, just come up with an idea based off the title. “Big Girls Don’t Cry.”

Laura: I guess I would have to come up with the idea of Ginny not being all sappy about Harry leaving.

Andrew: Okay, that’s good. I like it.

Eric: Can I be next?

Matt: Sure.

Andrew: Sure, Eric.

Matt: “Sure, Eric,” as we pat his little head.

Andrew: All right. Hmmm. One of you guys is going to get a challenger song, but, Eric, I’ll stick you with this one.

[“Apologize” by Timbaland begins playing]

Andrew: “Apologize” by Timbaland.

Eric: I heard that song playing when the tension was brewing in these past few chapters between Hermione and Ron. When Ron got back.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: She wants him to apologize.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I like that.

Eric: He won’t do it. He’s trying to suck up, trying to be funny, trying to make her laugh and stuff, but all she wants from him is apologize.

Mikey: Wow.

Andrew: I like it. I like it. Lastly, Mikey, this is a challenge song. Chances are you haven’t heard of this. I’ll just give you a clue first. It’s by Ashlee Simpson, so…

Mikey: All right.

Andrew: I thought the title – I thought you could easily make a connection out of this.

[“Out of my Head” by Ashlee Simpson begins playing]

Andrew: [laughs] Oh, geez! “Out of my Head” by Ashlee Simpson.

Mikey: My friend does this music video. Ummm… [laughs]

Andrew: All right, so let’s…

Mikey: Of course, I’ve seen the song. And I’ve heard it way too many times so I’m going to cut it. Um, “Out of my Head.” Wow, now I’m throwing a blank on this one. Oh, who does this remind me of? Crazy. This reminds me of Bellatrix, in general. Just, like, crazy witch – you know, the hair and everything.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Like, I’m thinking – I’m trying to remember what would specifically make me think of her. But just – Bellatrix – just the stuff she does. She’s like – she’s fanatical. And being out of your head kind of makes me think of being almost fanatical and insane and crazy. Kind of like how we are almost fanatical about the Harry Potter series. But…

Andrew: Mhm. I was going to say when Voldemort’s always getting into his mind.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah.

Andrew: Or when Snape is trying to get into his mind. [laughs]

Matt: When Voldemort is trying to – in Professor Quirrell’s head.

Andrew: [laughs] This song starts playing… [laughs] That’s so freaky.

Mikey: Yeah, I guess. I can see where you’re coming from with that, but just the mood of the song just does not fit that. You know?

Andrew: Well, yeah. I always – I don’t care for the mood – I always just go for what would be the funniest. [laughs]

Mikey: Well, I’m saying, I don’t know if you’ve seen the video – and so right away – and I didn’t really work on this video. I had friends who worked on it. And the video actually shows Ashlee Simpson in a straight coat, doing some crazy, jittery dancing thing. And right away, when I thought of that, I thought of Bellatrix Lestrange. Because…

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Mikey: …she’s being out of it, in general. You know?

Andrew: Mhm.

Mikey: So that’s where it came from. And I apologize. It probably wasn’t that good of a connection.

Laura: No, it was fine.

Eric: It was all right, Mikey.

Andrew: All right. And, Matt, you got one for me?

[“Clocks” by Coldplay begins playing]

Andrew: All right, well, I mean, this could be played in any scene where – all right, how about this? Goblet of Fire.

Matt: Ugh! Okay.

Andrew: Harry’s dueling it up with Voldemort. Their wands meet. And all of a sudden, everything goes into slow motion and this song starts playing. [sings] “Lights go out…”

Laura: Ummm, no.

Andrew: I don’t know if it’s a good connection.

Matt: I guess. Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: I was thinking of the Time-Turner in Prisoner of Azkaban.

Mikey: You see, I was thinking that too. And there’s also a scene in the seventh book when Harry sees Dumbledore in the train station. And they talk. That, right there, I can also see it too. Because it’s like – the intro is like – [Hums to the song]. It’s kind of rising back up. I like that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, okay, I’m sorry. I thought I had a good one.

Andrew: No, it was good.

Mikey: It was good. We’re just saying that Andrew wasn’t good at responding to it.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Mikey: Matt, you’re awesome. Andrew, on the other hand…

Andrew: Forget you guys.

[Matt laughs]

Mikey: Andrew disagrees.

Andrew: All right. Lovers. All right, that does it for Make the Music Connection this week.

[Song ends]

Andrew: We’ll start taking some requests. I mean, the people have been e-mailing them in. But if you have an idea for a future Make the Connection songs to use, send it in to mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com with “Make the Music Connection” in the headline.

All right, let’s wrap things up with…[Music begins and stops]… Ugh! Crap! All right, let’s wrap…

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: I clicked the wrong thing. Uhhh…

Eric: I personally think it’s very amusing.

Andrew: All right, let’s wrap things up today.

Mikey: All right! Let’s wrap things up!


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


[Audio plays for “Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul” Segment]

Andrew: “Hello, all! I discovered MuggleCast when I was very pregnant with my third child. I’d been a Harry Potter fan for years but didn’t know many others. Of course, I knew plenty of people that have read the books, but most of the people I knew were not true fans that could talk theories and have debates for hours. This is where you all came in! Anyway, a few months after finding your show, I had a beautiful baby boy. I was thrilled, overjoyed, happy beyond all belief. And twenty-five pounds over weight! Now MuggleCast has a new role in my life. Everyday, I would strap my baby into a stroller, put my headphones on, and hit the pavement! I walked for hours, catching up on old episodes. Sometimes, I would walk right past my house just so I could hear the end of whatever you were all debating! As the weather got colder, I’d hit the gym. I got lots of strange looks when I laugh out loud at something one of you said. Listening to you guys talk about the books that I have loved for a long time was a fabulous motivation. I only allowed myself to listen while exercising. Needless to say, the pounds came off in no time at all. I still listen to all of your episodes while working out and I still crack up. So, thank you, MuggleCast. You helped me lose my baby weight while being entertained and educated at the same time. From Amy W, aged 30-something, Boston.”

[Lots of talking at once]

Laura: …Amy Winehouse story.

Andrew: [laughs] Amy Winehouse, no. Far from it. Yeah, thank you, Amy, very much. That’s great.

Everyone: Yeah.

Eric: And, Amy, just another thing. We might be showing up in Boston sometime soon. We’d love to see you and your kids.

[Show music begins]

Andrew: Working on it, working on it. Yeah, we would love to meet you. That would be fun, that would be fun.

Matt: I want to see your kid, too.

Mikey: Kids. [laughs]

Laura: Sounds so creepy.

Eric: We’ll sign their little t-shirts, you know? Their little sneakers?

Mikey: Have you seen little baby sneakers? They’re so tiny! They’re awesome!


Contact Information


Andrew: It is time to wrap up the show today. We want to remind everyone of our contact information. So, Laura, if someone wants to mail some parcel mail, where do they do that?

Laura: It’s:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, GA
30028

Andrew: If you want to be featured on the show in the form of a voicemail, you can call in your question or comment. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677. If you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast. No matter how you call us, just remember to keep your message under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible, please.

You can also contact us using the handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com. Or you can also just e-mail us using our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

Eric: Andrew, that could really get out of hand.

Andrew: Also visit the MuggleCast website for numerous amounts of community outlets, including the MySpace, the Facebook, the YouTube, the Frappr, the Last.fm, and the ever growing Fanlisting and Forums.

You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, and vote for – please! – at Podcast Alley. It’s MuggleCast March, we have to win.

Mikey: M for MuggleCast, M for March. We got to win, guys, come on.

Matt: It’s fate. There’s only one month – oh no, two.

Mikey: [laughs] “Only one. I mean, two.”


Show Close


Andrew: That does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Apologies to J.K. Rowling, but we are out of time. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Mikey: I’m Mikey B.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening. We’ll see you next week for Episode 136. Bye-bye.

Laura: Bye-bye!

Mikey: Word.

Matt: Buh-byyyye.

[Show music ends]


Blooper 1


Eric: Speaking of that saying, Andrew, “betting man,” I’ve been looking at the titles of the past few MuggleCasts. I think we’re slacking, dude. They don’t seem as upbeat and awesome as they have been in the past. I think we need to work on getting cooler titles for our MuggleCasts.

Andrew: [sighs] Okay.

Mikey: Coolest title ever for MuggleCast!

Eric: I don’t want to insult you, but…

Andrew: Going into announcements now, though…

Eric: Hang on a second, Andrew, we just have one suggestion here. “Magically Delicious.” Do you know what that’s all about?

Laura: Oh, gods.

Matt: No.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Don’t fuel the fire.

Laura: Eww.

Matt: What?

Laura: You say one little thing that’s like, “Oh, I don’t mind,” then suddenly it explodes and it’s just…

Eric: It’s just wet and sticky and all over your face.

Andrew: Ew.

Laura: What!?

[Everyone moans]

Laura: Eric!

Eric: You said it, Laura!

Laura: No!

Andrew: On a more serious note…

Laura: You said…[laughs]…ewww…


Blooper 2


Andrew: That was kind of mean. [laughs]

Eric: So, we’re not doing voicemails this week, right?

Andrew: What?

Eric: We’re not doing voicemails, or are we?

Andrew: No, we are!

Laura: How many are there?

Andrew: There’s – oh, come on, they’re good.

Laura: But how…

Matt: We’re only at an hour and nineteen minutes in, guys.

Andrew: It took us four minutes to start this show.

Laura: I know, but how many voicemails are there?

Andrew: There’s seven, but we’ll get through them quickly.

Matt: Well, there’s 12, but…

Eric: There’s seven?

Andrew: There’s six, but they’re not – they’re not huge discussions. A couple of them are just comments.

Eric: Keep going, please, just…

Laura: Okay.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Lost is starting in four hours.

Eric: Dude, more like 12 minutes.

Matt: Oh, three, sorry.

———————–

Transcript #134

MuggleCast 134 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com

[Show music begins]

Andrew: Because I’m a potty mouth, get ready for some bleepage, this is MuggleCast Episode 134 for March 1, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: Hi, everyone. Welcome back to the program. I just wanted to start the show off this week with a few e-mails I got about last week’s show. So let me kick it off here.

Jen, from New Jersey: “I just wanted to tell you that you accidentally dropped the F-bomb in Episode 133 at 59 minutes, 31 seconds. Just wanted to tell you so you can edit it out, or whatever.”

Ima Clone, from Nashville: “At 59, 30 of Episode 133, you dropped an F-bomb. Not very family friendly, as you mentioned earlier in the episode.”

Jessica B., 17 of Cobleskill, NY: “You said a very bad word during minute 59 and you missed it again. Woops, slipping up in your old age.”

Nick B., 13 of Boston: “I can’t believe you dropped an F-bomb on the show and didn’t cut it out. Can you believe this was my mom’s first show? Just kidding, but I thought I might point it out to you. Hahaha.”

Emily, 18 of Lynchburg College, Virginia: “Just FYI, Andrew, you dropped an F-bomb that made it through editing at 59:31 on Episode 133. Just thought you should know. Not really concerned, but thought you might be.”

From Matt: “Hey, Andrew, you accidentally forgot to edit yourself out saying” [beep] “around 50, 60 minutes into the show. It is not really noticeable, but I thought I would let you know.”

Holien: “You totally said” [beep] “on air at 59 minutes, 31 seconds. Oopsies!”

I know! I said the F word! Sorry! Argh!

Matt: What’s the…wait.

Laura: Now you know how I feel when you forget to edit me.

[Andrew sighs]

Matt: What’s the word? The F…Is it “fecal matter”?

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Is it “frustrated”?

Andrew: Yes, Matt, whatever you say.

Matt: Oh, wait. It’s [beep].

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: You said [beep] on the show, Andrew? You’re not supposed to say [beep] on the show.

Laura: I can’t [beep]-ing believe you [beep] said that, you [beep] moron.

Elysa: [series of beeps]

Andrew: Guys, seriously, seriously. Shut the [beep] up.

[Laura and Andrew laugh]

Andrew: Ummm….

Laura: Yeah, It’s really great when you produce a quality show and the only e-mails you get are about one slip up.

Andrew: Seriously, it was 99%, “59 minutes, 30 seconds you said the F- Bomb.” No, thanks, everyone, seriously, for e-mailing it in. I do appreciate it, though. [beep}

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: [sings] “I am the walrus. CooCookachu! CooCookachu!” Matt Britton.

Elysa: And I’m Elysa Montford.

[Show music continues playing louder]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Andrew-imitating-Micah: Thanks, Andrew. To the discouragement of many, J.K. Rowling updated her official site earlier this week with a new entry to the “Rumors” portion of her site. She lets everyone know that all the J.K. Rowling profiles on popular social networking sites are fake. To quote, “I like to imagine them partying with my imaginary friends in some bright and shining alternative universe.”

And as most of you know, J.K. Rowling and Warner Brothers are currently in a legal battle with RDR Books concerning a Potter Encyclopedia by the Harry Potter Lexicon. J.K.R. and WB are fighting the publication of the book, and just the other day, Jo submitted her declaration. In it she makes several statements about the fandom as a whole. As the AP reports, Rowling said she was especially irked that the site’s owner and the Lexicon’s would-be publisher, RDR Books, continue to insist that her acceptance of free, fan-based websites justified the efforts. To quote J.K. Rowling, “I am deeply troubled by the portrayal of my efforts to protect and preserve the copyrights I have been granted on the Harry Potter books.”

Apple’s iTunes Music Store recently added movies to its lineup of offerings, and this week they added Order of the Phoenix to their directory. You are now able to rent it for thirty days for $3.99. Once you start playing the movie, you have twenty-four hours to finish it. Sorcerer’s Stone through Goblet of Fire are also expected to be added to the store in the coming months.

And finally this week, happy birthday to Ron Weasley. J.K. Rowling updated her site with the news.

On a final note, Andrew Sims is awesome. That does it for this March 1, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


News Discussion: Lois Lowry’s Slip-up


Andrew: All right, thank you, Micah. So, it was another slow news week. My roller coaster theory continues, as I tell everyone. I think really the only thing worth pointing out this week is that Lois Lowry updated her blog to apologize about her little slip-up. And this is really funny because she felt – and I felt bad reading this, and I knew she was going to feel bad as soon as she made that post. [laughs] She made an apology. She was flabbergasted at how the one little blurb on her site spread across the Internet, and that she also wrote to the film producer and she says, quote, “who was extremely gracious, more than I deserved, in her reply.” What do you guys think? Isn’t it amazing how she feels so guilty now? I feel bad for her.

Matt: Well, yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I mean, I guess you look – and The Giver is a great book. I mean, wonderful, but the circulation of The Giver is nowhere near the level of Harry Potter. So I guess she wasn’t expecting that her blog was going to be as widely read as it ended up being.

Andrew: Yeah, right. All you need is one Harry Potter fan to be following that blog, and you’re done for.

Laura: It’s like the domino effect, seriously.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah. So that was interesting. That’s really the only thing that happened this week, and we’re just still waiting for this announcement from Warner Brothers to be like, “Okay, movie’s split in two and David Yates is the director.” I mean it’s out now.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So just tell us already before more people leak it. And like we have been saying, once that announcement is made we will be doing a live show to talk about the developments that Warner Brothers announces. Of course we’ve already sort of talked about them, but we’ll hold off on any more discussion until our live show, which we’re really excited to do, because we haven’t done one in awhile. It will also be Matt’s first, and Elysa, if you’re around, you can be on.

Elysa: Excellent.

Andrew: Your first live show, interact with the fans.

Elysa: Sweet.

Andrew: The pickle lovers.

Matt: It’s going to be my first time.

[Elysa laughs]


MuggleCast News Entries


Andrew: Your first time. Your first time. Speaking of news, last week we stared a contest with Micah to find a couple people to read the news for a week. We have the top five entries, Micah has picked out the top five entries, and we’re going to play them for you right now, and then you will be able to vote in a poll, so let’s take a listen to those five entries right now.

Entry 1 Audio: This is [unintelligible] reporting on this week’s top Harry Potter news. J.K. Rowling updated her website to wish Ron Weasley a happy March 1st birthday. She also made a new post to her “Rumors” section to dispel the notion that any of the J.K. Rowling profiles on social networking websites, such as MySpace or Facebook, is actually her. In sporting news, the all girls Rosary High School in Fullerton, California now has a three team Quidditch league. Their teams, The Basilisks, Phoenixes, and They Who Must Not Be Named, have already met on the pitch, though there is no word on whether they plan to go toe-to-toe with their east coast Quidditch counterparts. Back to you in the studio.

Entry 2 Audio: This week’s episode of the Harry Potter podcast welcomes a new host, MuggleNet FanFiction’s Elysa Montford, who is also celebrating her 21st birthday. It’s a six person panel and discusses the latest Deathly Hallows film developments, continues to analyze the Deathly Hallows book, and much more. Elysa Montford is in good company this week, as Weasley twins James and Oliver Phelps celebrated their 22nd birthday this past Monday, as well as actor Timothy Spall who turns 51 today. That’s all the news for this February 27, 2008 submission to MuggleCast.

Entry 3 Audio: [Harry Potter theme in background] Daniel Radcliffe has gotten two of the top theater awards at the WhatsOnStage.com Theater Goer’s Choice Awards for his West End debut in Equus. Radcliffe described playing the role of Alan Strang as “one of the greatest experiences of my life.” Also, Happy Birthday to actor Timothy Spall who portrays Peter Pettigrew in Harry Potter films as he celebrates his 51st birthday today. My name is Thomas Lian and this was the Harry Potter news for February 27.

Entry 4 Audio: Hello, MuggleCasters, this is Becca Shistler reading your news. J.K. Rowling continues her crusade against caged children. According to a report by The Sun, J.K. Rowling is teaming up with Gordon Brown and his wife Sarah to stop instances of caging children in Romania. Gordon Brown will meet with Calin Popescu-Tariceanu while Jo Rowling will meet with Sarah Brown in an attempt to better the situation. Jo is very passionate about this cause.

Entry 5 Audio: All right, thanks, Andrew. Rupert Grint who plays Ron Weasley in the Potter films has recently shaved his head. Producer David Heyman comments, “Well, it certainly was a shock, and although he still looks as hot, as the fangirls would say, as ever, we’re not sure if we can have a Ron Weasley without red hair.” And one final announcement: I’d like to wish Emerson Spartz a very Happy 21st Birthday. We all love him very much. That’s all the news for this February 26th, 2008. Back to the show.

Andrew: Okay, so visit MuggleCast.com for a poll on the right side of the page, and you’ll be able to vote for your favorite entry. I hope everyone took a lot of time considering everyone, giving everyone a fair chance, and vote for your favorite news anchor to replace Micah for a week, and then I think we’re going to two people; one person one week and then one the next, so…that should be fun.

Matt: Yeah. I’m excited.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: [laughs] Heyho!


Announcement: Vote for us on Podcast Alley


Andrew: Heyho! Hey, Matt, it’s a new month, it’s March now. Do you know what that means?

Matt: I know it is. March Madness?

Andrew: Yeah. For all the Harry Potter fans, what does that mean?

Laura: March Madness?

Matt: I don’t know. Oh, Oh! I don’t know.

Andrew: [laughs] It is a new month, which means vote for us on Podcast Alley. As everyone should know, Podcast Alley is a big directory of podcasts, and they have a top ten list, and you guys get us up there on the top ten by voting once a month. It’s simple. You just put in your e-mail address, you press vote, then you get an e-mail from Podcast Alley, they say “verify your vote,” you verify it, and you’re done. And the reason…

Matt: That’s awesome.

Andrew: …we like asking you all to vote is because we like to stay high up on that list, so people looking to find out more about podcasts, check out some new ones, or like if a reporter is doing a story on podcasting, and they go to that site and find out more. And see that MuggleCast is one of the top shows.

Matt: Well actually, Andrew Sims, where are we located on the Podcast Alley? Where are we ranked on the top ten for February?

Andrew: I don’t know, Matt Britton. Do you have the list up? I’m loading it right now.

Matt: I actually do. It is actually number four.

Andrew: Oooo. That’s pretty good.

Matt: Under Keith and the Girl and Nobody Likes Onions.

Andrew: And Blast to the Right…

Laura: Oh.

Andrew: …which I think is a political – yeah it’s a political podcast. I guess Laura and Elysa would like that. Kick right-wing butt? Yeah, that sounds like something…

Laura: Yeah, I’d be all over that.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: You should join up.

Matt: [sings] Everyone to the left, to the left, everything you own in the box to the left.

Andrew: Okay.

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: Umm…

[Elysa laughs]


Announcement: Plans for Boston and Baltimore


Andrew: Spring tour! We announced this a couple weeks ago, a few weeks ago. Probably a month ago now at this point. And we said we were working on it, so you guys knew. And it turns out… [blows raspberry] …not happening. We tried to get a couple book chains on with us, and neither of them want to do it right now because nothing is really happening in terms of Harry Potter.

Matt: Are we really not doing it?

Andrew: We’re not doing the full five-stop tour.

Matt: Oh, okay. Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. However, we are looking into the possibility of doing just two stops. And we decided on Boston and Baltimore. Now keep in mind nothing’s official, we are going to have to push the date back, but we are going to try to do these two stops and try to do a little weekend tour sometime in mid to late April. I think at this point that would be our best bet since we want to give people an ample amount of time to plan. So we’re asking for anyone in the Boston and Baltimore area – we know you guys want to come, you’ve voted on the poll already. If you have any connections to anyone like a library or a bookstore that would be willing to host a podcast that would hold 400 to 500 people we’re looking at, about, for each one of these. E-mail me; andrew at staff dot mugglenet dot com, and let me know, and if you hook us up with a good venue we’ll buy you lunch or buy you dinner. Take you out – take you out to dinner. Dinner with the MuggleCasters.

Matt: How about a T-shirt?

Andrew: You pay for tip though. Yeah, sure. A T-shirt too.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]


Announcement: Team Effort


Andrew: And lastly, on the announcements today, we just wanted to take a moment. Sometimes, we like to make public service announcements here on the show. And now we’re talking about something else. Right, Laura?

Laura: Mhm. Yeah, actually, Mason Dewitt, everyone’s favorite GoDaddy guy, has started a Relay for Life team called Team Effort.

Matt: [imitating Mason’s ad] Oh, yeah.

Laura: [laughs] For those of you who aren’t aware, Relay for Life is run by the American Cancer Association to raise funds for cancer research and cure. Anyway, Mason’s goal is to raise $5000 for his team. So I think we can put that link in the show notes, Andrew, I believe?

Andrew: Yeah. We’re going to make a post on MuggleCast.com with a link to where you can donate.

Laura: Yeah, and, honestly, it’s such a great cause and I mean I completely relate to not having tons and tons of money to throw at charitable causes. I myself put in ten dollars. I’m hoping to put in more as time goes on. I understand the perspective of being a poor college student, but really, the minimum donation that counts is five dollars. Every little bit helps, and cancer is something that affects so many people. I know that it runs rampant in my family, and there are several other people I know who have been personally affected by it, so…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …it’s definitely something we need to be concerned about.

Andrew: I give Mason a lot of credit for this, because he has been really – he’s really been pushing this with all of his friends. He’s been getting his friends on Facebook to help spread the word, on blogs to spread the word, and he came to us, and he does – he puts in his time with the show doing ads for MuggleCast, and we really appreciate that, so we are more than happy to help him out with this, and a really great cause. And, you know, it’s 100% safe. This is going straight to the American Cancer Association, so there’s no doubts about where the money’s going. It is all legit. Again, visit MuggleCast.com for a link, and thank you to everyone who donates. We all appreciate it a lot.


Muggle Mail: No One Cares About the Fans


Andrew: Let’s move on to Muggle Mail. We have three e-mails this week.

Matt: Our first mail comes from Dan, age 15, from Michigan. Dan writes:

“I’m sorry, but I cannot resist e-mailing you guys now about the movies. You guys have been bugging me a lot lately on the podcast when you talk about the films. I’m really not trying to be mean, but here it goes. How naive are you? Do you honestly think that the makers of the films care at all about whether the fans like the films or not? They honestly don’t care about splitting the seventh film into two. Of course it’s about making money. Perhaps a couple people here or there might actually want to do it for the fans, but to get approval from Warner Brothers, it’s just to make money guys. Additionally, does anyone actually like the movies? Well, obviously you guys do. They are really childish. They have stupid jokes and are made terribly, not only from a reader’s standpoint but also from the view of someone looking for a good movie. Just putting my two cents.”

That was from Dan.

Andrew: [laughs] I love how you like to add your own personality to these e-mails.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] It’s funny. I agree with this guy. I think he makes a good point.

Matt: Naah.

Andrew: Well, let me say this. I mean he’s right. The big wigs at Warner Brothers are ultimately making the decisions and, let’s face it, what are they in it for?

Matt: Of course they are in it for money.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: But it’s kind of an extreme to think that it’s just all to make money. Because come on, guys, honestly, the people who have been working on this series for ten years, do you honestly think they don’t put into account about the fans being happy about it?

Andrew: I think with the seventh movie they do care. And I think they care personally because it is the final one. This is their last chance to recreate one of the books, so I think that’s why they want to put extra care in it, because once it’s done, it’s done forever. Chances are there won’t ever be a Harry Potter remake, so, you know, I think they feel they have this project really close to their hearts, because imagine, like you said Matt, they have been working on it for ten years and now it’s over.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: They want to make something special.

Matt: Well, they know they screwed us with the other films, too.

Andrew: Right. [laughs]

Laura: Well, I mean, do you really feel confident that they would never do a Harry Potter remake? They did a remake of Narnia.

Andrew: I would say in the next fifty years.

Matt: Fifty years. Wow!

Laura: It would be a while down the road, but there was originally Narnia movies make in the eighties.

Matt: Yeah, but that was from like the BBC.

Laura: Oh, was it? BBC? Really?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think Harry Potter’s different because it’s, you know, it’s what it is. We’ve never seen anything like it before. That’s the other problem, too. With a fandom this popular, with a series this popular, I just can’t see it being remade. I don’t know. It – maybe.

Matt: I’m sure it will be remade, but just not now.

Laura: Yeah, I mean, they could make tons of money off a remake. Seriously.

Andrew: Of course.

Laura: But what I’m curious about is that I don’t remember when we ever explicitly said that Warner Brothers was doing this for the fans.

Matt: We didn’t.

Andrew: Well, we sort of did, because David Barron said that’s what the fans want. The fans want a movie and…

Laura: Well, I mean, it’s a win-win. The fans want it and they’re going to make more money off of it.

Andrew: Right.

Laura: So I don’t really see what the debate is.

Andrew: True.

Matt: And it’s kind of – I don’t think it’s naive for us to think that the makers of the film don’t care if the fans like it or not.

Andrew: I completely disagree with that, sir, Dan, 15, of Michigan, and I’ll debate you on that. That’s disgusting. I mean the people who work on this crew are dedicated to the films. And I don’t think Dan has ever seen a video interview with these guys. They’re passionate about it.

Matt: He’s only 15, Andrew.

Andrew: I know. Nah, we have to be nice. We’re not trying to be mean. We’re just playing around.


Muggle Mail: Tombstone Inscription


Laura: The next MuggleMail comes from Kara, 17, of Georgia. She writes:

“The meaning of “the last enemy to be destroyed is death,” which comes from Corinthian 15:26 can be found in Revelation 20:14. The death in Hades was thrown into the Lake of Fire. The Lake of Fire is the second death. When the new Heaven and Earth are created there won’t be anymore death, and when anyone whose name is written in the Book of Life will forever be with God in the new Heaven and Earth. The Book of Life contains the names of everyone who put their trust in Jesus to forgive their sins and anyone who was too young when they died to understand that. Frankly, I thought it was strange that you could talk as extensively as you did about the quote on the tombstone and never, that I heard, mention this quote in Revelation.”

Well, I’m not going to lie. I’m not well studied on the Bible. I know some basic – and I do know things about it. I am in a paradise study class right now. I’m not completely ignorant. But when I saw the quote in
the book I – something clicked in my mind, and I realized it was biblical and I went and looked it up in the context in which it was presented. So I didn’t think to go look anywhere else within it, and I’m sorry about that.

Andrew: You’re so sweet.

Laura: Thanks. I’m assuming that Kara is well studied in this subject if she was writing in with it, but this can certainly be interpreted differently.

Matt: Well dang, how many deaths are there?

Laura: [laughs] Well, Matt…

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: The Lake of Fire? Were there stages, like in those cartoons when they fall down a building and they just keep hitting those little shutters one by one by one by one?

Elysa: Well, like Dante’s Inferno, right?

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Dante’s Inferno has a bunch of different levels of Hades and stuff like that.

Laura: Yeah. So that’s definitely an interpretation…

Matt: I’m pretty…

Laura: …of what that could mean, but – I don’t know. I’m not sure that – I mean Jo definitely used a biblical quote, we know she’s a religious person, but I’m not sure she was using it so literally.

Matt: Hades was in the Bible? I didn’t know that.

Laura: Well, it was – I’ll explain later.

Matt: Oh, okay. This is so exciting.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Laura: What the hell? I forgot what I was going to say, but I don’t think that Jo was literally trying to say that Lily and James weren’t in the Lake of Fire? I don’t know.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Were they really religious, either?

Laura: Yeah, I mean we don’t even know that, so…

Andrew: I agree.

Laura: I think it was meant to be more of a literary context.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.


Muggle Mail: Make the Music Connection


Elysa: Aaron, 15, from Washington says:

“Hey, MuggleCast, I was listening to a past episode where you played Make the Music Connection, and Andrew was talking about how he didn’t know what Billy Joel’s “Only the Good Die Young” was about. The song is about a Catholic girl who spends her life doing exactly what she’s told. The narrator of the song is trying to convince her to have some fun because living a dull, unfulfilling life is just as bad as dying. Also, I found a really good place for “Yesterday.” I was thinking that it could go in the last bit of “Order of the Phoenix” right after Dumbledore tells Harry the contents of the prophecy.”

Andrew: Ah, that’d be good.

Elysa: Yeah, it would.

Matt: Hmm.

Andrew: We’ll be playing more Make the Connections later today in the show. I’m really excited about that. A lot of people have been e-mailing in ideas and such, so thanks, everyone.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Keep doing that.

Elysa: I’m interested to see what you come up with this time, Andrew.

Andrew: Oooh.

Laura: Yeah, me too.

Matt: Anymore Hannah Montana?

Andrew: No! No Hannah Montana!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I’m saving that for the live show – for some show – for some music during the show.

Elysa: That was a big hit.

Andrew: What?

Matt: Yeah, it was.

Elysa: Everyone on the forums was all about it. They were saying, “Andrew likes Hannah Montana?”

Andrew: Oh, yeah. [laughs] It’s like when I blew everyone away in England in the live show when I started playing Spice Girls on my iPhone.

Laura: Oh, yeah. I remember that.

[Everyone laughs]


‘Shipping on the MuggleCast Forums


Laura: Oh, man, I’ve seen some interesting things on the forums lately. Have you guys been browsing it?

Andrew: No, I haven’t, but for more visit MuggleCastFan.net/Forums!

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Laura: Please don’t write fanfiction.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I’m just kidding!

Elysa: Laura! Laura, I’m hurt.

Laura: I’m just kidding. I just won’t read it.

Elysa: You’re breaking my heart.

Matt: Is it – is it really even fanfiction though? It sounds more like ‘shipping than it is fanfiction.

Laura: Yeah, it’s – it’s all ‘shipping, basically. They sit there and come up with random ‘ships of all the hosts.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: And then they write stories about it.

Matt: Ugh.

Andrew: I like it.

Matt: It’s complete ‘ships.

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: Good one.

Laura: Although, I have to say, I appreciated the one that had me getting Johnny Depp inebriated and then taking advantage of him.

Elysa: What?!

Matt: That’s hot. Yeah.

Elysa: I didn’t read that one.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Well – and it seems to be – there’s this popular catchphrase that’s going around how, I guess, there’s a Lucky Charms thing with Jamie or something?

Elysa: Magically delicious.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yes! Magically delicious.

Elysa: Magically delicious! Yeah.

Matt: That’s kind of weird.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Laura: Yeah.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 18, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore”


Andrew: All right, so we have some fun segments planned for today, but first we’re going to get right into Chapter-by-Chapter. We’re covering two more chapters this week.

Matt: Yes, we are.

Andrew: This week we are going to touch on Chapters 18 and 19, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore,” and also “The Silver Doe.” [sings] “A deer, a female deer.”

Matt: [sings] A female deer. Yeah!

Andrew: Oh yeah!

Matt: [imitating Mason] Oh yeah, Andrew. Oh, yeah. A doe!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: What is going on this week? Okay! So Chapter 18, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore.”

Matt: Who’s Alice Dumbledore?

Andrew: Albus, I said.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Albus Dumbledore. In this chapter, quick, short summary: They get – Harry and Hermione get their hands on a copy of The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore. They learn about the man in the picture was Gellert Grindelwald, and Rita Skeeter reported in the book that Gellert – is that how you pronounce his name? I hope so.

Elysa: Yeah, that’s how I’ve been saying it.

Laura: Well, yeah. It’s German, so it might be somewhat different, but…


Angry at Rita Skeeter


Andrew: Gellert was very close to Albus Dumbledore for a time when they were young. And so we’ll get right into it this week. Harry is very emo in the start of this chapter because of his wand and what was such a shame – and I was feeling for Harry because in the beginning, he makes the realization that that wand was what saved him from Voldemort because they both had the same cores.

Laura: So after Harry stops being emo about his wand breaking, Hermione comes over, and she has a copy of The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore. It has a note inside of it from Rita Skeeter and it says, “Dear Batty,” to Bathilda, “thanks for the help. Here’s a copy of the book. Hope you like it. You said everything even if you don’t remember it. Rita.” And I read that and I’m just like, “You are a big bitch.”

Andrew: Yeah.

[Everyone gasps]

Elysa: Laura!

Andrew: What do you think Rita did to her?

Laura: Oh, I’m sure she put some kind of memory charm on her.

Elysa: Well, she admits that used Veritaserum, right?

Laura: Oh.

Andrew: Did she? Was that later in the book? I vaguely remember that.

Elysa: No, I’m almost positive. Yeah, I’m pretty sure it said somewhere…

Matt: I’m kind of with Elysa on this. I do kind of vaguely remember something like that.

Elysa: Oh, no wait! Actually, yes, she does. It’s in the article itself. She says, “for the use of Veritaserum,” or something, and reporting stuff. God only knows. I’m looking for it right now.

Andrew: Wow.

Matt: Okay. We’ll just say Veritaserum for now.

Elysa: We’ll just say I’ m right. You know, whatever.

Andrew: Yeah, of course.

Matt: Why not?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: You get one anyway.

Andrew: But yeah, I was happy that we had one last chance to get angry at Rita Skeeter before the series ended.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Oh! I found it!

Andrew: Okay.

Elysa: Okay, sorry. Page 355 in the American version, hardback, it says, “On one subject, however, Bathilda was well worth the effort I put into procuring Veritaserum, for she, and she alone, knows the full story of the best kept secret of Albus Dumbledore’s life.” So yeah, that was definitely at least part of how she got her answers.

Andrew: Hm. Yeah.

Matt: Oh, that’s mean.

Andrew: Thank you for clearing that up, Elysa.

Elysa: [laughs] No problem!

MuggleCast 134 Transcript (continued)


Trans-species Transfiguration


Andrew: Then we also found out that Bathilda had an interest in trans-species Transfiguration, which was kind of ironic seeing as she transformed into a snake.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: So is that like cross-breeding but for magic?

Andrew: Hm?

Elysa: What?

Matt: Trans-species Transfiguration. What does that mean?

Elysa: I would assume that means that you’re taking an animal and transfiguring it into a different species of like…

Matt: Or combining two species or something?

Andrew: Well, because we’re species, so technically we’re turning into a different species, so…

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: You know what I mean?


Dumbledore and Grindewald’s Relationship


Matt: Sure. Will we find out that, actually, old Bathilda, or as I like to call her, Old Bat, or Old Batty – her great nephew turns out to be the infamous…Grindlewald?

Andrew: Who cares though, honestly?

Laura: Oh.

Matt: He was a bad guy.

Elysa: Well, go for it, Andrew. Say what you really think! Who cares?

Andrew: Not me.

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Well, we also find out that Grindlewald and Dumbledore did have a budding relationship.

Andrew: Yeah, see, now this is what I wanted to talk about.

Laura: Oh God.

Matt: See, I wanted to talk about this too.

Elysa: Oh boy.

Andrew: Is…

Matt: Let’s talk about it [whispering] together.

Andrew: [laughs] Is this what J.K. Rowling – was this J.K. Rowling’s one and only, like, sort of hint? One and only clue, even though it’s not really even a clue, that Dumbledore was gay?

Matt: Are you still on that gay thing with Dumbledore?

Andrew: Yeah!

Laura: I don’t think she was trying to leave hints in the books that he was gay. I don’t think it matters.

Andrew: I don’t think so either, but I just find it interesting that when you read back on it now that it’s a little more interesting. I don’t know.

Elysa: No, I agree with you, Andrew.

Andrew: Thank you.

Matt: He had a best friend who was the same sex as him. So does Harry.

Elysa: Yeah, but it does seem interesting, though. I think that – I mean the fact that he waited, I think it said five years before he actually felt like facing him – Dumbledore facing Grindlewald? Like I think that – why would he want to wait so long if it was just a really brief friendship, if it was just, you know, a two month, “Hey, how are you doing? We’re great friends and now something terrible happens and, you know, we never speak again.” I think that it was probably something really awkward and romantic there in order for Dumbledore to be avoiding that so terribly.

Matt: I can – I can probably…

Laura: That’s a good point.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. [sighs] What I love about the whole Dumbledore and Grindlewald friendship is its parallel to a bunch of the heroes/villains in the comic books. Such as, like, from the story of Superman – Lex Luther and Superman – Clark Kent used to best friends when they were children, or when they were in school.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Matt: And then they turned out to be mortal enemies.

Andrew: I think…

Elysa: Good parallel.

Andrew: Why is that?

Matt: [gasps] They never meet!

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Is it just the classic superhero irony? Like they always started as friends, but then turn out to be worst enemies because there’s always that one little thing they always competed for? The enemy, in the end, was always the one who didn’t win.

Matt: I think it’s also – I guess it all exemplifies the fact that they’re more like equals, and they possibly know enough about each other to find their weaknesses.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: But, Matt, kind of going off on what you were saying, what’s interesting about the relationship between Dumbledore and Grindelwald that’s kind of different than some of the parallels you’ve just mentioned is that they both originally had the same view, and it wasn’t a good one.

Matt: No.

Laura: It was that whole idea that wizards should rule over Muggles for the greater good.

Matt: Okay, I have something to say off that too, Laura. I’m sorry, you finished? I didn’t mean to interrupt you.

Laura: Yeah, I just kind of bringing up that point that Dumbledore wasn’t originally good.

Matt: Well, this also goes to another comic book, X-Men with Magneto and Professor Xavier. They both want mutant rights, but they both go about it differently. You know what I mean?

Laura: But rights are different than…

Matt: I’m saying they both had the same views.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: They both wanted the same goals, they just went about it differently, and I think that Dumbledore and Grindelwald share the same passion. It’s just I think that Grindelwald had more of a like a Slytherin attribute where he would do anything just to boost himself, and I think that Dumbledore, as he got older, he started to realize that it’s not really all about him, and he has more compassion than he thought, like the compassion to love.

Laura: Yeah, and I mean I also think Dumbledore came to his senses and realized that the whole philosophy they’d been holding when they were younger was wrong.

Matt: Possibly. He was probably just trying to do it to be – to show off to Grindelwald or something.

Elysa: This is – this is going to be a real stretch, and I don’t know if this would make any sense to you guys, but I was thinking that maybe part of the reason that Dumbledore went along with this – maybe he sort of had these ideas and sort of experimenting with ideology and where he stands with certain issues, and then Grindelwald came along, and he was sort of the force that pushed him over the edge. He was influence, he just sort of succumbed to peer pressure. And that was just – so then once Grindelwald was out of his life he sort of reverted back to questioning things a bit more.

Matt: Well, he probably…

Laura: Yeah, and I think you’re right to say that. Sorry, Matt. I think you’re right to say that, because, not to jump too far ahead, but in the King’s Cross chapter, when Harry’s sort of in that world of limbo between life and death, doesn’t Dumbledore say something about being infatuated with Grindelwald?

Elysa: Yes, he does.

Matt: Yes, he does actually.

Elysa: Which again is a play to the – Andrew’s original idea that maybe there’s something more going on there. That that was the hint that J.K Rowling had always alluded to, and it would also explain why someone as strong willed as Albus Dumbledore would succumb to peer pressure. Of course the average person would succumb much easier if you have a crush or are in love with someone or, as Dumbledore puts it, an infatuation.

Matt: I think it’s definitely more of an infatuation than anything.

Elysa: Right, I agree.

Matt: I think he just – I’m sure that Grindelwald was pretty persuasive, and he pretty much made his beliefs pretty – what’s the word I’m trying to think of? Make it very…

Andrew: Clear?

Elysa: He had strong convictions?

Matt: Yeah. And he made it sound so great and so reachable, and I bet he could’ve said like, “We could do it together,” and, you know, “we can be the best team.”

Elysa: Right. Well, that makes total sense because think about it. He has Aberforth at home, who he was – and even if he got along with him they weren’t the best of friends. Or according to the reports, of course, the Rita Skeeter article. But then I think it says also that his best friend at school was Doge, right?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yes.

Elysa: Yeah, and the book describes Doge as being really [unintelligible] and slow and whatnot, so maybe, you know, maybe Grindelwald was sort of meeting his match, and that’s why he became infatuated. He’d been surrounded by these lesser intellectuals his entire life. And so when he finally met his match he was like, “Whoa.”

Matt: Mhm. And you know whenever you find something that you really – you really connect with, sometimes it becomes addicting and you become infatuated with it, which is probably what he did with Grindelwald.

Elysa: Mhm.

Matt: He probably took it too far and he let his guard down to Grindelwald.

Andrew: Completely.

Elysa: I agree, I agree.

Andrew: And do you – now do you think this is why – we also find out Dumbledore didn’t intervene with Grindelwald’s – you know, the mayhem he started causing for five years. Why do you think he waited? Do you think it was because of that infatuation?

Matt: I think that he felt – I think this was like a transformation point for him when he was looking at all the things that Grindelwald was doing. And he was probably searching his soul seeing if he’s the kind of person that can do that. Kind of like with Harry and the Unforgivable Curses. He knows – Harry knows that he can’t produce those kind of spells, and I think Dumbledore found what kind of person he really was, and he wasn’t the person that he kept portraying himself to Grindelwald for.


What Happened to Ariana?


Laura: Yeah, I agree with that. So we know that Ariana was attacked by a group of Muggles and that, essentially afterward, at the least the impression that I got of it, was that she pretty much kind of crawled back into her shell and never was able to practice magic again.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, if she wasn’t allowed to practice magic, I mean she was being attacked by Muggles, and isn’t it…

Laura: No, no, no.

Matt: …a rule that underage wizards can defend themselves with magic when they’re being attacked?

Laura: But I don’t think she was of age to have attended Hogwarts.

Matt: Ooooh.

Andrew: She was only six.

Laura: I don’t think she was old enough to do anything.

Matt: Oh, she’s only six, okay. That’s what I was wondering.

Laura: But, you know, I’m almost wondering what exactly happened to her, because just the vagueness with which it’s described almost sounds like a sexual assault to me.

Elysa: I agree.

Laura: Like – and just the idea – and like afterwards she didn’t do magic anymore, she was no longer magical, it just seems like they came and robbed her of that somehow.

Matt: It does make sense.

Laura: And the first thing that comes to my mind was she was sexually assaulted.

Matt: It does definitely make sense because she does have this kind of attributes that happens to a victim of a sexual assault.

Laura: Yeah, because afterwards she, you know, isolates herself.

Elysa: Submissive…

Laura: And also her family wants to protect her, you know, her mom keeps her inside all the time after that. But then what’s interesting is that later, in the passage from Rita Skeeter’s book, she bascially tries to imply that Dumbledore killed his sister because maybe she stumbled onto something she shouldn’t have seen. And she even says, “Is it possible that Ariana Dumbledore was the first person to die for the greater good?” And it’s just – you know, it’s just another one of those moments where you read it, and having known Dumbledore through six books, the idea that anyone would even suggest that he would kill his sister just infuriates you!

Elysa: No, I sort of – I thought maybe that Grindelwald had done it, whether inadvertently or otherwise, and that maybe that was the reason that they never spoke again. And maybe…

Laura: Oh no, I agree with you, but what Rita Skeeter is trying to imply in her book is that Ariana died for Dumbledore’s cause, that he was somehow responsible for it, and that just irks me.

Matt: Well, whatever happened – well, whatever happened in Ariana’s death had to have made Dumbledore feel at guilt, so it can’t just have been that one incident, because…

Laura: What incident?

Matt: Or unless – do you think Dumbledore blames himself for not being there when she was attacked?

Laura: No, no, no. What happened was he – what was it? He, Grindelwald, and I think it was Aberforth, all got into a fight.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, that’s right.

Laura: And then Ariana stumbled into the middle of it. So one of them killed her, but they’re not 100 percent sure who. But what I was just talking about was that Rita Skeeter speculated that, and basically tried to imply, that Dumbledore purposefully killed his sister, which is ridiculous.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. Okay, I remember that now.

Andrew: But that’s naturally what Rita should do. I mean it’s not like we should be too surprised by that, but…

Laura: I know.

Andrew: Were you trying to make a certain point with that?

Laura: No, no, no. I was just saying that it was irksome.

Andrew: Yeah. Oh that Rita. That’s about it for that chapter.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: The just find out about their family.


Dumbledore’s Character as a Whole


Elysa: Well, I kind of wanted to touch on – I remember – okay, I remember when I was first reading this book I actually had Jess, I’m sure you guys remember Jess, with me at Chickahominey, and we were reading this, and she finished this chapter, and she was like, “I’m vindicated!” Like, “This is what I’ve been saying all along.” You, everyone who’s listening, knows about Jess and her anti-Dumbledore theories and what-not. So I kind of…

Andrew: Just for you listeners, she was on an episode way, way back, and she was – she just kept proclaiming about how much she hated Dumbledore. [laughs] But go on, go ahead.

Elysa: So anyway, I was just – I just wanted to comment on – on that because I think it’s not just her. A lot of people sort of, you know, became disenchanted with Dumbledore, and I think this is the chapter that really drilled that in at least originally. But Hermione says on page 361, “Harry, I’m sorry but I think the real reason you’re so angry is that Dumbledore never told you any of this himself.” And I really think that’s right. I mean speaking of the angry, emo Harry – But I mean don’t get me wrong, of course I can’t blame Harry for feeling betrayed or deceived or anything. I mean it was a shock to me to read Dumbledore’s note to Grindelwald, and I think it’s perfectly fair for anyone who had read this to have felt disenchanted with Dumbledore, but there’s little doubt in my mind that he lost a lot of wisdom points, so to speak, in this chapter because we saw how terribly overwhelming Harry’s situation was and how Dumbledore really added to that. But after the initial upset you sort of have to concede many points to Hermione. Like, she sort of goes into a spiel about “actions speak louder than words” and Dumbledore’s actions have always aligned with his admirers’ perceptions of him, and as she points out he more than redeems himself later in life by voting for Muggle rights as part of the Wizengamot, fighting to bring down Voldemort from the start, and a whole host of other things. And I mean I think it’s clear that he had a lapse in judgment, he was really young and everything, but I think that that only makes him more realistic. My argument, ultimately, in terms of the anti-Dumbledore sentiment, is just that if anything, learning all of this about Dumbledore made him more human as opposed to merely a character.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Exactly.

Elysa: And if he’s human and well and truly human, flaws and temporarily senselessness included, it makes all of his accomplishments, his ideology, and his principal behavior 100 times more admirable and worthy of respect. So, essentially, I mean I think that – I think it probably added to Dumbledore’s character reasons to like him because it made him feel more personable, we could relate to him more.

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: And especially – especially, sometimes people have to fall from grace in order to learn the critical lessons and gain the sort of wisdom that Dumbledore had, and I mean, he was no exception. So, I don’t know, it made me like him more, honestly.

Andrew: Yeah, I…

Laura: Yeah, I agree with you completely.

Andrew: Absolutely.

Laura: I have nothing to add.

Andrew: That’s – well, yeah, I just want to say that it felt really good to not only just hear about Dumbledore’s early life but just to know that he was normal, like you said. I mean it was just – it was just really – I don’t want to say vindicating, but it was really…nice. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah, and for any point in the series, it’s probably – this was the best book to show this part of Dumbledore. For – for we always relied on Dumbledore being the – the sort of god-sent mentor of Harry.

Andrew: Right, exactly. A saint.

Matt: Yes, so now…

Andrew: And kids don’t think straight when they’re our age. Except for us, I mean, we produce the most popular Harry Potter podcast online. We must be geniuses.

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Gee, gloat much?

Elysa: You know what? I just totally thought of something else, and this is going to be really, really dorky, but I remember in the Order of the Phoenix movie – do you guys remember when Sirius says something to Harry about there’s light and dark in all of us and it’s what you do with it, or something, that matters?

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: Mhm.

Elysa: It was – I don’t know, just made me think of that even though it’s totally not canon.

Matt: Yeah, not everyone’s light and dark, or good and evil.

Elysa: Well, it made me – I think, I mean in terms of stepping out of the character analysis for a second, I think it brings a greater appreciation for the series in general, because I think so much of a problem with a lot of novels is that they’ll show absolute evil versus absolute good, and so it’s easy to choose, you know, a side, and it’s easy to see what’s right and what’s wrong. But I think that in reality it’s so much more convoluted and complex than that, and that this whole thing with Dumbledore just – you know, again made it so much more realistic.

Laura: Yeah, I agree.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Did you guys know Dumbledore was 116 years old?

Laura: Yeah, he was old.

Andrew: I didn’t realize he was that old.

Laura: He was older than god.

Andrew: That’s crazy.

[Elysa laughs]


Chapter 19, “The Silver Doe”


Andrew: Okay, well, let’s move on to Chapter 19 now, “The Silver Doe.” This is where Ron comes back, and it’s really…

Matt: [laughs] That was great, Andrew!

Laura: [laughs] Harry gets naked.

Matt: Ron comes back!

Andrew: This – this chapter, I don’t know what to think, because Ron comes back, and I still don’t fully understand it. I don’t fully understand his intentions on coming back, and even Hermione was a little – uh…

Matt: Well, she beat the crap out of him.

Andrew: Well, exactly, until she was satisfied with his answer. It starts off with Harry up late one night, I guess watching the campsite. And Harry spots a silver doe, and Harry is intrigued by it and follows it to the little pond that’s frozen over, and at the bottom is the sword of Gryffindor.


Harry Stripping Down for the Movie


Laura: I know – I know one thing that a lot people are really excited for is this scene in the movie because Harry strips down and dives into the icy water.

Andrew: Oh yeah, and I said…

Matt: Oh my gosh. Uh-oh. Equus.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: My joke during Prophecy was that Jo went to see Equus while she was writing Book 7 and she decided, she said, “Damn, Dan!” So she wrote in a little half-naked scene.

Laura: That reminds me of this funny thing that Dan was talking about one time in an interview, I guess, where it was during Equus and it was one night when he knew that Jo was there. And he was on the stage naked at the time, and someone threw a stuffed animal owl up on the stage, and he said the first thought that went through his head was, “Oh my god, it’s not her, she wouldn’t do that.”

[Andrew and Elysa laugh]


Harry Following the Silver Doe


Laura: I thought that was funny. Well, I mean, what about the fact that Harry follows the silver doe?

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t – I don’t think that was the brightest idea. What were you guys’ reaction when you were reading this for the first time? Because mine was like, “Okay.”

Laura: Mine was like, “What the hell are you doing?”

Andrew: Yeah, terrible idea.

Laura: Why?

Andrew: But I guess there’s just something intriguing about seeing a Patronus just standing there in the woods. You know?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, I mean it’s…

Andrew: And at that point they were so desperate for something new that…

Matt: Well, I have a question about the Patronus thing. I mean, how far can a Patronus go?

Andrew: Apparently…

Elysa: I think Snape was there, wasn’t he?

Laura: Yeah, I thought he was.

Matt: Was he there?

Elysa: Yeah, ’cause I think there was some part where there were these two trees that were growing together, or something, and there was a very small crack between them and Harry said it was the perfect spot for someone to hide, and Ron had said that he thought someone was living behind it but he didn’t stop to look because he noticed that Harry wasn’t coming up.

Matt: Well, not only that, though, but also remember in the wedding when…

Elysa: Kingsley.

Matt: Kingsley sent the Patronus to warn them.

Laura: Yeah.

Elysa: Yeah, that’s true.

Laura: And the Order uses Patronuses to send messages all the time.

Matt: Yeah, like what Tonks did in Book 6.

Andrew: But maybe Snape wanted to be there. I mean didn’t he put the sword there?

Laura: Yeah, he did, I thought.

Andrew: Yeah, so that’s why he was probably there.

Matt: But why the hell did he put it in the bottom of the lake? Why couldn’t he just put it in front of the tent?

Andrew: ‘Cause it takes a true Gryffindor to retrieve it!

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: No, because he wanted Harry to…

Matt: He wanted him to strip down!

Andrew: Yes, because J.K. Rowling went to see Equus and liked Dan’s body! I’m telling you that’s my theory.

Laura: And we wonder why she won’t come on our show. [laughs]


Ron Showing his Gryffindor Traits


Andrew: Yeah, I’m sure that’s why. So Ron’s the one that actually retrieves the sword because Harry blacks out underwater, and then this is – we’ll just skip right to when the locket – Harry figures out that he has to open it up by saying “open” in Parseltongue. Then Ron has to fight the Horcrux because two bubbles come out – Harry and Ron – who are taunting Ron and, you know, Ron has to show his true Gryffindor abilities here to just ignore them and stab the locket with the sword. What did you guys think of this scene when Ron – he’s fighting these – he’s fighting some of these terrible things that, frankly, I think are true. That Harry and Hermione, in these bubble forms, are telling him that he was a coward, that he was stupid, that he was the least favourite of the family…

Matt: This is what Ron has been always thinking about. This is probably what the locket was doing, was taking all of his fears or his things that he keeps worrying about and just throwing it in his face.

Elysa: Like a Boggart.

Matt: Because he’s always thought of himself as the least of the family.

Laura: Yeah, I mean we even see that in the Mirror of Erised. In the first book when he sees himself holding the Quidditch Trophy and that he’s Head Boy. And all these things he sees that his brothers get that he never got.

Matt: Yeah, and he also sees that he’s not exactly – I mean he thinks that he’s not exactly the most – dang it – most competent person of the trio. He sees that Hermione’s the one that’s smart, Harry’s the Chosen One, but he doesn’t see where he fits in.

Andrew: At that point Ron does destroy the locket, and then there’s like this awkward moment where Harry had just seen everything, so it’s like, suddenly, Harry has seen all of Ron’s worst fears. Just that Harry and Hermione would get together, and Hermione was too good for Ron as long as Harry was around. I’m looking forward to seeing this in the movie because I hope there’s like some awkward tension between all of them.

Laura: Yeah. Well, it’s really awkward because Ron actually sees the fake Harry and Hermione kiss.

Andrew: Right, that too.

Laura: And that just drives him over…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: [laughs] …the edge. He freaks out.

Matt: Well, is it really like – they’re not heads, they’re just two bubbles…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …that rise up from it. So…


The Horcrux’s Motivation


Andrew: Do you think in a way the Horcrux was asking him to kill it? Because all these things would just anger you and make you want to destroy it, wouldn’t they?

Matt: It’s trying to break him is what it’s trying to do.

Andrew: Yeah, but at the same time…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: It’s using every single thing that he feels bad about or feels, you know – that he knows that disturbs him the most.

Andrew: Right. I agree that it gets to him. But at the same time don’t you think this could also have a negative effect for the Horcrux? Because it could annoy him – okay, we know what its intentions were, but it could possibly annoy him so much that he actually wants to destroy it more. Especially if Harry’s watching – he wants to stop it and the only way to do that is to destroy it.

Matt: I don’t think that it’s showing him things that annoy him, though. I think it’s showing things that upset him.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Well, upset – annoy. I sort of meant it in the same way.

Matt: Well, everyone knows there’s certain kinds of things that you think about and you just break down.

Andrew: Yeah. I mean like, before Book 7 came out, we were like, okay, Harry is going to be the one to kill Voldemort because at this point Harry has so much riding on Voldemort’s death. And all of this trouble that Voldemort has put him through and killing his parents. Harry’s going to knock him out so easily it’s going to be insane. I sort of think this is the same thing, where so much is built up. Where it’s easier for Ron to just do it…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …with anger.

Matt: Well, it’s – but if you think about it for another person, like for Harry, if he sees Ginny just being tortured or just calling out to Harry that, “Why did you leave me?” Or “You don’t love me” or something. Do you think that he would get angry and stab it, or do you think that he would just start to break down and start crying?

Elisa: I think Harry would stab it.

Andrew: I think he would stab it, too.

Laura: Yeah. I don’t know. I think the whole thing is that the Horcrux – and we’ve talked about this before – how it can kind of tell when it’s not safe. So I think in this state it knew it was threatened, and it was probably just resorting to the last thing it knew how to do.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Which was taunt him and try to break him down. And make him too weak and make him just leave instead of hurting it.

Matt: Well, the locket probably also felt that Ron was the weakest of the two. Because when it was opened Harry was also there, but it didn’t do anything to Harry. It just went straight to Ron. And I think it knows that Ron is the most emotional of the two. And the most susceptible to it. Because that’s probably why it chose him.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.


Hermione’s Fit


Andrew: I think that’s all pretty interesting. Okay, so what do you want to talk about next? Ron and Harry go back to the tent and Hermione has a little fit. What do you guys think about this fit? Was it deserved?

Laura: I thought I would have reacted the same way.

Andrew: If you were in love with Ron?

Laura: I would have been – yes, I would have been pissed. Wouldn’t you, Elysa?

Elysa: Absolutely. In fact, I was glad that, you know, she got really pissed off at him. Because Harry – I mean, I understand why Harry reacted the way he did. I mean, I think both of their reactions were appropriate. But at that point in time I was so upset with Ron myself I was living vicariously through Hermione. Like, “Yes! Go, Hermione! Get him.”

Matt: Well, for what he did he doesn’t deserve to go unpunished. Whether or not he had the right to do it or not.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Well, and also just the idea that he took off when it’s so dangerous right now. And them not knowing where he was. Because Harry kept hoping that he might pop up at Hogwarts on the Marauder’s Map and he never did. And so it was just this long period of not knowing whether Ron was dead or alive, or if he’d made it home, or if he was still wandering around the countryside. I would have been worried out of my mind, and then the second he showed back up I would have beat the crap out of him. Just like she did.

Matt: That’s the scene that I want to see in the film.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: I want to see Emma Watson beat the crap out of Rupert Grint.

Andrew: But it’s more of the same. It’s more of Angry Emma Watson. The classic Angry-Panicked-Scared Emma Watson. I don’t know.

Matt: Yeah, but with…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …a drop-kick and, you know…

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: Kung-fu.

Laura: I think though, probably, they’ll use that to make like – I don’t know, I feel like with these movies they always try to take something to make the mood a little lighter.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: And I feel like they’ll make this somewhat comical in the film, which is kind of upsetting to me because, really, when I read it, I identified with that – just the idea of being so afraid and then so angry about what he had done that it’s not even funny. But I just have a feeling that they’ll try and make some laughs out of it.

Andrew: But how could you not laugh seeing Hermione attack Ron?

Matt: Yeah, whether or not it’s intended to laugh or not the audience is going to laugh at that scene.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s funny.

Matt: I mean I laughed when I read it too.

Elysa: Well, even Hermione laughs at the end.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, but it wasn’t like – I don’t know. It was more like a sinister, somewhat…

Elysa: I agree.

Matt: I think it was more like a punishment, like to her husband or something.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Whether she slaps him really hard in the face or we just follow Dan to the tent and then all we hear is this muffling sound and then he turns around and, you know, Rupert Grint’s in a fetal position while Emma Watson is kicking him in the stomach. It’s…

Laura: I don’t think they’re going to go that far.

Matt: I know, but I mean it’s – with these kind of situations and this kind of a scene that’s usually going to bring the audience to laugh. Because…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …it kind of breaks the ice, but it’s definitely going to…

Laura: Yeah, but I think that they’re definitely going to take that scene and make it – just shoot it more comically.

Matt: Well, it’s going to be kind of like Prisoner of Azkaban.

Laura: Like, Ron will come into the tent and all you’ll see is Hermione’s fist come in and just smack him in the face.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: And then they’ll play the light-hearted music and – I don’t know, I don’t like it.

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: I agree. I feel like, yeah…

Andrew: I don’t like the future.

[Andrew, Elysa, and Laura laugh]

Laura: I don’t.

MuggleCast 134 Transcript (continued)


Another Nazi Parallel


Andrew: And then rounding out the chapter Ron explains to Hermione that he was taken away by Snatchers immediately. He was planning on coming back until he was taken up by Snatchers. We find out our – well, they kidnap Muggle-borns and blood traitors to claim a reward for the Ministry, then Ron only, of course, barely manages to escape by some stroke of luck and eventually he came back. So I don’t know. Is this another Nazi parallel?

Matt: I don’t know.

Laura: Oh, I think it’s…

Matt: I think so.

Laura: …easily a Nazi parallel. I mean it’s not one hundred percent the same but there’s still that general idea of people having to go into hiding because of their heritage.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, they’re bounty hunters.

Andrew: Essentially.

Matt: That’s pretty much what they are.

Laura: Like Dog?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt:

[sings] I am the dog.

[Laura laughs]

Matt:

[sings] The big bad dog.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: Oh my gosh. That’s the best episode ever.

Matt: Ever. Ever.

Laura: He’s like, “This is Beth. She’s my bitch.”

Matt: “Beth is my bitch. I got a whole team.”

Andrew: What is that? What episode? What is that?

Laura: It’s South Park.

Matt: Oh, it’s so good. “You got a hall pass, bra?”

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Matt: “You need to go over to Christ, bra.”

[Matt laughs]

Matt: “Christ is Lord.”

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Matt: Andrew, you have to watch that show.


Too Convenient?


Andrew: Okay, link me. So that’s about it for this chapter. Nothing else really happens, we just did want to mention the Snatchers, and it turns out Ron gives Harry a spare wand that he stole from the Snatchers. But I don’t know. Elysa, do you think it was very comforting to Harry, having that wand? I mean it wasn’t the one that – it wasn’t a wand that would do him as much good as the one he had, right?

Elysa: I thought it was a little convenient that, you know, take Ron out of the plot momentarily and he shows up next with a brand new wand. But Harry was grateful for it.

Andrew: Conveniently good timing.

Matt: Yeah, do you guys think it was a little too convenient? Almost like…

Andrew: Yeah, I wish there were sort of a cooler plot to like…

Matt: Like almost impossible.

Andrew: But then you got to remember the book’s pretty long as it is. Just adding another thing for him to get a new wand – it would’ve been too much.

Matt: Yeah. Because, I mean…

Elysa: That’s true.

Matt: There is no way that Ron knew that Harry broke his wand.

Andrew: He didn’t know!

Matt: So, it just says – No, he didn’t!

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: He did not know, I know. I’m confirming.

Matt: Oh, yeah. Sorry. Yeah. So, he just saw the wand just laying there, going, “Oh! Spare wand.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I mean, it’s like a quarter being on a floor, you just pick it up and pocket it for a rainy day or something?

Andrew: Exactly. As long as it’s a head’s side up.

Elysa: I think…

Matt: Oh, a piece of candy!

Elysa: The other point…

Matt: Oh, a piece of candy!

Elysa: The other point he mentioned about Ron, maybe, is just that he does say that he wanted to come back immediately, like the second after he disapparated. And I think that’s important because when I read that my anger sort of disappeared a little bit because I did remember that mostly – I mean, his reaction was mostly based off of the fact that the Horcrux affected him much worse than anyone else. So, it was…

Laura: Yeah.

Elysa: It was definitely his emotions and his feelings but they were just magnified to, you know, the nth degree by the Horcrux. You have to keep that in mind. I mean, he did say he tried to come back immediately, but Hermione was just so good with those protective enchantments.

Andrew: Absolutely.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: It’s time for Quote Quiz.

Matt: Quote Quiz!

Andrew: Ooohhh!

Matt: Oh, sorry!

Andrew: Oh, Matt, don’t jump ahead of yourself now. Today, as I do everyday, I sat down and worked on the show and its future. Today I made some new audio segments to kick off some of our more popular segments here on the show. From now on when we get to Quote Quiz I’m going to say, “So it’s time for…”

[Audio for Quote Quiz segment plays]

Andrew: Yes, yes, yes, yes! What do you guys think? Cool, huh?

Laura: That’s very exciting. I like it a lot.

Matt: Did you steal that off the “Bill Nye the Science Guy” TV show?

Andrew: [laughs] No!

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Sounds like one of those cheesy 80s after-school specials for kids or
something. Ten ways to eat your vegetable.

[Audio for Quote Quiz segment playing in the background]

Andrew: [sings] “Bill Nye the Science guy! Bill! Bill! Bill! Bill!”

Matt: Oh my God, and you watched it too, didn’t you?

Andrew: “Bill Nye”? You bet I did.

Laura: Hey! I watched “Bill Nye.” It was awesome.

Andrew: He’s a great guy. We should have him on the show sometime.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Quote Quiz this week: “Lovegood is on your side, Harry. The ‘Quibbler’ has been for you all along. It keeps telling everyone that
they’ve got to help you.” That’s Quote Quiz this week.

Matt: That was Hermione, wasn’t it?

Andrew: Yes, it is. [pause] Not!

Matt: Well, it can’t be the Lovegoods – Mr. Lovegood.

Andrew: No. Could be another person but I’m not going to spoil it because people are playing at home.


Make the Music Connection


Andrew: Anyway, now it is time for…

[Audio for Make the Music Connection segment]

Andrew: Huh?

Laura: Very nice.

Andrew: Like it?

Laura: I like that one a lot, yeah.

Andrew: Let’s hear it again.

[Audio for the Make the Music Connection segment plays]

Andrew: Make the Music Connection. We’re going to start with Elysa this week.

Elysa: Excellent.

Andrew: You’re ready, girlfriend?

Elysa: I’m ready.

Andrew: This may make you a little sad because you had to bail out, but, I don’t know, we’ll see.

[The song “Wannabe” by the Spice Girls plays]

Andrew: “Wannabe” by the Spice Girls!

Elysa: Oh God!

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Oh my God! I got…

Elysa: What, Matt? What?

Matt: No, no, no! It’s you.

Laura: Yeah, it’s all yours, Elysa.

Matt: It’s all yours.

Elysa: It’s me? Okay. “Wannabe”?

[Song is still playing in the background]

Elysa: I don’t know, Laura! I’m trying to listen to the words. Oh! [laughs] Okay, in Goblet of Fire, the Beauxbatons girls – they enter. This is their theme music.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Okay.

Elysa: I stole that from Matt, just so you guys know.

[Music stops]

Andrew: All right.

Matt: Mmmm.

Andrew: I’ll take that, I guess. [laughs] That’s good.

Elysa: I was actually going to go with – I was actually going to go with like when Hermione and Ron finally kiss, to be honest with you.

Andrew: You know, I was thinking that too. If you want to be – when you laughed when – after they said, “If you wanna be my lover, you gotta get with my friends.”

Elysa: Yeah! Okay.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs] Matt.

[“You’ve Got a Friend in Me” by Randy Newman starts playing]

Matt: Hmm.

Andrew: Randy Newman! “You’ve Got a Friend in Me!” Make a connection.

Matt: I think…

Laura: We’re really good at these today.

Elysa: This is Lucius singing to Voldemort.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Laura: Matt?

Andrew: Matt?

Matt: Oh crap! I had – I was like screaming at you guys, like why aren’t you listening to me?

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Matt: I had the – it was on mute.

Laura: We were just sitting here like, okay, what’s he doing?

Andrew: Did he give up?

Matt: Oh my gosh, sorry. No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no! I have it! It’s when Hermione and Harry were fighting Nagini in the house.

[Music stops]

Andrew: Okay.

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Well, I had another one, but it was dirty.

Elysa: I like that.

[“Lollipop” by Mika starts playing]

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: “Lollipop” by Mika.

Laura: What’s he saying?

Matt: “Sucking too hard on your lollipop, love’s gonna get you down.”

Laura: Oh…

Elysa: This is totally Dumbledore and Grindelwald.

Laura: Yeah! That was what I was going to say.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Dumbledore and Grindelwald.

[Music stops]

Matt: Mmhm. I kind of thought of the dancing veelas at the Goblet of Fire…

Andrew: Yeah, sort of.

Matt: …at the Quidditch World Tour, or match thing.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right, well that was Make the Connection this week – Make the Music Connection. Did you have one for me, Matt? Or…

Elysa: I have one!

Matt: Yeah, wait. Just give me a second. Let me look at something, because I have almost all your songs on here. Ready?

Andrew: Yes.

[“Tale as Old as Time” from Beauty and the Beast starts playing]

Andrew: Umm…jeez.

Andrew: Oh, well, that’s an easy one. Um…this isn’t in the book – I mean, this is in between the final chapter and the epilogue. Ron and Hermione – their first dance as a couple at their wedding.

Matt: Beauty and the Beast?

Laura: Awwwwww.

Andrew: Beauty and the Beast yeah.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: I would hardly call Ron a beast.

Laura: That’s mean.

Matt: I would probably – I would go more towards Krum and Hermione dancing or something.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Or how about Remus and Tonks’s wedding?

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Because he transforms.

Elysa: That’s terrible.

Laura: That’s so mean.

Andrew: No, come one.

Matt: That probably fits.

Elysa: Remus.

Andrew: Yeah, thank you. Or, my god, just the story as a whole. A hundred years from now, [sings] “Tale as old as time…” and I’ll tell you why Matt picked this song…

Matt: I think it connects more to Twilight.

Andrew: What?

Matt: It connects more to Twilight series than Harry Potter.

Andrew: Yeah, well, Edward’s the beauty and Bella’s the beast. Is that what you were…

Matt: [laughs] Bella’s a beast, yeah.

Laura: She is a beast, I hate her.

Andrew: I’ve been so into this song lately, “Beauty and the Beast,” the title song. Love it.

Matt: He’s been playing it a lot.

Andrew: It’s beautiful. It’s beautiful. Crying just thinking about it. Okay.


Hold Up, Hosts


Andrew: All right, so someone sent in this e-mail this week, and I sort of thought we could start doing this sort of as a new segment, because it’s a challenge to us from the listeners, and I did make an intro for it. Goes like this.

[Audio plays for “Hold Up, Hosts” Segment]

Andrew: So, [laughs] what we’re going to do…

Matt: Oh my god.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: What do you mean?

[Audio plays for “Hold Up, Hosts” Segment]

Andrew: I don’t know – just – I don’t know.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Aww, that’s cute.

Andrew: It doesn’t have to be the best thing.

Matt: It’s cute. It’s all right.

[Audio plays for “Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul” Segment]

Andrew: Oh shoot! Oh no! I just spoiled the next one.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Damn playlist. So, in this segment, a listener will e-mail us a challenge and we’ll do it on the air. Now, we don’t want it to be like, quizzing us on Harry Potter and stuff, because last thing we would want to do is copy another podcast; however, if you have a challenge for us, like this one, Jason, 16 from Michigan presented to us, you know, we’d be happy to give it a try. Jason writes:

So, you think you can dance?

He tries to be sarcastic in this e-mail, but I don’t exactly get it. He says:

So, you think you can dance? Well, that’s too bad, because dancing won’t help you in this challenge. Your challenge is: Repeat the phrase, ‘Potter…'”

Oh no, I already screwed it up.

“Repeat the phrase, ‘Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine,’ five, yes, five times within ten seconds. Do it on the air if you can – yeah, that’s right, yeah, be scared, it’s fine, I don’t blame you, it takes a real man to do it, don’t be ashamed, you don’t have to do it if you don’t want to.”

Oh, we will, Jason, we will.

Matt: It takes a real man, yet he watches “So You Think You Can Dance?” on TV?

Andrew: Good point, good point.

Elysa: Ouch.

Matt: Ouch – ow, that one burned.

Elysa: Yeah, who’s going to try this first?

Andrew: I’ll try it first if nobody else wants to.

Matt: All right, I’ll go second, I guess.

Andrew: Now I got a little timer on my recording thingy so, when I say – or does someone else want to time me? Someone else time me.

Laura: Yeah, I’ll time you.

Andrew: And just say stop when ten seconds are up.

Laura: Okay, ready? I’ll tell you when.

Andrew: Okay.

Laura: Go.

Andrew: Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

Laura: You did it at seventeen seconds, actually.

Andrew: Oooh! Seventeen seconds or seven?

Laura: Seventeen.

Andrew: That was seventeen seconds?

Laura: No, you did it in seven seconds, never-mind. I’m sorry, I’m sorry.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Matt: Ohhh!

Laura: I can’t count! Leave me alone!

Andrew: Take that, Jason!

Laura: Leave me alone!

Andrew: Okay, that was actually pretty easy. Does someone else want to try it?

Matt: Yeah, I don’t want to do it now because I’m going to mess it up.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I know.

Elysa: I know, you just showed us all up, Andrew.

Laura: I guess I’ll try it.

Andrew: Come on, I’m bad with words all the time. If I can do it, anyone can.

Matt: All right.

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: Laura, you want to?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: All right. Ready, set, go.

Laura: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

Andrew: Boom! Nine seconds.

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: Good job. Laura…

Laura: That would have been more of a challenge…

Matt: Oh! Oh, it’s popped!

Laura: …if you… [laughs] Well, what did you think it said?

Matt: Pooped.

Laura: [laughs] That’s what I thought when we first saw it too, and I didn’t say anything.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Ready. Set. Go.

Matt: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine [laughs]. Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Was that five?

Andrew: It was like eight times. [laughs]

Laura: You did it like eight times.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: That was good, though, you got it eight times in like, eleven seconds or something. So, that was good. [laughs]

Elysa: All right, now I have to do this…

Andrew: Yes, you do.

Elysa: …because I’m the only one who hasn’t. Okay.

Andrew: Ready. Set. Go.

Elysa: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

Andrew: Good. Nine seconds.

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: All right, Jason. That wasn’t hard at all, Jason!

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Yeah. We can dance!

Andrew: Give us a harder one, Jason! Um, all right, so if you have a challenge like that, send it all in to mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Put “Hold up, Hosts” – “Hold up, Hosts Challenge” in the subject line.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


Andrew: All right, and we’re going to wrap things up today with one of the longer running segments here on our show.

[Audio for Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul segment plays]

Laura: It’s so happy.

Matt: I feel like it’s selling Philadelphia cream cheese.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah. Laura, you want to take this e-mail?

Laura: Sure. It’s the Kelsey one, right?

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: M’kay. This comes from… [laughs]. This comes from Kelsey, 15 of California. She writes:

“Hey guys, I don’t really have one of those sob stories that we typically hear on Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul. But rather, an I-almost-died-of-boredom story. These last two weeks have been hell for me, literally. I was in a show that just ended this past weekend. And everyday for the past two weeks, I had to stay at school until nine o’clock or later for rehearsal. The levels of boredom were extremely high, being that I was only in two songs at the beginning and one at the end. So to past time, I downloaded a few episodes to listen to every night to keep me occupied. It definitely helped. I even met a few new friends because of you guys. One girl came up to me and asked what I was listening to. When I responded, ‘MuggleCast,’ she screamed, ‘Oh my gosh! I love MuggleCast!’ We then proceeded to spend the rest of the night playing ‘Harry Potter’ hangman on the big white board. So I just want to say thanks for keeping me sane. And keep up the good work. Love Kelsey from California.”

Andrew: Aw, there you go.

Laura: Yay.

Andrew: Uniting Harry Potter MuggleCast listeners together. That’s always cool when people write in.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, it – it’s bizarre when you think about it…

Andrew: The chances are slim but…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: They’re really slim but we believe you. We believe you.

Laura: Well, I mean, I came to school and my neighbor was a listener.

Andrew: That’s true.

Laura: That threw me for a loop.

Andrew: Yeah. No, I think you’re lying about that. Even though I met her, I still think you’re lying.

Laura: No, no, no. I’m really not [laughs]. Like…

Andrew: I know, I’m just kidding.


Contact Information


Andrew: Well, this probably does wrap up our fine podcast program for this March – let’s just pretend this comes out on the first, this March first. Before we let you guys go we want to remind everyone about our contact information. Laura, if someone wants to mail something in to the P.O. Box, how do they do that?

Laura: You can always send [unintelligible] to:

P.O. Box 3151

Cumming, Georgia

30028

Andrew: We also have a wonderful voicemail line, which we will probably get back to next week. If you want to call in a question, comment, or even a rebuttal, you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC in the United States. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677 and if you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast to leave your voicemail if you want to do it that way.

[Show music begins playing]

Andrew: We also have a handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com where you can contact anyone of the hosts on our program. Except for Elysa, you’re not on there yet, but a few more shows [whispers] and we’ll put you on there. [normal voice] I’ll talk to the higher ups.

Matt: [whispering] We’ll get you a gift basket.

Andrew: You can also contact anyone of us by our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Matt, I’m now happy to report, is matt at staff dot mugglenet dot come.

Matt: Yay!

Andrew: Which has actually been open for a while. We just didn’t know it until Matt complained for the 50 millionth time earlier this week.

Matt: Well, come on, I’m not Mikey.

Andrew: You’re Matthew B.

Matt: I want Mikey to be original. Instead of Matty B it’ll just be Matt.

Andrew: I understand.

Matt: Because that’s what I am. I’m Matt.

Andrew: Okay, Mikey.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: So, you can contact him at matt at staff dot mugglenet dot com. And Elysa can be contacted at elysa at fanfiction dot mugglenet dot com. You can also visit MuggleCast.com for our community outlets, including: The

MySpace, the Facebook, the YouTube, the Frappr, the Last.FM, and our ever growing Forums.

You can also dig the show at Digg.com, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and NOT rate and review us at Yahoo! Podcast because they closed part of their site down.

Laura: Jerks

Andrew: I’m baffled. We were the highest rated podcast on their Yahoo! Podcast directory and they shut down. I don’t get it. I guess their section wasn’t too popular.

Matt: I guess not.


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening this week. Apologies to J.K. Rowling but we are out of time. I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: I’m Matthew Britton.

Elysa: And I’m Elysa Montfort.

Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening and we’ll see you next week for Episode 135. Buh-bye.

Laura: Bye.

Matt: Bye.

Elysa: Bye.

———————–

Transcript #133

MuggleCast 133 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music starts]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Intro music stops]

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because Laura may be walking the plank, this is MuggleCast Episode 133 for February 23rd, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: So last week we got a few complaints that we only had three people on the show, and nobody is appreciative anymore of the hard effort we put into MuggleCast these days anymore. So, we said, “You know what? Okay. All right, you listeners are cranky, you’re bugging, you want more.” This week, we’ve got six people on the show, and a new host.

Laura: Ooo.

Elysa: Hello.

Andrew: I would like to welcome on behalf of everyone, Elysa Montfort to the show. Round of applause.

Elysa: Hey, guys!

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: Now Elysa has connections to MuggleNet. You…

Matt: She’s a girl.

Andrew: What do you do, Elysa?

Elysa: I’m [laughs] True that.

Andrew: She’s a girl, too. Imagine that, yeah.

Elysa: I’m one of the Head Moderators for MuggleNet Fan Fiction.

Andrew: Sweet. MuggleNet Fan Fiction has been around for what?

Elysa: Oh God. Three and a half years. Yeah.

Andrew: Wow.

Elysa: It began in October, 2004.

Andrew: Ha. Wow.

Eric: Newbie.

[Andrew and Elysa laugh]

Laura: Shut up, Eric.

Eric: Newbie.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Five and one quarter years here. Yeah.

Andrew: So, Elysa, we are very excited to have you on. You’re a friend of all of ours.

Elysa: Thank you. Thanks.

Andrew: Are you excited? You said you were a little nervous.

Elysa: I was a little nervous at first, but I think I’m good. I mean, yeah. I’m pretty comfortable now.

Andrew: Okay, good. All right, we’re confident you are going to be a good on the show. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: [Automated voice] I’m Matt Britton.

Elysa: [laughs] And I’m Elysa Montfort.

[Show music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum’s in the MuggleCast News Center with this week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right, thanks, Andrew. As if anyone needed to tell us this, MTV published an article on Friday about research concluding that the Harry Potter series can in fact be addicting. The story notes:

In a just-finished study that’s being submitted to the Journal of General Psychology, Psych professor Dr. Jeffrey Rudski and two of his undergrad students at Muhlenberg College in Allentown, Pennsylvania, report that they found characteristics of addiction in at least ten percent of the 4,000 Potter fans they polled online.

While the doctor discusses that the end of the series did have serious withdrawal symptoms for some, likening it to going off a drug “cold turkey,” he also said he chose to do the study on the end of the boy wizard’s saga over the conclusion of the hit series The Sopranos, because of his 15-year old daughter and the things she’s taken from it:

“She’s picked up guitar because she wants to be in a wizard rock band,” he said. “She’s studying Latin because she wants to better understand J.K. Rowling’s choices of names for her characters. She started reading Stephen King and John Irving because they spoke with Rowling at Radio City two summers ago.” If that’s being an addict, he’s down with it.

David Barron has revealed to the Herald Sun that a new scene has been added to the upcoming Half-Blood Prince film in order to remind moviegoers that nowhere is safe. Having J.K. Rowling’s approval of the scene, Barron is confident that people will like it. He says:

“But this was brought in because Jo [Rowling] was able throughout the quite lengthy book to keep dropping little snippets of what was happening in the outside world. There’d be people reading newspapers and talking about how somebody’s parents had been killed, or somebody had been withdrawn from school because their parents didn’t think it was safe. And we’re making aware that the Muggle world is also experiencing these disasters, but thinks they are disasters rather than the work of Voldemort. The book is peppered with those moments, but we couldn’t do that quite so easily in the film. So the extra scene comes in the middle of the film and it just reminds us the world is no longer a safe place. Even in what would normally be considered the safe haven of the Burrow, nobody’s safe.”

Lois Lowry, a children’s book writer, has updated her online blog with information about The Giver movie. She had hoped Order of the Phoenix and Half-Blood Prince director David Yates would be able to direct The Giver. However, he has just decided he wants to do the final Harry Potter first, thereby postponing The Giver by several years. While this is not confirmed by Warner Brothers yet, it appears to be a pretty reliable source.

And a new MTV Movies blog entry comments on the Deathly Hallows rumors. MTV says that a source at Warner Brothers told them an announcement was coming within the next week or two, but we’ve learned that MTV may have not been told this at all.

Finally, reports have emerged online that two new actors have been cast forHarry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince. David Legeno will play the role of the werewolf Fenrir Greyback, and Ralph Ineson has been cast for the part of Death Eater Amycus Carrow.

That’s all the news for this February 23rd, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


Announcements


Andrew: Okay, thank you, Micah.

Micah: You’re welcome, Andrew.

Andrew: You want to do a little competition this week, you were saying?

Micah: Yeah, I’m feeling in a giving mood this week. So I figured what better way than to give somebody out there a chance to read the news on MuggleCast? And the way we’re going to run this little competition is anybody out there who listens to the show, send in a thirty second spot to mugglecastnews at gmail dot com. And what we’re going to do is we’re going to go through and we’re going to pick out the top five, and then on next week’s show we’re going to play the top five. And we’ll put up a poll on MuggleCast.com, and all the fans can vote to see who they think is the top news anchor there. And the following week we’ll have that person on the show to record the news, and that’s it.

Andrew: Cool, cool. That’s a great idea. I think everyone will enjoy that.

Eric: I have to say it’s one of the most innovative, I think, competitions we’ve had here on the show.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: I think it’s great. It’s also, you know, competition is always welcome, but I’m thinking this late in the game, we haven’t had one of those for awhile, and this is just a brand new idea. It’s shaking things up. I like it.

Andrew: Yup.

Micah: So that’ll be, what, Episode 135?

Andrew: Yeah. That sounds right.

Micah: We’ll play the news for whoever wins, and hopefully it’s a good competition.

Andrew: Yeah. Can I enter? Can any of us enter?

Laura: Do you really want to do that much extra work? I mean, isn’t that kind of what Micah’s trying to do anyway? He’s trying to get a week off the news?

Andrew: That’s true, that’s true.

Eric: Well, he’ll still have to script it, won’t he? Or will these people be in charge of scripting and…

Micah: No, it’s their whole responsibility.

Andrew: They do it all? They have the MuggleCast News Center for the weekend?

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: They do.

Eric: Cool.

Micah: It’s all theirs.

Laura: They get to go to Micah’s house.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: All expenses paid.

Eric: He’ll lock you in his basement.

Andrew: Except for flight, hotel, car…

Eric: Yeah. Oh, I’m sorry, I mean the transcript dungeon. He’ll lock you down there.


News Discussion: The Giver and Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Speaking of news, a couple new developments this week involving the movies. Firstly, reliable source reveals David Yates is directing Deathly Hallows. This is a little leak that I’m sure Warner Brothers is not very happy about. Lois Lowry, a children’s book writer, updated her blog online with information about The Giver movie. She has a book called The Giver. Has anyone read it?

Laura: Yes, and it’s so good.

Elysa: I love that book.

Laura: Oh my gosh, yeah.

Andrew: Would it be a good movie?

Laura: If they do it right, yeah.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: Would David Yates be a good director?

Laura: Yes. Absolutely. I think he would be, but it doesn’t look like he’s going to get to.

Andrew: Well, not yet. She updated her blog and said that David Yates has just “decided he wants to do the final Harry Potter film first, thereby postponing The Giver by several years.” That’s an exact quote. So this is the nail in the coffin, if you ask me, in terms of director rumors. Right?

Matt: Yeah. Well, it is kind of, but it’s not totally official or anything. I mean, heck, I decided I want to do the final Harry Potter movie, but you don’t see it being official for me, either.

Andrew: Right. Well, what I’m saying is it looks like Lois Lowry and David Yates talked to each other a few times, because apparently David Yates has planed on doing The Giver, but in my head, I see a phone conversation going down where they’re calling each other up, whether it’s on Skype or, you know, they got their numbers through Facebook or whatever.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: And they’re calling each other up and David Yates is like, “Sorry, Lois. I mean, I’m going to do the Potter film first.”

Eric: And then she proceeded to de-friend him on Facebook.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: She wrote a nasty note about him, tagged him in it, and then de-friended him, because all of them have Facebook. But no, I think this is pretty reliable source. To be honest, though, I’m relieved, because obviously it is reliable because he was going to adapt her book, she’s a respectable author. And I would jump the gun. I would take this as official, or at least I would be very relieved because, to be honest, I think David Yates is very capable, and I’m really relieved if this is true. If he’s doing the seventh movie, I’m really happy with that.

Andrew: Elysa and Laura, what is this book about, The Giver? Just out of curiosity.

Laura: Well, I read it in like eighth grade, and it’s basically – Elysa can probably give a better summary of it than I can, but it’s about a world in which people are assigned their working roles. Like certain women are assigned as birth mothers, and you’re assigned to work at a specific area, and you’re assigned a family unit. And in this, one boy is assigned the role of being the Giver, and he can see in color, when no one else can see in color, and he just has all this knowledge that no one else has, and it’s a very, very tragic story. Really, really sad, but really good.

Elysa: Yeah, yeah. The premise of it is sort of that humans aren’t capable of handling all the emotions and senses that come with being human, which, like Laura said, includes seeing in color, but also hearing certain things, and other things like that, and so there’s only one person in this society at any given time that experiences all these emotions, including emotions like love, and even laughter and hatred, and the Giver is the only one who’s capable of doing that. And so every time the Giver sort of retires, a new Giver is chosen. And so the story is following this one boy who is chosen to be the next Giver, but just his trials and tribulations and whatnot. It has a really awesome ending, but I’d be excited to see the movie.

Andrew: Well, cool.

Matt: Sounds like fun.

Andrew: It’s too bad we’re going to have to wait four or five years now.

Laura: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: Probably longer.

Matt: Ten or twelve.

[Elysa laughs]

Eric: David Yates is blowing her off here.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, is he still directing it or are they going to choose a different director?

Eric: Well, they could do that, too, but I think I would want David Yates. I think it’s worth waiting a few years if he had really sort of committed to do it, maybe.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I mean, I think the author has said, well, it’ll be delayed a few years.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: ‘Cause I think she really wants him to…

Andrew: Right, that’s how it seems. That’s the impression I got, Eric, just that…

Matt: Well, they seem to have a pretty good relationship between each other.

Andrew: Exactly. So.

Elysa: Well, since he’ll probably be directing the next Spiderwick Chronicles movie I’m sure he’ll be busy for the next ten years, too.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Uh, Elysa, you can go on your Spiderwick spiel slash jokes in a second, they’re very funny.

Matt: Rant. Yes. Please do it.

Micah: So, Andrew.

Andrew: Yes?

Micah: The question begs, if you were a betting man, would you say that David Yates will be directing Deathly Hallows?

Andrew: If I was a – Micah, I wouldn’t be a betting man in this situation.

Micah: Awww.

Matt: He’d be a cheating man.


News Discussion: Director Announcement


Andrew: My betting skills are not on par for this news item. However, another item that we’re going to discuss in a second I can be the betting man. But another story that came out the following day was – well, MTV picked this up and went to Warner Brothers asking for confirmation, and MTV quotes Warner Brothers as saying an announcement should be coming in one to two weeks about the director, and I would assume at this point it seems like they’re going to make the director and movie split announcement at the same time, right?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, ’cause both of these stories are floating around…

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: …and, you know, we heard the director split announcement is going to come in the not too distant future, and this now is in one to two weeks so it seems like, you know.

Micah: It would make sense.

Andrew: It would.

Eric: I find that very interesting.

Andrew: Yeah, this is – frankly, I’m very intrigued by all these, you know, developments and rumors going around. So apparently we’re going to be seeing official word about this within one to two weeks.

Matt: You think so?

Andrew: [laughs] MTV thinks so. However, when I went to Warner Brothers and asked if this was true, one to two weeks, I heard that they told MTV they cannot confirm or deny. So, you know, whatever. It’s a guessing game.

Eric: Well, I think the bubble is ready to burst.

Andrew: Yeah, exactly.

Eric: You know, either way. I think it’s just so many – I mean, how long has this rumor been going around unconfirmed or un-denied by Warner Brothers about splitting Book 7 into two movies?

Andrew: Right. It’s been a while.

Matt: At least a week.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: [laughs] Since I last podcasted.


News Discussion: New Scene Added to Half-Blood Prince


Andrew: Yeah. And then we found out Thursday that a new scene, a brand new scene, was going to be added to Half-Blood Prince. And what do you guys think of this? I mean, this is interesting, this is the first time Warner Brothers has actually ever added a scene.

Eric: Oh, I wouldn’t say it’s the first time.

Andrew: Oh, it’s the first time.

Eric: I can’t – Well, it’s the first time they’ve actually…

Andrew: A major scene.

Eric: Well yeah, a substantial – I think a substantial enough thing where they had to go to Jo about it and say, well. But listen for their reason for doing it. I mean, when we had seen David Yates’ – there was a David Yates interview, it was audio only, where he was talking about how he was going to make Book 6 into a really sort of teenage film about the romance, and here they are saying that the book has all these moments about showing what’s going on in the outside world that we couldn’t do that easily, didn’t really translate that well to film, so they’ve written this scene to, you know, make up for it. I think that’s a novel idea. I would love to see whatever scene they have to offer.

Micah: Well, the problem I have with this is that to me, this says that they’re cutting out chapter one from Deathly Hallows. Not Deathly Hallows, Half Blood Prince.

Matt: It does look that way. Well, didn’t they say that, Micah?

Eric: You did hit the nail on the head there, Micah.

Micah: No, no, they don’t…

Andrew: They said this is going to be in the middle of the film.

Micah: They don’t say that, they say this is in the middle of the film, which leads me to believe that the, you know, the whole scene with the Muggle Prime Minister, and Scrimgeour, and Fudge is going to be cut and essentially replaced by this scene that they’re making to show what exactly is taking place in the Muggle world.

Eric: Though to be terribly honest, if you think about it, the fun in the first chapter is more sort of what has happened in the past, because not only are we getting with the Prime Minister – what’s happening with the Prime Minister now, but remember she then goes in that chapter of Book 6 back to sort of all the previous times that Fudge had visited the Muggle Prime Minister, which, you know, was to tell Sirius Black escaped, that sort of thing. So she was able to do sort of several visitations of the two Ministers in that chapter, and that really, I guess, wouldn’t translate well to film. Especially in the beginning of the film people would be lost.

Andrew: But wait, who’s to say that…

Micah: Well, no.

Andrew: Who’s to say that this new scene is involving the outside world?

Micah: He says it. He said, “we’re making aware that the Muggle world is also experiencing these disasters, but thinks they are disasters rather than the work of Voldemort.” So…

Eric: Yeah, yeah.

Andrew: I have to read this.

Micah: Those are his words. Those are David Barron’s words.

Eric: Yeah, and then he says, “the book is peppered with those moments but we couldn’t do that quite so easily in the film, so the extra scene comes in the middle of the film and it just reminds us that the world is no longer a safe place. Even in what normally would be considered the safe haven of the Burrow,” you know.

Micah: Well, they could have done it quite easily if they just followed the first chapter of the book.

Matt: Yeah, but that would’ve been too easy.

Eric: Right especially – well, especially talking about the bridge collapse and all those kinds of things, they could have done that.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Laura: Elysa, you have pretty strong opinions on how the movies should be directed. What do you think of this?

Elysa: Oh man, I mean, honestly, we’re not going to know if it works or not until we see it, but I sort of think that the whole premise of it trying to make up for other areas that they can’t portray – I think that’s a little – I don’t know. I’m not quite sure that I buy that. Because, I mean, a lot of the things that were in the books that were showing what was going on outside in the Muggle world were the Daily Prophet, the newspapers, and then of course Harry seeing names that he recognized in these articles and stuff. And they’ve used the Daily Prophet – I mean just in the last movie, you saw a bunch of newspaper articles coming up on the screen, and they used that last time. I don’t know why they couldn’t use…

Eric: It gets old.

Elysa: …it this time as well.

Andrew: Because I didn’t like it.

Elysa: I mean. [laughs]

Laura: I thought it was awesome.

Eric: Andrew Sims, see he was on set.

Elysa: [laughs] Okay, fair enough.

Eric: This is the whole story behind the additional scene. Andrew Sims went on set, and they were talking about using that to pass time…

Andrew: I said no.

Eric: …and Andrew says…

Andrew: No, no. I said no.

Eric: …No, I didn’t like that in movie five, dudes, you’re just going to have to write another scene. J.K.R. will approve it.

Andrew: But wait, we’re missing one huge thing here. He says – David Baron says, “even in what would normally be considered the safe haven of the Burrow, nobody is safe.” I think this scene happens in the Burrow.

Eric: Has to do something with the Burrow, which is what I thought he was alluding to just now.

Andrew: I think it happens in the Burrow, I don’t think it has anything to do with the outside world.

Laura: But…

Andrew: I think the purpose of this scene is to just show nobody’s safe, but the scene’s going to be in the wizarding world.

Eric: Quit picking on the Weasleys.

Andrew: I don’t know. I don’t know. I’m just a betting man. I don’t know.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: Yeah, but if something happens to the Weasleys, it doesn’t really emphasize the danger in the Muggle world.

Andrew: Right, but what if you’re just reading into it too hard and it has nothing to do with the Muggle world?

Micah: He said it does.

Eric: That’s exactly the whole…

Andrew: No, he doesn’t say it does. He just says Jo’s scenes show what happened in the Muggle world.

Eric: Yeah, and we weren’t able to portray that, so we wrote this scene. So if this scene doesn’t really make up for that, then it’s just a crap-added scene and I’ll be very upset. Anyway…

Matt: He does tend to make his own scenes though, too. Because what he did in Order of the Phoenix when he wanted to make a chase through London with the flight of the Order. When…

Eric: Yeah, that was potentially hazardous to the… [laughs] Yeah.

Matt: It was stupid was what it was.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: I’m sorry.

Eric: But I liked the rest of the movie. I did like so much of the rest of the movie. I completely see past the whole non-invisible people flying through London. Though, to be fair, if they weren’t visible, you couldn’t watch them flying through London.

Andrew: It was just a cool, fast-paced scene. I mean, they didn’t feel like explaining why they were all visible.

Matt: Yeah, I know.

Eric: But you’re right. It was bad.

Micah: Who knows, maybe chapter one will be in there, but when I read it for the first time, that was what I thought of. I thought that they were essentially creating their own scene to replace the Muggle and the wizard Prime Minister meeting.

Eric: The Other Minister. Do you know what else – and this is just my final thought on it – is that we’re kind of complaining that they aren’t getting the first chapter, and I agree with that, and that’s a problem for me, but wait a minute. I kind of like the idea, if you can’t do it right don’t do it, in a way. I like that, and I like the idea that we’re going to still have some really good scenes in the books that were never translated to film. I agree that the film should be accurate representations of the books, but there are some things that are always going to be better read, and I think maybe chapter one of Book 6 will be one of those moments where it’s just you love reading the book even though there’s a movie out to supplement.

Matt: I kind of agree with Eric.

Elysa: Yeah, I don’t really think that inventing a completely new scene is that big of a deal if it’s just portraying what we already know is happening in the books anyway. It’s not like they’re inventing huge major plot points. They’re not saying Aberforth was the Giant Squid in animagus form or something. They’re not like putting something completely random in there.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: But if he were, can you imagine a giant squid and goat.

Elysa: [laughs] Wow. No, actually. I can’t. I’m sorry. [laughs]

Matt: Gross.

Eric: Well, you said it.

Andrew: Um, yeah.

Eric: So you’re a fan-fic editor. Have you never read that before?

Elysa: Oh, you would be…

Eric: Have you never read…

Laura: Oh my gosh, Elysa…

Elysa: Oh, my God. You would be terrified with the things I’ve read. Let me put it to you this way, okay? There are – inanimate objects do not go well in NC17 fics.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Like turkey legs? I remember reading that one.

Elysa: Like turkey legs, no. Turkey legs, McGonagall do not match up. I will…

Eric: The turkey leg always happens to stand out, doesn’t it? We have to cut all of that out.

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Eric: Okay, I’m sorry for all your non-virgin eyes and ears.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: I’m sorry, but I just figured that – well, you said the Giant Squid thing, and I just thought that you’d read that somewhere.

Elysa: No, actually, though, I have read plenty of Giant Squid and Tonks. I’m not kidding.

Laura: Do you remember that one that was Giant Squid and Ron?

Elysa: Yes.

[Eric laughs]

Elysa: That was terrible.

Laura: Oh, my gosh. It was so disturbing.

Elysa: You’d be surprised how creative these people get. Like Tonks and Giant Squid. Obviously, we do not accept that on MuggleNet, but…

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: …you’d be surprised if you go and Google that. I’m not suggesting this. I mean, beware, but…

Eric: So don’t Google it.

Elysa: No, don’t, but you’d be surprised at how many people write that kind of stuff.

Eric: Well, ‘shipping anything with Giant Squid really brings a whole new meaning to sucking face.

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: Oh God, Eric.

Elysa: Oh, wow.

Andrew: We’re interested to hear all the listeners’ feedback about the new scene. Personally, I think it’s going to be at the Burrow, but I don’t know. Betting man? I don’t know. Whatever.


Spiderwick Chronicles: Review


Andrew: So Spiderwick Chronicles came out this week as well. Actually, last week. And we wanted to do a little movie review. Laura, Elysa, Matt, and I all went out on a quadruple date and saw the movie, and made out during the dark scenes. And we…

Matt: Where was I?

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: Oh, that wasn’t – oh…

Laura: Uh-oh.

Elysa: Uh-oh.

Andrew: Who was that sitting next to me then? Whatever. So we wanted to talk about it briefly. Let me just start and say I enjoyed it. I thought it was good.

Laura: Yeah, it was a cute movie.

Andrew: Now, Laura, Elysa, and Matt you guys talk about how you thought it sucked, and…

Laura: No!

Elysa: No! I did not think it sucked.

Laura: I thought it was really cute. There’s definitely a lot of Harry Potter inspiration in the film. I don’t know if the books are that way, but you could tell that this was definitely made as something to appeal to Harry Potter fans.

Matt: How so, Laura? How so?

Laura: Well, you know there was that thing that looked exactly like Buckbeak.

Matt: Yeah, but it was a griffith. Totally H.P. unrelated.

Laura: Right.

Eric: I mean, where else is that actor supposed to get work? That actor that plays Buckbeak. They have to make roles for it, so…

Laura: No, but actually – first of all I want to say that Freddie Highmore is such a great actor, and I think he is one of the most adorable people I have ever seen in my life. He’s so cute.

Andrew: He did play twins and as we discussed in the interview, they do a thing where the camera makes the same exact movements twice, and they digitally merge the shots together so there’s two Freddies. And it’s just really cool. He did a perfect job pulling off acting like he was talking to himself.

Elysa: He did. I agree.

Andrew: You couldn’t tell. It was like he had a twin. Even the two other girls we went with, they were like, “Oh my god. He’s not actually a set of twins? He’s actually one actor?” Remember that when we were walking out?

Elysa: Yeah.

Eric: So what’s the movie actually about?

Laura: Well basically, it’s about a family that moves into this house that belonged to – what – their great uncle or something. His name was Spiderwick, and he basically gained the sight to see all things that humans can’t see like goblins, and that type of thing. And he chronicled all of the secrets of these creatures into a book, and basically the book was not supposed to be opened. It was supposed to stay in the house and be protected. And Freddie Highmore and his family move into the house, and of course he finds the book, and he opens it, and there is this giant goblin that wants it so that he can kill everything. And i’s basically about them trying to figure out how to destroy him and how to keep the book safe.

Eric: Okay, so how much of this movie is going to remind me of the last Freddie Highmore movie that I saw, Arthur and the Invisibles?

Laura: I haven’t seen that, so I couldn’t tell you.

Elysa: Neither have I.

Eric: Because that also had a very similar – from what you guys are telling me – a very similar in that the house – I think it was his father I think or grandfather that he had to rescue, and he had to open and figure out how to enter the world of the Minimoys. Except that movie had David Bowie, so that was pretty cool.

Andrew: Well, at any rate, it has been getting good reviews. It’s fair to say that we all enjoyed it. Elysa, do you want to tell as story about what you said once the credits started rolling?

Elysa: Oh, the credits started rolling, and I said, “directed by Alfonso Cuaron.”

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: Because it was pretty much – it was pretty much – I mean the first five Harry Potter books rolled in one. What really got me – what really got me – I was so confused – what really got me was I guess because I hadn’t read the book – and don’t get me wrong. I really enjoyed it and I thought that Freddie Highmore did a great acting job actually – but I was so confused by the allergy season crap that was all over the place.

[Laura laughs]

Elysa: It honestly seemed to me that it was a promotion for Claritin Clear.

[Two hosts laughs]

Elysa: I was expecting it to say, “symptoms may include bloody nose, saggy jowls, death by nuclear radiation.”

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: I was so confused, and you know what? But it was good. It was good, though. I enjoyed it. I guess just – you know.

Eric: Who has asthma?

Elysa: Who has asthma? [laughs]

Laura: Through the whole movie it looked like a Claritin commercial. The sky was bright blue and there would always little dandelions flying around, so it really did look like a Claritin commercial.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Wow. I…

Matt: It was also a promotion for Campbell’s Tomato Soup and honey.

Elysa: And honey.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: See, I liked that though. I enjoyed the little things that – the one little creature that lived in Spiderwick’s house; he needed honey to calm him down.

Elysa: Thimbletag right?

Andrew: Was that the…

Matt: Humbletack? Thumbtack?

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: I am pretty sure it was Thimbletag.

Laura: Dobby? Was that his name?

Andrew: Dobby?

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: Dobby.

Matt: It was like a Dobby/Kreacher hybrid or something.

Andrew: The one thing that really got us was when they were all flying on the griffin.

Matt: [laughs] I just remember when we saw that scene I turned over to Andrew, and I said, “I could have sworn I’ve seen this scene before.” [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: It was very reminiscent, but at any rate, we’re just playing around, having fun. It was a good movie. I would recommend you would see it. I’m sure all of us do.

Elysa: Yeah.

Laura: Oh yeah, definitely. It’s very enjoyable.


News Discussion: Casting


Andrew: Yeah. Micah, one other thing you wanted to bring up this week is some casting news.

Micah: Yeah, we finally started to get a little bit more information about two characters. Fenrir Greyback and Amycus Carrow both have been cast for Half-Blood Prince. I think one of the concerns that people have are more on the side of Fenrir Greyback being in the movie as opposed to Amycus Carrow. Don’t know if many people really care if – we knew the Death Eaters by name, but I was kind of getting concerned. It still begs the question, is there more casting information to come?

Matt: I’m getting really scared. They’re not even still casting the new Minister yet.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: We haven’t heard who the new – who Scrimgeour is played by?

Matt: No, we have not.

Andrew: I guess the one thing that could be holding them up is just that they haven’t started filming with the actor yet, so I mean, you know…

Eric: So it’s not relevant to know who the actor is going to be?

Andrew: I guess. I don’t know. I mean they have a reason for everything.

Eric: They’ve got their reasons.

Andrew: They’re not the best reasons, but they have reasons.

Eric: Maybe he is cut out. I don’t think they will cut him out of Movie 7, so, you know. It just kind of happens.

Micah: Well, when will we get – is there a time that Warner Brothers releases a full cast report for a movie? Is that something that they would do?

Andrew: I would think by the first teaser trailer they would have all the casting out. I mean that just makes sense for me because that’s just when they’re starting to kick off the publicity.

Matt: Yeah. That’s when they’re done with principle photography and everything.

Andrew: Well, is that true? Teaser trailers come out before that.

Eric: Teaser trailers can be – no, teaser trailers can be out for anything. If you recall, even the new Indiana Jones trailer, it has a – it has some from the upcoming movie, but most of it is the previous three movies. So they can do those kinds of teasers, which just go back into those sorts of things. And I mean if you remember in the original Harry Potter trailer, which you may or may not, it was more or less, you know, Vernon Dursley going, “There’s no such thing as magic.,” and slapping the trap, and it was like this really cool, sort of – you know, teaser trailers – no, you don’t need to have the whole movie completed to do that.

Matt: They kind of tease you a little bit.

Eric: They just tease you a little bit.

Andrew: I guess that would make sense why they call them teaser trailers.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Why do they call them trailers at all? Okay, so moving on. Announcements.


Announcements


Andrew: Okay, so moving on to announcements. This sort of is relevant to our first news item that we were talking about. It comes from Lucas. I was planning on talking about it anyway, but Lucas read my mind as I e-mailed him. It’s Lucas, 16, from Chicago. He’s been on the show a couple times when he calls in during the live shows. He writes:

“I think that you guys should have one more live show that lasts for a couple hours. You haven’t had one in a while and I noticed that tons of people would love it.” And then he talks about some other podcast we’re doing in the future. But yeah, so I think what we should do – we should do another live podcast. I’m personally itching to do another one because they are a lot of fun. Are you guys – Would you guys be up for doing one?

Laura: Yeah. I’d be all for it.

Andrew: Yeah, I think we should do one when they make the announcement – the director and split into two announcement, so then maybe we’ll step off Chapter-by-Chapter for that live show and we’ll just…

Matt: Talk?

Andrew: Yeah, well, we’ll talk about the official announcements, and we’ll have people call in, and we’ll discuss what their thoughts are on the movie being split in two, and the new director.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: So…

Laura: Sounds good.

Andrew: I think it would be a timely – I’m just saying ahead of time, we’re going to set some ground rules this time. First of all, no shout outs. They’re fun, they’re fun. We all laugh. We all LOL on the chat.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: But…

Laura: Until the point when every person that calls in doesn’t have anything to say.

Andrew: Yeah, such as a shout out.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: We need to stop that. It slows the show down.

Matt: They do that, really?

Eric: Yeah, and no gack, no gack unless you’re like from Nickelodeon, okay?

Andrew: Or unless you’re actually choking on something then you can…

Andrew and

Eric: Gack.

Andrew: Or gag.

Eric: And anyway, anyway. Yeah.

Andrew: So, yeah. Keep an eye out. Whenever there’s an official announcement we’ll try to do a live show as quickly as possible. It seems one’s coming in the next one to two weeks, and that lines up with when I was sort of thinking we could do a live show anyway. So we’ll just wait for that announcement. Hopefully, it’s not during the week. It could be between Thursday and Saturday. Most likely it’s going to be made – the announcement’s going to be a Monday morning or something terrible. So I don’t know, we’ll see. But we will do a live show soon for all of you who are looking forward to one, so plan it out. Most people – a lot of people get upset about when we announce them last minute because then they don’t have time to plan ahead and tune in, so we’re giving your warning ahead of time. So that’s really the only announcement we have this week. Let’s move on to Muggle Mail now.


Muggle Mail: Choosing the Muggle Mail to Read


Laura: Our first Muggle Mail comes from Naomi, 23, of Israel. She writes:

“So what you all are saying is you don’t have time to respond to listeners that send you nice, long letters, but you have time to respond to idiots that talk trash and say horrible things to you. That’s normal. Who am I kidding? I’m crazy. Wow wow wow.”

Eric: Woah.

Laura: “But really, why…”

Andrew: It’s actually, “wowowowowow.”

Laura: Okay, that’s good.

Andrew: Like an Indian.

Laura: Okay, that’s nice. “But really, why do you have the need to respond to idiots and not the people that really think before they write? Because idiots that talk like that just rant about everything. They find flaws everywhere.”

Matt: That’s not true!

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Laura: Actually, it’s true.

Eric: [mocking Matt] “You’re a liar!”

Matt: We don’t just respond to just idiot e-mail and stuff. We respond to stupid ones too.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: Naomi has a point. Every now and then we do like to pick out a ridiculous e-mail to read, but those are just for fun. We don’t really take them seriously. Like…

Andrew: Actually – actually, hold on, wait. Actually, what we were saying…

Micah: [unintelligible] …last week.

Andrew: …last week was we reply to e-mails that have people complaining about the show and stuff.

Laura: Oh. Well, stop your whining. That’s all I have to say.

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Well, no…

Laura: It’s our show and we’ll run it the way we want to.

Matt: Oooo!

Elysa: Damn, Laura.

Eric: Whoa, Laura. We mean for the people who…wow.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: That’s…

Matt: Momma’s going to crack the whip.

Laura: You know – you know what it really bothers me? Is every now and then I’ll see an e-mail, and really it’s pretty often, and someone will be like, “I think you’re doing this wrong. You should do…” And I’m like, you know what? Go make your own podcast. Just do it.

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: Damn.

Laura: If you don’t like the way we run ours, make your own.

Andrew: Yeah. Listen, we do everything for a reason. The reason why we said that we reply to the e-mails that are negative – we reply to the ones that have claims that we’re doing something wrong, like, a serious issue. I’m not really talking about, like, hate mail. Like, we don’t really reply to hate mail. We just reply to things that – with people that are like – like every so often we’ll get a parent whose like, “I can’t believe you said this word for my son, blah, blah, blah.” So like, you know.

Eric: And then we laugh.

Andrew: To us that’s – yeah, I mean, you know – moderate what your kids watch, or listen to. That’s all I have to say. But we’re family friendly here.

Micah: Yeah, we are, and the other thing I wanted to point out about this was, we do read and respond to people who send in nice things, because we do it on the show. We have a whole section where we sit and we respond to people’s rebuttals, we have Chicken Soup, so it’s not like we’re not taking people’s stuff and replying to it. I think everybody probably replies to at least five e-mails a week that are people questioning, “Why can’t I download this? Why isn’t this working?”

Andrew: Right.

Micah: So we do take the time to – to do that in addition to all the other mail.

Andrew: And we’re not trying to be mean here…

Laura: No.

Andrew: We’re just saying, you know, we run the show how we do. We can’t reply to – you know, most of the e-mails – the majority – I will say the majority of the e-mails we get are theories, so we can’t reply back and be like, you know, “Oh, I think this is good because blah, blah, blah, blah, blah” you know, it’s just – we just can’t.

Micah: Yeah. We do – we do read it. That’s the point I think we wanted people to get from last week’s show…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: …is we do read everything.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s all.

Micah: But we don’t have the time to reply to it.

Andrew: Yeah. Well, let’s not dwell on this, ’cause it, you know – people, you know, we made our point clear.


Muggle Mail: Gryffindor’s Sword


Andrew: Okay, next e-mail comes from Amanda, 25, of Sunshine Coast in Australia. She actually – a lot of people wrote this response in to our discussion on Gryffindor’s sword last week and why Luna, Ginny, and Neville tried to steal it. She writes:

“This is probably one of hundreds of e-mails you received, but Ginny found out that Harry had Gryffindor’s sword passed to him when on page 11 of DH, U.K. edition, it states, ‘Outside in the garden, over the dinner tables, the three objects Scrimgeour had given them were passed from hand to hand. Everyone exclaimed over the Deluminator and the Tales of Beedle the Bard and lamented the fact Scrimgeour had refused to pass on the sword.’ So Ginny would have heard about it then and thought it was a great way to help Harry since she couldn’t go with him, and to exact some revenge on Snape, too.” So that’s a great point.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: I would agree.

Andrew: I think that’s the explanation we needed.

MuggleCast 133 Transcript (continued)


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 16, “Godric’s Hollow”


Andrew: Let’s dive in straight to Chapter-by-Chapter this week, because we have a lot to discuss. We’re going to do two chapters this week. Going to kick it off with Chapter 16: Godric’s Hollow. A short but very important chapter. It’s one we all speculated about before the book came out. We were all saying Harry was going to – he had to go back to Godric’s Hollow. I mean it’s now or never. So who wants to kick it off with a short summary?

Eric: I’ll do the short summary. Okay, so the short summary is, for this chapter, Chapter 16, “Godric’s Hollow”: Following Ron’s departure, Harry and Hermione struggle for productivity as they agree to go and find Godric’s Hollow, a journey which ends at the tomb of the Potters.

Matt: Dun-dun-dun…

Andrew: So the chapter starts off with just a lot of – a lot of narration. I mean Harry’s feeling – Harry and Hermione are feeling the effects of Ron being away.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Right?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. And he’s thinking about Ginny. You know, all this being away hurts.

Eric: Yeah, they keep looking out – they hear noises at the door, like if Ron were to come back in. Hermione pretty much just – she delays them leaving the place where they were ’cause Ron, like, won’t be able to find them after that, that sort of thing. And Harry resorts to the Marauder’s Map, and he begins watching people at Hogwarts. Initially, he thinks he’s going to see Ron show up there again, you know, because he sold out for the, sort of, three meals a day that he’s used to. But turns out he just ends up watching Ginny. And Ginny becomes a comfort to him, and he wishes more than anything that she knows that he still cares about her. So – and also connection to Hogwarts, they begin to speak with Phineas Nigellus.


Absence of Hogwarts


Eric: Now did you guys like how this was done? The whole [chuckles] how they kind of came to an agreement with Phineas, and they began to seek answers about what was happening at Hogwarts?

Laura: Yeah, I thought it was pretty cool that they utilized him that way.

Matt: Well, don’t you think that Snape was the one who told him to keep an eye on him?

Eric: Well, we know that now I guess.

Laura: Yeah, it’s – yeah.

Eric: But what do they find from…

Andrew: Yeah, I guess so.

Eric: …this – from these meetings? What do they…

Andrew: Not much.

Laura: No, I mean they mainly just find out what’s going on at Hogwarts. Like, that a few students are kind of rebelling against Snape and…

Eric: Harry theorizes that the D.A. is still alive and well.

Andrew: Which was interesting…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: …’cause, like, while I was reading this for the first time, it’s just weird, like, thinking about you don’t know what’s going on at Hogwarts for the first time.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: Like – it’s just like you try to picture what – what is going on. It would be interesting…

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: …to, you know, hear this part of the book from Ginny’s perspective or Luna’s or…

Eric: Well, as the…

Andrew: …Neville’s.

Eric: …as the reader, you’re right. As the reader, you feel very empty because you haven’t seen the seventh Halloween feast, you know. [laughs] I mean, you know? When you’re first given the first Harry Potter book you were expecting seven Halloween feasts, and seven Christmas feasts, and you’re just – you’re not getting it.

Andrew: Right.


Going to Godric’s Hollow


Eric: So they finally get off their bums and they decide they’re going to Godric’s Hollow. Okay? Harry says, “You know what? I want to go to Godric’s Hollow.” And Hermione says, “Well, that’s a good idea. I kind of want to go there, too.” And – so they plan on it and basically, there’s a few very interesting facts about Godric’s Hollow, which I put in the notes here for you guys about Godric’s Hollow. This is sort of what we know. Now it’s still a bit confusing for me how Harry knew to go there at the end of Book 6, but needless to say, by this point in Book 7, he has reason to go there based on what he…

Andrew: Well, I don’t think – I don’t think he – he had – he had reason other than he just wanted to see his parents’ grave, right?

Eric: Yeah.

Elysa: Right.

Eric: But my question was how did he – my former question on the show had been how did he know that his parents were buried there? But I guess that makes sense, I guess, you know?

Andrew: Yeah, nothing’s really happening here. I mean this is just – this is just a big moment for Harry just because he’s finally seeing his parents’ grave.

Elysa: Just a Lifetime movie.

Andrew: What’s that?

Elysa: Nothing.

Eric: It is like a Lifetime movie.

Laura: I heard that, Elysa Montfort! [laughs]

Elysa: I said it was just like a Lifetime movie. I mean three-quarters of the chapter I felt like I was watching Lifetime with a bunch of other girls sewing.

Eric: Have some sympathy! You heartless fan fiction mob.

Elysa: No! No, no, no, no, no. Listen, listen – don’t get me wrong, I cried at the end of this chapter.

Eric: Sure you did.

Elysa: I was really emotional…

Eric: Sure you did.

Elysa: …but that’s part of why it’s a freaking – that’s why it’s a Lifetime movie. Isn’t it? Isn’t that sort of the – the staple of watching Lifetime?

Andrew: Okay, you’re talking to four guys and one other girl. I don’t think – one other girl, who…

Matt: I love this chapter, you guys. Why are you guys bagging on it? Harry cried!

Elysa: No! I liked it too!

Laura: No, this is a fabulous chapter.

Elysa: I liked it too.

Andrew: So they get into Godric’s Hollow, and Harry and Hermione come upon this statue of the Potters and, like, I thought that was just so cool that there’s this statue of you as a child with your parents. The town has this statue there. It’s been there for seventeen years and he just stares at it for a minute, and there’s really no like realization, there’s no like – in the book it’s just written Harry’s staring at it. I don’t know. Don’t you guys think there should have been more like…

Laura: Yeah, but wouldn’t that freak you out?

Eric: That’s a moment…

Andrew: Okay, maybe it was a lot, and maybe it was a lot for him all at once.

Eric: I think I can connect. I think I connect with the exact response that’s in the book, because you got to realize that Harry’s survival impacted the entire Wizarding World, you know? Even though Voldemort is a terrorist who’s in England, you know, being the most powerful dark wizard ever, he’s pretty much the threat to the entire world. Harry’s defeat of him meant something to people so much larger than Harry would ever meet, and will ever know, and so coming to this statue, which he had never seen before, it was just, you know, it had been there for seventeen years. I think that’s fitting, and it’s just – he’s like the last person to see this statue of him and his parents, and it’s just – it’s just really like, you know, there’s nothing to say or do. He’s just there. It’s not a lack of emotional response; it’s just an abundance of it.

Micah: Plus it’s a conscious decision on his part, or maybe a subconscious decision that he can’t pay too close attention to things like that, just because there’s that threat that he may be being watched by somebody else. Obviously that ends up happening, but, you know, if he just goes into an emotional breakdown, and he’s under Polyjuice Potion, you know, wouldn’t that seem kind of weird that some middle-aged guy is breaking down in front of a statue and…

Matt: Okay.

Elysa: There’s…

Laura: Well, also we see later…go ahead.

Elysa: No, I think I was going to say the same thing that you’re going to say, which is just that we see a lot of the emotion later when he’s at his parents’ grave and then again, you know, a little less sadness, but when they see that sign that pops up later, with all the graffiti written on it and stuff…?

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: So I think there was so much emotion already transpiring in that short period of time that it didn’t really – I don’t know – it didn’t really surprise me that there wasn’t anything more intense at that point, but I understand that point completely, but it didn’t really surprise me.

Laura: Yeah. And also the way I think about it is – I think that seeing a statue of him and his family, like a memorial, is really not all that different than reading about his family in textbooks like he did at school because it was just a representation. I think it became…

Eric: Well, he didn’t – sorry to interrupt. Hermione was always the one to read about Harry in the books.

Laura: Yeah, I know, but she was the one who told him about it. I mean, that’s all very much a surreal experience because it didn’t become real to him. Like he actually said that – I mean, he actually detailed the idea of his parents’ bodies being beneath him under the ground.

Eric: And he said he almost wanted to crawl in and sleep with them.

Laura: Yeah, and it wasn’t until then that it became real, I don’t think.


War Memorial


Andrew: Well, let’s jump to the gravestones.

Matt: Yeah, please.

Andrew: You guys are just all about proving me wrong about future events.

Micah: Well, I just wanted…

Andrew: Go ahead, Micah.

Micah: …to mention one thing. I thought it was interesting that it first appeared as a war memorial, and then…

Eric: Yeah, what was up with that?

Micah: …it turned into the Potters.

Elysa: Yeah, what kind of war memorial?

Eric: Well, it could be that – well, think about the Godric’s Hollow – think about Godric’s Hollow – Godric’s Hollow is not a full – an all-magical town like Hogsmeade. Hogsmeade’s the only all-magical establishment in Britain, but Godric’s Hollow’s kind of a half-magical…

Andrew: Ooooh.

Eric: …half-Muggle thing. Now think about Harry and Hermione, who are under the Polyjuice Potion as Muggles. I think that the war memorial, considering Lily and James are only significant to magic people. You know, I mean, they’re significant to Muggles, but Muggles would never understand why. You couldn’t even begin to explain, so I think if the wizards are going to build a memorial to – I mean, quite like the Potters’ house, which you see in the next chapter, it’s just – I think the whole idea with that was that the war memorial was, you know, once they got closer to it kind of revealed itself just like the cottage did because they weren’t Muggles.

Micah: My point was that it’s more symbolic. That…

Eric: Oh, it’s a battle-scar.

Micah: …you know, the Potters…what?

Eric: It’s like a…

Micah: The Potters are the central point of this war against Voldemort, and the fact that a war memorial changed over to, you know, a statue of Lily, James, and Harry I thought was, you know, symbolic in a sense of what is taking place in this book.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Mhm.

Micah: That was more of where I…

Elysa: The war memorial, though, isn’t that what the Muggles see? Isn’t that sort of the disguise for Lily, and James, and Harry?

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I thought.

Elysa: I was just curious as to which war that was for. I mean, obviously it has to be something valid if it’s going to fool the Muggles.

Andrew: WWII.

Eric: Yeah, or the Australian-American war.


The Gravestones


Andrew: Okay, so the graves. They go through the graveyard, they’re finding different people, and Harry’s getting frustrated because Hermione keeps pointing out different graves other than his parents’, but then finally, of course, it’s Hermione who finds the grave. Well, okay, first we’ll talk about the inscription on Kendra and…

Eric: Ariana.

Andrew: Ariana Dumbledore’s grave. I guess, Eric, you had this in here so you should probably talk about it.

Eric: Yeah. There’s two inscriptions they come across in this graveyard. One of them is on the grave of Dumbledore’s mother and sister, and the other one is on James and Lily’s tomb. And Harry makes note of the second one and has some open dialogue about Hermione, but the first one on Kendra and Ariana’s grave is – reads as such: “Where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” What do you guys think that means?

Laura: Well, first of all, that’s from the Bible. It’s from Matthew 6:21.

Eric: Ooh.

Laura: It is. Actually…

Andrew: Now wait a second, how did you know that? Did you Google it afterwards?

Laura: Yeah, I looked it up. And basically, both of these phrases are from the Bible.

Eric: Really?

Micah: Aww, isn’t that nice that Jo did a little tribute to Laura Mallory in Deathly Hallows?

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: “Here lies Laura Mallory.”

Andrew: Ooh.

Laura: Ooh.

Andrew: That’s a little too much.

Laura: But actually if you…

Eric: [unintelligible] …in the dust rather than the marble of the graves.

Laura: It’s really interesting if you read Matthew 6 and you’re looking at lines 19 through 21. That section is called “Lay Up Treasures in Heaven.” And it says, “Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust destroy, and where thieves break in and steal. But lay up for yourselves treasures in Heaven, where neither moth nor rust destroys, and where thieves do not break in and steal. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.”

Andrew: Aww.

Laura: And I thought it was really fitting to say that you should really treasure the important things in your life and not link your entire being to material possessions that will have no meaning when you’re gone.

Eric: That’s kind of…

Elysa: Isn’t that a little ironic if – isn’t Dumbledore the one who put that inscription on it?

Eric: Yeah, and that’s the open dialogue.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: When they talk about this Harry says, “It makes sense that Dumbledore would be the one to choose this, because he was they oldest member of his family after Kendra and Ariana died.”

Matt: Well, it’s possible it’s something that his mother said. I mean he had to have gotten his loving nature from someone in his family. Maybe his mother was the one who was very loving and concerning, and probably that’s where Dumbledore got most of his sense from.

Eric: I like that.

Laura: Mmhm.

Andrew: Elysa, do you have something else to say about that?

Elysa: No, no. I just wanted – I wasn’t quite sure what it meant. At first my thought was that maybe – I don’t know. I don’t know what I was thinking. But I thought that there was maybe some sort of significance to it and – like a Horcrux or something. But obviously…

Matt: Yeah, I was kind of thinking the same thing. Like, “Where your treasure is there your heart will be.”

Elysa: Exactly, yeah.

Matt: Like your treasure you put your soul into.

Elysa: Right. Exactly.

Eric: I think we’re meant to think that a little bit. Because obviously…

Matt: Yeah, just a little bit.

Laura: Maybe.

Eric: It’s to be contrasted. With the kind of life that Voldemort is living, that he has souls and Horcruxes for the fact that treasure and heart can mean nothing about means of survival in the mortal world, but be actually really meaningful.

Andrew: I think that makes perfect sense, the Horcrux parallel.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: It makes good sense. I mean, you know, obviously Matthew wasn’t jotting this down about Horcruxes and J.K. Rowling 2,000 years later.

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: Honestly though, I don’t think that – I mean we know that Jo is a Christian. I don’t think that she would use a biblical quote in reference to something evil like a Horcrux.

Eric: Well no, but it’s the kind of thing about being well written is that you can imply all these things from it, you can take all these things out of it. She’s also…

Laura: Oh yeah, I know.

Eric: All the time that she wrote that – in this chapter just five times it’s appeared – how the little beating heart inside the locket is going faster, and faster, and faster.

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: I think maybe it might have been less of a reference to a Horcrux directly and more of a reference of, you know, anti-Horcrux perhaps.

Eric: That’s what I mean; it’s contrasted. It’s to be absolutely contrasted.

Elysa: Exactly.

Eric: It has nothing to do with a Horcrux but you’re meant to think – or, you know, it’s in there. It’s definitely there to think about it.

Elysa: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So on James and Lily’s tomb, what about the second inscription? And Harry questions that isn’t this what a Death Eaters’ think? It says, “The last enemy that will be defeated is Death.”

Laura: Yeah.

Elysa: I like that one.

Andrew: Harry sort of ruined the moment – yeah – Harry sort of ruined the moment for me right there though, because it seemed like he was getting angry, wasn’t he?

Eric: He was. Well, he read it wrong because Hermione’s like, “it’s not a bad thing.”

Micah: This is a very angry chapter, though.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: If you’re sort of following Harry throughout everything that’s been going on in this book in particular, and you’re not a fan of Dumbledore – I know there are a couple of people like Jess out there.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Who should be spammed.

Micah: But you get very aggravated. At least I did, re-reading the chapter, with Dumbledore. Because here you have, I think, just two rows behind the Potters’ graves behind Ariana and Kendra Dumbledore’s. And you start thinking to yourself, why was Harry never brought to Godric’s Hollow? Why was Harry never given this information? And it really starts to sink in because, up until this point, it’s sort of been like, “Okay, Dumbledore didn’t pass along this information, you can deal with it.” But once you start to see the reality that Harry’s going through, that he’s sitting at his parents’ grave, and Dumbledore had this information all along and never shared anything with him. I mean I would…

Laura: I would be frustrated too.

Eric: You’re right, this is the moment where it hits, Micah. And I mean, you did the news item where J.K. Rowling had said there was legitimate concern in that Dumbledore was – well, I guess using Harry as a puppet was the term used. But I mean, this is the moment where Harry’s thinking about walking with Dumbledore. What an emotional impact he thinks that would be for them both to have walked there. I think the term is, “What a strong bond that would be for Dumbledore to have taken him to this place,” and he didn’t! And the line is something to the effect of, “was it more important to just get Harry to do what he wanted him to do?” And I mean you’re right, this is the chapter where it starts really hitting home.

Micah: Well, not even Dumbledore. Nobody ever took him.

Eric: Well, nobody took him, yeah. That’s kind of sad, too.

Matt: Well, do you think that Dumbledore really thought about – before he died – about this precaution? About how danger it’d would be if he went back to Godric’s Hollow?

Eric: It’s a good question.

Micah: I think he would have been able to deal with the situation without ever drawing attention to those graves. Yes, they’re close together, but I still think Dumbledore may have been able to go to Godric’s Hollow and sort of not pay any attention to the two graves that were there. And maybe in the end that’s the reason why he never took Harry there. Maybe that would be the explanation, that it would have been too difficult for him to deal with everything surrounding his mother and his sister.

Laura: Yeah. Now, Andrew, I actually want to hear what you think this little inscription means. I thought your interpretation was interesting.


Interpretation of Inscription


Andrew: Okay, well, what I think – okay, Hermione’s probably right; I’ll just say that first. However, when I look at it and I think about it, I feel like it means that – this might sound stupid but this is just an alternate interpretation – that once everyone in the world is dead then there will no longer be death, and it is therefore defeated. Let me read the line back. “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” It will be defeated, it won’t exist anymore, because everyone is dead already and they can’t die anymore.

Laura: Okay, but that’s like – okay, that would be like saying that everything on the planet would have to die though. Like including the planet itself.

Elysa: Honestly, I never thought of it like that, and I don’t think it’s a stupid theory at all. I just think that…

Andrew: Thanks.

Elysa: I really don’t. I think that it sort of assumes that maybe in order for you to destroy death you have to eradicate it. And I think that for something as ambivalent as…[coughs]…excuse me – death that it’s something that has to be overcome and not eradicated. And I sort of think that that’s where Laura’s interpretation fits in, is that if you can overcome it, then that is sort of destroying death in a sense. And I think that James and Lily were overcoming it through keeping Harry alive through their sacrifice, as she has suggested.

Andrew: Well, Laura, what is your interpretation?

Laura: Well, it’s basically what Elysa just said, that it’s for anybody who has overcome their fear of death, and I mean I think of James and Lily, who are living on in their son. And I think that regardless of what your belief in any sort afterlife is, you do leave an impression in this world, whether it’s through your children or through things that you’ve done. I really think that you do. And just like reading it in terms of how it’s presented in the Bible – because it’s in Corinthians – it’s like Corinthians 15:26 or something. But all through Corinthians 15, it’s about the resurrection of Christ, and it talks about that. And there was one part that was kind of – it was kind of eerie reading it because it reminded me a lot of the scene where Harry was walking to the Forbidden Forest, and he saw his mother and father, and Remus all standing around him when he puts on the Resurrection Stone. Because it talked about how there would be one to be resurrected and all the apostles would see him and all this other stuff.

Elysa: Wow.

Laura: And you can definitely tell that J.K. Rowling was schooled very much in religion.

Elysa: That’s a good call, Laura. That’s a good call.

Micah: Well, that’s what I thought of when I was re-reading it was – I thought specifically of the Deathly Hallows, and Harry being the Master of Death, and the fact that, you know, he has that whole scene at King’s Cross. You know, I like was Elysa was saying just before about the Potters living on through Harry. In their own way, they defeated death by stepping in front of the curses that were meant for Harry, I guess. Lily more so than James, but even still, James died protecting his family. Harry sort of gives up at the end and knows that him sacrificing himself is supposedly for the greater good, and, you know, that kind of quote for me ties in with the Hallows and ties in with his actions at the end of the book.

Laura: Mmhm.


This Scene in the Movie


Matt: Well, before we go to chapter seventeen, can we just like talk about this scene as a whole? As like, when they film it in the movie, like how beautiful it’s going to be when you see Harry and Hermione holding each other looking at the parents’ grave in the snow.

Andrew: Yeah, I was thinking about that and immediately I closed my eyes and could just picture the typical Emma Watson worried face.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: But see, that’s the thing I’m kind of nervous for. I think it would be a little better in the film if they don’t actually go through the Polyjuice Potion. So you actually see Harry and Hermione holding each other at the gravesite, rather than what they look like through the Polyjuice Potion.

Eric: [laughs] What’s it going to be – these two strange actors.

[Everyone laughs].

Matt: Yeah, exactly. It’s supposed to be a touching moment.

Eric: Very sentimental, but yeah, you’re right. I don’t think – and the Polyjuice Potion. It’s kind of what they’re saying about Movie 6. There’s all these precautions they take to make clear how unsafe the world is, but I think it’s a better story to tell in a movie if they are not under the Polyjuice Potion at this exact moment. We questioned whether they would be in the Ministry scene.

Andrew: It’s very – this is a very different – oh fuck, I was going to say something but I’ve lost my train of thought. It’s just the perspective you have while reading – you see Harry and Hermione, but in a movie it’s not nearly as effective. They’re going to have to really do something about that. Because yeah, you’re right. Like Matt and Eric, you were saying, seeing these two random people holding each other just won’t make sense.

Micah: Reading this chapter – I mean, you kind of get and idea as to why Ron wasn’t written into it, because I just can’t see him being in this scene.

Matt: Yeah, I agree.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s a good point. That’s a really good point.

Elysa: I just – I was just wondering, I’m not sure if this was specified or if I’m remembering incorrectly, but who decided on that epitaph? “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death”? Do we know?

Laura: I don’t think it was ever specified who chose it.

Matt: It’s probably a – like, maybe a favor from Lily or James of the Deathly Hallows from Beetle and the Bard.

Eric: Well, I would rather venture and say that Dumbledore did that one too. I would like to think that.

Elysa: Well, here’s what – yeah – here’s what I was going to say, and I have no evidence in this whatsoever, but I was almost positive that I read somewhere – maybe in one of the interviews that J.K. Rowling did after the release – that Dumbledore had written that. And if so, that gives a whole new perspective to it. Because if Dumbledore wrote that, it would sort of almost be like, I suppose redemption in a way. That he was sort of – because he went through that whole phase of trying to obtain the Deathly Hallows and defeating death in a way that it can’t be defeated. At least not – you know, so he wrote that sort of saying, “I’ve realized my mistake and, you know, where I made an error in judgment, and now I know. I’ve learned through Lily and James that the only way to destroy death is to face it and not to run from it.”

Matt: Yeah, I like that a lot.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Very nicely put.

Elysa: [laughs] Thanks.

Matt: Wow.


Laura is Fired


Andrew: Elysa, you’re the girl. You’re hired.

Matt: Yeah.

[Everybody laughs]

Andrew: You know, Laura, get off the show.

Matt: See you, Laura.

Elysa: Aw no. No.

Laura: Screw you!

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: Laura!

Andrew: [laughs] I’m just kidding.

[Elysa laughs]

Micah: You can keep the P.O. Box.

Matt: Laura! Bye!


Andrew Gets a Love Letter


Laura: Speaking of the P.O. Box, Andrew, my mom told me that some girl sent you this very serious love letter.

Eric: She reads the letters?

Laura: Like intense…

Andrew: What is she doing opening my personal love letters?

Laura: No, she didn’t, like, put a name on the envelope.

Andrew: I’m just playing.

Eric: She wanted it to be…

Laura: Okay, I was just telling you.

Eric: …found by someone else.

Andrew: Aw, well I look forward to seeing it and being creeped out.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Let’s go to chapter seventeen. I’m just kidding, whoever said that.

Micah: Call Crime Stoppers.


Chapter 17, “Bathilda’s Secret”


Andrew: I’m sure it’s nice. We should move on to chapter seventeen now, Victoria’s – I mean “Bathilda’s Secret.” Basically in this chapter, to sum up Eric’s short summary: Hiss, hiss, bite, hiss, crunch, I can fly…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: …hey cute picture, wait that’s him, no.

Eric: That’s the…

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Eric: No, no! You totally destroyed that, Andrew. I write these summaries. I put all my heart into them and it…

Andrew: I know…

Laura: Half of it was hiss.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: I think it came off funny.

Eric: Can I read the short summary? [actually hisses] Bite! Hisss….crunch. My wand! Look at my wand! I can fly, I can fly, I can fly! Hey, cute picture. Wait, that’s him. Nooooooo!!

Andrew: [laughs] Wow.

Laura: Oh my god.

[Elysa claps]

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: That’s the short summary.

Andrew: Elysa Montfort, the only one clapping for that.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Aw.

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: That’s because she’s really polite.

Andrew: Thank you, Skype meters. And she’s new, she has to suck up to everyone.

Laura: Yeah, she’ll be meaner next time.

Elysa: Oh, right. [laughs]


Bathilda the Snake


Andrew: All right, so this chapter. I don’t what to think about this chapter. I mean this is another – they should have seen this coming! Like, come on, she was so – while everyone was reading this for the first time, did you know that something was up with Bathilda?

Laura: Of course!

Elysa: Absolutely.

Laura: Of course.

Matt: Oh, obviously. It was obvious she was a snake!

[Andrew, Elysa, and Laura laugh]

Eric: It was absolutely obvious that a giant snake was possessing Bathilda’s dead corpse and inhabiting the carcass and leading Harry alone so that she could bite him and break his – Yes.

Matt: Thank you, Eric. It was so obvious.

Eric: Matt, you and I are the only ones worthwhile – or worthy of reading these kinds of books.

Andrew: You know – well, okay – the only reason I can see someone thinking that, “Okay, there wasn’t anything up with her,” just ’cause they had heard at the wedding that she was just gaga. So…

Laura: Mmm.

Andrew: So I don’t know. Obviously something was up to us because, you know, something was bound to happen. You know, every thirty pages there’s like a new big scary Voldemort attack.

Matt: Yeah, it was – the whole mood was supposed to change anyway. So we were expecting a big change in the mood.


The Plaque Honoring Harry


Andrew: Yeah. So first off, in the beginning of this chapter, Harry feels excited because – he gets a little boost, a little inspiration boost because he sees this graffiti on this plaque honoring him.

Matt: I think that was just what he needed.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Because he’s getting very skeptical of Hermione and Ron, and he was right that – I mean, they were kind of doubting him a little bit and so now he’s been thinking this whole entire time that his best friends are doubting his ability, and are they really – I mean, they may be with him, but are they really, in a sense? And he reads these graffitis on the scene – on a sign saying how – what does it say on the sign?

Micah: Oh, it says, “Good luck, Harry, wherever you are. If you read this, Harry, we’re all behind you. Long live Harry Potter.”

Eric: Well, yeah, the house is still there. Most of the house is still there, in fact.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s really cool, too, how there’s like a little tribute. Well, I mean they…

Eric: Yeah, I liked that a lot.

Andrew: …kept the house there as a tribute. Like, that’s just amazing. I really cannot wait to see that in the movie because Harry even – well, the narration even points out that, you know, there was the blasted corner of the house, which is obviously where Voldemort killed his mother and tried to kill Harry.

Eric: And remember, we’ve seen this house, guys. In the movie when Hagrid – in the first movie when Hagrid is doing the recount. We see Voldemort go into there.

Andrew: Right.


Recreating Harry’s Parents’ Death Scene


Eric: I thought that would be really cool if they reshoot those scenes, sort of, with the actors – try to recreate it. But then actually, you know, elaborate with all the things that happened – sorry – at the end of this chapter, which is fantastic.

Matt: Well see, that’s what I had…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …a question about, too. Because they said in the beginning when they did this movie – the first film – that J.K. Rowling oversaw this entire scene…

Eric: I think she directed that scene or something.

Matt: Do you honestly – oh, yeah I think she did direct it, too. Do you think that they may have actually filmed the entire scene and are saving it…

Eric: No, I highly doubt that.

Matt: …for the last film?

Andrew: Oh.

Eric: If you think about it, the James and Lily actors are very happy to return. They’ve been in almost all the movies. In fact, they’ve been in all the movies. They really have.

Matt: But the baby! It doesn’t look like that; he’s probably a couple years older now.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Well, they could find another child.

Andrew: He’s like ten years older now.

Eric: Well, you’re right. You’re right.

Andrew: That’s kind of a good theory, Matt. I mean – because I don’t think they would have to film much extra. Like – well – I don’t know, it’s hard to say because if you think about the movie scene in Sorcerer’s Stone, it’s not exactly how it is in the book.

Matt: No, it’s not. But also, the actors are ten years older, almost, too. From when…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …they filmed that scene.

Andrew: Although, Harry was standing in the crib and he had a little smile on his face in the movie, didn’t he?

Matt: A little bit.

Laura: Yeah, he did.

Andrew: It’s very similar.

Laura: He was wearing Blue’s Clues pajamas, too.

Andrew: He was, yeah!

Matt: And they stressed it enough that she was very adamant about getting this scene right. She probably had this whole scene – you know, she had it all envisioned in her head. I still think they may have filmed this entire scene.

Eric: Well, I like the idea of that. It’s just in the history of movies where – it seems like in my history of movies, my experience, when I think that it would be very cool if they did that, they never do that, which is the only thing I have against it.

Andrew: I mean, at the very least, they must have some extra footage lying around. They must have done some extra takes, maybe some extra angles or two. Maybe they could make a whole thing out of it.

Matt: You don’t even see James’ character in that flashback.

Andrew: Right, you don’t. That’s one issue.

Eric: So are we going to talk about Bathilda picking them up then?


Bathilda Knows Who Harry Is


Andrew: Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. That’s a great point, Matt, but I guess we’ll have to wait and see. That’s a good question for Heymann or somebody. Okay, so Harry finds the photograph of Dumbledore and Grindelwald in Bathilda’s house and – sorry, I’m reading from whoever wrote this. He’s also convinced by looking in her eyes that she knows who he is. He’s partly right.

Laura: Yeah, I was kind of – I don’t know. Just reading that, it kind of creeped me out because…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …Hermione said something along the lines of like, “Do think she knows who we are?” or whatever. And Harry looks into Bathilda’s eyes and he’s like, “Yeah, I think she does.” And it’s creepy because he’s right but not quite, you know, because it’s actually…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: …Voldemort’s snake. And it’s – oh my gosh, just gives me shivers…

Eric: There is a really cool – I like how this is written because – and again with the Horcrux that Harry is wearing, it gets excited. It starts really sort of beating, and Harry really starts noticing it…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And he’s like, “Oh, I guess it’s starting to be scared. That’s good, it’s scared that it’s about to be destroyed.” But you know that that’s not actually quite what’s happening, and it’s really, just really an intense, sort of scary scene.

Laura: Yeah, it really is.

Matt: That whole scene is going to be so freaking awesome in the movie.

Laura: If they do it right. Like, do you really think they are actually going to have the snake crawl…

Eric: I think they will.

Laura: …out of Bathilda’s neck?

Matt: Oh, they better!

Laura: I would be so mad.

Eric: Why? Oh, if they didn’t? I was like…

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: If it just like transfigures into a snake or something?

Elysa: Oh, that would be…

Eric: Well, they have got to have it.

Elysa: …so terrible.

Laura: Yeah, and if they do something cheap like they’ve done in every movie where they show a shadow. But then like in Chamber of Secrets in order to lessen the gore factor they had a Fawkes pecking at the Basilisk’s eyes…

Eric: Oh, but they didn’t cut that out.

Laura: …but they only show a shadow.

Andrew: Yeah, well, keep in mind that that was the PG days.

Eric: Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: We’re almost rated R, ladies and gentlemen.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: We’re all big boys now.

Eric: Well, the other thing, Laura, that I remember is – sorry, crap, I
just totally lost my – oh yeah! Well, no…

Matt: Well, about when Peter Pettigrew cut off his hand?

Eric: Oh, that’s – did they show a shadow of that?

Matt: They showed it about – like, it just tipped off the arm.

Eric: Well, it made the squishy sound.

Laura: Yeah. It was pretty…

Eric: What I’m thinking of is – remember in Prisoner of Azkaban when Peter Pettigrew escapes the binds by turning into the rat and he does that thing where he disappears…

Matt: Right.

Eric: …into his clothing and then the rat comes out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Like, that’s exactly the effect I’m looking for in the Bathilda’s transformation scene. You know, it’s…

Laura: Really?

Matt: But did – she doesn’t really transform. The snake is hiding inside the body.

Eric: Oh no, she doesn’t, she doesn’t, but…

Laura: No, it comes out of her body.

Eric: In my notes, she pretty much discards the carcass like a coat – like discards the body like a coat. And it lets it drop to the floor as the snake sort of slithers out of it.

Micah: Like a snake would shed its skin.

Eric: Exactly.

Laura: Hm.

Andrew: Yeah, I can see that.

Matt: Well, I kind of got – I thought about that when I was thinking of – what’s the movie? Men in Black. When the creature took…

Laura: Oh, right!

Matt: …out the insides of a body and all it really was was just like a layer of skin that stretched over the body.

Laura: Right.

Eric: It was like an egger suit. [laughs] Like an egger suit.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Come to think of it though, this would really by a scary scene for kids.

Matt: I know!


The Potters’ Death Through Voldemort’s Eyes


Andrew: I mean, even if it is rated PG-13. Huh. I don’t know, but let’s stick with the book here; let’s wrap this up. So as we were just discussing – I guess we could skip this too – when Harry sees his parents’ death through Voldemort’s point of view, which is really cool.

Eric. Whoa! Wait, we can’t skip this, we can’t skip this! This was incredible.

Andrew: Well, I’m saying we’ve already discussed a good part of it…

Eric: All right, yeah.

Andrew: …movie-wise, but…

Eric: I’m shocked at how little I remembered how cool this actual part was when I was reading it the first time. Book 7, that is. Because it really is truly cool.

Elysa: Yeah, correct me…

Eric: Would do you guys think?

Elysa: Correct me if I’m wrong, but isn’t this the first time that we find out that James Potter didn’t even have his wand when Voldemort killed him?

Eric: None of them did.

Matt: He just falls.

Andrew: Didn’t we discuss this on an earlier show?

Eric: Yeah, this has been said in the books that James was dueling Voldemort, or whatever. You know, went into the landings to sort of duel him, but now we see that it was even more pathetic than that for, you know, James and Lily Potter, who have thrice defied Voldemort, to just drop. Of course Lily didn’t have to die but James just didn’t even have his wand.

Matt: Well…

Eric: I don’t know…

Matt: This is…

Eric: Yeah. Go on.

Matt: Well, just about the whole thing with Harry’s mom and how he kind of pushed her away – like we all thought that there was like some ulterior motive that maybe like he was – he promised that he wouldn’t kill Lily.

Eric: Well, he did, didn’t he? Isn’t that confirmed later? Yeah, Snape asked him not to.

Matt: Oh that’s right. Okay. Nevermind.

Eric: But I’m going to go out on a limb here, and I’m just going to say my absolute favorite thing about this Voldemort recap is that right when he’s about to kill Harry he thinks that baby Harry might, or Harry, or Voldemort thinks the baby Harry might be thinking that Voldemort is actually his dad in disguise, that any moment Lily’s going to pop up and smile, and it’s all a joke. But as Voldemort gets closer to Harry to kill him, he sees that it’s not Voldemort and begins crying, and at that moment Voldemort thinks – I have it written down here – Voldemort thinks, well he says, “He did not like the crying…”

Andrew: Of the orphanage.

Eric: “…he had never been able to stomach the small ones crying in the orphanage.” And this is like right when he’s about to die – right when Voldemort’s about to kill Harry and be killed himself. He has this flash – he connects the crying to the orphanage, and these crying babies in the orphanage. This is Voldemort’s human life. Not only that, but his childhood. He makes this connection to his childhood and of all these – this crying that he couldn’t stand in the orphanage – it sort of connects him to the human world once again. It’s even acknowledged that he’d ever been in an orphanage – a Muggle one at that – and then that’s – it struck me so much. You can clearly tell by the way my voice doing this, that it struck me that that kind of connection to, you know, Voldemort’s – because Voldemort’s not connected to anything, and – but right before he dies, he makes that kind of, you know, “I hated the little ones, the orphans…”

Matt: Well, when I first…

Elysa: Well, it’s totally true…

Eric: And then he dies.

Matt: Well, when I read that, when he said that he couldn’t stomach the babies crying at the orphanage, I – I could be wrong, but I thought when he said that he meant that he went on a murderous rampage in the orphanage, and it was just hard….

Eric: Well, he was about to kill a trick-or-treater. Do you remember that?

Laura: Yeah. He said like one quick wave of his wand and the little boy would never see his mother again, or something like that.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Eric: “But quite unnecessary…”

Matt: But he’d just love the power of that…

Eric: “…quite unnecessary.”

Matt: I think he was thinking to himself. Like, “I could just kill this kid right now,” and that entire life is gone.

MuggleCast 133 Transcript (continued)


Book 1 and 7 Parallel


Andrew: Now, Laura, you had a parallel you wanted to bring up?

Laura: Oh yeah, well, we all know how I am about the parallels.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: This is a really small one. It’s – it’s not anything major that requires tons of discussion, but it was just interesting to me like, especially thinking about the scene that we talked about in Sorcerer’s Stone that Jo monitored so heavily. It specifically shows Voldemort entering the gate of the Potters’ house, and in the book, Harry says that he can see the bald man entering the gate of Bathilda’s home. And it’s like the first time that they’ve both been in Grimmauld Place in all this time, and both times it happened in Book 7 and Book 1. I just thought it was really interesting. Another one of my little book parallels.

Andrew: Yeah, why do we love parallels, Matt?

Matt: Because they never meet.

[Everyone laughs]


Lack of the Fifth Person


Micah: I was just disappointed because there had been so much speculation that there had been somebody else in Godric’s Hollow…

Laura: Oh, I know!

Micah: …there that night.

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: Yeah.

Micah: And then to not have anything really, I mean…

Andrew: Yeah, you’re…

Micah: …everyone pretty much assumed that Snape was the one who sort of made sure that Lily would at least be offered some sort of protection, but…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: …it seemed like – even going back to the movie, you guys were talking about – people were always saying, “Oh, it seems like if you look the right way, there was somebody else there in the shadows,” but in the end it ended up not being anybody at all.

Laura: Yeah, and I mean when we were…

Micah: It was Voldemort by himself.

Laura: When we were in London doing our live show, I went out on a limb and made a big speculation about who I thought it was going to be…

Andrew: What did you say?

Laura: …and then it ended up being no one. I said – well, I wasn’t a hundred percent convinced of this, but I figured if it was going to be someone there, it was going to be someone we wouldn’t expect, so I was like, “Hmm, Dumbledore. Maybe Dumbledore was there, and that’s why he has all this stuff” and da-da-da-da-da. But it – of course it makes no sense now, but…

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, Dumbledore was a big theory.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I remember that being passed around a lot. I think you did present an interesting theory at that show, I just don’t remember it.

Laura: Yeah, I don’t remember exactly what I said.

Andrew: Yeah, I just remember it being really good.

Elysa: Aww.

Laura: But then no one in the audience – I remember you said something like, “Everybody raise your hand if you think that’s right!” And like two people…

Matt: Aww.

Laura: [laughs] …raised their hands.

Andrew: Well, see, you have to remember…

Laura: And I was like, “Screw you!”

Andrew: …there were three levels of people we couldn’t see, you know, the upper and lower…

Laura: Yeah, that’s true.

Andrew: We should have been like, “Stomp your feet if you think that…” [laughs]

Laura: Yeah, but then they would put another light out in the bookstore.

Andrew: Yeah. Oh, that was a classic…

Laura: [laughs] That was so funny.

Andrew: Oh, Elysa, Matt, and Micah, you weren’t there, you losers.

Elysa: [laughs] Oh my God! Thanks, Andrew.

Andrew: I’m just kidding.

Matt: Jerk.

Andrew: Okay, so, I think that’s about it.


Hermione’s Lack of Suspicion


Eric: Well, just one more thing.

Andrew: Okay.

[Micah laughs]

Eric: When Harry is – sorry – when Harry is…

Andrew: You’re like Steve Jobs at his Apple keynotes. He always goes, “But there is one more thing…” and then the whole crowd goes, “Aaaahhh!”

Eric: Oh yeah, P.S., the MacBook Air. [laughs] Yeah. Okay so – no, just when Harry is recapping afterwards – I mean, he’d been tossing and turning in his sleep for hours, which, as it turns out – but he recounts that Bathilda was actually – Bathilda Bagsnake, I should say. Bathilda Bagsnake was speaking Parseltongue, and that’s why Harry sort of could understand her and knew that she was saying, “Come, look at this,” that sort of thing. But I don’t think it’s actually right that Hermione were to let Harry go upstairs alone if she couldn’t also hear Bathilda saying those sort of things like, “Come here,” and, “I want you,” and, you know, all this other stuff, you know? Not only did Hermione let Harry go up alone with Bathilda, but she didn’t even follow until she started hearing these loud thumps. I mean if Nagini were any kind of, you know, aim or anything, I mean, if the intent were to be to kill Harry, Nagini would have succeeded because Hermione stayed downstairs. I just don’t think it was realistically suspicious. She wasn’t realistically suspicious enough because if she couldn’t hear Bathilda even speak or, you know, if she would have heard the slithering, I would have been severely, you know, clued in.

Micah: It’s possible they communicated, though, through nonverbal…

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …means…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: That’s what I was thinking.

Micah: …because there was that connection that still exists between Voldemort and Harry.

Eric: Oh, yeah – well, yeah.

Micah: Perhaps they don’t need any sort of verbal communication.

Eric: But that would be weird, wouldn’t it? I mean you’d immediately know that something was up if Hermione – ’cause if Hermione like – Hermione didn’t hear a thing. She didn’t hear a thing, and maybe she heard some sizzling and didn’t realize it.

Micah: Well, this whole idea is pretty stupid from the beginning, okay? This kind of goes back to my thoughts on like them infiltrating the Ministry. This was just another scene where like, you know what, you’re really…

Eric: Out of your league.

Micah: …effing stupid. You know? I mean, you’re just going to follow somebody that you’ve never met before..

Matt: You don’t talk to strangers.

Micah: …go into their house… Yeah, exactly.

Andrew: But see, at the same time – at the same time they were pretty confident that she had the sword, you know? Like earlier in the chapter, or the chapter prior, Harry was like, you know, Harry and Hermione were both like, “Okay, she must have it. It makes sense. Dumbledore must have given it to her.” So…

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: …I think they just got too caught up in the moment.

Matt: Well, really it’s mostly Harry.

Micah: It is possible.

Matt: I mean, Hermione did – was hesitant first and usually like…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …every time Hermione’s first reaction is hesitation, it’s usually because you should be hesitant about it.

Eric: Well, I think over time, though, their lack of knowledge, their lack of things happening and Ron leaving them, kind of makes them put all their eggs in one basket. And I think that’s why Harry, when he says, “I want to go to Godric’s Hollow,” Hermione says, “Yeah, that’s a pretty good idea.”

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: She kind of says…

Micah: It was just a…

Eric: But you’re right, Micah. You’re completely right.

Micah: It’s just not a wise decision in the fact that you brought up. I mean Harry can clearly hear what she’s saying but it’s not like they’re having open dialogue. It’s not like they’re having back and forth conversation. You know, it’s just a little bit awkward to me.

Eric: Yeah. I mean what worked in the favor was that they knew how old Bathilda was, you know? They thought that when she was kind of gliding along the ice that she might, you know – she’s very weak and obviously a very old woman who might have the sword of Gryffindor. But just putting Harry and Hermione’s failings aside, when Voldemort flies there and ends up in that room it is said in the book that he looks out the window and sees Harry and Hermione as their disguised people running across the field, and that’s where he breaks down and says, “No!” And obviously he looks down and he gets this nice little consolation prize, which is the photo of Grindelwald, so he can figure out who it is he wants to go after. But he sees them running across the field; why does he not follow them? That is my question, that’s my last question. Why doesn’t he follow them if he sees them running?


Eric’s One Question


Matt: Because they Apparate.

Eric: He can fly. He can overtake them. Who says they Apparate? Hermione is trying to carry Harry; she can’t even do that.

Matt: Well, didn’t she say they twisted and they were gone?

Elysa: I think they did Apparate.

Laura: Yeah, they did Apparate.

Matt: You saw a twist and they were gone, and then he starts screaming.

Eric: Oh, I missed that. [turning page in the book] Sorry.

Elysa: Yeah, I think she Apparated as they fell out or something.

Eric: I thought they twisted their heel or something.

Matt: Yeah, they click their heels three times.

Elysa: “Hermione twisted in midair…”

Matt: [in a high pitched voice] “There’s no place like home.”

Micah: “…and the thundering of the collapsing house rang in Harry’s ears as she dragged him once more into darkness.” Yeah, they Apparated.

Eric: Ah, “into darkness.” Okay, that’s what I get.

Elysa: Yeah.

Eric: Sorry, I thought it was like the darkness of behind a tree or something.

[Elysa laughs]

Eric: I was like, “Why is he not going after them?” Okay, but I get that. Okay.


The Broken Wand


Micah: And the only other thing I would bring up from this chapter is the fact of the broken wand, because that plays a huge role later on…

Eric: I like it though.

Micah: …in the series.

Laura: Should we play a song for Harry’s wand?

Eric: Well, we should play a song…

Laura: Even though it comes back?

Eric: We should play a song for Bathilda, actually, because it’s confirmed now that she’s completely dead.

Micah: Mhm.

Andrew: What do you guys want to hear?

Matt: [singing] “My milkshake brings all the boys to the yard…”

[Everyone laughs]


Quote Quiz


Andrew: That’s a little out of place. I guess we’ll jump right into the next segment, but first it’s time for Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz”]

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: This is for Chapter 17 this week and…

Micah: 18.

Andrew: Oh, yeah sorry. Chapter 18, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore.” And the quote is – this is a hard one for all you playing at home – “He were a head case, that Aberforth.” [closes book] That’s the Quote Quiz for you this week.

Matt: Did they mumble too, or was that just you?

Andrew: I didn’t mumble.

Matt: Oh, okay.


Make the Music Connection


Andrew: That’s what Jo wrote. So we’re doing a new segment. We tested this last week. For Laura, Eric and Elysa, it’s Make the Music Connection. And we make a connection between – we’re going to start this week. Make the connection between a song I give you and Harry Potter. Okay?

Eric: Okay.

Andrew: So it’s sort of like Make the Connection, only it involves music and the intro goes like this: It’s “Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection.”

[Eric laughs],

Laura: Very nice.

Elysa: Good job, Andrew.

Andrew: So Eric, since you’re a “Lost” dork…

Matt: Nice.

Andrew: …and you have to get out of here…

Micah: So you’re going to give us the song and we’re going to have to place it in the series as opposed to us coming up…

Matt: Yes.

Micah: …with a song?

Andrew: Exactly. I’m going to give you a…

Micah: That’s a lot easier.

Andrew: Okay, good.

Micah: I hope.

Andrew: All right, so, Eric, this is your first song.

[“Yesterday” by The Beatles begins playing]

Eric: [singing along] “Yesterday, all my troubles seemed so far away. Now…”

Andrew: “Yesterday” by The Beatles. Make a connection between this song and Harry Potter.

Eric: That’s a really good question. I mean, sorry, this is a really good connection to be made. I think that an instance where this song would be most pertinent…actually! What about right this – I think a lot of characters are singing this song at different points in the book. Particularly, well, clearly Harry – plenty of people the night that Voldemort is – you know what? Dumbledore sings this when he goes back to his office after the Triwizard Tournament has ended. And Voldemort’s back. [chuckles]

[Andrew laughs]

[Music stops]

Eric: You know, “yesterday, all my troubles seem so far away. Darn it, he’s back again!”

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right. All right, that’s good.

Eric: Yeah, or Ron sings it.

Matt: Wait, wait. So what scene was it?

Eric: Well, okay. Then I’ll do the other one. Ron’s singing it after he left Hermione. You know, because we read in these chapters that Hermione’s crying and stuff all over Ron. Ron is at home, or in the bushes by his house, singing this song. Like, “why did I have to go and be so dumb and leave? Sorry, yesterday sucked, but I shouldn’t have left,” you know.

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: Anyway, got to go! [laughs]

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: All right…

Laura: Bye, Eric.

Andrew: Eric, we’ll see you later.

Eric: Okay. Bye, everybody! Thanks for the great show.

Andrew: Bye!

Laura: Bye!

Matt: Bye!

Micah: Bye!

Andrew: Micah, it is your turn for Make the Music Connection. You ready?

Micah: Yeah. Let’s go. Ready.

Andrew: All right, this is your song.

Matt: Let’s do it!

[“Only the Good Die Young” by Billy Joel begins playing]

Micah: [laughs] Of course, the Billy Joel.

Andrew: “Only the Good Die Young” by Billy Joel. Make a connection, sir.

Micah: I would probably say when Harry is going through, you know, Hogwarts, and he’s looking over the table. And he sees Remus and Tonks. Because, in reality, they’re still pretty young. You know.

Andrew: Okay.

Micah: But it’s kind of a more upbeat song, you know?

[Matt laughs]

Micah: It has some really solemn lyrics but it’s an upbeat song. So I don’t – it’s kind of hard to place that.

Andrew: No, no. The lyrics are terrible…

Matt: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: …if you listen to it, if you get the meaning of the song. It’s terrible. I don’t know what it is, I’ve just heard it’s terrible.

Matt: I could just see Harry running down the Great Hall scene…

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Matt: …Remus and Tonks lying there, dead. And he just breaks out and dances to this song.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah, okay. Good. Matt, you’re next.

[Song ends]

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: Actually, no. Let’s get a girl.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Um…

Micah: Matt, you’re next.

Matt: I knew it!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew and

Laura: Ohhh!

Matt: Micah, I knew you were going to say something.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Matt’s actually hurt too.

Micah: He knew that. It’s like Andrew set that up perfectly.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Matt: I know, I was waiting for something to say something.

Andrew: I didn’t even think about that, despite the fact that Matt does have girl attributes. But anyway, Elysa…

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: …here’s your song.

[“Misty Mountain Hop” by Led Zeppelin beings playing]

Elysa: [gasps] Led Zeppelin?

Andrew: “Misty Mountain Hop.”

Elysa: Hell, yeah!

Andrew: By Zeppelin. I hear you’re a fan.

Elysa: Oh, are you kidding me? Of course! Oh gosh, well they’re all British. How’s that for a connection?

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Okay.

Elysa: Um, let me think. I’m going to say that this is Tonks and the Giant Squid’s love music.

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: That’s the connection.

Andrew: Okay, all right, very good. Oh God.

[Song ends]

Andrew: Okay, Laura, you’re next.

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: Keep in mind, I’m tailoring all these songs to everyone’s interests this week, so…

Laura: Yeah, I’m just guessing what mine’s going to be. [laughs]

Andrew: Laura. Laura, may know what’s coming.

[“Time of your Life” by Greenday begins playing]

Laura: Oh, boy.

Elysa: Aww!

Andrew: This song makes me cry.

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: “Time of Your Life” by Greenday.

Laura: Well, I think there are multiple meanings you could pull out of this song. One of the first things I think of is when Billy Joel says, “time grabs you by the wrist and directs you where to go,” because Harry didn’t really have much of a choice of his destiny. It was kind of thrust upon him.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And also, if you know anything about Greenday, and this song, you know it’s actually not a happy song. So – and it’s not even supposed to be a nice song. It’s actually all, kind of, sad. So the whole, it makes me think of a Harry Potter ending. It makes me sad.

Andrew: Aw.

Laura: So sadness. And Harry’s destiny.

Andrew: Okay, good. I like it.

[Song ends]

Andrew: All right, and last but not least, Matthew Britton, here’s your song.

[“Circle of Life” by Elton John begins playing]

Matt: I knew it! A Disney song.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I love when he gets constipated for a second. [mimics song]

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Uh, “Circle of Life.” It was written by Elton John, right?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: All right think. Make a connection.

Matt: God. Um, damn. It’s like, well, there were animals in it. And our patronuses are animals.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: And I got nothing here.

Andrew: Now I’m picturing all the patronuses coming up on the big mountain with Simba.

Matt: Um…

Elysa: Well, Simba and Harry were both orphans, who had to…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Aww, that’s true.

Matt: Yeah but are – are we making – are we making a music connection to a – an exact scene in the film?

Micah: Or the books.

Laura: It can be.

Andrew: It can be in the film, or, you know, you can picture a scene for Deathly Hallows.

Matt: Or in the book I mean. I’m sorry. A scene in the books.

Andrew: It can be books or movies, whatever.

Matt: Well, that’s what I mean. Okay. Um, jeez. I have no idea. I’m sorry.

Laura: Hey, Matt, what about Harry – er – Simba’s parental figure dies to save Simba.

Matt. Mm. Oh, I got it! In um, oh not the, well, no I can connect the movies but not the song. Sorry.

Andrew: Okay, go ahead.

Laura: Yeah but…

Matt: I was thinking, ’cause, at the very end when Simba and Scar start walking in circles, it’s just like what Harry and Voldemort do at their final showdown.

Laura: Well, that’s true.

Matt: But the song is just so happy and life and I can’t really make a circle of life because nothing gets – no one gets killed and then eaten after they get [unintelligible] grass or something.

Micah: It would be a good song for the epilogue, how about that?

Matt: Yeah. Or just the opening of the entire series. The prologue. There we go.

[Laura laughs]

Elysa: How about this? The circle of life is that Harry ends up marrying a woman that looks exactly like his mother.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Ooh.

Laura: Ooh.

Matt: What kind of fan fiction do you do now, Elysa?

Elysa: [laughs] No, I’m just saying, I mean, seriously. A lot of people were making – talking about parallels that, you know, Harry looks exactly like James and that Ginny looks exactly like Lily. I mean I’m not, like, suggesting anything. I’m just saying, circle of life. There you have it.

Andrew: We’re going to wrap it up today with a favorite.


Favorite: Movie Poster or DVD Cover


Matt: Uh, so this week’s favorite is what is your favorite movie poster slash DVD cover? And I was thinking of that because I was at Best Buy the other day and I was just looking at all of the Harry…

[Hannah Montana’s “See You Again” plays]

Andrew: Oh sorry, sorry. Accident.

Matt: What the hell was that?

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Just accidently clicked my top songs playlist. Just ignore me, sorry.

Matt: [laughs] Ladies and gentlemen, Andrew Sims likes Hannah Montana.

Andrew: It was a complete mistake, I didn’t mean to do that, sorry.

Matt: Well, the reason why I thought of this was when I was in Best Buy and I was looking at all the DVD covers, and I thought, you know which one’s my favorite? And then…oh my God, I should do this as a Favorites! So that’s why I put it up. I guess we can – we can go with what’s your favorite DVD cover and what’s your favorite movie poster because they – they send – there’s always a lot more movie posters than DVD covers.

Andrew: My favorite has to be from Chamber of Secrets. There were quite a few promo images I really liked from that movie, and I used to have the movie poster, I don’t know what I did with it. But my favorite one is the one with Harry turned on his side sort of like he’s – he’s – his body’s turned to the side but he’s looking straight at the camera and he’s holding the Gryffindor sword. And then Hermione’s in the background with her wand up looking ready – ready to go and Ron is like a little nervous, but he’s also holding his wand.

Matt: Yeah. Is that for the DVD cover or the poster?

Andrew: That’s the poster, that’s the movie poster.

Matt: Oh okay.

Andrew: Sorry. That’s the movie poster.

Laura: Yeah, I think I’m going to agree with Andrew. Overall, I really enjoyed all the promotional images and the DVD cover for Chamber of Secrets. I feel like, after that, a lot of the promo images kind of dissolved into just generic, magical type backgrounds…

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Where as this they brought more attention to the actors and their props and that kind of thing, and after that I just felt like all the posters kind of looked the same.

Andrew: Yeah. You know, which reminds me, Matt and I were in Best Buy last week and we were looking at all these, and I was just thinking like, they’re all the same now!

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Like, it’s all the same, you know, trio with the wands, just…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s – it’s all the same!

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Do something different!

Elysa: See, that’s what – I want to go with Goblet of Fire here, on the DVD covers just by virtue of the fact it has the other Triwizard champions on it, despite the fact that they got about 20 minutes of screen time and about half a line each in the movie, but yet they were on the cover. But I still like – I actually I like the poster a lot for that one too, in all seriousness, because, the one with Harry and he’s standing – it’s just him, and it’s sort of like his back’s to you, and there’s all this smoke and mist and it’s really dark, and I think at the top it says something like, “Difficult times lie ahead, Harry.” Do you guys know which one I’m talking about?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Mmhmm. Yeah, yeah, the teaser poster?

Elysa: Yeah, yeah, I like that one a lot. It’s just – it was badass. It’s like it could be on the cover of National Geographic or something. I was all about it.

[Micah and Laura laugh]

Matt: Yeah!

[Elysa laughs]

Micah: For posters, I mean, I would say I was a big fan of the Order of the Phoenix one with Voldemort that says, you know, “You will lose everything.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Because I think it started to take the series in a new direction, obviously, with Order of the Phoenix sort of being the turning point. I could care less about the DVD covers, to be honest. [laughs] I don’t really have…

Andrew: They’re not that good.

Micah: …a preference one way or the other on the – on the DVD covers. But yeah, I like what they started to do, and you guys bringing Goblet of Fire before also was a good one when they finally started using other people besides the trio. They’re doing that with the posters for Order of the Phoenix, I think, and obviously, or hopefully Snape will be used for Half-Blood Prince. Alan Rickman.

Matt: Yeah, possibly, or something.

Andrew: How about you, Matt?

Matt: Okay, let’s – let me see what we can do. Well, my favorite DVD cover hands down is definitely Sorcerer’s Stone, because it’s very – it has an almost like a hand-drawn artistic kind of look to it, and it’s not – it doesn’t look like it was photoshopped like in the other DVD covers. And I liked the first film DVD cover the most because it looks like a collage of all things in the film, and I kind of wish that they did that with all the other ones. And let’s see, my favorite poster. I agree with Andrew and Laura about their favorite being Chamber of Secrets ’cause they did have the best in advertising. And my favorite poster of that book was – or that movie was when they have a silhouette of Dobby in the middle of street saying, “Dobby has come to warn you, Harry Potter.”

Laura: Oh yeah…

Matt: Or something, you know what I’m talking about?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: That was – that was – I think that was the teaser poster for the film.

Laura: Yeah, it was.

Matt: It’s that poster and the Order of the Phoenix poster when they have the Death Eaters against Dumbledore’s Army, and they’re in that fighting stance against each other

Laura: Oh yeah! That’s actually really cool.

Andrew: That is very cool.

Matt: That’s my favorite poster of the films so far.

Andrew: See, I didn’t really count – I agree I think that’s my favorite promo poster, but that was never really a movie poster. It showed up on gigantic billboards, but I don’t know.

Matt: Actually, I think I’ve seen it at Hot Topics.

Andrew: Oh really?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You’re talking about for Order of the Phoenix, right?

Matt: I’m talking about for Order of the Phoenix, yes.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah, it is really cool. They have come up with some really cool promo images. Even with the adult actors. I love the ones with Snape when they do – they do five posters each with a different set of characters.

Laura: Mhm.


Contact Information


Andrew: You know all those? Those are really cool. I guess that wraps up the show today. We’ve covered a lot this is a long recording. It’s time to remind everyone about our contact information. Laura, where do people send us gold?

Laura: That’ll be:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia

30028

No pickles.

Andrew: [laughs] No pickles please. Sorry, pickles not accepted, like in the commercials. You can also call the MuggleCast hotline if you want to contact us when we do voicemails occasionally. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677, and if you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. We also have a Skype username, which is MuggleCast, if you want to contact us that way to leave a voicemail. No matter how you call us just remember to keep your message under a minute and eliminate as much background noise and possible so you sound clear and beautiful just like all of us. We also have a handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com that you can use to contact any one of us. Or just use our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Except for Matt who’s Matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com. And Elysa, if someone wants to contact you, you are Elysa at fanfiction dot mugglenet dot com, right?

Elysa: That’s correct!

Andrew: Excellent. You can also visit MuggleCast.com for a variety of community outlets, including our MySpace, we got the Facebook, the YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and of course the Forums.

Andrew: Elysa, thank you so much for joining us today, you were a great part of the show.

Elysa: No, thank you for having me!

Andrew: Would you come on again?

Elysa: Absolutely, of course!

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: Would you come on as much as possible?

Elysa: Hell yeah!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Okay, oh so yeah!

Elysa: Hell yeah!

Matt: She must really want to. [laughs]

Andrew: Laura, I have some news for you.

Laura: I better be getting a severance package if that’s what you’re saying.

[Elysa laughs]

Jamie: Your fired.

Andrew: Your fired. I’m Andrew Sims…

Matt: Laura…

Laura: I’m not going to outtro myself, you just fired me!


Laura and Elysa’s Site


Andrew: I just want to plug real quick a site that Laura and Elysa are maintaining. It’s a new site by them, it’s a political blog, it’s (little children cover your ears), it’s PoliticalBitches.com. You guys want to talk about that for a second?

[Show music begins]

Laura: Yeah, pretty much we take the politics and we bitch about them.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay…

Elysa: Yeah, and – and okay, a little bit of informing. I recently made a 5 million word post about Kosovo, so – but it’s interesting because we cross like sailors if that helps at all.

Andrew: It’s really good and it’s really funny. I would not recommend it if you are not one to read adult language. But it’s – it’s very – it’s a very funny read. Of course they do take a particular political stance. So some of you will not be happy. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah, we do. We’re not going to lie about where we stand. It’s just, – it’s really fun for us to do because, we actually first really talked on election night of ’04. So that’s where our political relationship was fostered from.

Andrew: Matt and I kind attest to the fact that Laura and Elysa are hilarious to listen to.

Matt: I was crying. I almost choked – I almost choked on my Big Bacon Classic when we went to Wendy’s.

Elysa: I was concerned for their health.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah, and I almost lost it and spit up a Frosty in the back of Elysa’s car when she made a joke about being sent to Guantanamo Bay. Oh god, that was so funny.

Elysa: I’m surprised I’m not there already.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: One of the funniest moments of my life. Elysa, be prepared to get several hundred Facebook requests from now on. Just so you know. Friend requests.

Elysa: Sweet.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Elysa: Bring it all in, bring it all in.

Andrew: It’s fun. Yeah, yeah, more power to you if you want to accept them all.

[Everyone laughs]


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for joining us for this 133rd episode. I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: I’m Matthew Britton.

Elysa: And I’m Elysa Montfort.

Andrew: We’ll see everyone next week for Episode 134. Buh-bye!

Laura: Bye.

Micah: Bye.

Matt: Bye. Bye. Bye! Bye.

[Show music ends]


Bloopers


Matt: It rubs the lotion on it’s skin or it gets the hose again.

Elysa: [laughs] Oh my god! Oh my god!

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: I was just saying that to Laura in IM.

Matt: Wow.

Micah: Wow.

Andrew: I don’t know what is going but…

Micah: And Andrew edit, please.

Andrew: Speaking… [laughs]

[Laura and Elysa laugh]

Andrew: Speaking of news…ummm….

———————–

Transcript #132

MuggleCast 132 Transcript


Show Intro


[Audio]: Hey there, MuggleCast listeners. I am back to inform you of some excellent news. GoDaddy.Com is having better deals than ever. For only $3.59 a month for 12 months, you can get GoDaddy.Com’s economy package. With 250 gigs of bandwidth, five gigs of storage, and up to 500 e-mail accounts, you can get your own website up and running with success. And as usual, enter code Muggle – that’s M-U-G-G-L-E – when you check out and save an additional ten percent on any order. Some restrictions apply, see site for details. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.Com.

Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.Com, the Internet’s leading provider of Spoken Word Entertainment. Get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto AudiblePodcast.Com/MuggleCast today for details.

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because it’s looking more and more like the final film will be split in two, this is MuggleCast Episode 132 for February 17th, 2008.

[Music continues]

Andrew: All right. Well, this week I have good news and I have bad news. The bad news is I am too awesome for this show. The good news is Matt and Micah are here.

Matt: That’s right.

Micah: I don’t really get that.

Andrew: What? What do you mean?

Micah: What you just said.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Why is the bad news that you’re too awesome for the show?

Andrew: Ummm…

Micah: Are you leaving?

Andrew: What?

Matt: Are you, really?

Micah: You’ve become too awesome that you are leaving the show and that’s the bad news?

Andrew: Well, I considered it last week, and my letter was actually big lie, as everyone found out. But I was actually considering leaving the show because I really am too [laughs] awesome for this show. But speaking of this week’s show, we have a lot to discuss this week. Some interesting new developments in the news, and of course Chapter-by-Chapter. And we are going to introduce two new segments this week that are spinoffs of segments we’ve been doing for awhile, but it’s time to put a new twist on them. A new twist. A new, fun twist. I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

[Music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right. Thanks, Andrew. The 50th annual Grammy Awards were held last Sunday night, where it was announced that Jim Dale, the narrator of the U.S. Potter audiobooks, received a Grammy for his reading of Deathly Hallows. Jim also won back in 2000 for Goblet of Fire.

The Daily Telegraph has a new article focusing on the continuing rumors of the final Potter film being split into two parts. When these rumors started one month ago, all we heard from Warner Brothers was a big, “No decision has been made.” Now we hear from the film’s producers; from David Barron, he says: “We are still discussing it. The announcement will be made hopefully in the not-too-distant future, with regards to the way seven shapes up. The only negative of splitting the book into two films,” says Barron, “is that people could possibly perceive it as being one last chance at cashing in. But the real positive, if we were to do that, would be that we wouldn’t have quite the battle we always have of, ‘How do you compress all that book into just over two hours of screen time?'”

From David Heyman: “A couple of people have expressed interest,” he says. “People have gotten a few calls and a few emails, but it’s still a year away. We won’t start filming until next February, so it hasn’t really gone bananas yet. We’ve got thoughts, and I’m sure something will be announced in the not-too-distant future.”

And you may remember last week we reported Steven Spielberg is one of the candidates being considered for Deathly Hallows. However, at the BAFTA awards, Digital Spy reported, Dan Radcliffe told the press these rumors are not true at all. He said: “I have no idea how that rumor started or where it came from. It’s not true. How’s that for a definitive answer? It’s absolute rubbish that Spielberg is directing the final film. It’s not true. There’s absolutely no foundation in that at all.”

Currently, there isn’t any word on other directors being considered, but we expect an announcement in the coming months.

In a new interview with MTV Clemence Poesy revealed that her character has been cut from Half-Blood Prince. She also told MTV that she hasn’t read the final three books.

Author J.K. Rowling was presented by the Literary and Historical Society of UCD in Dublin with the James Joyce Award this week. Over six hundred fans turned out to see the author read from Deathly Hallows and answer ten questions.

Finally, in a new interview Jason Isaacs, the actor who portrays Lucius Malfoy, discussed his absence in Half-Blood Prince. At the recent BAFTAs, he told Rotten Tomatoes that it was “a source of great embitterment in the Isaacs household, but he’s in Azkaban so what can you do?” However, he has high hopes for the last installment.

That’s all the news for this February 17, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


Matt’s in Andrew’s Basement


Andrew: All right, thank you. Micah Tan, the MuggleCast anchor newsman.

Micah: That was interesting.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: There was a lot of news this week. I mean, a lot. I mean…

Andrew: There is. My roller coaster theory, man. I’m telling you, it’s one week you got [makes noise] nothing. And the next week it’s, wooo!

Micah: I mean, some weeks it’s so bad you have to throw the news to yourself. And then thank yourself after it’s over with.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Ouch. [laughs]

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: I think that’s because nobody wants to intro you. It’s actually kind of weird, because – not to change the subject at all, but Matt’s actually at my house this week and he’s recording in my basement. And I can hear a slight echo every time he talks, because everything in the basement can be heard throughout the entire house. [laughs]

Matt: Is that true?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Helloooo!

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, I can hear that. My parents are probably like, “What the…” Anyway, let’s go to the news. Micah, what do you think the biggest news story was this week?


News Dicussion: No Clemence Poesy


Micah: The biggest news story? Hmmm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oooh.

Andrew: I would say, personally, the one that hurt the most is there’s no Clemence Poesy in Half-Blood Prince.

Andrew: Now, why did that hurt?

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Micah: Well, you know? Ummm…

Andrew: Does it have to do with the popular phrase, “sex sells?”

Micah: [laughs] Maybe. Perhaps. But…

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: She’s French.


News Discussion: Deathly Hallows Split?


Micah: She is. But we’ll get to that. I thought the biggest news was David Heyman’s comments. Or was it…

Andrew: Yes.

Micah: …a mixture of him and – what was the guy’s name? I apologize, I’m blanking.

Andrew: David Barron.

Matt: David Barron.

Micah: David Barron, yeah. Talking about…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah:Deathly Hallows. And, finally, we get to hear a little bit about if this movie is going to be split or not.

Andrew: Yeah, and it’s really interesting because there are a couple of questions that this article itself raises. But this is really exciting to hear from the producers themselves, because just a few weeks ago, we got an official word from Warner Brothers via some website. It was, you know, “no decision has been made yet.” But now, here’s David Barron and David Heyman, the producers, the people who have a very large influence in this decision, speaking out about this. What gets me about David Barron’s quote, or what gets me about David Barron, what he said, was: I quote from News.Com.Au, “The only negative of splitting the book into two films,” says Barron, “is that people could possibly perceive it as being one last chance at cashing in. But the real positive, if we were to do that, would be that we wouldn’t have quite the battle we always have of ‘How do you compress all that book into just over two hours of screen time?'”

Matt: Yes.

Micah: Was he listening to our show a couple weeks ago? It sounds like he might have been.

Andrew: I think he was.

Matt: He has to. I mean, where else can they get that stuff from?

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know. We come up with innovative and thought provoking discussion here. But their only problem with this is that people think – they don’t want people to think they’re just cashing in. Because obviously, that is a real concern, a lot of skeptics may see it as that, right?

Micah: Absolutely, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, definitely.

Andrew: So, I just – I think this is a very, very, very, very, very good sign of what’s to come from just David Barron.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean – and he’s speaking like a true fan. They realize the concern is – the beauty of it would be that they would not have to cut the book down.

Matt: Well, the fact that he’s already defensive about why if they choose to put it in two halves, just makes it even more certain. You know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: He says, “Well, that wouldn’t be the case, so, guys, don’t be too upset if we do it in two parts because [gasps] we just might.”

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Yeah, and I think it gives it a whole lot of traction now, meaning that this is a real discussion that they’ve been having internally. It’s not just some rumor that’s been thrown out there if these guys are taking the time to actually address it, and the words that they used make it seem like they’ve been having a lot of talks about this.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: But the one thing that isn’t addressed as far as splitting it into two is, could they actually do it in the way we talked about a couple weeks ago where they put in an intermission or something along those lines as opposed to, with what David Barron said, talking about cashing in. That gives me the impression that if they did split it, it would be two completely separate films.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that makes perfect sense. I mean, you know – and I agree with you, Micah, completely. That’s definitely what the impression is.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: And I’ve also gotten the impression that they actually want to split it. Because if you’re going to invest the time in making this film longer by possibly – you’re possibly doubling the length, that’s going to double the production cost, so you will have to make more money off of this. I mean, it’s not necessarily cashing in, but you need to still balance your profit versus your expenses.

Matt: Well, they already know they’re going to get a big profit because it’s going to be the final film of the series, so they’re going to go all out for this one.

Andrew: Yeah, but it’s not like…

Matt: So, I think it’s just great, the fact that they’re even talking about it, even if they’re not going to split it into two movies, that they’re even just considering talking and debating about whether it’s cut into two parts just to show us how dedicated they are to making the final film the best.

Andrew: Well, here’s my big question that I mentioned earlier. My question is: When did David Barron and David Heyman say this exactly? Was this two months ago? Was this a month ago? Was this last week? Because the impression betting man Andrew…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …has received is that if he were a betting man, he would think that a decision has already been made, so I don’t know if these quotes are very recent. I’m thinking these could be a little bit older, because David Heyman says, “A couple people have expressed interest. People have gotten a few calls and a few e-mails, but it’s still a year away.”

Matt: And if I was a betting man, I would bet on whatever you bet on because whenever you’re a betting man…

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Well, that’s just if I was a betting man.

Micah: Well, I would say probably at least this month they made those comments because when he says, “It’s still a year away…”

Andrew: “It’s still a year away.” That’s…

Micah: …then his next quote starts off about them not starting filming until February.

Matt: It had to have been recently.

Andrew: But on the other hand, the script does not get written in February. It gets written, you know…

Micah: That’s true. No, that’s a true point.

Matt: But also the writers’ strike may have delayed it.

Andrew: Although, wasn’t it supposed to end – we’re recording Tuesday – wasn’t it supposed to end Monday? But…

Micah: I think it’s over, isn’t it? Am I wrong?

Andrew: They were about to reach something.

Matt: I don’t know. I saw a website about – they had to vote or something like that yesterday…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …which was Monday.

Andrew: Well, we’ll see what comes out of this, but I think these are very reassuring signs. This is a very interesting article, probably one of the more interesting articles we’ve had to report in a few months because this is coming straight from the producers. Of course, when myself and a few other fan sites were on the set, we also asked them about the movie split, but we can’t talk about it, so it’s like, you know, I will say they didn’t confirm anything officially, but this definitely seems like it’s going to happen, if I were a betting man. I guess we’ll move on to other news and we’ll continue to follow that. I’m sure once the news breaks officially, we’ll – oh, oh, the other thing that got me about that article was that they both said, in the exact same words, an announcement would be made, to quote both Heyman and Barron, in the “not too distant future.” They both said the exact words, “not too distant future.” So it seems like they already do have a decision made and they’re all throwing around in their e-mails, and phone calls, and IMs, and text messages, and Facebook wall posts that it is in the not too distant future.

Matt: And they’re probably told that’s exactly what you should say when asked about it.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Maybe. But not too distant future means soon.

Matt: Yeah that’s why it’s called not too distant future.

Andrew: Right, but Heyman is sort of contradicting himself because he’s like, only a few e-mails have been thrown around, and, you know, it’s a huge decision, but, but, but an announcement in the not too distant future. So…

Micah: Well that quote should also confirm that they made the statement pretty recently, otherwise the not too distant future would be now.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, that’s true, too. But the question is, Micah, what is the future?

Matt: The future is now.

Micah: Oh man. I think of The Year 2000 from Conan when you just said that.

Andrew: [sings] “In the year 2000, in the year 2000.”

Micah: I’ve actually been there when they’ve done that. I forget who I saw do it. I think it was David Duchovny.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: That’s awesome.

Micah: But anyway…


News Discussion: Jim Dale’s Grammy


Andrew: Speaking of David Duchovny…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: …Jim Dale picked up a Grammy award for his reading of Deathly Hallows, which was fantastic!

Matt: That’s awesome.

Andrew: He won back for Goblet of Fire, and he won again for Deathly Hallows.

Matt: How is that connected to David Duchovny?

Andrew: They both have the letter “D” in their name.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Nice one.

Andrew: What do you guys think? Impressed?

Matt: I’m happy for him.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: I mean, he’s got a good voice. He does the voice – doesn’t he do the voice for the theatrical trailers for the Harry Potter movies too?

Andrew: [laughs] No.

Matt: Are you sure?

Andrew: Yes. Isn’t there one guy who does the voice for every single movie trailer in the world?

Matt: Oh, no, no. Dude, I’m a film major, so I know these things.

Andrew: [laughs] [impersonates movie trailer guy] “It was a time of dance.”

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: No, no. Jim Dale doesn’t do the trailer voices.

Matt: Oh, I thought he did. Okay. Well, sorry.

Micah: The guy who does the trailer voices was on some of those commercials. You know which one I’m talking about?

Matt: The TV spots for the films?

Micah: No, no, no. That guy who does the movie voices, or the trailer voices, he’s on…

Matt: You mean from that commercial – the Geico commercial?

Micah: The Geico. Yeah, yeah. I’m sure he’s not the only one.

Matt: Yeah, that’s the one. That’s the most popular guy. Oh god, I forgot his name, too. But no, there’s a group of people. Not one person could do all the trailers for the – that’s insane, the guy would never get any sleep.

Andrew: Yeah. So, congrats to Jim Dale. That’s a fantastic award and should encourage more people to buy the audio books, ’cause they are a great read.


Audible Ad


Andrew: We’d like to remind everyone again that today’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider in Spoken Word Entertainment. Audible has over 35,000 titles to choose from to be downloaded and to be played back anywhere, just like MuggleCast. If you’re into Harry Potter as much as we are, we recommend checking out Twilight, a book we’ve discussed on MuggleCast a few times. You’ve heard from our listeners about it, now you can give it a try free on Audible. Just visit AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast today to get your free audio book. Once again, it’s AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast for your free audio book.


News Discussion: Steven Spielberg not Directing Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Let’s see, other news here. Just one more little tidbit. I know there was a lot of discussion last week about Spielberg directing Deathly Hallows because of that quote from Richard Griffiths, but it turns out Dan Radcliffe told TheSpy.co.uK that it’s absolute rubbish, folks. So…

Matt: Rubbish. He used British slang for it. It’s got to be true.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah. [imitating a British accent] “That’s absolute rubbish.”

Matt: It is rubbish, I can’t believe people actually thought Steven Spielberg would actually direct them.

Andrew: Well, it does seem a tad unreal. I don’t know. It certainly wouldn’t surprise me if he was definitely under consideration. I guess…

Matt: I would be happy, though, if they got John Williams back. That would be a plus if Steven Spielberg directed it.

Andrew: Definitely.

Micah: Yeah. Well, and I don’t know, this was kind of the question I had going back to last week. Why would you necessarily need Steven Spielberg for John Williams to make a return? You wouldn’t, do you?

Matt: No, because Alfonso Cuaron did it too, but…

Micah: Does he only work with certain directors?

Matt: It seems like that, though. It kind of does. He seems to connect with people he’s either worked before or are good friends with people he’s worked before.

Micah: Oh, okay. I just didn’t know.

Matt: I don’t think he’s done films for movies that he doesn’t really know the director well. It’s kind of – it does make sense because you really need to collaborate with the director and everything. You need a kind of a relationship somewhat.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: And the guy’s eighty, so…

Micah: I’m not sure that – my thoughts last week also were that I wasn’t quite sure that Deathly Hallows needs Steven Spielberg. Not to sound arrogant…

Andrew: No.

Matt: No.

Micah: …in a way, but all these other directors have kind of found their own way with the Harry Potter movies and made them their own, and I think that even bringing back other directors that have worked on the other films, or perhaps some sort of collaborative effort between a bunch of them, might not be so bad.

Matt: I don’t think so. A big budget director for Deathly Hallows that hasn’t already directed the previous films, I think would be a bad idea.

Micah: Mhm.

Matt: Someone like Steven Spielberg, he’s already an established director and he would definitely – I honestly think Steven Spielberg would make Deathly Hallows more of his movie rather than a Harry Potter film.

Micah: Right. That’s a good point.

Andrew: Let’s make a checklist. What do you need in a director to direct the final film? I think you need someone who has read the books, really enjoys the books, and can connect to the fans. So that’s one thing. You need someone, I agree with Matt, who’s directed the films before because you have to know – you have to know this cast and crew for this final movie because this is a very important.

Matt: Well, not just even direct this – a film before, but directed a film that’s pretty relevant to the film that you’re going to direct.

Andrew: Yeah, but you already have a selection of what, four directors to choose from to direct, so…

Matt: Definitely a director who’s very familiar with Harry Potter because this book is a collaboration of all the previous six novels.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: So it’s – I think it’s kind of overwhelming for a person just brought into the whole world. Combining seven novels together, you have to know all the knowledge for each one of those to actually get the seventh book to really stand out and make sense.

Micah: You got to have a director who’s going to bring back Clemence Poesy.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Micah: I don’t know what David Yates was thinking. David, we have to talk.

Andrew: Well, it wasn’t David Yates.

Matt: Awww, geez.

Andrew: It could be Heyman.

Matt: Well, I really hope that they would at least just mention…

Micah: What about David Heyman? Would he ever consider directing? He’s been there the whole…

Andrew: Has he ever directed?

Micah: No, no, I mean…

Andrew: Now that would be amazing. I would love if he were to direct, but I feel like he’s probably got enough on his plate being the producer.

Matt: He’s definitely – yeah. He has enough say in the films. He practically directs it himself, too.

Andrew: Yeah. He is the producer for a lot of films. The Giants of Grow coming out in 2008, The Occupants coming out in 2008, The History of Love coming out in 2009. Of course, Harry Potter in 2010, We’re the Millers in 2009. So yeah, he’s got a lot on his plate right now. I don’t see anything where he was a director though.

Matt: He’s probably not a director.

Andrew: He’s just not, yeah.

Matt: [laughs] It’s as simple as that.


News Discussion: Splitting the Film into Two


Andrew: Yep. You know, now that they’re extending the film, if you’re going to extend the film and turn it into two, put more extra care into it. I mean, this is really, really good news seeing that they’re going to split it into two parts. Because they want to put extra time into it, which is fantastic, which shows that they care about the fans.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: And they don’t care – they’re not just doing it to cash in David Barron’s words.

Matt: Oh, there’s another checklist for you: Having the time to do two films.

Andrew: Oh, yeah.

Matt: Because…

Micah: It’ll all be filmed at once, no?

Matt: Yeah…

Andrew: Right, but it’s still going to take longer.

Matt: Yeah, exactly. Because a lot of directors that are experienced tend to take on more than one project at once.


Announcements


Andrew: All right, I guess that’s enough of that. Speaking of taking on two projects at once, we have a few announcements this week. We want to remind everyone that we are going to be at Portus 2008, that’s HP2008.org. It’s a Harry Potter symposi-osi-osium at their Potter Podcast Polusa filled with pickles. We are going to be there with a few other podcasts, and it is going to be a night of podcasting and it’s going to be a while lot of fun. It is going to be in Dallas, and it’s going to be in July, and it’s going to be awesome. So visit HP2008.org for more details, and you can also sign up and register for the conference, and we hope to see you there.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: I have something else to annouce. My life-long dream finally came true Friday night at Penn State in State College, Pennsylvania where I attended MuggleCast listener Vivian’s 15th birthday party, and she had the Remus Lupins there, mainly Alex Carpenter and Toby Carlin, and while they were rehearsing before the show they were like – they were looking for another song to add to their set list, and Alex was like, “Hey, hey, Sims, you want to do your wizard rock song?” And I was like, “Do I?!?” So we rehearsed a couple times and I performed it, and now it’s now on YouTube. It’s featuring – it’s got my awesome lyrics. I got Samantha Freidman, former MuggleCast transcriber, on backup lyrics, and then we got Alex on guitar and Toby on drums. It’s fantastic! If you like my wizard rock single, go to MuggleCast.com and there’s a link to YouTube video. Matt, what did you think of it? You were there live. DId you like it?

Matt: Oh yeah! Oh my god! It was like…it was okay.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. That’s kind of mean, but okay.

Matt: All right. It was great!

Andrew: All right. I’m getting a lot of good feedback on YouTube, on the YouTubes. Thanks to Jennifer Levine for filming that for me too. That was good too. So yeah, check that out. The link can be found at MuggleCast.com. Gosh! I’ll tell you what. It was so exciting. I loved it.

And one other thing. While I was with Alex this weekend, we don’t have anything really set yet, but we’ve been talking about this spring tour that we’re still trying to work out, but Alex Carpenter also brought up the idea of having another summer tour like we did this past summer, probably covering the West.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Yeah, West Coast! So, I don’t know if we’re going to do it.

Micah: They can all stop complaining.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Stop complaining with the e-mails.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Hey!

Micah: Which I don’t get, because you guys were out there last year.

Andrew: Right, but we didn’t go too north. We didn’t go very north.

Micah: Seattle?

Andrew: Seattle, right, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, go like to So Cal…

Andrew: We are actually, hmm?

Matt: …up to Oregon and Washington and…

Andrew: And Canada, he wants to go up to Canada too, so…

Matt: Just a little bit, yeah.

Andrew: We’ll see who we can get together to do this. It will be a lot of fun. We had an absolute blast on the last summer road tour. It was seriously the greatest time of my life. It was just so much fun meeting all those people and traveling the whole way. But, yeah so, that’s still very early on in the planning stages. Again, don’t get too excited yet. I am just letting everyone know, because all these people who are going around, “Oh, MuggleCast is dead!” Well no, we are still planning lots of live shows for you guys, so we’ll update you in the coming months.

Micah: Yeah, and just on the Spring Break tour, we are still waiting to hear.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: [laughs] That’s about the best update I have.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I’m sorry. I think as we mentioned before, we went one way and that didn’t really work out, so we are trying some other things. We’re going to have to put this together pretty quickly, but hopefully we can.

Andrew: Yeah, very quickly.

Matt: Ho ho!

Andrew: No really. It will have to quick because it will have to be less than a month, but if you are – well, let’s say this: if you are planning on coming to this East Coast tour if we do it, hopefully – we’re hoping – it will be a little over a month from now. Block those dates out – 15th through the 20th. Write “MuggleCast” in your calender.

Matt: Yeah. With a question mark.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: We’ll see if it happens. We do know one thing – it will be free. And we do know another thing – it will be fun.

MuggleCast 132 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Kreacher in Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Let’s move on to Muggle Mail now. We’ve got quite a few e-mails this week we wanted to talk about.

Micah: All right, the first mail comes from Melanie from Australia. She says – oh, we need Andy to do this, man. [Australian accent] “G’day.”

Andrew: [Australian accent] G’day!

Matt: [Australian accent] G’day!

Micah: “I was listening to Episode 131 where you discuss the Dursley scene being taken out of the ‘Half-Blood Prince’ movie. You all said that the most important things about that scene was Dumbledore’s hand and his interaction and the humor of it with the Dursleys. I would’ve thought that the most important part of that scene would’ve been Kreacher. They seem to be cutting him out entirely, which would make his placement in ‘Order of the Phoenix’ pointless, which was pointless to begin with, and his storyline in “Deathly Hallows” obsolete. J.K. Rowling recommended that he be put in ‘Order of the Phoenix’ as he would play an important part later, but I get the feeling that they are not going to use it in anyway for the ‘Deathly Hallows’ movie. What do you think? Keep up the good work, Melanie.”

Matt: I think they could actually put it in Deathly Hallows if they make it into two films, in fact.

Micah: Yeah. This all goes back to last episode and us talking about where the movie is going to begin and also how important we thought that this scene was going to be, and I think it really goes to the overall picture of a lot of stuff being left out of Half-Blood Prince. I know we mentioned before Fluer being left out, and what makes me wonder, you know, you see all these characters not being brought back for the sixth film, but that worries me in the sense of how they’re going to do Dumbledore’s funeral, if they’re going to do it at all, because there are a lot of people there that we haven’t seen yet been named for this film.

Matt: Yeah, we haven’t even seen Scrimgeour been casted yet.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: [sighs] Well, honestly, I think they will cut probably Kreacher from the sixth film, because basically, if you have Kreacher in the sixth film, you have to bring back Dobby as well, don’t you? Because aren’t they in the same scenes together?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Doesn’t Dobby bring back Kreacher when Kreacher – when Harry has to tell him something? Or ask a favor or something?

Andrew: Ithink so. Yeah.

Matt: It’s kind of – well – but – I don’t know. It’s…

Micah: Well, I think his role is bigger in Deathly Hallows and…

Matt: Oh, it’s definitely bigger.

Micah: To leave him out of that – I mean, that’s why J.K. Rowling said he at least needed to make an appearance in Order of the Phoenix. I think Dobby you can kind of dance around him a little bit because he’s not as integral to the story until, of course, Deathly Hallows again. I mean, it’s great that he’s there and he makes his appearances, but I can see how they could leave him out.

Matt: I can see them actually leaving out Kreacher and Dobby out of the sixth film, also. I wish they didn’t, but I don’t know. What do you think, Andrew?

Andrew: I don’t know. I just – I’m very skeptical of all of this because they have about four months left of filming and, you know, they’ve done six months.

Matt: How can they cut Scrimgeour out of this movie?

Andrew: I don’t know. This is – I don’t know. It’s somewhat worrying, but…

Matt: Yes!

Micah: It would be a great opening scene. I mean, we talked about this also last week and how the movie would open, and I can’t remember, Andrew, if you cut this out of the show, when Eric had the realization that the movie would open with Spinner’s End as opposed to this scene which we thought would end up being Harry and Dumbledore walking up the path to Slughorn’s house. But then Eric realized that Spinner’s End comes before that. But I think it would be a great opening to have that discussion between Scrimgeour and the Muggle Prime Minister, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s important.

Micah: You sort of learn…

Andrew: I think it’s a very ominous way to start. Although, it seems like…

Micah: I agree.

Matt: It’s also one of the last times you see Fudge.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: On her e-mail here, though – I mean, I know Kreacher is in this chapter that we were talking about, but, I mean, it can really just be overlooked by a conversation between Dumbledore and Harry, where Dumbledore says, you know, “Sirius left you Grimmauld Place, Kreacher, and Buckbeak.” And that’s it, you know? I don’t really know that he needs to make an appearance.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Do you think they’ll bring back Buckbeak in Half-Blood Prince, because it was a big project in Prisoner of Azkaban, and it seems like all the big projects – especially the characters that they CGI never returns unless it’s the biggest – unless it has a huge part.

Andrew: They do keep them though.

Matt: They do – I’m saying like with Dobby and…

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Micah: Which is disappointing to the sort of crazed fan, I guess, if you call them that, or the – kind of like you were just saying, I mean, we don’t want all these things to be left out because we’d like to just have that being in there even if it’s only there for 10, or 15 seconds, because it shows that they pay attention to the books.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And they’re not going to neglect the fans, and like, you know, David Barron’s quote, they cash in so, who cares? I don’t really think the cost should be an issue about them including a Buckbeak, or a Dobby, or a Kreacher. They make it seem like it, but yet these movies rake in so much money it’s a wonder why they use that as the excuse for not including them.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: But also each film does get more expensive than the previous one does too. We’re probably not really considering something that kind of makes a big deal.

Andrew: Yeah. It’s hard to say, like – I don’t even, like – okay, I’m not one to brag that I went to the set, but I went to the set and I don’t even know these answers, so I think we just have to wait and see what they’re going to do. Back to my original point though, it is worrying that they are six months into filming and we still don’t have a full list of casting announcements. I mean that doesn’t even make sense.

Matt: Yeah, and we haven’t heard many castings either. We haven’t heard any major casting since when? Since when? Since what? Would you count even…

Micah: Well, I think the last casting…

Matt: Would you count even Pansy?

Andrew: …we heard about was young Tom Riddle.

Matt: No, I think it was Pansy Parkinson.

Andrew: Oh, oh it was. Yeah, that was really recently, actually. Yeah.

Micah: We’re talking about big casting, I mean…

Matt: Yes.

Micah: Not since Jim Broadbent, I think. Well, to be honest, you’re talking about major characters? Not to belittle young Tom Riddle, or Pansy Parkinson, but I mean…

Matt: Lavender Brown, even.

Andrew: No, she was cast.

Matt: I know, that’s what I’m saying. She’s not really that big of a character.

Micah: You know, I’m not trying to diminish their roles, but we’re talking – I’m thinking more along the lines of for Half-Blood Prince Slughorn, Scrimgeour, the Gaunts, which are another group of people who haven’t been cast, and seemingly getting closer and closer to what looks like being cut from the film.

Matt: It does – it does – it does really kind of look like they’re centering a lot around the students around Hogwarts this time.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Like they said, it’s starting to be like a romantic comedy.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: And I just hope they’re not delving too much into that genre and kind go away from what actually the book is about.

Micah: Yeah, what about – which centaur is it that teaches Divination in this book?

Matt: Firenze.

Andrew: Firenze.

Micah: Firenze? Yeah. I mean, are they bringing him back?

Matt: They didn’t even bring him in in the fifth film.

Andrew: Let’s move on to the next e-mail now, though, because, you know, we actually did get a lot of feedback about, you know, that discussion about how the Half-Blood Prince should open up, so we’ll talk about it more next week, you know, maybe we’ll just talk about this little by little as the movie gets closer.


Muggle Mail: Grindewald Dueling Gregorovitch, the Elder Wand, and Andrew’s Fastest Show Close


Matt: Our next e-mail comes from Smee, 19, from flooded Australia. Is that really a name? Or is…

Andrew: No, I think she’s saying that Australia is flooded right now.

Matt: Oh!

“Hey guys and girl. Just wanted to correct you in on your discussion of Grindelwald acquiring the Elder Wand from Gregorovitch. You guys mentioned that the power of the Wand mustn’t have transferred to Grindelwald because he didn’t duel Gregorovitch. But that isn’t true. Right before he jumped out the window, Grindelwald shot a stunning spell at Gregorovitch, effectively winning the Wand from him because he had outsmarted Gregorovitch, winning him the Elder Wand’s allegiance. I had thought that you didn’t need to fight the person in order to get the Wand from them. You just had to outsmart them in some way, though as Jo writes in later chapters, the Elder Wand has a bloody history because everyone believes you must kill the previous owner in order to win the Wand’s power. Also, just a note to say that Jo described Grindelwald as having delight in his handsome face, and when he shot the stunning spell, he was described as handsome, not beautiful.

So, there.

By the way, whatever happened to the – whatever happened to the outcome of Andrew’s fastest show close? I was looking forward to finding out, but we never did hear anything on the next
episode. Anyway, look forward to next week’s episode. Love, Smee.”

Andrew: Well, about the fastest show close, I don’t know. We never got an email comparing the times, so I don’t know.

Matt: So what do you guys think?

Andrew: I don’t know. Micah, you want to field this one, because I wasn’t…

Micah: Because I was on last week’s show.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah. I – this all goes back to – we were having a debate or I guess Mikey and Eric were talking about how…

Matt: Mikey and Eric were talking?

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: No! No!

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Ohhh, yeah.

Matt: That’s bad. Take that out, please.

Andrew: No, that was funny! No!

Micah: That was funny. That was funny. I think the point that she’s trying to make is that last week we had mentioned that Grindelwald didn’t actually acquire the Wand in a dueling fashion. He just took it and so he was never the true owner of it, if that makes sense. And I think what Smee is arguing is that – well, he shot a stunning spell so that is how he was able to take the Wand. But I mean, I guess it goes back to if you know really how the ownership side of it works, because if you – if you look at what Draco did, I mean, he only disarmed Dumbledore. That’s how he became the new owner of the Elder Wand. And I guess that goes to her point about Jo saying that it had such a bloody history because the people thought that you needed to kill your opponent in order to acquire the Elder Wand, but in reality, if you look at it, I mean, with the Draco situation, he didn’t kill Dumbledore. He just disarmed him and then the power was transferred. So I guess something as simple as a stunning spell can transfer the power as well. I mean…

Matt: Well, that also goes back to…

Micah: I don’t know.

Matt: …the first book, too. When everyone had the assumption that since Dumbledore defeated Grindelwald that he killed him, but…

Micah: Right. Right.

Matt: …defeat doesn’t technically mean you kill.

Micah: Right.

Matt: It just means you overcome them in a battle or something.

Micah: Yeah. And it’s also why Jo was so quiet on the issue for so long, never really defining what she meant by the word “defeated.” And I guess now we all know why in this book.

Matt: Now vanquish! That’s kill. That’s kill.

[Micah laughs]


Muggle Mail: Ron’s Abilities


Andrew: Let’s move on to the next e-mail. It comes from Jordan, 16, of Roanoke, Virginia. He writes:

“Hey MuggleCasters. While listening to Episodes 130 and 131, I heard a lot of debate about Ron’s magical ability. One incident in the books has made me sure of Ron’s magical power throughout the series. In Chapter 7 of ‘Chamber of Secrets’ when Ron is puking up slugs after his wand backfires, Hermione says that the curse he used was difficult to work at the best of times. Ron cast the curse with a broken wand and, aside from it coming out the wrong end of the wand, it had the exact effect it was meant for. And he was only 12 at the time! Think of how much better his spellwork must have become over the years. I honestly think that Ron is the most powerful and useful to everyone, including himself, when he doesn’t think about what he’s doing. If he thinks, he second-guesses himself, which is the worst thing to do while under pressure. That’s just my two cents worth. Love the show and keep up the great work.”

I agree with that point. I think that’s a very good point.

Matt: I think that he’s the most powerful of himself. Let’s not go overboard here. I don’t think he’s the most powerful of all of them.

Andrew: But I do agree about – and I think maybe this is what Jordan’s getting at – when you overthink something, you can second guess yourself. And let me give you a real-world example and some people are going to relate and some people are going to think it’s really stupid. When you play “Dance Dance Revolution,” or “Guitar Hero,” you can’t think about what you’re doing. You just have to stare at it and just not concentrate. If you just let it – if you just don’t focus intently, you will play, or dance, much better than you would if you focus on it. And trust me on that because that happens to me all of the time and when I’m showing people how to play it, you know, that’s what I tell them to do, and it makes a difference. You just can’t focus on something or, like Jordan says, you’ll over guess yourself. Second guess yourself. Second guess yourself.

Matt: Third guess yourself.

Andrew: Good point. Yeah? No?

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah sure, it’s not that stupid.

Andrew: Okay, well, good.

Micah: Glad we agree.


Muggle Mail: Clear Sound


Andrew: Next e-mail I have to take from Christian Wagner, 17, of [imitating a southern accent] “Tennessee.” I’m just kidding, you guys don’t know all talk like that. He or she writes:

“Hey! How do you get such a clear sound from the conference call you use to record your podcasts?”

And my answer to that is that we’re actually awesome. Who wants to read the next e-mail?


Muggle Mail: Harry Potter on T.V.


Micah: The last e-mail comes from Jean Gray. Interesting…

Matt: [gasps] Didn’t she not die?

Micah: 39, from Lansing, Illinois. She says: “I’ve recently begun listening to your podcast…”

Andrew: Wait, wait, wait. For all of us at home, who’s Jean Gray? I don’t know.

Micah: X-Men.

Matt: She was in X-Men.

Andrew: Oh, I don’t know, sorry.

Matt: You don’t watch X-Men, Andrew?

Andrew: No, no…

Matt: And you’re supposed to be a nerd?

Andrew: No! I’m not a nerd.

Matt: Oh. Are you a geek?

Andrew: No. I’m cool.

Matt: Uh-huh….

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Anyway:

“I’ve recently begun listening to your podcast, so forgive me if you’ve already addressed this question. What do you think about turning the ‘Harry Potter’ series into a weekly television series, either in live action, or a cartoon format? Thanks. Love the show.”

Andrew: I put this e-mail in here, because we get this question from time to time, actually, and I just think we should go on the record with our thoughts about that. I mean, at this point, Harry Potter has sold out so much. Theme park, merchandising such as t-shirts, cups, mugs, book bags, blankets – you know, everything is Harry Potter now. You know, I think a T.V. show – with everything Harry Potter that’s out there today, nothing adds new plots or anything to the Harry Potter story, whereas a T.V. show would, unless you’re actually turning the books into T.V. shows, but then that rules out the movies, so, you know, it overlaps on the movies, so I don’t think this would ever happen. Ever.

Matt: Yeah. At least not with the already written Harry Potter series.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: I mean – because you read it to me yesterday, and I mentioned, well, if anything, they would have to probably do it with like a prequel to it, like Hogwarts with the Marauders or, you know, just something like that, but I don’t think that they would sell out Harry Potter that much to make it a television or cartoon series.

Micah: No.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Live action, I think, is going a little bit too far. I could see cartoon if anything. This way they don’t have to worry about cost of things like House-elves or things like that, which they seemed so concerned about.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: I can see a cartoon format, possibly.

Andrew: Of the plot that already exists?

Micah: Yeah, see, that’s – you could.

Matt: I can see like maybe an animated prequel. Honestly, I don’t think they’re going to remake anything that has already been done.

Micah: But to Matt’s point, I think it would be a Marauders-type storyline. Maybe they could tell the story of when they’re in school.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: I think that’s a possibility. I think maybe post-Deathly Hallows is a possibility. I don’t think that like – Andrew, you were saying before, I don’t think you can take the seven books and re-do them because you have the movies. Why do you need a T.V. series?

Andrew: Right.

Matt: I wouldn’t mind seeing an animated version of it, because it’d be a lot more easier to do. Won’t have so much limits.

Micah: Yep.

Matt: But yeah, I really don’t see them re-making anything.

Micah: Yeah, I agree.

Andrew: Well, yeah, okay. I agree with you guys. I just thought it was worth mentioning really quickly.

Micah: Don’t over do it.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, we’re not.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 15, “The Goblin’s Revenge”


Andrew: Okay, so let’s move onto Chapter-by-Chapter now. We were going to do two chapters this week but then we realized, “Ah, well, there’s only three of us. We’ll just play it on the safe side and do one chapter.” And that chapter is Chapter 15, which is called…

Matt: “The Goblin’s Revenge.”

Andrew: To kick it off with a short summary, basically the trio are continuing their search for the Horcruxes, and they’re spending more time in this chapter in the forest just camping out. And these scenes have been sort of criticized by a lot of people because it’s like, “Oh, they’re just hanging around camping, and it’s kind of boring.” So we’ll get into talking about that a little bit later, but at the end of this chapter is a very cool scene that at least Matt and I, probably Micah too, are really looking forward to see in the movie. And that’s the big fighting scene at the end between the trio. But first, Matt, you wanted to start off with Mad-Eye’s eye.


Mad-Eye’s Eye


Matt: Yeah, he chapter starts off with Harry waking up first before Hermione and Ron do, and he sets out looking for a place to bury Mad-Eye’s swiveling, whirling blue eye. And in the book it says – it describes the tree that he’s looking for – he’s trying to find “the oldest, gnarled, resilient-looking tree.” And I thought that that kind of described as what Mad-Eye Moody was as recognized by the Order. He was the older and more experienced one. He was kind of gnarled looking, and he was the most resilient of the Order, I would say. Would you say that?

Micah: Yeah, it’s a good catch. Yeah.

Andrew: That’s actually really cool.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Because Jo doesn’teven really point that out, you just sort of have to read in between the lines there for that.

Matt: That’s why I read really slowly, Andrew.

Andrew: I thought you were just dumb.

Matt: No.


Is This Chapter Boring?


Andrew: Hmmm. Learn something new everyday. So the next thing I wanted to talk about was just [sighs] I’m sorry, but we talked about this on the road tour a bit, we’ve talked about this on other episodes too. I just did not like how this chapter progresses in the beginning. They’re just spending time in the forest, going around to different locations, and nothing’s really happening until, of course, the little group shows up right by their campsite. But… Is this…

Matt: Well, that’s the whole point of this chapter…

Andrew: Well…

Matt: …is the fact that they’re not doing anything, and Ron and Hermione are starting to get doubtful of Harry’s ability to do this task.

Andrew: I know, but shouldn’t the trio had – shouldn’t they have had researched it a bit more? I realize they couldn’t have gone…

Matt: With what? They’re in the woods.

Andrew: What?

Matt: They’re in the woods.

Andrew: I realize they couldn’t have gone to Grimmauld Place, but this just should’ve all been executed better. And obviously, everything worked out in the end, but I just – I don’t like this part of the book, this specific area where they’re just going through the forest. I just think it’s too dull and typical.

Micah: I have to agree with Matt, though. I think it was put in here to show just exactly what was going on, and it’s sort of there to build up the whole fight that takes place at the end of the chapter, and the fact that they’re not getting information, that they’re not learning anything new, that there isn’t a plan and anything that – you know, Harry is just in a position now where Ron and Hermione are talking behind his back and they’re scared because they don’t really know if they can trust him in the sense of knowing what to do moving forward. They think that Dumbledore had this great plan that Harry is following, but it turns out that they were wrong. And I mean that’s why it shows the fact that they’re moving from place to place and the season is changing. It’s just to build up all this angst between them. And, you know, I don’t know, that’s just my thought on it.

Matt: Yeah, I agree with that too. I mean this is basically one of those moments where they realize that how much influence of information they had when Dumbledore was alive. They always had someone to go to, but now they’re realizing they have to do everything themselves. They have to be the clever, resilient ones and not rely on, at the last moment, someone coming in to help them with great information or something. They have to do it themselves. And I think this is one of those moments where Harry is the most alone out of everybody, because he’s always had Ron and Hermione always having his back, but now that he is seeing Ron and Hermione talking behind him, obviously not hiding the fact that they’re kind of doubting Harry a little bit. It makes Harry…

Micah: Yeah. For somebody who’s always shared information, every piece of information with them, he feels kind of left out. And obviously, you can always make it out to be these “useless chapters” or “useless scenes” where they’re just going from place to place to place. But I think it also shows you just the reality of the situation that they’re in. The reality of the war that they’re in – that they have to keep moving from place to place, that they have to cover their tracks. You know, make sure that nobody knows that they’ve been there. And every place they go, they have to put up new enchantments and it’s kind of just a necessary…

Matt: You’re constantly on the run.

Micah: Yeah, it had to be there.

Matt: It does take a toll on you.

Andrew: Okay, okay, okay. I guess you guys are right. I get it!

Matt: All right? [laughs]

Micah: [laughs] Nice.

Andrew: No, you bring up a good point. It’s all a part of a setup in the chapter.

Micah: Hey, Matt. You owe me ten bucks for making Andrew convinced.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay, this isn’t going to be in the movie though.

Micah: On that bet we had.

Matt: All right.

Andrew: Well, maybe one scene where they’re like in there, and you see Ron and Hermione talking behind Harry’s back. Maybe we’ll even get to hear what they’re saying.

Matt: That’s a huge slap in the face, too. I mean your friends – how can you talk behind their back? Although, it’s definitely the locket doing most of the work because Hermione isn’t really the one who’s really angry at Harry. She’s just kind of taking whatever Ron says. Because when someone rants to your friend, even if you don’t agree with them, you just sit there and go, “Yeah, yeah, I know. Uh-huh.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: “Yeah, pretty much. Yeah.”


Conversation Between Goblins and Muggle-borns


Andrew: Yeah, so the next thing we wanted to talk about was the conversation between the Goblins and the Muggle-borns. Big surprise here, Dean Martin makes a little cameo.

Micah: Dean Martin?

Andrew: Dean Thomas, sorry.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Dean Martin?! That would be quite the cameo.

Matt: It’s like, “Dean Martin, what are you doing here dude?” “I don’t have any movies going on at the moment, so…”

Andrew: Yeah, that would be…

Micah: Awkward.

Andrew: Plus, I’m pretty sure he’s dead. So, no Dean Martin. Dean Thomas, sorry, makes a cameo. And who else is there?

Matt: Two Goblins. One was Griphook and some other one.

Andrew: The other was an unnamed one, wasn’t it?

Matt: Oh, oh…

Micah: Gornuk?

Matt: Ted Tonks was in it.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Ted Tonks isn’t a Goblin.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, but he’s there. [laughs] I don’t know what the other guy’s name is.

Andrew: I think he’s unnamed. Isn’t he, Micah?

Micah: Gornuk? Gornuk? Something like that.

Andrew: Oh, or not. He’s unnamed in my mind.

Micah: Sure. Yeah, he…

Andrew: Go ahead.

Micah: No, I was just going to say, “Yeah sure, he’s unnamed.”


Ginny, Neville, and Luna Try to Steal Sword of Gryffindor


Andrew: So they we’re talking about three things in particular that we wanted to discuss. First of all, the trio finds out that Ginny, Neville, and Luna all tried to steal the sword of Gryffindor. Why? [laughs]

Matt: Why do they steal it? Does it ever get explained at the end of the book?

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t know. Micah, do you know?

Micah: You know, I’m afraid of saying something that’s going to be wrong.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I don’t know that it was ever explained. But this made me think, I mean, did Ginny…

Matt: Wait a minute! Wait a minute! I know.

Micah: Okay.

Matt: Dumbledore left it for Harry. Ginny probably told them that that is Harry’s and they want to steal it back for him.

Micah: Yeah, but how would Ginny know that – unless she overheard the…

Matt: Harry may have told her.

Micah: …contents of the will.

Matt: We don’t know everything that they do.

Micah: [laughs] That’s probably a good thing.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Matt: I don’t know. That’s my thought.

Andrew: So I guess that was a pleasant surprise. But just my immediate reaction to that was, “All right, come on guys. You’re not the new trio. Let’s just, you know, leave it up to Harry, Ron, and Hermione.” It’s a bold move, and I guess if I were Harry I would have really appreciated that, although, you know, I guess Harry and Hermione were pretty excited to hear that. Ron not so much because of the punishment, but…

Micah: Yeah. We’ll talk about Ron in a minute.

Matt: It just shows them there’s a revolt in Hogwarts from the students.

MuggleCast 132 Transcript (continued)


Snape Sends Them to the Forbidden Forest


Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, I guess so. Next thing: Snape sends them to – well, like we were just going to say, Snape sends them to Hagrid for a punishment, and it’s just to the Forbidden Forest. Originally, when you’re first reading this, you don’t know what Snape’s done. But then of course they do find out. Now Matt, did you think this was a clue for something?

Matt: When I read it, I definitely thought – because I was still on the fence if Snape was good or bad, and I thought since, I mean, since Snape is like the big representation of the Death Eater supposedly in Hogwarts, wouldn’t he do something worse than just send them to Hagrid in the Forbidden Forest? I mean, it just seemed like that was kind of a clue to where Snape’s loyalty did lie, because he knew that if he sent them to Hagrid they’d be – they wouldn’t get a bad punishment.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: They would probably just be over there feeding Buckbeak or something.

Andrew: So, yeah, I do think that’s an interesting little thing to note.

Micah: Which surprised me why Ron would get so upset about it, because if anyone knows – being with Hagrid is a safe place to be, even if it is in a place like the Forbidden Forest. That was kind of weird, but, I guess, again, it was the Horcrux around his neck.

Matt: I think it was definitely the Horcrux who blew it out of proportion. And yet also, you know, it is Ron does kind of has a little hesitation with Hagrid and the Forbidden Forest because of Grawp and the spiders.

Andrew: Right, right.

Matt: Yeah, I think it was definitely the Horcrux.


The Sword is a Fake


Andrew: And then another big holy bleep moment was that the goblins revealed that the sword at Hogwarts is a fake! And they were all proud and excited. They were like, “Pshhh, waste of time because it’s a fake.”

Matt: Yeah, why are they so happy it’s a fake? I mean, they don’t even know where the original one is.

Andrew: Well, I think they were so happy about it because the goblins think they own the sword. Well, they technically do. So they were happy that theirs – the real one – didn’t get stolen. Right?

Matt: I guess. Yeah.


Trio Discovers how to Destroy Horcruxes with the Sword


Andrew: And then the biggest development in this chapter is that they finally figure out how to destroy the Horcruxes with the Gryffindor Sword. This was revealed by Phineas Nigellus. [struggles with pronunciation] Nigellus? Phineas Nigellus?

Matt: Just say Phineas.

Andrew: Phineas. This was revealed by Phineas, of course, in the portrait. And this was a really exciting moment for two out of the three of the trio.

Matt: Yeah. I mean, it described Harry punching – well, what is punching the air? I mean, is it when you do a boxing move, when you start hitting just plain dead air?

Andrew: It’s when you go – I wish it was a video-cast right now, you go, “Yeaaah!” You just – like Mario. Like in some of the newer Mario games. He sort of – it’s just when you throw your fist up into the air.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: Just pretend like…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …there’s a balloon right above you and you’re just dying to hit it. So, you just look up and you punch it.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: That’s what punching the air is, only there is no balloon. Try it. Try it sometime.

Matt: And Hermione also says that not only is it made of Goblin armor, which only gets stronger as it gets beaten down – is that what it says? But also there’s Basilisk venom that’s pregnated into the metal.


Ron is Worried


Andrew: Yeah. Okay, so, let’s see, moving along here. So Harry and Hermione become very excited about this new discovery, because now they know how to destroy the Horcrux, which, let’s be honest, it’s a big development even if they don’t know where the sword is. This is the next step in the puzzle, I guess you would say. Ron, Hermione, and Harry get into a heated argument because Ron is very concerned that something else has happened to his family, because the people in the camp next to their camp were talking about, “Oh, the Weasleys don’t need another injury,” blah, blah, blah. So Ron – this worries Ron. And, you know, it should. I mean…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …any human would be worried that more of his family is hurt. So Ron explodes. Not literary. He just, you know…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: He metaphorically explodes. And do you think it was right, Matt, for Harry to not be concerned for Ginny, Neville, and Luna, first of all? First let’s get to…

Matt: Well, I don’t think he wasn’t unconcerned or anything. He was relieved more than anything. But he showed more excitement for the fact that they finally got a great piece of information that they’ve been looking for, that both Ron and Hermione have been – they’ve been… Shoot!

Andrew: They needed to know.

Matt: Yeah! Well, that they’ve been waiting for too. I mean…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …they were all – they – I don’t know the word. I’m sorry.

Micah: Well, I think you’re looking at two completely different types of people. Or maybe – I think Hermione and Harry are a little bit closer in the type of person that they are. Ron is somebody who’s probably never been away from home very much.

Matt: That’s also what he says! He said that in the book!

Micah: He never has been separated from his family. Yeah.

Matt: He singled Harry and Hermione out because they – what did he say, exactly?

Micah: Well, there was a part in the chapter where he was really eager to know if Harry was seeing anything through Voldemort about his family, which – if you think about it, is kind of stupid, because if he is seeing anything about his family through Voldemort, it’s probably not the best thing in the world for the Weasleys. So I think he was just trying to get any piece of information he possibly could. And with his family being in trouble – there was that one point where I forget what he says to Harry, but Harry talks about his parents and the fact that they’re dead.

Matt: Yeah. Actually, let me go to that.

Micah: If we could get the exact quote. I don’t remember exactly what he said.

Andrew: Oh yeah, right here. On pg. 309 of the U.S. edition, Ron says, “Oh, you’re sure, are you? Right then, well, I won’t bother myself about them. It’s all right for you two, isn’t it, with your parents safely out of the way?” This is Ron, and then Harry yells, “My parents are dead!” In italics, Harry bellowed. “And mine could be going the same way!” yelled Ron, which is a good comeback, I think. Score one for Ron. And then Harry goes, “Then GO!…Go back to them, pretend you’ve got over your spattergroit and Mummy’ll be able to feed you up and…” And then they both draw their wands and are about to fight, but then Hermione yells, “Protego!” and, you know, blocks the spells, whatever they were going…

Micah: Yeah, I mean…

Andrew: …to fire at each other.

Micah: …that’s a pretty ignorant comment on the part of Ron, you know, what he said.

Andrew: That they’re “out of the way.” Yeah. I mean, I think the point Ron is trying to make is that they don’t have to worry about their parents. I mean, whether they’re dead or in Australia or not, they don’t have to worry about them, so Ron has something else to worry about. He’s got this – he has people to worry about that are not with him.

Matt: He does have more to lose in that kind of aspect.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, but so does Harry, I think, in a way…

Matt: Well Harry has…

Micah: …because…

Matt: …a huge weight on his shoulder, but you got to think from Ron’s point of – from Ron’s perspective.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: He’s had a huge family that has been very close, and he is really…

Micah: Yeah, well, maybe they shouldn’t be in the Order.

Matt: They are.

Micah: They put themselves in that position.

Andrew: Right, but still…

Micah: In all honesty.

Andrew: But still, you still have family you have to worry about. It doesn’t matter, you know, what position they’re in, whether they’re, you know, whether they’re in the Order or they’re just not in the Order. It doesn’t make a difference. You still have to be protective. It’s like the motherly protection we’ve talked about so many times on this show. Ron’s got a family protection.

Matt: And he’s feeling…

Micah: Well…

Matt: …upset because he’s been sitting for a few weeks not actually getting anything done in this whole time. You know, he’s worrying about what his family is – what’s happening to his family right now, does he even have a family anymore? I mean, he doesn’t know anything, so he’s getting very anxious.

Andrew: Right. So it is justified.

Micah: Yeah. Not in the way that he does it, though. I mean, he’s essentially blaming Harry for all this and if you think about it, yes, it is his fault, but Ron also agreed to go and do this. So he’s got to realize that he made the conscious decision to go along with Harry, and that he’s in this position because he chose to do that, going back to the whole idea of choices. And I think Harry, for as, you know, nasty as the shots that he takes are, you know, saying, “Go back to Mummy,” blah, blah, blah, it’s true, because that’s the type of person that Ron is. And he doesn’t realize it until he goes back just how spoiled, in a way, he is.

Matt: Mhm. It also – I mean, I think the locket really just exaggerates and amplifies every emotion that you have, and he may not really be – he may be thinking this, but I don’t think it’s as blatant as he put it out when he argued with Harry.

Andrew: I don’t think so either. Do you guys think that if Ron took the locket off it would have made much of a difference? I really don’t think so.

Micah: No, I don’t think so either, and…

Matt: No.

Micah: …I think Harry recognizes that in the chapter too. He says, “No, this is the truth, this is what’s been waiting to…”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: “…come out for a while now.”

Matt: But he also – I mean, not to go ahead in the book, but it took a while for it to wear off. I mean, he started to realize – I mean, after Ron left, he started to realize what happened, so…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: And he realized all the things that he said and that’s not really what he was about.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Well, and I think the end of the chapter is relevant, too, because I’m sure that probably plays a role, and we see it later on with the Horcrux when it materializes more with Harry and Hermione, and the fact that Hermione chose to stay with Harry…

Matt: Mmhm.

Micah: …instead of coming with Ron.

Matt: Well, she said it too. She goes – she says that, “I chose to stay with Harry, and that’s what I’m going to do.”

Micah: Yeah. Yep.

Matt: What does she say… “Are you staying or what?” She goes, “Yes. Yes, I’m staying, Ron. We said we’d go with Harry, we said we’d help.” And then he goes, “I get it, you choose him.” Then there’s this love triangle that doesn’t really exist.

Andrew: But I thought this was really interesting because during this part you really see Hermione’s love for Ron. It’s – you can tell that she’s losing, what’s the best way to put – her love interest, I guess? It’s just the way that she left him.

Matt: Yeah. It does show what her feelings are for Ron in respect as her feelings for Harry as a friend.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because you wouldn’t see – I don’t think you would have Hermione screaming after Harry if he did that.

Andrew: Right. I agree.

Matt: At least not crying.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Because then she started bawling when she came back in the tent.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And I looked up the stuff on the sword. I can’t find a reason as to why they tried to steal it. So, if somebody knows, e-mail us.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Perhaps, perhaps there was – well, e-mail us if your name begins with one of the letters of the first half of the alphabet. That’ll help cut down a lot of e-mails. Seriously, though.


The Rain


Andrew: Okay, the last part we wanted to talk about in this chapter was the rain. The rain in this chapter is so movie-like. The rain begins with a soft pitter-patter. And then the argument slowly starts, then the rain gets heavier, and the argument gets heavier. Then the rain is pouring down, it’s raining cats and dogs, and they’re arguing like cats and dogs who don’t like cats and dogs. And it’s just bad and – you know, it’s great storytelling but it’s also very movie-like with how…

Matt: It’s very theatrical.

Andrew: I’m no film major, but I’ll tell you what. I’ve seen enough films to tell you in these movies – yes, very theatrical. The rain will start, you know, it will be cloudy and there’s sort of something ominous going on, and then it will start raining, and then something terrible happens. So, very good illustration of what’s going on. And I hope it’s carried over in the movie.

Matt: I think so. Especially with emotional scenes. And especially with rain. They will put it in. It’s just a lot easier, even for the actors. Because if they really can’t pull of that argument the rain will help bring out the feeling of the scene.

Andrew: The emotion, yeah.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: All right, so that’s it, I think. It’s time for Quote Quiz! Quiz…quiz…quiz…quiz…

Matt: Quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz.

Andrew: Whoa, whoa, whoa! It’s like a boomerang Quote Quiz. This week’s quote is: “Isn’t that a Death Eater idea? Why is that there?” Hmmm? That’s from my Chapter 16.

Matt: Why is it there? I don’t know!

Andrew: [laughs] We’ll discuss next week. Next week’s chapter is “Godric’s Hollow.” So, that will bring a tear to my eye. [fake sobs] Wow! Weird!


Least Favorites


Andrew: So, as I mentioned in the beginning of the show, we’re going to put a new spin on two segments we’ve been doing for a while. I’m really excited about this because they get a nice little refresh. The first one is Favorites. We’ve been doing Favorites for a while now. Gosh, I would say in the 60s. The episodes in the 60s we started the segment, and I could be totally wrong. So, we’ve always been talking about our most favorite, so this week we’re going to play Least Favorites, where we talk about what our least favorite of something was. And this week we’re going to talk about an e-mail sent in from Emily, 14, of Arlington, Texas. She actually gave us this idea. She says:

“Hi! I’m a big fan of HP but not a fan of the movies. I was just wondering what you guys’ least favorite HP movie is. Thanks. P.S. You guys are doing a great job.”

Ummm, who wants to start? What is your least favorite movie? Micah or Matt?

Micah: I’ll go first. I want to give a pass to the first two just because they needed to be the way that they were, kind of more light-hearted and childish in a way.

Andrew: Yeah, I agree.

Micah: Because it was about them being introduced to the Wizarding World. Of the other three, I have to say – and Laura would disagree – Prisoner of Azkaban. I was a big fan of the book. And while I know Alfonso did a lot of good things with the movie, the fact that the Marauders were left out and not explained kind of ruined it for me. If you were a non-book reader, you probably had a lot of questions at the end of this movie. As far as who these people were and how Lupin knew any of them – although, it was kind of explained at the end. That would be my answer.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Matt, your least favorite?

Matt: Well, I kind of agree with Micah saying that we should leave the first two – leave them alone…

Andrew: I agree with that too.

Matt: …even though I really did not like the second movie at all. But I’ll let Chris Columbus go with that. I would have to say that my least favorite so far is Movie 5. Only really because it’s my favorite book. And I think that happens with a lot of people. Like, their favorite book, they have such high expectations. And they’re usually let down with that, especially with the Harry Potter books. Like, every single person I know whose favorite book is usually their least favorite because they left out so many of their favorite moments. And that is no exception to me. I did not like Movie 5 very much because it left out a lot of things that I really wanted to see. And they left in – oh, they just left out so much crap!

Andrew: Yeah. I think this is a hard decision. After listening to you guys, I still don’t know. But I think I agree with Matt that Order of the Phoenix – well, I did love it. I really did love Order of the Phoenix. I just think it was biggest letdown in terms of what to expect. With just – the build-up of that film with the trailers. It was my favorite book, too. And I loved it, but at the same time, I didn’t like some of the transitions with going through the newspapers. And the flashbacks were just – all the flashbacks were just a real turn-off to me. And the scene at the end with Dumbledore and Voldemort fighting – I was so looking forward to – I was…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …really, truly believing that was going to be the most amazing scene in a Harry Potter film thus far. And it was just a letdown.

Matt: Well, they left off so many things in that scene. They left off…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …the statues coming to life. They left off Fawkes coming to Dumbledore’s aid, which was my favorite part of that entire scene. And [sighs] and they really messed up the whole Harry being – when Voldemort came into Harry, when he was being possessed.

Andrew: Yeah!

Matt: There was nothing like…

Andrew: It was just so different from the books. It’s like, ugh! What are you doing?!

Micah: Yeah, and I guess the one that we really haven’t touched on at all would be Movie 4. I just thought that with the way they cut it down, they did a good job with Goblet of Fire.

Andrew: They did!

Micah: I mean, Mike Newell did a really good job – we talked about this last week.

Matt: Hindsight, they did, yeah.

Micah: You know, basically the first hundred pages of the book going by in about five minutes.

Andrew: Yes, that was the thing! They did a great job compressing that darn movie down to…

Micah: They did.

Andrew: …something that covered everything. But it got the job done.

Matt: Mhm. I mean, granted, they took out a few characters, but they knew what characters they really needed to keep. And, yeah, I didn’t like Goblet of Fire after I saw it. But then after I saw it a few times, it starts to grow on you. But so far, Order of the Phoenix hasn’t grown on me at all.

Andrew: Yeah, same here.

Micah: Yeah, I think in Goblet of Fire, the other thing I would say was, they went a little bit overboard with the whole trying to make sure the audience knew that Moody wasn’t really Moody. Just, they dropped way too many hints…

Matt: They did.

Micah: …throughout the course of the film.

Matt: And they didn’t kill Barty Crouch Jr. at the end with the Dementors. So, most of the fans…

Micah: Right.

Matt: …think that he’s still alive. Pretty much.

Andrew: Yeah. Don’t get me wrong, I do love Umbridge. Like, I loved her in the book. But…

Matt: Well, she made the movie.

Andrew: Oh yeah. Oh yeah. Without her that – yeah, totally. Did a fantastic acting job. If you have an idea for Least Favorites, maybe we’ll try to do Favorites and Least Favorites. But with different subjects each week. To really mix things up. Let us know. Send in some Least Favorites. Try to come up with something creative, since we’re talking about our least favorites. It can’t be like least favorite soundtrack song because there’s so many, you know? You just…

Micah: Or book.

Andrew: Or least favorite book?

Micah: I guess you could.

Andrew: Yeah, there’s lots of these we can do. So, send them in. mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Make it easy for us. Put “Least Favorites” in the subject line, please.

Micah: Least favorite character. That’s a good one.


Make the Music Connection


Andrew: Yes. The next segment we’re going to put a new spin on this week is Make the Connection. But instead, it’s going to be Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection! Do you like that intro?

Micah: Sure. That’s…

Andrew: I’m going to start animating all of our new segments.

Micah: It’s different.

Andrew: I’ll do it again for all you at home who don’t want to rewind. [clears throat] Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music – I’ll practice it more.

Matt: Why don’t you just add a sound clip? You know, a song that has music in it?

Andrew: Because I don’t have that sort of technology yet. Well, I do but…

Matt: You’re lazy.

Andrew: Actually, no. Well, yeah, it’s partially that. But no, I just like having it all set up for live shows.

Matt: You like to hear yourself.

Andrew: I do. Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-mu-mu-music. Okay, so anyway, what we’re going to do – well, I’ll explain it to you – this was actually sent in by John Curl, 19, of Mendham, New Jersey. I’ve actually never heard of that town. But this was his idea. He writes:

“I have a cool idea for a new segment. It came to me when I was listening to the latest episode of MuggleCast during the Make the Connection segment. You basically take any song and either, a) Connect it to ‘Harry Potter’ in some way, or B) Find the spot in either the movies or books where it could be used as a soundtrack. Like, for example, the song ‘Bring Me to Life’ by Evanescence would be perfect for the ‘Final Battle’ in DH. Let me know what you think, Andrew. Love the show, and you are my idol.”

Awww, that’s sweet. From John Curl. So, I actually just realized I didn’t even really prepare any.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: But here, I’ll do this. Matt, for the final scene in Order of the Phoenix, where Harry and – we’ll focus on Order of the Phoenix today. When Harry – oh, sorry, when Dumbledore and Voldemort are dueling. If you had to pick one song to fill that gap, instead of those cheesy sound effects they had in there, what…

Matt: Hmmm, any song?

Andrew: Any song.

Matt: Ummm, oh okay! How about “The Saints are Coming” by U2 and Green Day.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right. [sings] “The saints are com…” See we might have to set this, this is just the test run this week. But…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe we’ll set it up so we come up with music ideas ahead of time, then we can play them or something. I don’t know. Okay, and, Micah, we’ll stick with Order of the Phoenix. If you had to insert a song in the scene where Umbridge gives Harry his first detention, when he starts writing with the special quill, what song would you add there? When – specifically, when Harry’s first discovering what it does – what the quill does to his hand.

Micah: Wow, ummm. Oh. I got a good song. I think I do. How about “An Innocent Man” by Billy Joel?

Andrew: Oh, yeah! That’d be good!

Matt: Oh! Yeah, that’s pretty good.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s good. Well…

Micah: Thanks, guys.

Andrew: …if you guys have any ideas for Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection, just send them on in to mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. With “Make the Music Connection” in the subject line. And, like John said in his e-mail, you can either: A) Connect it to Harry Potter in some way, or B) Find a spot in either the movies or books where it can be used as a soundtrack. We’ll read them here, or we can quiz each other. So, send them in. Thanks, guys.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


Andrew: Let’s wrap up the show today with a Chicken Soup…

Matt: .For the MuggleCast…Soul.

Andrew: Are you mocking me?

Matt: No.

Andrew: All right, Mr. Smarty-Party-Pants, why don’t you read it from Kristen, 19, of Penn State University.

Matt: This Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul comes from Kristen, 19, from Penn State University, which is in Pennsylvania. She writes:

“Hey MuggleCasters. First off, I love your podcast. I started listening from the beginning but then stopped over the summer. So now I’m catching up since last year. I just wanted to say that I don’t know what I would do without the episodes of MuggleCast. I go to Penn State University, which is quite a big campus, making me walk long way to class every day. It’s so awesome to listen to you guys talk about ‘Harry Potter’ on my walks around campus. You guys totally make my day and I think you’re great, so keep up the good work. Oh, and I think Eric lives in Reading, right? Well, I live about an hour and a half away! Well, thanks for being my Chicken Soup for the Penn State Student Soul.”

Andrew: Yay! Matt and I thank you, Kristen. The reason I picked this was just because Matt and I were actually at Penn State.

Matt: Oh, that’s right!

Andrew: Yeah, it was cool.

Matt: Didn’t we see her there?

Andrew: Did we? Hopefully not because that would be awkward if we didn’t remember.

Micah: Go visit Eric. He’ll love to have you over to his house.

Andrew: Well, funny story.

Matt: Ummm… [laughs]

Andrew: I don’t know if Eric wants to announce this to everyone yet, but he’s not actually in Reading anymore. So… But, I don’t know. He can talk about that if he wants to.


Show Close Announcements


Andrew: I think that just about does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. I just want to say real quick – got a little book update. Or reading update or whatever. Matt and I actually just both bought Twilight today. We’ve talked about it on the show a couple times. It’s going to be turned into a movie. Three books in the series are out right now and the fourth and final one is due out in August. And we haven’t started reading it yet, but I’m actually really excited to read it because all we hear is good things about it. Right, Matt?

Matt: Yeah, sure.

Andrew: So, I don’t know, maybe we’ll talk about it on a future episode. Apparently it’s a nice, easy read, so I’m looking forward to it. I just wanted to say that.

Matt: It does have very nice cover art.

Andrew: What’s that?

Matt: It does have very nice cover art.

Andrew: It does. I’m very excited to start reading, so see how that goes. Maybe we’ll give it a little review. I think that’s about it. One other thing I did that I actually want to say was just a quick thank you to everyone who goes on our MySpace and leaves messages for us. Or even if you e-mail us through mugglecast at staff dot mugglecast dot com, or even through our feedback form – I just want to say thank you for taking the time to write to us. Unfortunately, we can’t get back to everyone, we can’t reply to everyone. Especially on MySpace. We do read the messages that are posted there, but we don’t have the time to write back. Especially – MySpace is so complicated with their – everything that they do. It’s kind of hard to get to everyone, but…

Micah: Just to reiterate, we do read the messages.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: So if you think you’re going to get away with a comment, we usually respond to those people.

Andrew: When people send something negative – yeah, we do feel tempted to respond. But the funny thing is – and let me just say this real quick – you guys who write into us and complain are – complain, complain, I’m not talking about little, like, “Uhhh, show sucks this week.” I’m talking about, “You guys are dead in the water! Why do you continue going on!?” Blah, blah, blah. What’s funny about these guys is that they’re so scared of getting a reply back, they don’t even give us their e-mail address. So, if you’re going to write to us and complain, at least have the courage to include your e-mail address so we can write back a nice, adult, serious letter. We’re not going to post your e-mail address, but come on. You’re so scared of our response? That’s not cool. If you’re going to voice your concerns, at least give us the opportunity to write back with our side of the story. But at any rate, thank you, everyone [laughs] for writing to us.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: We do read all your messages, and we thank you very, very much for taking the time to write to us. I just feel bad when people write to us and we don’t give them a response. We do read them and we do thank you for taking the time to write to us. So, I think that’s it for this week’s episode. Love MuggleCast. It was a good one. We hope you enjoyed the new segments and our news discussion, and, of course, Chapter-by-Chapter. We’ll be back next week with more hosts, hopefully. Laura actually was supposed to be on this week’s episode but then she bailed on us last minute because she had school work. [makes a sound]

Matt: Geez, her priorities are so out of order.

Andrew: I know.

Matt: [with English accent] “She needs to sort out her priorities.”

Andrew: Ha-ha-ho!

Matt: Ha-ho! Look at that.

Andrew: I love that scene. That’s one of my favorite little quips in the movies.


Contact Information


All right, so this does it for us this week. I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: You didn’t close.

Andrew: Oh, shoot, I almost forgot our contact information!

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Man, I’m getting so old. Well, there are numerous ways to contact us, of course. We’ll give you the information now. We have a P.O. Box down in Georgia. The address for that is:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

You can send us anything, but Laura is hoping nobody sends her pickles. Send us gold or something like that but not pickles, please.

You can also call in to the MuggleCast hotline to leave us a
voicemail. To do that we have a few phone numbers. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re in Australia you can dial 028-003-5668.

[Show music begins]

Andrew: If don’t prefer that you can also Skype the username “Mugglecast.” No matter how you call us just remember to keep your message under a minute, eliminate as much background noise as possible. Send us a question that you have about the books or series, the movie, the fandom, whatever you want. And we’ll address those in the up-coming show, if it’s a good question.

You can also visit MuggleCast.com for a handy feedback form to contact anyone of us. You can also just directly e-mail us at our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com, with the exception of Matt who is matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Don’t forget to also visit MuggleCast.com for a variety of community outlets, including our MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.fm, and our ever growing Fanlisting and Forums run by the wonderful Alice and all those who do that over there.

You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and rate and review us at Yahoo! Podcasts. Whew! That was a mouth full.


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening this week. Once again, I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: We will see you all next week for Episode 133. Bye-bye!

Micah: Bye!

Matt: Bye!

[Show music ends]


Blooper


Micah: Uh, no.

Andrew:: Yeah, that was Eric’s…

Micah: Laura couldn’t manage the words to intro me.

Andrew: Intro you.

Micah: …in the news center, so I just…

Matt: Oh, yeah!

Micah: …intro-ed myself.

Matt: That’s right.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Actually, I heard the uncensored version of the bloopers. That was even funnier.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Yeah, you got to keep it G-rated.

Andrew: Sometimes it goes uncensored accidentally, too.

Matt: How is it that out of all of the hosts on this show, Laura is the only one that gets to actually slide through all the censored versions.
And she’s the girl.

Andrew: Because I’m so used to hearing her curse…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …that I don’t even pick up the bad words. It’s just, “Oh, Laura’s just saying another word.” Like, you know, like the word “the.” It’s just – you don’t pick up on it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: And we can pick on Laura because she’s not here this week.

Matt: Right, Laura ditched us today, again.

Andrew: She’s going to hate me for that.

Matt: Yeah, this is all Andrew telling us to say this, Laura, too.

———————–